mirror of
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/git/emacs.git
synced 2024-12-11 09:20:51 +00:00
08782a2ea9
For example, prefer 'François' to 'Fran\c{c}ois', 'Fran\c cois',
'Fran@,{c}ois' or 'Francois' (all of which were used!) in Texinfo sources.
18552 lines
747 KiB
Plaintext
18552 lines
747 KiB
Plaintext
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
|
||
@c %**start of header
|
||
@setfilename ../../info/org.info
|
||
@settitle The Org Manual
|
||
@include docstyle.texi
|
||
|
||
@set VERSION 8.2.9
|
||
|
||
@c Version and Contact Info
|
||
@set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{http://orgmode.org,maintainers web page}
|
||
@set AUTHOR Carsten Dominik
|
||
@set MAINTAINER Carsten Dominik
|
||
@set MAINTAINEREMAIL @email{carsten at orgmode dot org}
|
||
@set MAINTAINERCONTACT @uref{mailto:carsten at orgmode dot org,contact the maintainer}
|
||
@c %**end of header
|
||
@finalout
|
||
|
||
|
||
@c -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
@c Macro definitions for commands and keys
|
||
@c =======================================
|
||
|
||
@c The behavior of the key/command macros will depend on the flag cmdnames
|
||
@c When set, commands names are shown. When clear, they are not shown.
|
||
|
||
@set cmdnames
|
||
|
||
@c Below we define the following macros for Org key tables:
|
||
|
||
@c orgkey{key} A key item
|
||
@c orgcmd{key,cmd} Key with command name
|
||
@c xorgcmd{key,cmd} Key with command name as @itemx
|
||
@c orgcmdnki{key,cmd} Like orgcmd, but do not index the key
|
||
@c orgcmdtkc{text,key,cmd} Like orgcmd,special text instead of key
|
||
@c orgcmdkkc{key1,key2,cmd} Two keys with one command name, use "or"
|
||
@c orgcmdkxkc{key1,key2,cmd} Two keys with one command name, but
|
||
@c different functions, so format as @itemx
|
||
@c orgcmdkskc{key1,key2,cmd} Same as orgcmdkkc, but use "or short"
|
||
@c xorgcmdkskc{key1,key2,cmd} Same as previous, but use @itemx
|
||
@c orgcmdkkcc{key1,key2,cmd1,cmd2} Two keys and two commands
|
||
|
||
@c a key but no command
|
||
@c Inserts: @item key
|
||
@macro orgkey{key}
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\}
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@macro xorgkey{key}
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key\}
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c one key with a command
|
||
@c Inserts: @item KEY COMMAND
|
||
@macro orgcmd{key,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c One key with one command, formatted using @itemx
|
||
@c Inserts: @itemx KEY COMMAND
|
||
@macro xorgcmd{key,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c one key with a command, bit do not index the key
|
||
@c Inserts: @item KEY COMMAND
|
||
@macro orgcmdnki{key,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@item @kbd{\key\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c one key with a command, and special text to replace key in item
|
||
@c Inserts: @item TEXT COMMAND
|
||
@macro orgcmdtkc{text,key,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\text\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\text\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key\
|
||
@item @kbd{\text\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c two keys with one command
|
||
@c Inserts: @item KEY1 or KEY2 COMMAND
|
||
@macro orgcmdkkc{key1,key2,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or} @ @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or} @ @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or} @ @kbd{\key2\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c Two keys with one command name, but different functions, so format as
|
||
@c @itemx
|
||
@c Inserts: @item KEY1
|
||
@c @itemx KEY2 COMMAND
|
||
@macro orgcmdkxkc{key1,key2,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\}
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\}
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\}
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key2\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c Same as previous, but use "or short"
|
||
@c Inserts: @item KEY1 or short KEY2 COMMAND
|
||
@macro orgcmdkskc{key1,key2,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c Same as previous, but use @itemx
|
||
@c Inserts: @itemx KEY1 or short KEY2 COMMAND
|
||
@macro xorgcmdkskc{key1,key2,command}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@findex \command\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key1\} @ @r{or short} @ @kbd{\key2\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@c two keys with two commands
|
||
@c Inserts: @item KEY1 COMMAND1
|
||
@c @itemx KEY2 COMMAND2
|
||
@macro orgcmdkkcc{key1,key2,command1,command2}
|
||
@ifset cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@findex \command1\
|
||
@findex \command2\
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command1\}
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @hskip 0pt plus 1filll @code{\command2\}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command1\})
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key2\} @tie{}@tie{}@tie{}@tie{}(@code{\command2\})
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
@end ifset
|
||
@ifclear cmdnames
|
||
@kindex \key1\
|
||
@kindex \key2\
|
||
@item @kbd{\key1\}
|
||
@itemx @kbd{\key2\}
|
||
@end ifclear
|
||
@end macro
|
||
@c -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
||
@iftex
|
||
@c @hyphenation{time-stamp time-stamps time-stamp-ing time-stamp-ed}
|
||
@end iftex
|
||
|
||
@c Subheadings inside a table.
|
||
@macro tsubheading{text}
|
||
@ifinfo
|
||
@subsubheading \text\
|
||
@end ifinfo
|
||
@ifnotinfo
|
||
@item @b{\text\}
|
||
@end ifnotinfo
|
||
@end macro
|
||
|
||
@copying
|
||
This manual is for Org version @value{VERSION}.
|
||
|
||
Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
@quotation
|
||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
|
||
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
|
||
Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
|
||
and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license
|
||
is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
|
||
|
||
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
|
||
modify this GNU manual.''
|
||
@end quotation
|
||
@end copying
|
||
|
||
@dircategory Emacs editing modes
|
||
@direntry
|
||
* Org Mode: (org). Outline-based notes management and organizer
|
||
@end direntry
|
||
|
||
@titlepage
|
||
@title The Org Manual
|
||
|
||
@subtitle Release @value{VERSION}
|
||
@author by Carsten Dominik
|
||
with contributions by David O'Toole, Bastien Guerry, Philip Rooke, Dan
|
||
Davison, Eric Schulte, Thomas Dye, Jambunathan K and Nicolas Goaziou.
|
||
|
||
@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
|
||
@page
|
||
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
||
@insertcopying
|
||
@end titlepage
|
||
|
||
@c Output the table of contents at the beginning.
|
||
@contents
|
||
|
||
@ifnottex
|
||
@c FIXME These hand-written next,prev,up node pointers make editing a lot
|
||
@c harder. There should be no need for them, makeinfo can do it
|
||
@c automatically for any document with a normal structure.
|
||
@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
|
||
@top Org Mode Manual
|
||
|
||
@insertcopying
|
||
@end ifnottex
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Introduction:: Getting started
|
||
* Document Structure:: A tree works like your brain
|
||
* Tables:: Pure magic for quick formatting
|
||
* Hyperlinks:: Notes in context
|
||
* TODO Items:: Every tree branch can be a TODO item
|
||
* Tags:: Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags
|
||
* Properties and Columns:: Storing information about an entry
|
||
* Dates and Times:: Making items useful for planning
|
||
* Capture - Refile - Archive:: The ins and outs for projects
|
||
* Agenda Views:: Collecting information into views
|
||
* Markup:: Prepare text for rich export
|
||
* Exporting:: Sharing and publishing notes
|
||
* Publishing:: Create a web site of linked Org files
|
||
* Working With Source Code:: Export, evaluate, and tangle code blocks
|
||
* Miscellaneous:: All the rest which did not fit elsewhere
|
||
* Hacking:: How to hack your way around
|
||
* MobileOrg:: Viewing and capture on a mobile device
|
||
* History and Acknowledgments:: How Org came into being
|
||
* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
|
||
* Main Index:: An index of Org's concepts and features
|
||
* Key Index:: Key bindings and where they are described
|
||
* Command and Function Index:: Command names and some internal functions
|
||
* Variable Index:: Variables mentioned in the manual
|
||
|
||
@detailmenu
|
||
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
|
||
|
||
Introduction
|
||
|
||
* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does
|
||
* Installation:: Installing Org
|
||
* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers
|
||
* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc.
|
||
* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions in the manual
|
||
|
||
Document structure
|
||
|
||
* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode
|
||
* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines
|
||
* Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified
|
||
* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines
|
||
* Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines
|
||
* Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context
|
||
* Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry
|
||
* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away
|
||
* Blocks:: Folding blocks
|
||
* Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax
|
||
* Orgstruct mode:: Structure editing outside Org
|
||
* Org syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax
|
||
|
||
Visibility cycling
|
||
|
||
* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states
|
||
* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state
|
||
* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts
|
||
|
||
Global and local cycling
|
||
|
||
* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state
|
||
* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts
|
||
|
||
Tables
|
||
|
||
* Built-in table editor:: Simple tables
|
||
* Column width and alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings
|
||
* Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines
|
||
* Orgtbl mode:: The table editor as minor mode
|
||
* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities
|
||
* Org-Plot:: Plotting from org tables
|
||
|
||
The spreadsheet
|
||
|
||
* References:: How to refer to another field or range
|
||
* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff
|
||
* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp
|
||
* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values
|
||
* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields
|
||
* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column
|
||
* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables
|
||
* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas
|
||
* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields
|
||
* Advanced features:: Field and column names, parameters and automatic recalc
|
||
|
||
Hyperlinks
|
||
|
||
* Link format:: How links in Org are formatted
|
||
* Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file
|
||
* External links:: URL-like links to the world
|
||
* Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following
|
||
* Using links outside Org:: Linking from my C source code?
|
||
* Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links
|
||
* Search options:: Linking to a specific location
|
||
* Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough
|
||
|
||
Internal links
|
||
|
||
* Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text
|
||
|
||
TODO items
|
||
|
||
* TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries
|
||
* TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments
|
||
* Progress logging:: Dates and notes for progress
|
||
* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others
|
||
* Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces
|
||
* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists
|
||
|
||
Extended use of TODO keywords
|
||
|
||
* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps
|
||
* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest
|
||
* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way
|
||
* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of a state
|
||
* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements
|
||
* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states
|
||
* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others
|
||
|
||
Progress logging
|
||
|
||
* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
|
||
* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change?
|
||
* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been?
|
||
|
||
Tags
|
||
|
||
* Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline
|
||
* Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline
|
||
* Tag groups:: Use one tag to search for several tags
|
||
* Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags
|
||
|
||
Properties and columns
|
||
|
||
* Property syntax:: How properties are spelled out
|
||
* Special properties:: Access to other Org mode features
|
||
* Property searches:: Matching property values
|
||
* Property inheritance:: Passing values down the tree
|
||
* Column view:: Tabular viewing and editing
|
||
* Property API:: Properties for Lisp programmers
|
||
|
||
Column view
|
||
|
||
* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property
|
||
* Using column view:: How to create and use column view
|
||
* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view
|
||
|
||
Defining columns
|
||
|
||
* Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid?
|
||
* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column
|
||
|
||
Dates and times
|
||
|
||
* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry
|
||
* Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps
|
||
* Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work
|
||
* Clocking work time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task
|
||
* Effort estimates:: Planning work effort in advance
|
||
* Relative timer:: Notes with a running timer
|
||
* Countdown timer:: Starting a countdown timer for a task
|
||
|
||
Creating timestamps
|
||
|
||
* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you entering date and time
|
||
* Custom time format:: Making dates look different
|
||
|
||
Deadlines and scheduling
|
||
|
||
* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items
|
||
* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again
|
||
|
||
Clocking work time
|
||
|
||
* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock
|
||
* The clock table:: Detailed reports
|
||
* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle
|
||
|
||
Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
|
||
* Capture:: Capturing new stuff
|
||
* Attachments:: Add files to tasks
|
||
* RSS Feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds
|
||
* Protocols:: External (e.g., Browser) access to Emacs and Org
|
||
* Refile and copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another
|
||
* Archiving:: What to do with finished projects
|
||
|
||
Capture
|
||
|
||
* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored
|
||
* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture
|
||
* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types
|
||
|
||
Capture templates
|
||
|
||
* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry
|
||
* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context
|
||
* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context
|
||
|
||
Archiving
|
||
|
||
* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file
|
||
* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file
|
||
|
||
Agenda views
|
||
|
||
* Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information
|
||
* Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views
|
||
* Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box?
|
||
* Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display
|
||
* Agenda commands:: Remote editing of Org trees
|
||
* Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views
|
||
* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing a view to a file
|
||
* Agenda column view:: Using column view for collected entries
|
||
|
||
The built-in agenda views
|
||
|
||
* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks
|
||
* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items
|
||
* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search
|
||
* Timeline:: Time-sorted view for single file
|
||
* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text
|
||
* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review
|
||
|
||
Presentation and sorting
|
||
|
||
* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal
|
||
* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time
|
||
* Sorting agenda items:: The order of things
|
||
* Filtering/limiting agenda items:: Dynamically narrow the agenda
|
||
|
||
Custom agenda views
|
||
|
||
* Storing searches:: Type once, use often
|
||
* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer
|
||
* Setting Options:: Changing the rules
|
||
|
||
Markup for rich export
|
||
|
||
* Structural markup elements:: The basic structure as seen by the exporter
|
||
* Images and tables:: Images, tables and caption mechanism
|
||
* Literal examples:: Source code examples with special formatting
|
||
* Include files:: Include additional files into a document
|
||
* Index entries:: Making an index
|
||
* Macro replacement:: Use macros to create templates
|
||
* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents
|
||
* Special blocks:: Containers targeted at export back-ends
|
||
|
||
Structural markup elements
|
||
|
||
* Document title:: Where the title is taken from
|
||
* Headings and sections:: The document structure as seen by the exporter
|
||
* Table of contents:: The if and where of the table of contents
|
||
* Lists:: Lists
|
||
* Paragraphs:: Paragraphs
|
||
* Footnote markup:: Footnotes
|
||
* Emphasis and monospace:: Bold, italic, etc.
|
||
* Horizontal rules:: Make a line
|
||
* Comment lines:: What will *not* be exported
|
||
|
||
Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
|
||
* Special symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols
|
||
* Subscripts and superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text
|
||
* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy
|
||
* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
|
||
* CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas
|
||
|
||
Exporting
|
||
|
||
* The Export Dispatcher:: The main exporter interface
|
||
* Export back-ends:: Built-in export formats
|
||
* Export settings:: Generic export settings
|
||
* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding
|
||
* Beamer export:: Exporting as a Beamer presentation
|
||
* HTML export:: Exporting to HTML
|
||
* @LaTeX{} and PDF export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{}, and processing to PDF
|
||
* Markdown export:: Exporting to Markdown
|
||
* OpenDocument Text export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text
|
||
* Org export:: Exporting to Org
|
||
* Texinfo export:: Exporting to Texinfo
|
||
* iCalendar export:: Exporting to iCalendar
|
||
* Other built-in back-ends:: Exporting to a man page
|
||
* Export in foreign buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax
|
||
* Advanced configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output
|
||
|
||
HTML export
|
||
|
||
* HTML Export commands:: How to invoke HTML export
|
||
* HTML doctypes:: Org can export to various (X)HTML flavors
|
||
* HTML preamble and postamble:: How to insert a preamble and a postamble
|
||
* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org mode
|
||
* Links in HTML export:: How links will be interpreted and formatted
|
||
* Tables in HTML export:: How to modify the formatting of tables
|
||
* Images in HTML export:: How to insert figures into HTML output
|
||
* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web
|
||
* Text areas in HTML export:: An alternative way to show an example
|
||
* CSS support:: Changing the appearance of the output
|
||
* JavaScript support:: Info and Folding in a web browser
|
||
|
||
@LaTeX{} and PDF export
|
||
|
||
* @LaTeX{} export commands:: How to export to LaTeX and PDF
|
||
* Header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure
|
||
* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code
|
||
* @LaTeX{} specific attributes:: Controlling @LaTeX{} output
|
||
|
||
OpenDocument Text export
|
||
|
||
* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: What packages ODT exporter relies on
|
||
* ODT export commands:: How to invoke ODT export
|
||
* Extending ODT export:: How to produce @samp{doc}, @samp{pdf} files
|
||
* Applying custom styles:: How to apply custom styles to the output
|
||
* Links in ODT export:: How links will be interpreted and formatted
|
||
* Tables in ODT export:: How Tables are exported
|
||
* Images in ODT export:: How to insert images
|
||
* Math formatting in ODT export:: How @LaTeX{} fragments are formatted
|
||
* Labels and captions in ODT export:: How captions are rendered
|
||
* Literal examples in ODT export:: How source and example blocks are formatted
|
||
* Advanced topics in ODT export:: Read this if you are a power user
|
||
|
||
Math formatting in ODT export
|
||
|
||
* Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets:: How to embed @LaTeX{} math fragments
|
||
* Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files:: How to embed equations in native format
|
||
|
||
Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
|
||
* Configuring a document converter:: How to register a document converter
|
||
* Working with OpenDocument style files:: Explore the internals
|
||
* Creating one-off styles:: How to produce custom highlighting etc
|
||
* Customizing tables in ODT export:: How to define and use Table templates
|
||
* Validating OpenDocument XML:: How to debug corrupt OpenDocument files
|
||
|
||
Texinfo export
|
||
|
||
* Texinfo export commands:: How to invoke Texinfo export
|
||
* Document preamble:: File header, title and copyright page
|
||
* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure
|
||
* Indices:: Creating indices
|
||
* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code
|
||
* Texinfo specific attributes:: Controlling Texinfo output
|
||
* An example::
|
||
|
||
Publishing
|
||
|
||
* Configuration:: Defining projects
|
||
* Uploading files:: How to get files up on the server
|
||
* Sample configuration:: Example projects
|
||
* Triggering publication:: Publication commands
|
||
|
||
Configuration
|
||
|
||
* Project alist:: The central configuration variable
|
||
* Sources and destinations:: From here to there
|
||
* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
|
||
* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing
|
||
* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export
|
||
* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
|
||
* Sitemap:: Generating a list of all pages
|
||
* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages
|
||
|
||
Sample configuration
|
||
|
||
* Simple example:: One-component publishing
|
||
* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example
|
||
|
||
Working with source code
|
||
|
||
* Structure of code blocks:: Code block syntax described
|
||
* Editing source code:: Language major-mode editing
|
||
* Exporting code blocks:: Export contents and/or results
|
||
* Extracting source code:: Create pure source code files
|
||
* Evaluating code blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org mode buffer
|
||
* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks
|
||
* Languages:: List of supported code block languages
|
||
* Header arguments:: Configure code block functionality
|
||
* Results of evaluation:: How evaluation results are handled
|
||
* Noweb reference syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode
|
||
* Key bindings and useful functions:: Work quickly with code blocks
|
||
* Batch execution:: Call functions from the command line
|
||
|
||
Header arguments
|
||
|
||
* Using header arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments
|
||
* Specific header arguments:: List of header arguments
|
||
|
||
Using header arguments
|
||
|
||
* System-wide header arguments:: Set global default values
|
||
* Language-specific header arguments:: Set default values by language
|
||
* Header arguments in Org mode properties:: Set default values for a buffer or heading
|
||
* Language-specific header arguments in Org mode properties:: Set language-specific default values for a buffer or heading
|
||
* Code block specific header arguments:: The most common way to set values
|
||
* Header arguments in function calls:: The most specific level
|
||
|
||
Specific header arguments
|
||
|
||
* var:: Pass arguments to code blocks
|
||
* results:: Specify the type of results and how they will
|
||
be collected and handled
|
||
* file:: Specify a path for file output
|
||
* file-desc:: Specify a description for file results
|
||
* dir:: Specify the default (possibly remote)
|
||
directory for code block execution
|
||
* exports:: Export code and/or results
|
||
* tangle:: Toggle tangling and specify file name
|
||
* mkdirp:: Toggle creation of parent directories of target
|
||
files during tangling
|
||
* comments:: Toggle insertion of comments in tangled
|
||
code files
|
||
* padline:: Control insertion of padding lines in tangled
|
||
code files
|
||
* no-expand:: Turn off variable assignment and noweb
|
||
expansion during tangling
|
||
* session:: Preserve the state of code evaluation
|
||
* noweb:: Toggle expansion of noweb references
|
||
* noweb-ref:: Specify block's noweb reference resolution target
|
||
* noweb-sep:: String used to separate noweb references
|
||
* cache:: Avoid re-evaluating unchanged code blocks
|
||
* sep:: Delimiter for writing tabular results outside Org
|
||
* hlines:: Handle horizontal lines in tables
|
||
* colnames:: Handle column names in tables
|
||
* rownames:: Handle row names in tables
|
||
* shebang:: Make tangled files executable
|
||
* tangle-mode:: Set permission of tangled files
|
||
* eval:: Limit evaluation of specific code blocks
|
||
* wrap:: Mark source block evaluation results
|
||
* post:: Post processing of code block results
|
||
* prologue:: Text to prepend to code block body
|
||
* epilogue:: Text to append to code block body
|
||
|
||
Miscellaneous
|
||
|
||
* Completion:: M-TAB knows what you need
|
||
* Easy Templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements
|
||
* Speed keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline
|
||
* Code evaluation security:: Org mode files evaluate inline code
|
||
* Customization:: Adapting Org to your taste
|
||
* In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS
|
||
* The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c
|
||
* Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline
|
||
* TTY keys:: Using Org on a tty
|
||
* Interaction:: Other Emacs packages
|
||
* org-crypt:: Encrypting Org files
|
||
|
||
Interaction with other packages
|
||
|
||
* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with
|
||
* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts
|
||
|
||
Hacking
|
||
|
||
* Hooks:: How to reach into Org's internals
|
||
* Add-on packages:: Available extensions
|
||
* Adding hyperlink types:: New custom link types
|
||
* Adding export back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends
|
||
* Context-sensitive commands:: How to add functionality to such commands
|
||
* Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for @LaTeX{} and other programs
|
||
* Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks
|
||
* Special agenda views:: Customized views
|
||
* Speeding up your agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas
|
||
* Extracting agenda information:: Post-processing of agenda information
|
||
* Using the property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties
|
||
* Using the mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries
|
||
|
||
Tables and lists in arbitrary syntax
|
||
|
||
* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables
|
||
* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial
|
||
* Translator functions:: Copy and modify
|
||
* Radio lists:: Sending and receiving lists
|
||
|
||
MobileOrg
|
||
|
||
* Setting up the staging area:: Where to interact with the mobile device
|
||
* Pushing to MobileOrg:: Uploading Org files and agendas
|
||
* Pulling from MobileOrg:: Integrating captured and flagged items
|
||
|
||
@end detailmenu
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Introduction, Document Structure, Top, Top
|
||
@chapter Introduction
|
||
@cindex introduction
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org does
|
||
* Installation:: Installing Org
|
||
* Activation:: How to activate Org for certain buffers
|
||
* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc.
|
||
* Conventions:: Typesetting conventions in the manual
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Summary, Installation, Introduction, Introduction
|
||
@section Summary
|
||
@cindex summary
|
||
|
||
Org is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining TODO lists, and doing
|
||
project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
|
||
|
||
Org develops organizational tasks around NOTES files that contain
|
||
lists or information about projects as plain text. Org is
|
||
implemented on top of Outline mode, which makes it possible to keep the
|
||
content of large files well structured. Visibility cycling and
|
||
structure editing help to work with the tree. Tables are easily created
|
||
with a built-in table editor. Org supports TODO items, deadlines,
|
||
timestamps, and scheduling. It dynamically compiles entries into an
|
||
agenda that utilizes and smoothly integrates much of the Emacs calendar
|
||
and diary. Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails,
|
||
Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any files related to the projects.
|
||
For printing and sharing notes, an Org file can be exported as a
|
||
structured ASCII file, as HTML, or (TODO and agenda items only) as an
|
||
iCalendar file. It can also serve as a publishing tool for a set of
|
||
linked web pages.
|
||
|
||
As a project planning environment, Org works by adding metadata to outline
|
||
nodes. Based on this data, specific entries can be extracted in queries and
|
||
create dynamic @i{agenda views}.
|
||
|
||
Org mode contains the Org Babel environment which allows you to work with
|
||
embedded source code blocks in a file, to facilitate code evaluation,
|
||
documentation, and literate programming techniques.
|
||
|
||
Org's automatic, context-sensitive table editor with spreadsheet
|
||
capabilities can be integrated into any major mode by activating the
|
||
minor Orgtbl mode. Using a translation step, it can be used to maintain
|
||
tables in arbitrary file types, for example in @LaTeX{}. The structure
|
||
editing and list creation capabilities can be used outside Org with
|
||
the minor Orgstruct mode.
|
||
|
||
Org keeps simple things simple. When first fired up, it should
|
||
feel like a straightforward, easy to use outliner. Complexity is not
|
||
imposed, but a large amount of functionality is available when you need
|
||
it. Org is a toolbox and can be used in different ways and for different
|
||
ends, for example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@r{@bullet{} an outline extension with visibility cycling and structure editing}
|
||
@r{@bullet{} an ASCII system and table editor for taking structured notes}
|
||
@r{@bullet{} a TODO list editor}
|
||
@r{@bullet{} a full agenda and planner with deadlines and work scheduling}
|
||
@pindex GTD, Getting Things Done
|
||
@r{@bullet{} an environment in which to implement David Allen's GTD system}
|
||
@r{@bullet{} a simple hypertext system, with HTML and @LaTeX{} export}
|
||
@r{@bullet{} a publishing tool to create a set of interlinked web pages}
|
||
@r{@bullet{} an environment for literate programming}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex FAQ
|
||
There is a website for Org which provides links to the newest
|
||
version of Org, as well as additional information, frequently asked
|
||
questions (FAQ), links to tutorials, etc. This page is located at
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org}.
|
||
|
||
@cindex print edition
|
||
The version 7.3 of this manual is available as a
|
||
@uref{http://www.network-theory.co.uk/org/manual/, paperback book from Network
|
||
Theory Ltd.}
|
||
|
||
@page
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Installation, Activation, Summary, Introduction
|
||
@section Installation
|
||
@cindex installation
|
||
@cindex XEmacs
|
||
|
||
Org is part of recent distributions of GNU Emacs, so you normally don't need
|
||
to install it. If, for one reason or another, you want to install Org on top
|
||
of this pre-packaged version, there are three ways to do it:
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item By using Emacs package system.
|
||
@item By downloading Org as an archive.
|
||
@item By using Org's git repository.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
We @b{strongly recommend} to stick to a single installation method.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Using Emacs packaging system
|
||
|
||
Recent Emacs distributions include a packaging system which lets you install
|
||
Elisp libraries. You can install Org with @kbd{M-x package-install RET org}.
|
||
|
||
@noindent @b{Important}: you need to do this in a session where no @code{.org} file has
|
||
been visited, i.e., where no Org built-in function have been loaded.
|
||
Otherwise autoload Org functions will mess up the installation.
|
||
|
||
Then, to make sure your Org configuration is taken into account, initialize
|
||
the package system with @code{(package-initialize)} in your @file{.emacs}
|
||
before setting any Org option. If you want to use Org's package repository,
|
||
check out the @uref{http://orgmode.org/elpa.html, Org ELPA page}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Downloading Org as an archive
|
||
|
||
You can download Org latest release from @uref{http://orgmode.org/, Org's
|
||
website}. In this case, make sure you set the load-path correctly in your
|
||
@file{.emacs}:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-to-list 'load-path "~/path/to/orgdir/lisp")
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The downloaded archive contains contributed libraries that are not included
|
||
in Emacs. If you want to use them, add the @file{contrib} directory to your
|
||
load-path:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-to-list 'load-path "~/path/to/orgdir/contrib/lisp" t)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Optionally, you can compile the files and/or install them in your system.
|
||
Run @code{make help} to list compilation and installation options.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Using Org's git repository
|
||
|
||
You can clone Org's repository and install Org like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
$ cd ~/src/
|
||
$ git clone git://orgmode.org/org-mode.git
|
||
$ make autoloads
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Note that in this case, @code{make autoloads} is mandatory: it defines Org's
|
||
version in @file{org-version.el} and Org's autoloads in
|
||
@file{org-loaddefs.el}.
|
||
|
||
Remember to add the correct load-path as described in the method above.
|
||
|
||
You can also compile with @code{make}, generate the documentation with
|
||
@code{make doc}, create a local configuration with @code{make config} and
|
||
install Org with @code{make install}. Please run @code{make help} to get
|
||
the list of compilation/installation options.
|
||
|
||
For more detailed explanations on Org's build system, please check the Org
|
||
Build System page on @uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-build-system.html,
|
||
Worg}.
|
||
|
||
@node Activation, Feedback, Installation, Introduction
|
||
@section Activation
|
||
@cindex activation
|
||
@cindex autoload
|
||
@cindex ELPA
|
||
@cindex global key bindings
|
||
@cindex key bindings, global
|
||
@findex org-agenda
|
||
@findex org-capture
|
||
@findex org-store-link
|
||
@findex org-iswitchb
|
||
|
||
Since Emacs 22.2, files with the @file{.org} extension use Org mode by
|
||
default. If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, add this line to your
|
||
@file{.emacs} file:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.org\\'" . org-mode))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Org mode buffers need font-lock to be turned on: this is the default in
|
||
Emacs@footnote{If you don't use font-lock globally, turn it on in Org buffer
|
||
with @code{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)}}.
|
||
|
||
There are compatibility issues between Org mode and some other Elisp
|
||
packages, please take the time to check the list (@pxref{Conflicts}).
|
||
|
||
The four Org commands @command{org-store-link}, @command{org-capture},
|
||
@command{org-agenda}, and @command{org-iswitchb} should be accessible through
|
||
global keys (i.e., anywhere in Emacs, not just in Org buffers). Here are
|
||
suggested bindings for these keys, please modify the keys to your own
|
||
liking.
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(global-set-key "\C-cl" 'org-store-link)
|
||
(global-set-key "\C-cc" 'org-capture)
|
||
(global-set-key "\C-ca" 'org-agenda)
|
||
(global-set-key "\C-cb" 'org-iswitchb)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@cindex Org mode, turning on
|
||
With this setup, all files with extension @samp{.org} will be put
|
||
into Org mode. As an alternative, make the first line of a file look
|
||
like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
MY PROJECTS -*- mode: org; -*-
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file
|
||
@noindent which will select Org mode for this buffer no matter what
|
||
the file's name is. See also the variable
|
||
@code{org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file}.
|
||
|
||
Many commands in Org work on the region if the region is @i{active}. To make
|
||
use of this, you need to have @code{transient-mark-mode}
|
||
(@code{zmacs-regions} in XEmacs) turned on. In Emacs 23 this is the default,
|
||
in Emacs 22 you need to do this yourself with
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(transient-mark-mode 1)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@noindent If you do not like @code{transient-mark-mode}, you can create an
|
||
active region by using the mouse to select a region, or pressing
|
||
@kbd{C-@key{SPC}} twice before moving the cursor.
|
||
|
||
@node Feedback, Conventions, Activation, Introduction
|
||
@section Feedback
|
||
@cindex feedback
|
||
@cindex bug reports
|
||
@cindex maintainer
|
||
@cindex author
|
||
|
||
If you find problems with Org, or if you have questions, remarks, or ideas
|
||
about it, please mail to the Org mailing list @email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}.
|
||
If you are not a member of the mailing list, your mail will be passed to the
|
||
list after a moderator has approved it@footnote{Please consider subscribing
|
||
to the mailing list, in order to minimize the work the mailing list
|
||
moderators have to do.}.
|
||
|
||
For bug reports, please first try to reproduce the bug with the latest
|
||
version of Org available---if you are running an outdated version, it is
|
||
quite possible that the bug has been fixed already. If the bug persists,
|
||
prepare a report and provide as much information as possible, including the
|
||
version information of Emacs (@kbd{M-x emacs-version @key{RET}}) and Org
|
||
(@kbd{M-x org-version RET}), as well as the Org related setup in
|
||
@file{.emacs}. The easiest way to do this is to use the command
|
||
@example
|
||
@kbd{M-x org-submit-bug-report RET}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent which will put all this information into an Emacs mail buffer so
|
||
that you only need to add your description. If you re not sending the Email
|
||
from within Emacs, please copy and paste the content into your Email program.
|
||
|
||
Sometimes you might face a problem due to an error in your Emacs or Org mode
|
||
setup. Before reporting a bug, it is very helpful to start Emacs with minimal
|
||
customizations and reproduce the problem. Doing so often helps you determine
|
||
if the problem is with your customization or with Org mode itself. You can
|
||
start a typical minimal session with a command like the example below.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
$ emacs -Q -l /path/to/minimal-org.el
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
However if you are using Org mode as distributed with Emacs, a minimal setup
|
||
is not necessary. In that case it is sufficient to start Emacs as
|
||
@code{emacs -Q}. The @code{minimal-org.el} setup file can have contents as
|
||
shown below.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
;;; Minimal setup to load latest 'org-mode'
|
||
|
||
;; activate debugging
|
||
(setq debug-on-error t
|
||
debug-on-signal nil
|
||
debug-on-quit nil)
|
||
|
||
;; add latest org-mode to load path
|
||
(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/lisp"))
|
||
(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/contrib/lisp" t))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
If an error occurs, a backtrace can be very useful (see below on how to
|
||
create one). Often a small example file helps, along with clear information
|
||
about:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item What exactly did you do?
|
||
@item What did you expect to happen?
|
||
@item What happened instead?
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
@noindent Thank you for helping to improve this program.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading How to create a useful backtrace
|
||
|
||
@cindex backtrace of an error
|
||
If working with Org produces an error with a message you don't
|
||
understand, you may have hit a bug. The best way to report this is by
|
||
providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a @emph{backtrace}.
|
||
This is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the
|
||
error occurred. Here is how to produce a useful backtrace:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
Reload uncompiled versions of all Org mode Lisp files. The backtrace
|
||
contains much more information if it is produced with uncompiled code.
|
||
To do this, use
|
||
@example
|
||
@kbd{C-u M-x org-reload RET}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
or select @code{Org -> Refresh/Reload -> Reload Org uncompiled} from the
|
||
menu.
|
||
@item
|
||
Go to the @code{Options} menu and select @code{Enter Debugger on Error}
|
||
(XEmacs has this option in the @code{Troubleshooting} sub-menu).
|
||
@item
|
||
Do whatever you have to do to hit the error. Don't forget to
|
||
document the steps you take.
|
||
@item
|
||
When you hit the error, a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will appear on the
|
||
screen. Save this buffer to a file (for example using @kbd{C-x C-w}) and
|
||
attach it to your bug report.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@node Conventions, , Feedback, Introduction
|
||
@section Typesetting conventions used in this manual
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading TODO keywords, tags, properties, etc.
|
||
|
||
Org mainly uses three types of keywords: TODO keywords, tags and property
|
||
names. In this manual we use the following conventions:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item TODO
|
||
@itemx WAITING
|
||
TODO keywords are written with all capitals, even if they are
|
||
user-defined.
|
||
@item boss
|
||
@itemx ARCHIVE
|
||
User-defined tags are written in lowercase; built-in tags with special
|
||
meaning are written with all capitals.
|
||
@item Release
|
||
@itemx PRIORITY
|
||
User-defined properties are capitalized; built-in properties with
|
||
special meaning are written with all capitals.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Moreover, Org uses @i{option keywords} (like @code{#+TITLE} to set the title)
|
||
and @i{environment keywords} (like @code{#+BEGIN_HTML} to start a @code{HTML}
|
||
environment). They are written in uppercase in the manual to enhance its
|
||
readability, but you can use lowercase in your Org files@footnote{Easy
|
||
templates insert lowercase keywords and Babel dynamically inserts
|
||
@code{#+results}.}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Keybindings and commands
|
||
@kindex C-c a
|
||
@findex org-agenda
|
||
@kindex C-c c
|
||
@findex org-capture
|
||
|
||
The manual suggests two global keybindings: @kbd{C-c a} for @code{org-agenda}
|
||
and @kbd{C-c c} for @code{org-capture}. These are only suggestions, but the
|
||
rest of the manual assumes that you are using these keybindings.
|
||
|
||
Also, the manual lists both the keys and the corresponding commands for
|
||
accessing a functionality. Org mode often uses the same key for different
|
||
functions, depending on context. The command that is bound to such keys has
|
||
a generic name, like @code{org-metaright}. In the manual we will, wherever
|
||
possible, give the function that is internally called by the generic command.
|
||
For example, in the chapter on document structure, @kbd{M-@key{right}} will
|
||
be listed to call @code{org-do-demote}, while in the chapter on tables, it
|
||
will be listed to call @code{org-table-move-column-right}. If you prefer,
|
||
you can compile the manual without the command names by unsetting the flag
|
||
@code{cmdnames} in @file{org.texi}.
|
||
|
||
@node Document Structure, Tables, Introduction, Top
|
||
@chapter Document structure
|
||
@cindex document structure
|
||
@cindex structure of document
|
||
|
||
Org is based on Outline mode and provides flexible commands to
|
||
edit the structure of the document.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Outlines:: Org is based on Outline mode
|
||
* Headlines:: How to typeset Org tree headlines
|
||
* Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified
|
||
* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines
|
||
* Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines
|
||
* Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context
|
||
* Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry
|
||
* Drawers:: Tucking stuff away
|
||
* Blocks:: Folding blocks
|
||
* Footnotes:: How footnotes are defined in Org's syntax
|
||
* Orgstruct mode:: Structure editing outside Org
|
||
* Org syntax:: Formal description of Org's syntax
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Outlines, Headlines, Document Structure, Document Structure
|
||
@section Outlines
|
||
@cindex outlines
|
||
@cindex Outline mode
|
||
|
||
Org is implemented on top of Outline mode. Outlines allow a
|
||
document to be organized in a hierarchical structure, which (at least
|
||
for me) is the best representation of notes and thoughts. An overview
|
||
of this structure is achieved by folding (hiding) large parts of the
|
||
document to show only the general document structure and the parts
|
||
currently being worked on. Org greatly simplifies the use of
|
||
outlines by compressing the entire show/hide functionality into a single
|
||
command, @command{org-cycle}, which is bound to the @key{TAB} key.
|
||
|
||
@node Headlines, Visibility cycling, Outlines, Document Structure
|
||
@section Headlines
|
||
@cindex headlines
|
||
@cindex outline tree
|
||
@vindex org-special-ctrl-a/e
|
||
@vindex org-special-ctrl-k
|
||
@vindex org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree
|
||
|
||
Headlines define the structure of an outline tree. The headlines in Org
|
||
start with one or more stars, on the left margin@footnote{See the variables
|
||
@code{org-special-ctrl-a/e}, @code{org-special-ctrl-k}, and
|
||
@code{org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree} to configure special behavior of @kbd{C-a},
|
||
@kbd{C-e}, and @kbd{C-k} in headlines.} @footnote{Clocking only works with
|
||
headings indented less then 30 stars.}. For example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Top level headline
|
||
** Second level
|
||
*** 3rd level
|
||
some text
|
||
*** 3rd level
|
||
more text
|
||
|
||
* Another top level headline
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an
|
||
outline that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline
|
||
starters. @ref{Clean view}, describes a setup to realize this.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-cycle-separator-lines
|
||
An empty line after the end of a subtree is considered part of it and
|
||
will be hidden when the subtree is folded. However, if you leave at
|
||
least two empty lines, one empty line will remain visible after folding
|
||
the subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view. See the
|
||
variable @code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior.
|
||
|
||
@node Visibility cycling, Motion, Headlines, Document Structure
|
||
@section Visibility cycling
|
||
@cindex cycling, visibility
|
||
@cindex visibility cycling
|
||
@cindex trees, visibility
|
||
@cindex show hidden text
|
||
@cindex hide text
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Global and local cycling:: Cycling through various visibility states
|
||
* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state
|
||
* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Global and local cycling, Initial visibility, Visibility cycling, Visibility cycling
|
||
@subsection Global and local cycling
|
||
|
||
Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer.
|
||
Org uses just two commands, bound to @key{TAB} and
|
||
@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} to change the visibility in the buffer.
|
||
|
||
@cindex subtree visibility states
|
||
@cindex subtree cycling
|
||
@cindex folded, subtree visibility state
|
||
@cindex children, subtree visibility state
|
||
@cindex subtree, subtree visibility state
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-cycle}
|
||
@emph{Subtree cycling}: Rotate current subtree among the states
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
,-> FOLDED -> CHILDREN -> SUBTREE --.
|
||
'-----------------------------------'
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-cycle-emulate-tab
|
||
@vindex org-cycle-global-at-bob
|
||
The cursor must be on a headline for this to work@footnote{see, however,
|
||
the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}. When the cursor is at the
|
||
beginning of the buffer and the first line is not a headline, then
|
||
@key{TAB} actually runs global cycling (see below)@footnote{see the
|
||
option @code{org-cycle-global-at-bob}.}. Also when called with a prefix
|
||
argument (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}), global cycling is invoked.
|
||
|
||
@cindex global visibility states
|
||
@cindex global cycling
|
||
@cindex overview, global visibility state
|
||
@cindex contents, global visibility state
|
||
@cindex show all, global visibility state
|
||
@orgcmd{S-@key{TAB},org-global-cycle}
|
||
@itemx C-u @key{TAB}
|
||
@emph{Global cycling}: Rotate the entire buffer among the states
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
,-> OVERVIEW -> CONTENTS -> SHOW ALL --.
|
||
'--------------------------------------'
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
When @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} is called with a numeric prefix argument N, the
|
||
CONTENTS view up to headlines of level N will be shown. Note that inside
|
||
tables, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} jumps to the previous field.
|
||
|
||
@cindex set startup visibility, command
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-u @key{TAB},org-set-startup-visibility}
|
||
Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer (@pxref{Initial visibility}).
|
||
@cindex show all, command
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-u @key{TAB},show-all}
|
||
Show all, including drawers.
|
||
@cindex revealing context
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-r,org-reveal}
|
||
Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the following heading
|
||
and the hierarchy above. Useful for working near a location that has been
|
||
exposed by a sparse tree command (@pxref{Sparse trees}) or an agenda command
|
||
(@pxref{Agenda commands}). With a prefix argument show, on each
|
||
level, all sibling headings. With a double prefix argument, also show the
|
||
entire subtree of the parent.
|
||
@cindex show branches, command
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-k,show-branches}
|
||
Expose all the headings of the subtree, CONTENT view for just one subtree.
|
||
@cindex show children, command
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c @key{TAB},show-children}
|
||
Expose all direct children of the subtree. With a numeric prefix argument N,
|
||
expose all children down to level N@.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x b,org-tree-to-indirect-buffer}
|
||
Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer@footnote{The indirect
|
||
buffer
|
||
@ifinfo
|
||
(@pxref{Indirect Buffers,,,emacs,GNU Emacs Manual})
|
||
@end ifinfo
|
||
@ifnotinfo
|
||
(see the Emacs manual for more information about indirect buffers)
|
||
@end ifnotinfo
|
||
will contain the entire buffer, but will be narrowed to the current
|
||
tree. Editing the indirect buffer will also change the original buffer,
|
||
but without affecting visibility in that buffer.}. With a numeric
|
||
prefix argument N, go up to level N and then take that tree. If N is
|
||
negative then go up that many levels. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove
|
||
the previously used indirect buffer.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x v,org-copy-visible}
|
||
Copy the @i{visible} text in the region into the kill ring.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Initial visibility:: Setting the initial visibility state
|
||
* Catching invisible edits:: Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Initial visibility, Catching invisible edits, Global and local cycling, Visibility cycling
|
||
@subsection Initial visibility
|
||
|
||
@cindex visibility, initialize
|
||
@vindex org-startup-folded
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-inhibit-startup
|
||
@cindex @code{overview}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{content}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{showall}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{showeverything}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
|
||
When Emacs first visits an Org file, the global state is set to OVERVIEW,
|
||
i.e., only the top level headlines are visible@footnote{When
|
||
@code{org-agenda-inhibit-startup} is non-@code{nil}, Org will not honor the default
|
||
visibility state when first opening a file for the agenda (@pxref{Speeding up
|
||
your agendas}).}. This can be configured through the variable
|
||
@code{org-startup-folded}, or on a per-file basis by adding one of the
|
||
following lines anywhere in the buffer:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: overview
|
||
#+STARTUP: content
|
||
#+STARTUP: showall
|
||
#+STARTUP: showeverything
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The startup visibility options are ignored when the file is open for the
|
||
first time during the agenda generation: if you want the agenda to honor
|
||
the startup visibility, set @code{org-agenda-inhibit-startup} to @code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, VISIBILITY
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Furthermore, any entries with a @samp{VISIBILITY} property (@pxref{Properties
|
||
and Columns}) will get their visibility adapted accordingly. Allowed values
|
||
for this property are @code{folded}, @code{children}, @code{content}, and
|
||
@code{all}.
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-u @key{TAB},org-set-startup-visibility}
|
||
Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer, i.e., whatever is
|
||
requested by startup options and @samp{VISIBILITY} properties in individual
|
||
entries.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Catching invisible edits, , Initial visibility, Visibility cycling
|
||
@subsection Catching invisible edits
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-catch-invisible-edits
|
||
@cindex edits, catching invisible
|
||
Sometimes you may inadvertently edit an invisible part of the buffer and be
|
||
confused on what has been edited and how to undo the mistake. Setting
|
||
@code{org-catch-invisible-edits} to non-@code{nil} will help prevent this. See the
|
||
docstring of this option on how Org should catch invisible edits and process
|
||
them.
|
||
|
||
@node Motion, Structure editing, Visibility cycling, Document Structure
|
||
@section Motion
|
||
@cindex motion, between headlines
|
||
@cindex jumping, to headlines
|
||
@cindex headline navigation
|
||
The following commands jump to other headlines in the buffer.
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-n,outline-next-visible-heading}
|
||
Next heading.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-p,outline-previous-visible-heading}
|
||
Previous heading.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-f,org-forward-same-level}
|
||
Next heading same level.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-b,org-backward-same-level}
|
||
Previous heading same level.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-u,outline-up-heading}
|
||
Backward to higher level heading.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-j,org-goto}
|
||
Jump to a different place without changing the current outline
|
||
visibility. Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer, where
|
||
you can use the following keys to find your destination:
|
||
@vindex org-goto-auto-isearch
|
||
@example
|
||
@key{TAB} @r{Cycle visibility.}
|
||
@key{down} / @key{up} @r{Next/previous visible headline.}
|
||
@key{RET} @r{Select this location.}
|
||
@kbd{/} @r{Do a Sparse-tree search}
|
||
@r{The following keys work if you turn off @code{org-goto-auto-isearch}}
|
||
n / p @r{Next/previous visible headline.}
|
||
f / b @r{Next/previous headline same level.}
|
||
u @r{One level up.}
|
||
0-9 @r{Digit argument.}
|
||
q @r{Quit}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@vindex org-goto-interface
|
||
@noindent
|
||
See also the option @code{org-goto-interface}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Structure editing, Sparse trees, Motion, Document Structure
|
||
@section Structure editing
|
||
@cindex structure editing
|
||
@cindex headline, promotion and demotion
|
||
@cindex promotion, of subtrees
|
||
@cindex demotion, of subtrees
|
||
@cindex subtree, cut and paste
|
||
@cindex pasting, of subtrees
|
||
@cindex cutting, of subtrees
|
||
@cindex copying, of subtrees
|
||
@cindex sorting, of subtrees
|
||
@cindex subtrees, cut and paste
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-insert-heading}
|
||
@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line
|
||
Insert a new heading/item with the same level than the one at point.
|
||
If the cursor is in a plain list item, a new item is created
|
||
(@pxref{Plain lists}). To prevent this behavior in lists, call the
|
||
command with a prefix argument. When this command is used in the
|
||
middle of a line, the line is split and the rest of the line becomes
|
||
the new item or headline@footnote{If you do not want the line to be
|
||
split, customize the variable @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.}. If
|
||
the command is used at the @emph{beginning} of a headline, the new
|
||
headline is created before the current line. If the command is used
|
||
at the @emph{end} of a folded subtree (i.e., behind the ellipses at
|
||
the end of a headline), then a headline will be
|
||
inserted after the end of the subtree. Calling this command with
|
||
@kbd{C-u C-u} will unconditionally respect the headline's content and
|
||
create a new item at the end of the parent subtree.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-@key{RET},org-insert-heading-respect-content}
|
||
Just like @kbd{M-@key{RET}}, except when adding a new heading below the
|
||
current heading, the new heading is placed after the body instead of before
|
||
it. This command works from anywhere in the entry.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading}
|
||
@vindex org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change
|
||
Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. See also the
|
||
variable @code{org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-S-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content}
|
||
Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading. Like
|
||
@kbd{C-@key{RET}}, the new headline will be inserted after the current
|
||
subtree.
|
||
@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-cycle}
|
||
In a new entry with no text yet, the first @key{TAB} demotes the entry to
|
||
become a child of the previous one. The next @key{TAB} makes it a parent,
|
||
and so on, all the way to top level. Yet another @key{TAB}, and you are back
|
||
to the initial level.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{left},org-do-promote}
|
||
Promote current heading by one level.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{right},org-do-demote}
|
||
Demote current heading by one level.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{left},org-promote-subtree}
|
||
Promote the current subtree by one level.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{right},org-demote-subtree}
|
||
Demote the current subtree by one level.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{up},org-move-subtree-up}
|
||
Move subtree up (swap with previous subtree of same
|
||
level).
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{down},org-move-subtree-down}
|
||
Move subtree down (swap with next subtree of same level).
|
||
@orgcmd{M-h,org-mark-element}
|
||
Mark the element at point. Hitting repeatedly will mark subsequent elements
|
||
of the one just marked. E.g., hitting @key{M-h} on a paragraph will mark it,
|
||
hitting @key{M-h} immediately again will mark the next one.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c @@,org-mark-subtree}
|
||
Mark the subtree at point. Hitting repeatedly will mark subsequent subtrees
|
||
of the same level than the marked subtree.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-w,org-cut-subtree}
|
||
Kill subtree, i.e., remove it from buffer but save in kill ring.
|
||
With a numeric prefix argument N, kill N sequential subtrees.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x M-w,org-copy-subtree}
|
||
Copy subtree to kill ring. With a numeric prefix argument N, copy the N
|
||
sequential subtrees.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-y,org-paste-subtree}
|
||
Yank subtree from kill ring. This does modify the level of the subtree to
|
||
make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank position. The yank level can
|
||
also be specified with a numeric prefix argument, or by yanking after a
|
||
headline marker like @samp{****}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-y,org-yank}
|
||
@vindex org-yank-adjusted-subtrees
|
||
@vindex org-yank-folded-subtrees
|
||
Depending on the options @code{org-yank-adjusted-subtrees} and
|
||
@code{org-yank-folded-subtrees}, Org's internal @code{yank} command will
|
||
paste subtrees folded and in a clever way, using the same command as @kbd{C-c
|
||
C-x C-y}. With the default settings, no level adjustment will take place,
|
||
but the yanked tree will be folded unless doing so would swallow text
|
||
previously visible. Any prefix argument to this command will force a normal
|
||
@code{yank} to be executed, with the prefix passed along. A good way to
|
||
force a normal yank is @kbd{C-u C-y}. If you use @code{yank-pop} after a
|
||
yank, it will yank previous kill items plainly, without adjustment and
|
||
folding.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x c,org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}
|
||
Clone a subtree by making a number of sibling copies of it. You will be
|
||
prompted for the number of copies to make, and you can also specify if any
|
||
timestamps in the entry should be shifted. This can be useful, for example,
|
||
to create a number of tasks related to a series of lectures to prepare. For
|
||
more details, see the docstring of the command
|
||
@code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-refile}
|
||
Refile entry or region to a different location. @xref{Refile and copy}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ^,org-sort}
|
||
Sort same-level entries. When there is an active region, all entries in the
|
||
region will be sorted. Otherwise the children of the current headline are
|
||
sorted. The command prompts for the sorting method, which can be
|
||
alphabetically, numerically, by time (first timestamp with active preferred,
|
||
creation time, scheduled time, deadline time), by priority, by TODO keyword
|
||
(in the sequence the keywords have been defined in the setup) or by the value
|
||
of a property. Reverse sorting is possible as well. You can also supply
|
||
your own function to extract the sorting key. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix,
|
||
sorting will be case-sensitive.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-x n s,org-narrow-to-subtree}
|
||
Narrow buffer to current subtree.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-x n b,org-narrow-to-block}
|
||
Narrow buffer to current block.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-x n w,widen}
|
||
Widen buffer to remove narrowing.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c *,org-toggle-heading}
|
||
Turn a normal line or plain list item into a headline (so that it becomes a
|
||
subheading at its location). Also turn a headline into a normal line by
|
||
removing the stars. If there is an active region, turn all lines in the
|
||
region into headlines. If the first line in the region was an item, turn
|
||
only the item lines into headlines. Finally, if the first line is a
|
||
headline, remove the stars from all headlines in the region.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@cindex region, active
|
||
@cindex active region
|
||
@cindex transient mark mode
|
||
When there is an active region (Transient Mark mode), promotion and
|
||
demotion work on all headlines in the region. To select a region of
|
||
headlines, it is best to place both point and mark at the beginning of a
|
||
line, mark at the beginning of the first headline, and point at the line
|
||
just after the last headline to change. Note that when the cursor is
|
||
inside a table (@pxref{Tables}), the Meta-Cursor keys have different
|
||
functionality.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Sparse trees, Plain lists, Structure editing, Document Structure
|
||
@section Sparse trees
|
||
@cindex sparse trees
|
||
@cindex trees, sparse
|
||
@cindex folding, sparse trees
|
||
@cindex occur, command
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-show-hierarchy-above
|
||
@vindex org-show-following-heading
|
||
@vindex org-show-siblings
|
||
@vindex org-show-entry-below
|
||
An important feature of Org mode is the ability to construct @emph{sparse
|
||
trees} for selected information in an outline tree, so that the entire
|
||
document is folded as much as possible, but the selected information is made
|
||
visible along with the headline structure above it@footnote{See also the
|
||
variables @code{org-show-hierarchy-above}, @code{org-show-following-heading},
|
||
@code{org-show-siblings}, and @code{org-show-entry-below} for detailed
|
||
control on how much context is shown around each match.}. Just try it out
|
||
and you will see immediately how it works.
|
||
|
||
Org mode contains several commands creating such trees, all these
|
||
commands can be accessed through a dispatcher:
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c /,org-sparse-tree}
|
||
This prompts for an extra key to select a sparse-tree creating command.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c / r,org-occur}
|
||
@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change
|
||
Prompts for a regexp and shows a sparse tree with all matches. If
|
||
the match is in a headline, the headline is made visible. If the match is in
|
||
the body of an entry, headline and body are made visible. In order to
|
||
provide minimal context, also the full hierarchy of headlines above the match
|
||
is shown, as well as the headline following the match. Each match is also
|
||
highlighted; the highlights disappear when the buffer is changed by an
|
||
editing command@footnote{This depends on the option
|
||
@code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}}, or by pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}.
|
||
When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, previous highlights are kept,
|
||
so several calls to this command can be stacked.
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{M-g n,M-g M-n,next-error}
|
||
Jump to the next sparse tree match in this buffer.
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{M-g p,M-g M-p,previous-error}
|
||
Jump to the previous sparse tree match in this buffer.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
For frequently used sparse trees of specific search strings, you can
|
||
use the option @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} to define fast
|
||
keyboard access to specific sparse trees. These commands will then be
|
||
accessible through the agenda dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).
|
||
For example:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("f" occur-tree "FIXME")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent will define the key @kbd{C-c a f} as a shortcut for creating
|
||
a sparse tree matching the string @samp{FIXME}.
|
||
|
||
The other sparse tree commands select headings based on TODO keywords,
|
||
tags, or properties and will be discussed later in this manual.
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-e C-v
|
||
@cindex printing sparse trees
|
||
@cindex visible text, printing
|
||
To print a sparse tree, you can use the Emacs command
|
||
@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} which does not print invisible parts
|
||
of the document @footnote{This does not work under XEmacs, because
|
||
XEmacs uses selective display for outlining, not text properties.}.
|
||
Or you can use @kbd{C-c C-e C-v} to export only the visible part of
|
||
the document and print the resulting file.
|
||
|
||
@node Plain lists, Drawers, Sparse trees, Document Structure
|
||
@section Plain lists
|
||
@cindex plain lists
|
||
@cindex lists, plain
|
||
@cindex lists, ordered
|
||
@cindex ordered lists
|
||
|
||
Within an entry of the outline tree, hand-formatted lists can provide
|
||
additional structure. They also provide a way to create lists of checkboxes
|
||
(@pxref{Checkboxes}). Org supports editing such lists, and every exporter
|
||
(@pxref{Exporting}) can parse and format them.
|
||
|
||
Org knows ordered lists, unordered lists, and description lists.
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
@emph{Unordered} list items start with @samp{-}, @samp{+}, or
|
||
@samp{*}@footnote{When using @samp{*} as a bullet, lines must be indented or
|
||
they will be seen as top-level headlines. Also, when you are hiding leading
|
||
stars to get a clean outline view, plain list items starting with a star may
|
||
be hard to distinguish from true headlines. In short: even though @samp{*}
|
||
is supported, it may be better to not use it for plain list items.} as
|
||
bullets.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator
|
||
@vindex org-list-allow-alphabetical
|
||
@emph{Ordered} list items start with a numeral followed by either a period or
|
||
a right parenthesis@footnote{You can filter out any of them by configuring
|
||
@code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}.}, such as @samp{1.} or
|
||
@samp{1)}@footnote{You can also get @samp{a.}, @samp{A.}, @samp{a)} and
|
||
@samp{A)} by configuring @code{org-list-allow-alphabetical}. To minimize
|
||
confusion with normal text, those are limited to one character only. Beyond
|
||
that limit, bullets will automatically fallback to numbers.}. If you want a
|
||
list to start with a different value (e.g., 20), start the text of the item
|
||
with @code{[@@20]}@footnote{If there's a checkbox in the item, the cookie
|
||
must be put @emph{before} the checkbox. If you have activated alphabetical
|
||
lists, you can also use counters like @code{[@@b]}.}. Those constructs can
|
||
be used in any item of the list in order to enforce a particular numbering.
|
||
@item
|
||
@emph{Description} list items are unordered list items, and contain the
|
||
separator @samp{ :: } to distinguish the description @emph{term} from the
|
||
description.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
Items belonging to the same list must have the same indentation on the first
|
||
line. In particular, if an ordered list reaches number @samp{10.}, then the
|
||
2--digit numbers must be written left-aligned with the other numbers in the
|
||
list. An item ends before the next line that is less or equally indented
|
||
than its bullet/number.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-list-empty-line-terminates-plain-lists
|
||
A list ends whenever every item has ended, which means before any line less
|
||
or equally indented than items at top level. It also ends before two blank
|
||
lines@footnote{See also @code{org-list-empty-line-terminates-plain-lists}.}.
|
||
In that case, all items are closed. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
** Lord of the Rings
|
||
My favorite scenes are (in this order)
|
||
1. The attack of the Rohirrim
|
||
2. Eowyn's fight with the witch king
|
||
+ this was already my favorite scene in the book
|
||
+ I really like Miranda Otto.
|
||
3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas
|
||
- on DVD only
|
||
He makes a really funny face when it happens.
|
||
But in the end, no individual scenes matter but the film as a whole.
|
||
Important actors in this film are:
|
||
- @b{Elijah Wood} :: He plays Frodo
|
||
- @b{Sean Austin} :: He plays Sam, Frodo's friend. I still remember
|
||
him very well from his role as Mikey Walsh in @i{The Goonies}.
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Org supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping commands to deal with
|
||
them correctly@footnote{Org only changes the filling settings for Emacs. For
|
||
XEmacs, you should use Kyle E. Jones' @file{filladapt.el}. To turn this on,
|
||
put into @file{.emacs}: @code{(require 'filladapt)}}, and by exporting them
|
||
properly (@pxref{Exporting}). Since indentation is what governs the
|
||
structure of these lists, many structural constructs like @code{#+BEGIN_...}
|
||
blocks can be indented to signal that they belong to a particular item.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-list-demote-modify-bullet
|
||
@vindex org-list-indent-offset
|
||
If you find that using a different bullet for a sub-list (than that used for
|
||
the current list-level) improves readability, customize the variable
|
||
@code{org-list-demote-modify-bullet}. To get a greater difference of
|
||
indentation between items and theirs sub-items, customize
|
||
@code{org-list-indent-offset}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
|
||
The following commands act on items when the cursor is in the first line of
|
||
an item (the line with the bullet or number). Some of them imply the
|
||
application of automatic rules to keep list structure intact. If some of
|
||
these actions get in your way, configure @code{org-list-automatic-rules}
|
||
to disable them individually.
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-cycle}
|
||
@cindex cycling, in plain lists
|
||
@vindex org-cycle-include-plain-lists
|
||
Items can be folded just like headline levels. Normally this works only if
|
||
the cursor is on a plain list item. For more details, see the variable
|
||
@code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists}. If this variable is set to
|
||
@code{integrate}, plain list items will be treated like low-level
|
||
headlines. The level of an item is then given by the indentation of the
|
||
bullet/number. Items are always subordinate to real headlines, however; the
|
||
hierarchies remain completely separated. In a new item with no text yet, the
|
||
first @key{TAB} demotes the item to become a child of the previous
|
||
one. Subsequent @key{TAB}s move the item to meaningful levels in the list
|
||
and eventually get it back to its initial position.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-insert-heading}
|
||
@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line
|
||
@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
|
||
Insert new item at current level. With a prefix argument, force a new
|
||
heading (@pxref{Structure editing}). If this command is used in the middle
|
||
of an item, that item is @emph{split} in two, and the second part becomes the
|
||
new item@footnote{If you do not want the item to be split, customize the
|
||
variable @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.}. If this command is executed
|
||
@emph{before item's body}, the new item is created @emph{before} the current
|
||
one.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex M-S-@key{RET}
|
||
@item M-S-@key{RET}
|
||
Insert a new item with a checkbox (@pxref{Checkboxes}).
|
||
@kindex S-@key{down}
|
||
@item S-up
|
||
@itemx S-down
|
||
@cindex shift-selection-mode
|
||
@vindex org-support-shift-select
|
||
@vindex org-list-use-circular-motion
|
||
Jump to the previous/next item in the current list@footnote{If you want to
|
||
cycle around items that way, you may customize
|
||
@code{org-list-use-circular-motion}.}, but only if
|
||
@code{org-support-shift-select} is off. If not, you can still use paragraph
|
||
jumping commands like @kbd{C-@key{up}} and @kbd{C-@key{down}} to quite
|
||
similar effect.
|
||
@kindex M-@key{up}
|
||
@kindex M-@key{down}
|
||
@item M-up
|
||
@itemx M-down
|
||
Move the item including subitems up/down@footnote{See
|
||
@code{org-list-use-circular-motion} for a cyclic behavior.} (swap with
|
||
previous/next item of same indentation). If the list is ordered, renumbering
|
||
is automatic.
|
||
@kindex M-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex M-@key{right}
|
||
@item M-left
|
||
@itemx M-right
|
||
Decrease/increase the indentation of an item, leaving children alone.
|
||
@kindex M-S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex M-S-@key{right}
|
||
@item M-S-@key{left}
|
||
@itemx M-S-@key{right}
|
||
Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including subitems.
|
||
Initially, the item tree is selected based on current indentation. When
|
||
these commands are executed several times in direct succession, the initially
|
||
selected region is used, even if the new indentation would imply a different
|
||
hierarchy. To use the new hierarchy, break the command chain with a cursor
|
||
motion or so.
|
||
|
||
As a special case, using this command on the very first item of a list will
|
||
move the whole list. This behavior can be disabled by configuring
|
||
@code{org-list-automatic-rules}. The global indentation of a list has no
|
||
influence on the text @emph{after} the list.
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@item C-c C-c
|
||
If there is a checkbox (@pxref{Checkboxes}) in the item line, toggle the
|
||
state of the checkbox. In any case, verify bullets and indentation
|
||
consistency in the whole list.
|
||
@kindex C-c -
|
||
@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator
|
||
@item C-c -
|
||
Cycle the entire list level through the different itemize/enumerate bullets
|
||
(@samp{-}, @samp{+}, @samp{*}, @samp{1.}, @samp{1)}) or a subset of them,
|
||
depending on @code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}, the type of list,
|
||
and its indentation. With a numeric prefix argument N, select the Nth bullet
|
||
from this list. If there is an active region when calling this, selected
|
||
text will be changed into an item. With a prefix argument, all lines will be
|
||
converted to list items. If the first line already was a list item, any item
|
||
marker will be removed from the list. Finally, even without an active
|
||
region, a normal line will be converted into a list item.
|
||
@kindex C-c *
|
||
@item C-c *
|
||
Turn a plain list item into a headline (so that it becomes a subheading at
|
||
its location). @xref{Structure editing}, for a detailed explanation.
|
||
@kindex C-c C-*
|
||
@item C-c C-*
|
||
Turn the whole plain list into a subtree of the current heading. Checkboxes
|
||
(@pxref{Checkboxes}) will become TODO (resp. DONE) keywords when unchecked
|
||
(resp. checked).
|
||
@kindex S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{right}
|
||
@item S-left/right
|
||
@vindex org-support-shift-select
|
||
This command also cycles bullet styles when the cursor in on the bullet or
|
||
anywhere in an item line, details depending on
|
||
@code{org-support-shift-select}.
|
||
@kindex C-c ^
|
||
@cindex sorting, of plain list
|
||
@item C-c ^
|
||
Sort the plain list. You will be prompted for the sorting method:
|
||
numerically, alphabetically, by time, by checked status for check lists,
|
||
or by a custom function.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Drawers, Blocks, Plain lists, Document Structure
|
||
@section Drawers
|
||
@cindex drawers
|
||
@cindex #+DRAWERS
|
||
@cindex visibility cycling, drawers
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-drawers
|
||
@cindex org-insert-drawer
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x d
|
||
Sometimes you want to keep information associated with an entry, but you
|
||
normally don't want to see it. For this, Org mode has @emph{drawers}.
|
||
Drawers need to be configured with the option @code{org-drawers}@footnote{You
|
||
can define additional drawers on a per-file basis with a line like
|
||
@code{#+DRAWERS: HIDDEN STATE}}. Drawers look like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
** This is a headline
|
||
Still outside the drawer
|
||
:DRAWERNAME:
|
||
This is inside the drawer.
|
||
:END:
|
||
After the drawer.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
You can interactively insert drawers at point by calling
|
||
@code{org-insert-drawer}, which is bound to @key{C-c C-x d}. With an active
|
||
region, this command will put the region inside the drawer. With a prefix
|
||
argument, this command calls @code{org-insert-property-drawer} and add a
|
||
property drawer right below the current headline. Completion over drawer
|
||
keywords is also possible using @key{M-TAB}.
|
||
|
||
Visibility cycling (@pxref{Visibility cycling}) on the headline will hide and
|
||
show the entry, but keep the drawer collapsed to a single line. In order to
|
||
look inside the drawer, you need to move the cursor to the drawer line and
|
||
press @key{TAB} there. Org mode uses the @code{PROPERTIES} drawer for
|
||
storing properties (@pxref{Properties and Columns}), and you can also arrange
|
||
for state change notes (@pxref{Tracking TODO state changes}) and clock times
|
||
(@pxref{Clocking work time}) to be stored in a drawer @code{LOGBOOK}. If you
|
||
want to store a quick note in the LOGBOOK drawer, in a similar way to state changes, use
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c C-z
|
||
@item C-c C-z
|
||
Add a time-stamped note to the LOGBOOK drawer.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-drawers
|
||
You can select the name of the drawers which should be exported with
|
||
@code{org-export-with-drawers}. In that case, drawer contents will appear in
|
||
export output. Property drawers are not affected by this variable and are
|
||
never exported.
|
||
|
||
@node Blocks, Footnotes, Drawers, Document Structure
|
||
@section Blocks
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-hide-block-startup
|
||
@cindex blocks, folding
|
||
Org mode uses begin...end blocks for various purposes from including source
|
||
code examples (@pxref{Literal examples}) to capturing time logging
|
||
information (@pxref{Clocking work time}). These blocks can be folded and
|
||
unfolded by pressing TAB in the begin line. You can also get all blocks
|
||
folded at startup by configuring the option @code{org-hide-block-startup}
|
||
or on a per-file basis by using
|
||
|
||
@cindex @code{hideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nohideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: hideblocks
|
||
#+STARTUP: nohideblocks
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Footnotes, Orgstruct mode, Blocks, Document Structure
|
||
@section Footnotes
|
||
@cindex footnotes
|
||
|
||
Org mode supports the creation of footnotes. In contrast to the
|
||
@file{footnote.el} package, Org mode's footnotes are designed for work on
|
||
a larger document, not only for one-off documents like emails.
|
||
|
||
A footnote is started by a footnote marker in square brackets in column 0, no
|
||
indentation allowed. It ends at the next footnote definition, headline, or
|
||
after two consecutive empty lines. The footnote reference is simply the
|
||
marker in square brackets, inside text. For example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
The Org homepage[fn:1] now looks a lot better than it used to.
|
||
...
|
||
[fn:1] The link is: http://orgmode.org
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Org mode extends the number-based syntax to @emph{named} footnotes and
|
||
optional inline definition. Using plain numbers as markers (as
|
||
@file{footnote.el} does) is supported for backward compatibility, but not
|
||
encouraged because of possible conflicts with @LaTeX{} snippets (@pxref{Embedded
|
||
@LaTeX{}}). Here are the valid references:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item [1]
|
||
A plain numeric footnote marker. Compatible with @file{footnote.el}, but not
|
||
recommended because something like @samp{[1]} could easily be part of a code
|
||
snippet.
|
||
@item [fn:name]
|
||
A named footnote reference, where @code{name} is a unique label word, or, for
|
||
simplicity of automatic creation, a number.
|
||
@item [fn:: This is the inline definition of this footnote]
|
||
A @LaTeX{}-like anonymous footnote where the definition is given directly at the
|
||
reference point.
|
||
@item [fn:name: a definition]
|
||
An inline definition of a footnote, which also specifies a name for the note.
|
||
Since Org allows multiple references to the same note, you can then use
|
||
@code{[fn:name]} to create additional references.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-auto-label
|
||
Footnote labels can be created automatically, or you can create names yourself.
|
||
This is handled by the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-label} and its
|
||
corresponding @code{#+STARTUP} keywords. See the docstring of that variable
|
||
for details.
|
||
|
||
@noindent The following command handles footnotes:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x f
|
||
@item C-c C-x f
|
||
The footnote action command.
|
||
|
||
When the cursor is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When it
|
||
is at a definition, jump to the (first) reference.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-define-inline
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-section
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust
|
||
Otherwise, create a new footnote. Depending on the option
|
||
@code{org-footnote-define-inline}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer
|
||
setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: fninline} or @code{#+STARTUP: nofninline}}, the
|
||
definition will be placed right into the text as part of the reference, or
|
||
separately into the location determined by the option
|
||
@code{org-footnote-section}.
|
||
|
||
When this command is called with a prefix argument, a menu of additional
|
||
options is offered:
|
||
@example
|
||
s @r{Sort the footnote definitions by reference sequence. During editing,}
|
||
@r{Org makes no effort to sort footnote definitions into a particular}
|
||
@r{sequence. If you want them sorted, use this command, which will}
|
||
@r{also move entries according to @code{org-footnote-section}. Automatic}
|
||
@r{sorting after each insertion/deletion can be configured using the}
|
||
@r{option @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.}
|
||
r @r{Renumber the simple @code{fn:N} footnotes. Automatic renumbering}
|
||
@r{after each insertion/deletion can be configured using the option}
|
||
@r{@code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.}
|
||
S @r{Short for first @code{r}, then @code{s} action.}
|
||
n @r{Normalize the footnotes by collecting all definitions (including}
|
||
@r{inline definitions) into a special section, and then numbering them}
|
||
@r{in sequence. The references will then also be numbers. This is}
|
||
@r{meant to be the final step before finishing a document (e.g., sending}
|
||
@r{off an email).}
|
||
d @r{Delete the footnote at point, and all definitions of and references}
|
||
@r{to it.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
Depending on the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}@footnote{the
|
||
corresponding in-buffer options are @code{fnadjust} and @code{nofnadjust}.},
|
||
renumbering and sorting footnotes can be automatic after each insertion or
|
||
deletion.
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@item C-c C-c
|
||
If the cursor is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition. If it is a
|
||
the definition, jump back to the reference. When called at a footnote
|
||
location with a prefix argument, offer the same menu as @kbd{C-c C-x f}.
|
||
@kindex C-c C-o
|
||
@kindex mouse-1
|
||
@kindex mouse-2
|
||
@item C-c C-o @r{or} mouse-1/2
|
||
Footnote labels are also links to the corresponding definition/reference, and
|
||
you can use the usual commands to follow these links.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Orgstruct mode, Org syntax, Footnotes, Document Structure
|
||
@section The Orgstruct minor mode
|
||
@cindex Orgstruct mode
|
||
@cindex minor mode for structure editing
|
||
|
||
If you like the intuitive way the Org mode structure editing and list
|
||
formatting works, you might want to use these commands in other modes like
|
||
Text mode or Mail mode as well. The minor mode @code{orgstruct-mode} makes
|
||
this possible. Toggle the mode with @kbd{M-x orgstruct-mode RET}, or
|
||
turn it on by default, for example in Message mode, with one of:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'message-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgstruct)
|
||
(add-hook 'message-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgstruct++)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
When this mode is active and the cursor is on a line that looks to Org like a
|
||
headline or the first line of a list item, most structure editing commands
|
||
will work, even if the same keys normally have different functionality in the
|
||
major mode you are using. If the cursor is not in one of those special
|
||
lines, Orgstruct mode lurks silently in the shadows.
|
||
|
||
When you use @code{orgstruct++-mode}, Org will also export indentation and
|
||
autofill settings into that mode, and detect item context after the first
|
||
line of an item.
|
||
|
||
@vindex orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp
|
||
You can also use Org structure editing to fold and unfold headlines in
|
||
@emph{any} file, provided you defined @code{orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp}:
|
||
the regular expression must match the local prefix to use before Org's
|
||
headlines. For example, if you set this variable to @code{";; "} in Emacs
|
||
Lisp files, you will be able to fold and unfold headlines in Emacs Lisp
|
||
commented lines. Some commands like @code{org-demote} are disabled when the
|
||
prefix is set, but folding/unfolding will work correctly.
|
||
|
||
@node Org syntax, , Orgstruct mode, Document Structure
|
||
@section Org syntax
|
||
@cindex Org syntax
|
||
|
||
A reference document providing a formal description of Org's syntax is
|
||
available as @uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-syntax.html, a draft on
|
||
Worg}, written and maintained by Nicolas Goaziou. It defines Org's core
|
||
internal concepts such as @code{headlines}, @code{sections}, @code{affiliated
|
||
keywords}, @code{(greater) elements} and @code{objects}. Each part of an Org
|
||
file falls into one of the categories above.
|
||
|
||
To explore the abstract structure of an Org buffer, run this in a buffer:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
M-: (org-element-parse-buffer) RET
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
It will output a list containing the buffer's content represented as an
|
||
abstract structure. The export engine relies on the information stored in
|
||
this list. Most interactive commands (e.g., for structure editing) also
|
||
rely on the syntactic meaning of the surrounding context.
|
||
|
||
@node Tables, Hyperlinks, Document Structure, Top
|
||
@chapter Tables
|
||
@cindex tables
|
||
@cindex editing tables
|
||
|
||
Org comes with a fast and intuitive table editor. Spreadsheet-like
|
||
calculations are supported using the Emacs @file{calc} package
|
||
(@pxref{Top, Calc, , calc, Gnu Emacs Calculator Manual}).
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Built-in table editor:: Simple tables
|
||
* Column width and alignment:: Overrule the automatic settings
|
||
* Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines
|
||
* Orgtbl mode:: The table editor as minor mode
|
||
* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities
|
||
* Org-Plot:: Plotting from org tables
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Built-in table editor, Column width and alignment, Tables, Tables
|
||
@section The built-in table editor
|
||
@cindex table editor, built-in
|
||
|
||
Org makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII@. Any line with @samp{|} as
|
||
the first non-whitespace character is considered part of a table. @samp{|}
|
||
is also the column separator@footnote{To insert a vertical bar into a table
|
||
field, use @code{\vert} or, inside a word @code{abc\vert@{@}def}.}. A table
|
||
might look like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
| Name | Phone | Age |
|
||
|-------+-------+-----|
|
||
| Peter | 1234 | 17 |
|
||
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press @key{TAB} or
|
||
@key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} inside the table. @key{TAB} also moves to
|
||
the next field (@key{RET} to the next row) and creates new table rows
|
||
at the end of the table or before horizontal lines. The indentation
|
||
of the table is set by the first line. Any line starting with
|
||
@samp{|-} is considered as a horizontal separator line and will be
|
||
expanded on the next re-align to span the whole table width. So, to
|
||
create the above table, you would only type
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
|Name|Phone|Age|
|
||
|-
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent and then press @key{TAB} to align the table and start filling in
|
||
fields. Even faster would be to type @code{|Name|Phone|Age} followed by
|
||
@kbd{C-c @key{RET}}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-enable-table-editor
|
||
@vindex org-table-auto-blank-field
|
||
When typing text into a field, Org treats @key{DEL},
|
||
@key{Backspace}, and all character keys in a special way, so that
|
||
inserting and deleting avoids shifting other fields. Also, when
|
||
typing @emph{immediately after the cursor was moved into a new field
|
||
with @kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}}}, the
|
||
field is automatically made blank. If this behavior is too
|
||
unpredictable for you, configure the options
|
||
@code{org-enable-table-editor} and @code{org-table-auto-blank-field}.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@tsubheading{Creation and conversion}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c |,org-table-create-or-convert-from-region}
|
||
Convert the active region to table. If every line contains at least one
|
||
TAB character, the function assumes that the material is tab separated.
|
||
If every line contains a comma, comma-separated values (CSV) are assumed.
|
||
If not, lines are split at whitespace into fields. You can use a prefix
|
||
argument to force a specific separator: @kbd{C-u} forces CSV, @kbd{C-u
|
||
C-u} forces TAB, and a numeric argument N indicates that at least N
|
||
consecutive spaces, or alternatively a TAB will be the separator.
|
||
@*
|
||
If there is no active region, this command creates an empty Org
|
||
table. But it is easier just to start typing, like
|
||
@kbd{|Name|Phone|Age @key{RET} |- @key{TAB}}.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Re-aligning and field motion}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-table-align}
|
||
Re-align the table and don't move to another field.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{<TAB>,org-table-next-field}
|
||
Re-align the table, move to the next field. Creates a new row if
|
||
necessary.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{S-@key{TAB},org-table-previous-field}
|
||
Re-align, move to previous field.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{@key{RET},org-table-next-row}
|
||
Re-align the table and move down to next row. Creates a new row if
|
||
necessary. At the beginning or end of a line, @key{RET} still does
|
||
NEWLINE, so it can be used to split a table.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-a,org-table-beginning-of-field}
|
||
Move to beginning of the current table field, or on to the previous field.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-e,org-table-end-of-field}
|
||
Move to end of the current table field, or on to the next field.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Column and row editing}
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{M-@key{left},M-@key{right},org-table-move-column-left,org-table-move-column-right}
|
||
Move the current column left/right.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{left},org-table-delete-column}
|
||
Kill the current column.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{right},org-table-insert-column}
|
||
Insert a new column to the left of the cursor position.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{M-@key{up},M-@key{down},org-table-move-row-up,org-table-move-row-down}
|
||
Move the current row up/down.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{up},org-table-kill-row}
|
||
Kill the current row or horizontal line.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{down},org-table-insert-row}
|
||
Insert a new row above the current row. With a prefix argument, the line is
|
||
created below the current one.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c -,org-table-insert-hline}
|
||
Insert a horizontal line below current row. With a prefix argument, the line
|
||
is created above the current line.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c @key{RET},org-table-hline-and-move}
|
||
Insert a horizontal line below current row, and move the cursor into the row
|
||
below that line.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ^,org-table-sort-lines}
|
||
Sort the table lines in the region. The position of point indicates the
|
||
column to be used for sorting, and the range of lines is the range
|
||
between the nearest horizontal separator lines, or the entire table. If
|
||
point is before the first column, you will be prompted for the sorting
|
||
column. If there is an active region, the mark specifies the first line
|
||
and the sorting column, while point should be in the last line to be
|
||
included into the sorting. The command prompts for the sorting type
|
||
(alphabetically, numerically, or by time). When called with a prefix
|
||
argument, alphabetic sorting will be case-sensitive.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Regions}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x M-w,org-table-copy-region}
|
||
Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard. Point and
|
||
mark determine edge fields of the rectangle. If there is no active region,
|
||
copy just the current field. The process ignores horizontal separator lines.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-w,org-table-cut-region}
|
||
Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard, and
|
||
blank all fields in the rectangle. So this is the ``cut'' operation.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-y,org-table-paste-rectangle}
|
||
Paste a rectangular region into a table.
|
||
The upper left corner ends up in the current field. All involved fields
|
||
will be overwritten. If the rectangle does not fit into the present table,
|
||
the table is enlarged as needed. The process ignores horizontal separator
|
||
lines.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-table-wrap-region}
|
||
Split the current field at the cursor position and move the rest to the line
|
||
below. If there is an active region, and both point and mark are in the same
|
||
column, the text in the column is wrapped to minimum width for the given
|
||
number of lines. A numeric prefix argument may be used to change the number
|
||
of desired lines. If there is no region, but you specify a prefix argument,
|
||
the current field is made blank, and the content is appended to the field
|
||
above.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Calculations}
|
||
@cindex formula, in tables
|
||
@cindex calculations, in tables
|
||
@cindex region, active
|
||
@cindex active region
|
||
@cindex transient mark mode
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c +,org-table-sum}
|
||
Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle defined by
|
||
the active region. The result is shown in the echo area and can
|
||
be inserted with @kbd{C-y}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{S-@key{RET},org-table-copy-down}
|
||
@vindex org-table-copy-increment
|
||
When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field above. When not
|
||
empty, copy current field down to next row and move cursor along with it.
|
||
Depending on the option @code{org-table-copy-increment}, integer field
|
||
values will be incremented during copy. Integers that are too large will not
|
||
be incremented. Also, a @code{0} prefix argument temporarily disables the
|
||
increment. This key is also used by shift-selection and related modes
|
||
(@pxref{Conflicts}).
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Miscellaneous}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c `,org-table-edit-field}
|
||
Edit the current field in a separate window. This is useful for fields that
|
||
are not fully visible (@pxref{Column width and alignment}). When called with
|
||
a @kbd{C-u} prefix, just make the full field visible, so that it can be
|
||
edited in place. When called with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes, make the editor
|
||
window follow the cursor through the table and always show the current
|
||
field. The follow mode exits automatically when the cursor leaves the table,
|
||
or when you repeat this command with @kbd{C-u C-u C-c `}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@item M-x org-table-import RET
|
||
Import a file as a table. The table should be TAB or whitespace
|
||
separated. Use, for example, to import a spreadsheet table or data
|
||
from a database, because these programs generally can write
|
||
TAB-separated text files. This command works by inserting the file into
|
||
the buffer and then converting the region to a table. Any prefix
|
||
argument is passed on to the converter, which uses it to determine the
|
||
separator.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c |,org-table-create-or-convert-from-region}
|
||
Tables can also be imported by pasting tabular text into the Org
|
||
buffer, selecting the pasted text with @kbd{C-x C-x} and then using the
|
||
@kbd{C-c |} command (see above under @i{Creation and conversion}).
|
||
@c
|
||
@item M-x org-table-export RET
|
||
@findex org-table-export
|
||
@vindex org-table-export-default-format
|
||
Export the table, by default as a TAB-separated file. Use for data
|
||
exchange with, for example, spreadsheet or database programs. The format
|
||
used to export the file can be configured in the option
|
||
@code{org-table-export-default-format}. You may also use properties
|
||
@code{TABLE_EXPORT_FILE} and @code{TABLE_EXPORT_FORMAT} to specify the file
|
||
name and the format for table export in a subtree. Org supports quite
|
||
general formats for exported tables. The exporter format is the same as the
|
||
format used by Orgtbl radio tables, see @ref{Translator functions}, for a
|
||
detailed description.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
If you don't like the automatic table editor because it gets in your
|
||
way on lines which you would like to start with @samp{|}, you can turn
|
||
it off with
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-enable-table-editor nil)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent Then the only table command that still works is
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-c} to do a manual re-align.
|
||
|
||
@node Column width and alignment, Column groups, Built-in table editor, Tables
|
||
@section Column width and alignment
|
||
@cindex narrow columns in tables
|
||
@cindex alignment in tables
|
||
|
||
The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor. And
|
||
also the alignment of a column is determined automatically from the fraction
|
||
of number-like versus non-number fields in the column.
|
||
|
||
Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text, leading to
|
||
inconveniently wide columns. Or maybe you want to make a table with several
|
||
columns having a fixed width, regardless of content. To set@footnote{This
|
||
feature does not work on XEmacs.} the width of a column, one field anywhere
|
||
in the column may contain just the string @samp{<N>} where @samp{N} is an
|
||
integer specifying the width of the column in characters. The next re-align
|
||
will then set the width of this column to this value.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
|---+------------------------------| |---+--------|
|
||
| | | | | <6> |
|
||
| 1 | one | | 1 | one |
|
||
| 2 | two | ----\ | 2 | two |
|
||
| 3 | This is a long chunk of text | ----/ | 3 | This=> |
|
||
| 4 | four | | 4 | four |
|
||
|---+------------------------------| |---+--------|
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Fields that are wider become clipped and end in the string @samp{=>}.
|
||
Note that the full text is still in the buffer but is hidden.
|
||
To see the full text, hold the mouse over the field---a tool-tip window
|
||
will show the full content. To edit such a field, use the command
|
||
@kbd{C-c `} (that is @kbd{C-c} followed by the grave accent). This will
|
||
open a new window with the full field. Edit it and finish with @kbd{C-c
|
||
C-c}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
|
||
When visiting a file containing a table with narrowed columns, the
|
||
necessary character hiding has not yet happened, and the table needs to
|
||
be aligned before it looks nice. Setting the option
|
||
@code{org-startup-align-all-tables} will realign all tables in a file
|
||
upon visiting, but also slow down startup. You can also set this option
|
||
on a per-file basis with:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: align
|
||
#+STARTUP: noalign
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you would like to overrule the automatic alignment of number-rich columns
|
||
to the right and of string-rich column to the left, you can use @samp{<r>},
|
||
@samp{<c>}@footnote{Centering does not work inside Emacs, but it does have an
|
||
effect when exporting to HTML.} or @samp{<l>} in a similar fashion. You may
|
||
also combine alignment and field width like this: @samp{<r10>}.
|
||
|
||
Lines which only contain these formatting cookies will be removed
|
||
automatically when exporting the document.
|
||
|
||
@node Column groups, Orgtbl mode, Column width and alignment, Tables
|
||
@section Column groups
|
||
@cindex grouping columns in tables
|
||
|
||
When Org exports tables, it does so by default without vertical
|
||
lines because that is visually more satisfying in general. Occasionally
|
||
however, vertical lines can be useful to structure a table into groups
|
||
of columns, much like horizontal lines can do for groups of rows. In
|
||
order to specify column groups, you can use a special row where the
|
||
first field contains only @samp{/}. The further fields can either
|
||
contain @samp{<} to indicate that this column should start a group,
|
||
@samp{>} to indicate the end of a column, or @samp{<>} (no space between @samp{<}
|
||
and @samp{>}) to make a column
|
||
a group of its own. Boundaries between column groups will upon export be
|
||
marked with vertical lines. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
|
||
|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
|
||
| / | < | | > | < | > |
|
||
| 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
|
||
| 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 1.4142 | 1.1892 |
|
||
| 3 | 9 | 27 | 81 | 1.7321 | 1.3161 |
|
||
|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1^2::$3=$1^3::$4=$1^4::$5=sqrt($1)::$6=sqrt(sqrt(($1)))
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
It is also sufficient to just insert the column group starters after
|
||
every vertical line you would like to have:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
|
||
|----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
|
||
| / | < | | | < | |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Orgtbl mode, The spreadsheet, Column groups, Tables
|
||
@section The Orgtbl minor mode
|
||
@cindex Orgtbl mode
|
||
@cindex minor mode for tables
|
||
|
||
If you like the intuitive way the Org table editor works, you
|
||
might also want to use it in other modes like Text mode or Mail mode.
|
||
The minor mode Orgtbl mode makes this possible. You can always toggle
|
||
the mode with @kbd{M-x orgtbl-mode RET}. To turn it on by default, for
|
||
example in Message mode, use
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'message-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgtbl)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain tables
|
||
in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl mode. For example, it is possible to
|
||
construct @LaTeX{} tables with the underlying ease and power of
|
||
Orgtbl mode, including spreadsheet capabilities. For details, see
|
||
@ref{Tables in arbitrary syntax}.
|
||
|
||
@node The spreadsheet, Org-Plot, Orgtbl mode, Tables
|
||
@section The spreadsheet
|
||
@cindex calculations, in tables
|
||
@cindex spreadsheet capabilities
|
||
@cindex @file{calc} package
|
||
|
||
The table editor makes use of the Emacs @file{calc} package to implement
|
||
spreadsheet-like capabilities. It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms to
|
||
derive fields from other fields. While fully featured, Org's implementation
|
||
is not identical to other spreadsheets. For example, Org knows the concept
|
||
of a @emph{column formula} that will be applied to all non-header fields in a
|
||
column without having to copy the formula to each relevant field. There is
|
||
also a formula debugger, and a formula editor with features for highlighting
|
||
fields in the table corresponding to the references at the point in the
|
||
formula, moving these references by arrow keys
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* References:: How to refer to another field or range
|
||
* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff
|
||
* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp
|
||
* Durations and time values:: How to compute durations and time values
|
||
* Field and range formulas:: Formula for specific (ranges of) fields
|
||
* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column
|
||
* Lookup functions:: Lookup functions for searching tables
|
||
* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas
|
||
* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields
|
||
* Advanced features:: Field and column names, parameters and automatic recalc
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node References, Formula syntax for Calc, The spreadsheet, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection References
|
||
@cindex references
|
||
|
||
To compute fields in the table from other fields, formulas must
|
||
reference other fields or ranges. In Org, fields can be referenced
|
||
by name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates. To find
|
||
out what the coordinates of a field are, press @kbd{C-c ?} in that
|
||
field, or press @kbd{C-c @}} to toggle the display of a grid.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Field references
|
||
@cindex field references
|
||
@cindex references, to fields
|
||
|
||
Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways. Like in
|
||
any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with a letter/number
|
||
combination like @code{B3}, meaning the 2nd field in the 3rd row.
|
||
@vindex org-table-use-standard-references
|
||
However, Org prefers@footnote{Org will understand references typed by the
|
||
user as @samp{B4}, but it will not use this syntax when offering a formula
|
||
for editing. You can customize this behavior using the option
|
||
@code{org-table-use-standard-references}.} to use another, more general
|
||
representation that looks like this:
|
||
@example
|
||
@@@var{row}$@var{column}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Column specifications can be absolute like @code{$1},
|
||
@code{$2},...@code{$@var{N}}, or relative to the current column (i.e., the
|
||
column of the field which is being computed) like @code{$+1} or @code{$-2}.
|
||
@code{$<} and @code{$>} are immutable references to the first and last
|
||
column, respectively, and you can use @code{$>>>} to indicate the third
|
||
column from the right.
|
||
|
||
The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal separator
|
||
lines (hlines). Like with columns, you can use absolute row numbers
|
||
@code{@@1}, @code{@@2},...@code{@@@var{N}}, and row numbers relative to the
|
||
current row like @code{@@+3} or @code{@@-1}. @code{@@<} and @code{@@>} are
|
||
immutable references the first and last@footnote{For backward compatibility
|
||
you can also use special names like @code{$LR5} and @code{$LR12} to refer in
|
||
a stable way to the 5th and 12th field in the last row of the table.
|
||
However, this syntax is deprecated, it should not be used for new documents.
|
||
Use @code{@@>$} instead.} row in the table, respectively. You may also
|
||
specify the row relative to one of the hlines: @code{@@I} refers to the first
|
||
hline, @code{@@II} to the second, etc. @code{@@-I} refers to the first such
|
||
line above the current line, @code{@@+I} to the first such line below the
|
||
current line. You can also write @code{@@III+2} which is the second data line
|
||
after the third hline in the table.
|
||
|
||
@code{@@0} and @code{$0} refer to the current row and column, respectively,
|
||
i.e., to the row/column for the field being computed. Also, if you omit
|
||
either the column or the row part of the reference, the current row/column is
|
||
implied.
|
||
|
||
Org's references with @emph{unsigned} numbers are fixed references
|
||
in the sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two
|
||
different fields, the same field will be referenced each time.
|
||
Org's references with @emph{signed} numbers are floating
|
||
references because the same reference operator can reference different
|
||
fields depending on the field being calculated by the formula.
|
||
|
||
Here are a few examples:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@@2$3 @r{2nd row, 3rd column (same as @code{C2})}
|
||
$5 @r{column 5 in the current row (same as @code{E&})}
|
||
@@2 @r{current column, row 2}
|
||
@@-1$-3 @r{the field one row up, three columns to the left}
|
||
@@-I$2 @r{field just under hline above current row, column 2}
|
||
@@>$5 @r{field in the last row, in column 5}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Range references
|
||
@cindex range references
|
||
@cindex references, to ranges
|
||
|
||
You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two field
|
||
references connected by two dots @samp{..}. If both fields are in the
|
||
current row, you may simply use @samp{$2..$7}, but if at least one field
|
||
is in a different row, you need to use the general @code{@@row$column}
|
||
format at least for the first field (i.e the reference must start with
|
||
@samp{@@} in order to be interpreted correctly). Examples:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
$1..$3 @r{first three fields in the current row}
|
||
$P..$Q @r{range, using column names (see under Advanced)}
|
||
$<<<..$>> @r{start in third column, continue to the one but last}
|
||
@@2$1..@@4$3 @r{6 fields between these two fields (same as @code{A2..C4})}
|
||
@@-1$-2..@@-1 @r{3 fields in the row above, starting from 2 columns on the left}
|
||
@@I..II @r{between first and second hline, short for @code{@@I..@@II}}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent Range references return a vector of values that can be fed
|
||
into Calc vector functions. Empty fields in ranges are normally suppressed,
|
||
so that the vector contains only the non-empty fields. For other options
|
||
with the mode switches @samp{E}, @samp{N} and examples @pxref{Formula syntax
|
||
for Calc}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Field coordinates in formulas
|
||
@cindex field coordinates
|
||
@cindex coordinates, of field
|
||
@cindex row, of field coordinates
|
||
@cindex column, of field coordinates
|
||
|
||
For Calc formulas and Lisp formulas @code{@@#} and @code{$#} can be used to
|
||
get the row or column number of the field where the formula result goes.
|
||
The traditional Lisp formula equivalents are @code{org-table-current-dline}
|
||
and @code{org-table-current-column}. Examples:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
if(@@# % 2, $#, string("")) @r{column number on odd lines only}
|
||
$3 = remote(FOO, @@@@#$2) @r{copy column 2 from table FOO into}
|
||
@r{column 3 of the current table}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent For the second example, table FOO must have at least as many rows
|
||
as the current table. Note that this is inefficient@footnote{The computation time scales as
|
||
O(N^2) because table FOO is parsed for each field to be copied.} for large
|
||
number of rows.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Named references
|
||
@cindex named references
|
||
@cindex references, named
|
||
@cindex name, of column or field
|
||
@cindex constants, in calculations
|
||
@cindex #+CONSTANTS
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-table-formula-constants
|
||
@samp{$name} is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or
|
||
constant. Constants are defined globally through the option
|
||
@code{org-table-formula-constants}, and locally (for the file) through a
|
||
line like
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CONSTANTS: c=299792458. pi=3.14 eps=2.4e-6
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex constants-unit-system
|
||
@pindex constants.el
|
||
Also properties (@pxref{Properties and Columns}) can be used as
|
||
constants in table formulas: for a property @samp{:Xyz:} use the name
|
||
@samp{$PROP_Xyz}, and the property will be searched in the current
|
||
outline entry and in the hierarchy above it. If you have the
|
||
@file{constants.el} package, it will also be used to resolve constants,
|
||
including natural constants like @samp{$h} for Planck's constant, and
|
||
units like @samp{$km} for kilometers@footnote{@file{constants.el} can
|
||
supply the values of constants in two different unit systems, @code{SI}
|
||
and @code{cgs}. Which one is used depends on the value of the variable
|
||
@code{constants-unit-system}. You can use the @code{#+STARTUP} options
|
||
@code{constSI} and @code{constcgs} to set this value for the current
|
||
buffer.}. Column names and parameters can be specified in special table
|
||
lines. These are described below, see @ref{Advanced features}. All
|
||
names must start with a letter, and further consist of letters and
|
||
numbers.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Remote references
|
||
@cindex remote references
|
||
@cindex references, remote
|
||
@cindex references, to a different table
|
||
@cindex name, of column or field
|
||
@cindex constants, in calculations
|
||
@cindex #+NAME, for table
|
||
|
||
You may also reference constants, fields and ranges from a different table,
|
||
either in the current file or even in a different file. The syntax is
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
remote(NAME-OR-ID,REF)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
where NAME can be the name of a table in the current file as set by a
|
||
@code{#+NAME: Name} line before the table. It can also be the ID of an
|
||
entry, even in a different file, and the reference then refers to the first
|
||
table in that entry. REF is an absolute field or range reference as
|
||
described above for example @code{@@3$3} or @code{$somename}, valid in the
|
||
referenced table.
|
||
|
||
@node Formula syntax for Calc, Formula syntax for Lisp, References, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Formula syntax for Calc
|
||
@cindex formula syntax, Calc
|
||
@cindex syntax, of formulas
|
||
|
||
A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs @file{Calc}
|
||
package. Note that @file{calc} has the non-standard convention that @samp{/}
|
||
has lower precedence than @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as
|
||
@samp{a/(b*c)}. Before evaluation by @code{calc-eval} (@pxref{Calling Calc
|
||
from Your Programs, calc-eval, Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs, calc,
|
||
GNU Emacs Calc Manual}), variable substitution takes place according to the
|
||
rules described above.
|
||
@cindex vectors, in table calculations
|
||
The range vectors can be directly fed into the Calc vector functions
|
||
like @samp{vmean} and @samp{vsum}.
|
||
|
||
@cindex format specifier
|
||
@cindex mode, for @file{calc}
|
||
@vindex org-calc-default-modes
|
||
A formula can contain an optional mode string after a semicolon. This
|
||
string consists of flags to influence Calc and other modes during
|
||
execution. By default, Org uses the standard Calc modes (precision
|
||
12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off). The display
|
||
format, however, has been changed to @code{(float 8)} to keep tables
|
||
compact. The default settings can be configured using the option
|
||
@code{org-calc-default-modes}.
|
||
|
||
@noindent List of modes:
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@item @code{p20}
|
||
Set the internal Calc calculation precision to 20 digits.
|
||
@item @code{n3}, @code{s3}, @code{e2}, @code{f4}
|
||
Normal, scientific, engineering or fixed format of the result of Calc passed
|
||
back to Org. Calc formatting is unlimited in precision as long as the Calc
|
||
calculation precision is greater.
|
||
@item @code{D}, @code{R}
|
||
Degree and radian angle modes of Calc.
|
||
@item @code{F}, @code{S}
|
||
Fraction and symbolic modes of Calc.
|
||
@item @code{T}, @code{t}
|
||
Duration computations in Calc or Lisp, @pxref{Durations and time values}.
|
||
@item @code{E}
|
||
If and how to consider empty fields. Without @samp{E} empty fields in range
|
||
references are suppressed so that the Calc vector or Lisp list contains only
|
||
the non-empty fields. With @samp{E} the empty fields are kept. For empty
|
||
fields in ranges or empty field references the value @samp{nan} (not a
|
||
number) is used in Calc formulas and the empty string is used for Lisp
|
||
formulas. Add @samp{N} to use 0 instead for both formula types. For the
|
||
value of a field the mode @samp{N} has higher precedence than @samp{E}.
|
||
@item @code{N}
|
||
Interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers. See the next section
|
||
to see how this is essential for computations with Lisp formulas. In Calc
|
||
formulas it is used only occasionally because there number strings are
|
||
already interpreted as numbers without @samp{N}.
|
||
@item @code{L}
|
||
Literal, for Lisp formulas only. See the next section.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Unless you use large integer numbers or high-precision-calculation and
|
||
-display for floating point numbers you may alternatively provide a
|
||
@samp{printf} format specifier to reformat the Calc result after it has been
|
||
passed back to Org instead of letting Calc already do the
|
||
formatting@footnote{The @samp{printf} reformatting is limited in precision
|
||
because the value passed to it is converted into an @samp{integer} or
|
||
@samp{double}. The @samp{integer} is limited in size by truncating the
|
||
signed value to 32 bits. The @samp{double} is limited in precision to 64
|
||
bits overall which leaves approximately 16 significant decimal digits.}. A
|
||
few examples:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
$1+$2 @r{Sum of first and second field}
|
||
$1+$2;%.2f @r{Same, format result to two decimals}
|
||
exp($2)+exp($1) @r{Math functions can be used}
|
||
$0;%.1f @r{Reformat current cell to 1 decimal}
|
||
($3-32)*5/9 @r{Degrees F -> C conversion}
|
||
$c/$1/$cm @r{Hz -> cm conversion, using @file{constants.el}}
|
||
tan($1);Dp3s1 @r{Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1}
|
||
sin($1);Dp3%.1e @r{Same, but use printf specifier for display}
|
||
taylor($3,x=7,2) @r{Taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations, (@pxref{Logical
|
||
Operations, , Logical Operations, calc, GNU Emacs Calc Manual}). For example
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item if($1 < 20, teen, string(""))
|
||
"teen" if age $1 is less than 20, else the Org table result field is set to
|
||
empty with the empty string.
|
||
@item if("$1" == "nan" || "$2" == "nan", string(""), $1 + $2); E f-1
|
||
Sum of the first two columns. When at least one of the input fields is empty
|
||
the Org table result field is set to empty. @samp{E} is required to not
|
||
convert empty fields to 0. @samp{f-1} is an optional Calc format string
|
||
similar to @samp{%.1f} but leaves empty results empty.
|
||
@item if(typeof(vmean($1..$7)) == 12, string(""), vmean($1..$7); E
|
||
Mean value of a range unless there is any empty field. Every field in the
|
||
range that is empty is replaced by @samp{nan} which lets @samp{vmean} result
|
||
in @samp{nan}. Then @samp{typeof == 12} detects the @samp{nan} from
|
||
@samp{vmean} and the Org table result field is set to empty. Use this when
|
||
the sample set is expected to never have missing values.
|
||
@item if("$1..$7" == "[]", string(""), vmean($1..$7))
|
||
Mean value of a range with empty fields skipped. Every field in the range
|
||
that is empty is skipped. When all fields in the range are empty the mean
|
||
value is not defined and the Org table result field is set to empty. Use
|
||
this when the sample set can have a variable size.
|
||
@item vmean($1..$7); EN
|
||
To complete the example before: Mean value of a range with empty fields
|
||
counting as samples with value 0. Use this only when incomplete sample sets
|
||
should be padded with 0 to the full size.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You can add your own Calc functions defined in Emacs Lisp with @code{defmath}
|
||
and use them in formula syntax for Calc.
|
||
|
||
@node Formula syntax for Lisp, Durations and time values, Formula syntax for Calc, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Emacs Lisp forms as formulas
|
||
@cindex Lisp forms, as table formulas
|
||
|
||
It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp. This can be useful
|
||
for string manipulation and control structures, if Calc's functionality is
|
||
not enough.
|
||
|
||
If a formula starts with an apostrophe followed by an opening parenthesis,
|
||
then it is evaluated as a Lisp form. The evaluation should return either a
|
||
string or a number. Just as with @file{calc} formulas, you can specify modes
|
||
and a printf format after a semicolon.
|
||
|
||
With Emacs Lisp forms, you need to be conscious about the way field
|
||
references are interpolated into the form. By default, a reference will be
|
||
interpolated as a Lisp string (in double-quotes) containing the field. If
|
||
you provide the @samp{N} mode switch, all referenced elements will be numbers
|
||
(non-number fields will be zero) and interpolated as Lisp numbers, without
|
||
quotes. If you provide the @samp{L} flag, all fields will be interpolated
|
||
literally, without quotes. I.e., if you want a reference to be interpreted
|
||
as a string by the Lisp form, enclose the reference operator itself in
|
||
double-quotes, like @code{"$3"}. Ranges are inserted as space-separated
|
||
fields, so you can embed them in list or vector syntax.
|
||
|
||
Here are a few examples---note how the @samp{N} mode is used when we do
|
||
computations in Lisp:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item '(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2))
|
||
Swap the first two characters of the content of column 1.
|
||
@item '(+ $1 $2);N
|
||
Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @code{$1+$2}.
|
||
@item '(apply '+ '($1..$4));N
|
||
Compute the sum of columns 1 to 4, like Calc's @code{vsum($1..$4)}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Durations and time values, Field and range formulas, Formula syntax for Lisp, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Durations and time values
|
||
@cindex Duration, computing
|
||
@cindex Time, computing
|
||
@vindex org-table-duration-custom-format
|
||
|
||
If you want to compute time values use the @code{T} flag, either in Calc
|
||
formulas or Elisp formulas:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
| Task 1 | Task 2 | Total |
|
||
|---------+----------+----------|
|
||
| 2:12 | 1:47 | 03:59:00 |
|
||
| 3:02:20 | -2:07:00 | 0.92 |
|
||
#+TBLFM: @@2$3=$1+$2;T::@@3$3=$1+$2;t
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Input duration values must be of the form @code{[HH:MM[:SS]}, where seconds
|
||
are optional. With the @code{T} flag, computed durations will be displayed
|
||
as @code{HH:MM:SS} (see the first formula above). With the @code{t} flag,
|
||
computed durations will be displayed according to the value of the option
|
||
@code{org-table-duration-custom-format}, which defaults to @code{'hours} and
|
||
will display the result as a fraction of hours (see the second formula in the
|
||
example above).
|
||
|
||
Negative duration values can be manipulated as well, and integers will be
|
||
considered as seconds in addition and subtraction.
|
||
|
||
@node Field and range formulas, Column formulas, Durations and time values, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Field and range formulas
|
||
@cindex field formula
|
||
@cindex range formula
|
||
@cindex formula, for individual table field
|
||
@cindex formula, for range of fields
|
||
|
||
To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the field,
|
||
preceded by @samp{:=}, for example @samp{:=vsum(@@II..III)}. When you press
|
||
@key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the field,
|
||
the formula will be stored as the formula for this field, evaluated, and the
|
||
current field will be replaced with the result.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TBLFM
|
||
Formulas are stored in a special line starting with @samp{#+TBLFM:} directly
|
||
below the table. If you type the equation in the 4th field of the 3rd data
|
||
line in the table, the formula will look like @samp{@@3$4=$1+$2}. When
|
||
inserting/deleting/swapping column and rows with the appropriate commands,
|
||
@i{absolute references} (but not relative ones) in stored formulas are
|
||
modified in order to still reference the same field. To avoid this from
|
||
happening, in particular in range references, anchor ranges at the table
|
||
borders (using @code{@@<}, @code{@@>}, @code{$<}, @code{$>}), or at hlines
|
||
using the @code{@@I} notation. Automatic adaptation of field references does
|
||
of course not happen if you edit the table structure with normal editing
|
||
commands---then you must fix the equations yourself.
|
||
|
||
Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the following
|
||
command
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
|
||
Install a new formula for the current field. The command prompts for a
|
||
formula with default taken from the @samp{#+TBLFM:} line, applies
|
||
it to the current field, and stores it.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
The left-hand side of a formula can also be a special expression in order to
|
||
assign the formula to a number of different fields. There is no keyboard
|
||
shortcut to enter such range formulas. To add them, use the formula editor
|
||
(@pxref{Editing and debugging formulas}) or edit the @code{#+TBLFM:} line
|
||
directly.
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item $2=
|
||
Column formula, valid for the entire column. This is so common that Org
|
||
treats these formulas in a special way, see @ref{Column formulas}.
|
||
@item @@3=
|
||
Row formula, applies to all fields in the specified row. @code{@@>=} means
|
||
the last row.
|
||
@item @@1$2..@@4$3=
|
||
Range formula, applies to all fields in the given rectangular range. This
|
||
can also be used to assign a formula to some but not all fields in a row.
|
||
@item $name=
|
||
Named field, see @ref{Advanced features}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Column formulas, Lookup functions, Field and range formulas, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Column formulas
|
||
@cindex column formula
|
||
@cindex formula, for table column
|
||
|
||
When you assign a formula to a simple column reference like @code{$3=}, the
|
||
same formula will be used in all fields of that column, with the following
|
||
very convenient exceptions: (i) If the table contains horizontal separator
|
||
hlines with rows above and below, everything before the first such hline is
|
||
considered part of the table @emph{header} and will not be modified by column
|
||
formulas. Therefore a header is mandatory when you use column formulas and
|
||
want to add hlines to group rows, like for example to separate a total row at
|
||
the bottom from the summand rows above. (ii) Fields that already get a value
|
||
from a field/range formula will be left alone by column formulas. These
|
||
conditions make column formulas very easy to use.
|
||
|
||
To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in the
|
||
column, preceded by an equal sign, like @samp{=$1+$2}. When you press
|
||
@key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the field,
|
||
the formula will be stored as the formula for the current column, evaluated
|
||
and the current field replaced with the result. If the field contains only
|
||
@samp{=}, the previously stored formula for this column is used. For each
|
||
column, Org will only remember the most recently used formula. In the
|
||
@samp{#+TBLFM:} line, column formulas will look like @samp{$4=$1+$2}. The
|
||
left-hand side of a column formula can not be the name of column, it must be
|
||
the numeric column reference or @code{$>}.
|
||
|
||
Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
|
||
following command:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
|
||
Install a new formula for the current column and replace current field with
|
||
the result of the formula. The command prompts for a formula, with default
|
||
taken from the @samp{#+TBLFM} line, applies it to the current field and
|
||
stores it. With a numeric prefix argument(e.g., @kbd{C-5 C-c =}) the command
|
||
will apply it to that many consecutive fields in the current column.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Lookup functions, Editing and debugging formulas, Column formulas, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Lookup functions
|
||
@cindex lookup functions in tables
|
||
@cindex table lookup functions
|
||
|
||
Org has three predefined Emacs Lisp functions for lookups in tables.
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item (org-lookup-first VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)
|
||
@findex org-lookup-first
|
||
Searches for the first element @code{S} in list @code{S-LIST} for which
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(PREDICATE VAL S)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
is @code{t}; returns the value from the corresponding position in list
|
||
@code{R-LIST}. The default @code{PREDICATE} is @code{equal}. Note that the
|
||
parameters @code{VAL} and @code{S} are passed to @code{PREDICATE} in the same
|
||
order as the corresponding parameters are in the call to
|
||
@code{org-lookup-first}, where @code{VAL} precedes @code{S-LIST}. If
|
||
@code{R-LIST} is @code{nil}, the matching element @code{S} of @code{S-LIST}
|
||
is returned.
|
||
@item (org-lookup-last VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)
|
||
@findex org-lookup-last
|
||
Similar to @code{org-lookup-first} above, but searches for the @i{last}
|
||
element for which @code{PREDICATE} is @code{t}.
|
||
@item (org-lookup-all VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)
|
||
@findex org-lookup-all
|
||
Similar to @code{org-lookup-first}, but searches for @i{all} elements for
|
||
which @code{PREDICATE} is @code{t}, and returns @i{all} corresponding
|
||
values. This function can not be used by itself in a formula, because it
|
||
returns a list of values. However, powerful lookups can be built when this
|
||
function is combined with other Emacs Lisp functions.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
If the ranges used in these functions contain empty fields, the @code{E} mode
|
||
for the formula should usually be specified: otherwise empty fields will not be
|
||
included in @code{S-LIST} and/or @code{R-LIST} which can, for example, result
|
||
in an incorrect mapping from an element of @code{S-LIST} to the corresponding
|
||
element of @code{R-LIST}.
|
||
|
||
These three functions can be used to implement associative arrays, count
|
||
matching cells, rank results, group data etc. For practical examples
|
||
see @uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-lookups.html, this
|
||
tutorial on Worg}.
|
||
|
||
@node Editing and debugging formulas, Updating the table, Lookup functions, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Editing and debugging formulas
|
||
@cindex formula editing
|
||
@cindex editing, of table formulas
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-table-use-standard-references
|
||
You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the field.
|
||
Org can also prepare a special buffer with all active formulas of a table.
|
||
When offering a formula for editing, Org converts references to the standard
|
||
format (like @code{B3} or @code{D&}) if possible. If you prefer to only work
|
||
with the internal format (like @code{@@3$2} or @code{$4}), configure the
|
||
option @code{org-table-use-standard-references}.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c =,C-u C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
|
||
Edit the formula associated with the current column/field in the
|
||
minibuffer. See @ref{Column formulas}, and @ref{Field and range formulas}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-c =,org-table-eval-formula}
|
||
Re-insert the active formula (either a
|
||
field formula, or a column formula) into the current field, so that you
|
||
can edit it directly in the field. The advantage over editing in the
|
||
minibuffer is that you can use the command @kbd{C-c ?}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ?,org-table-field-info}
|
||
While editing a formula in a table field, highlight the field(s)
|
||
referenced by the reference at the cursor position in the formula.
|
||
@kindex C-c @}
|
||
@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays
|
||
@item C-c @}
|
||
Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using overlays
|
||
(@command{org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays}). These are updated each
|
||
time the table is aligned; you can force it with @kbd{C-c C-c}.
|
||
@kindex C-c @{
|
||
@findex org-table-toggle-formula-debugger
|
||
@item C-c @{
|
||
Toggle the formula debugger on and off
|
||
(@command{org-table-toggle-formula-debugger}). See below.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ',org-table-edit-formulas}
|
||
Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer, where the
|
||
formulas will be displayed one per line. If the current field has an
|
||
active formula, the cursor in the formula editor will mark it.
|
||
While inside the special buffer, Org will automatically highlight
|
||
any field or range reference at the cursor position. You may edit,
|
||
remove and add formulas, and use the following commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-x C-s,org-table-fedit-finish}
|
||
Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas. With @kbd{C-u}
|
||
prefix, also apply the new formulas to the entire table.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-q,org-table-fedit-abort}
|
||
Exit the formula editor without installing changes.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-r,org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type}
|
||
Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard (like
|
||
@code{B3}) and internal (like @code{@@3$2}).
|
||
@orgcmd{@key{TAB},org-table-fedit-lisp-indent}
|
||
Pretty-print or indent Lisp formula at point. When in a line containing
|
||
a Lisp formula, format the formula according to Emacs Lisp rules.
|
||
Another @key{TAB} collapses the formula back again. In the open
|
||
formula, @key{TAB} re-indents just like in Emacs Lisp mode.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{TAB},lisp-complete-symbol}
|
||
Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs Lisp mode.
|
||
@kindex S-@key{up}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{down}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{right}
|
||
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-up
|
||
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-down
|
||
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-left
|
||
@findex org-table-fedit-ref-right
|
||
@item S-@key{up}/@key{down}/@key{left}/@key{right}
|
||
Shift the reference at point. For example, if the reference is
|
||
@code{B3} and you press @kbd{S-@key{right}}, it will become @code{C3}.
|
||
This also works for relative references and for hline references.
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{M-S-@key{up},M-S-@key{down},org-table-fedit-line-up,org-table-fedit-line-down}
|
||
Move the test line for column formulas in the Org buffer up and
|
||
down.
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{M-@key{up},M-@key{down},org-table-fedit-scroll-down,org-table-fedit-scroll-up}
|
||
Scroll the window displaying the table.
|
||
@kindex C-c @}
|
||
@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays
|
||
@item C-c @}
|
||
Turn the coordinate grid in the table on and off.
|
||
@end table
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Making a table field blank does not remove the formula associated with
|
||
the field, because that is stored in a different line (the @samp{#+TBLFM}
|
||
line)---during the next recalculation the field will be filled again.
|
||
To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty reply when
|
||
prompted for the formula, or to edit the @samp{#+TBLFM} line.
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
You may edit the @samp{#+TBLFM} directly and re-apply the changed
|
||
equations with @kbd{C-c C-c} in that line or with the normal
|
||
recalculation commands in the table.
|
||
|
||
@anchor{Using multiple #+TBLFM lines}
|
||
@subsubheading Using multiple #+TBLFM lines
|
||
@cindex #+TBLFM line, multiple
|
||
@cindex #+TBLFM
|
||
@cindex #+TBLFM, switching
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
|
||
You may apply the formula temporarily. This is useful when you
|
||
switch the formula. Place multiple @samp{#+TBLFM} lines right
|
||
after the table, and then press @kbd{C-c C-c} on the formula to
|
||
apply. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
| x | y |
|
||
|---+---|
|
||
| 1 | |
|
||
| 2 | |
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} in the line of @samp{#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2} yields:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
| x | y |
|
||
|---+---|
|
||
| 1 | 2 |
|
||
| 2 | 4 |
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Note: If you recalculate this table (with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, for example), you
|
||
will get the following result of applying only the first @samp{#+TBLFM} line.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
| x | y |
|
||
|---+---|
|
||
| 1 | 1 |
|
||
| 2 | 2 |
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1
|
||
#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Debugging formulas
|
||
@cindex formula debugging
|
||
@cindex debugging, of table formulas
|
||
When the evaluation of a formula leads to an error, the field content
|
||
becomes the string @samp{#ERROR}. If you would like see what is going
|
||
on during variable substitution and calculation in order to find a bug,
|
||
turn on formula debugging in the @code{Tbl} menu and repeat the
|
||
calculation, for example by pressing @kbd{C-u C-u C-c = @key{RET}} in a
|
||
field. Detailed information will be displayed.
|
||
|
||
@node Updating the table, Advanced features, Editing and debugging formulas, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Updating the table
|
||
@cindex recomputing table fields
|
||
@cindex updating, table
|
||
|
||
Recalculation of a table is normally not automatic, but needs to be
|
||
triggered by a command. See @ref{Advanced features}, for a way to make
|
||
recalculation at least semi-automatic.
|
||
|
||
In order to recalculate a line of a table or the entire table, use the
|
||
following commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c *,org-table-recalculate}
|
||
Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column formulas
|
||
from left to right, and all field/range formulas in the current row.
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex C-u C-c *
|
||
@item C-u C-c *
|
||
@kindex C-u C-c C-c
|
||
@itemx C-u C-c C-c
|
||
Recompute the entire table, line by line. Any lines before the first
|
||
hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the table header.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-u C-u C-c *,C-u C-u C-c C-c,org-table-iterate}
|
||
Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes occur.
|
||
This may be necessary if some computed fields use the value of other
|
||
fields that are computed @i{later} in the calculation sequence.
|
||
@item M-x org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables RET
|
||
@findex org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables
|
||
Recompute all tables in the current buffer.
|
||
@item M-x org-table-iterate-buffer-tables RET
|
||
@findex org-table-iterate-buffer-tables
|
||
Iterate all tables in the current buffer, in order to converge table-to-table
|
||
dependencies.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Advanced features, , Updating the table, The spreadsheet
|
||
@subsection Advanced features
|
||
|
||
If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if you
|
||
want to be able to assign @i{names}@footnote{Such names must start by an
|
||
alphabetic character and use only alphanumeric/underscore characters.} to
|
||
fields and columns, you need to reserve the first column of the table for
|
||
special marking characters.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-#,org-table-rotate-recalc-marks}
|
||
Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states @samp{ },
|
||
@samp{#}, @samp{*}, @samp{!}, @samp{$}. When there is an active region,
|
||
change all marks in the region.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students and
|
||
makes use of these features:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
|
||
| | Student | Prob 1 | Prob 2 | Prob 3 | Total | Note |
|
||
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
|
||
| ! | | P1 | P2 | P3 | Tot | |
|
||
| # | Maximum | 10 | 15 | 25 | 50 | 10.0 |
|
||
| ^ | | m1 | m2 | m3 | mt | |
|
||
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
|
||
| # | Peter | 10 | 8 | 23 | 41 | 8.2 |
|
||
| # | Sam | 2 | 4 | 3 | 9 | 1.8 |
|
||
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
|
||
| | Average | | | | 25.0 | |
|
||
| ^ | | | | | at | |
|
||
| $ | max=50 | | | | | |
|
||
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
|
||
#+TBLFM: $6=vsum($P1..$P3)::$7=10*$Tot/$max;%.1f::$at=vmean(@@-II..@@-I);%.1f
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent @b{Important}: please note that for these special tables,
|
||
recalculating the table with @kbd{C-u C-c *} will only affect rows that
|
||
are marked @samp{#} or @samp{*}, and fields that have a formula assigned
|
||
to the field itself. The column formulas are not applied in rows with
|
||
empty first field.
|
||
|
||
@cindex marking characters, tables
|
||
The marking characters have the following meaning:
|
||
|
||
@table @samp
|
||
@item !
|
||
The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you may
|
||
refer to a column as @samp{$Tot} instead of @samp{$6}.
|
||
@item ^
|
||
This row defines names for the fields @emph{above} the row. With such
|
||
a definition, any formula in the table may use @samp{$m1} to refer to
|
||
the value @samp{10}. Also, if you assign a formula to a names field, it
|
||
will be stored as @samp{$name=...}.
|
||
@item _
|
||
Similar to @samp{^}, but defines names for the fields in the row
|
||
@emph{below}.
|
||
@item $
|
||
Fields in this row can define @emph{parameters} for formulas. For
|
||
example, if a field in a @samp{$} row contains @samp{max=50}, then
|
||
formulas in this table can refer to the value 50 using @samp{$max}.
|
||
Parameters work exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on
|
||
a per-table basis.
|
||
@item #
|
||
Fields in this row are automatically recalculated when pressing
|
||
@key{TAB} or @key{RET} or @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} in this row. Also, this row
|
||
is selected for a global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}. Unmarked
|
||
lines will be left alone by this command.
|
||
@item *
|
||
Selects this line for global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, but
|
||
not for automatic recalculation. Use this when automatic
|
||
recalculation slows down editing too much.
|
||
@item @w{ }
|
||
Unmarked lines are exempt from recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}.
|
||
All lines that should be recalculated should be marked with @samp{#}
|
||
or @samp{*}.
|
||
@item /
|
||
Do not export this line. Useful for lines that contain the narrowing
|
||
@samp{<N>} markers or column group markers.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Finally, just to whet your appetite for what can be done with the
|
||
fantastic @file{calc.el} package, here is a table that computes the Taylor
|
||
series of degree @code{n} at location @code{x} for a couple of
|
||
functions.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
|
||
| | Func | n | x | Result |
|
||
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
|
||
| # | exp(x) | 1 | x | 1 + x |
|
||
| # | exp(x) | 2 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 |
|
||
| # | exp(x) | 3 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 |
|
||
| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=0 | x*(0.5 / 0) + x^2 (2 - 0.25 / 0) / 2 |
|
||
| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=1 | 2 + 2.5 x - 2.5 + 0.875 (x - 1)^2 |
|
||
| * | tan(x) | 3 | x | 0.0175 x + 1.77e-6 x^3 |
|
||
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
|
||
#+TBLFM: $5=taylor($2,$4,$3);n3
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Org-Plot, , The spreadsheet, Tables
|
||
@section Org-Plot
|
||
@cindex graph, in tables
|
||
@cindex plot tables using Gnuplot
|
||
@cindex #+PLOT
|
||
|
||
Org-Plot can produce 2D and 3D graphs of information stored in org tables
|
||
using @file{Gnuplot} @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/} and @file{gnuplot-mode}
|
||
@uref{http://xafs.org/BruceRavel/GnuplotMode}. To see this in action, ensure
|
||
that you have both Gnuplot and Gnuplot mode installed on your system, then
|
||
call @code{org-plot/gnuplot} on the following table.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
#+PLOT: title:"Citas" ind:1 deps:(3) type:2d with:histograms set:"yrange [0:]"
|
||
| Sede | Max cites | H-index |
|
||
|-----------+-----------+---------|
|
||
| Chile | 257.72 | 21.39 |
|
||
| Leeds | 165.77 | 19.68 |
|
||
| Sao Paolo | 71.00 | 11.50 |
|
||
| Stockholm | 134.19 | 14.33 |
|
||
| Morelia | 257.56 | 17.67 |
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Notice that Org Plot is smart enough to apply the table's headers as labels.
|
||
Further control over the labels, type, content, and appearance of plots can
|
||
be exercised through the @code{#+PLOT:} lines preceding a table. See below
|
||
for a complete list of Org-plot options. For more information and examples
|
||
see the Org-plot tutorial at
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-plot.html}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Plot Options
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item set
|
||
Specify any @command{gnuplot} option to be set when graphing.
|
||
|
||
@item title
|
||
Specify the title of the plot.
|
||
|
||
@item ind
|
||
Specify which column of the table to use as the @code{x} axis.
|
||
|
||
@item deps
|
||
Specify the columns to graph as a Lisp style list, surrounded by parentheses
|
||
and separated by spaces for example @code{dep:(3 4)} to graph the third and
|
||
fourth columns (defaults to graphing all other columns aside from the @code{ind}
|
||
column).
|
||
|
||
@item type
|
||
Specify whether the plot will be @code{2d}, @code{3d}, or @code{grid}.
|
||
|
||
@item with
|
||
Specify a @code{with} option to be inserted for every col being plotted
|
||
(e.g., @code{lines}, @code{points}, @code{boxes}, @code{impulses}, etc...).
|
||
Defaults to @code{lines}.
|
||
|
||
@item file
|
||
If you want to plot to a file, specify @code{"@var{path/to/desired/output-file}"}.
|
||
|
||
@item labels
|
||
List of labels to be used for the @code{deps} (defaults to the column headers
|
||
if they exist).
|
||
|
||
@item line
|
||
Specify an entire line to be inserted in the Gnuplot script.
|
||
|
||
@item map
|
||
When plotting @code{3d} or @code{grid} types, set this to @code{t} to graph a
|
||
flat mapping rather than a @code{3d} slope.
|
||
|
||
@item timefmt
|
||
Specify format of Org mode timestamps as they will be parsed by Gnuplot.
|
||
Defaults to @samp{%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S}.
|
||
|
||
@item script
|
||
If you want total control, you can specify a script file (place the file name
|
||
between double-quotes) which will be used to plot. Before plotting, every
|
||
instance of @code{$datafile} in the specified script will be replaced with
|
||
the path to the generated data file. Note: even if you set this option, you
|
||
may still want to specify the plot type, as that can impact the content of
|
||
the data file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Hyperlinks, TODO Items, Tables, Top
|
||
@chapter Hyperlinks
|
||
@cindex hyperlinks
|
||
|
||
Like HTML, Org provides links inside a file, external links to
|
||
other files, Usenet articles, emails, and much more.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Link format:: How links in Org are formatted
|
||
* Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file
|
||
* External links:: URL-like links to the world
|
||
* Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following
|
||
* Using links outside Org:: Linking from my C source code?
|
||
* Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links
|
||
* Search options:: Linking to a specific location
|
||
* Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Link format, Internal links, Hyperlinks, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Link format
|
||
@cindex link format
|
||
@cindex format, of links
|
||
|
||
Org will recognize plain URL-like links and activate them as
|
||
clickable links. The general link format, however, looks like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[link][description]] @r{or alternatively} [[link]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Once a link in the buffer is complete (all brackets present), Org
|
||
will change the display so that @samp{description} is displayed instead
|
||
of @samp{[[link][description]]} and @samp{link} is displayed instead of
|
||
@samp{[[link]]}. Links will be highlighted in the face @code{org-link},
|
||
which by default is an underlined face. You can directly edit the
|
||
visible part of a link. Note that this can be either the @samp{link}
|
||
part (if there is no description) or the @samp{description} part. To
|
||
edit also the invisible @samp{link} part, use @kbd{C-c C-l} with the
|
||
cursor on the link.
|
||
|
||
If you place the cursor at the beginning or just behind the end of the
|
||
displayed text and press @key{BACKSPACE}, you will remove the
|
||
(invisible) bracket at that location. This makes the link incomplete
|
||
and the internals are again displayed as plain text. Inserting the
|
||
missing bracket hides the link internals again. To show the
|
||
internal structure of all links, use the menu entry
|
||
@code{Org->Hyperlinks->Literal links}.
|
||
|
||
@node Internal links, External links, Link format, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Internal links
|
||
@cindex internal links
|
||
@cindex links, internal
|
||
@cindex targets, for links
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, CUSTOM_ID
|
||
If the link does not look like a URL, it is considered to be internal in the
|
||
current file. The most important case is a link like
|
||
@samp{[[#my-custom-id]]} which will link to the entry with the
|
||
@code{CUSTOM_ID} property @samp{my-custom-id}. You are responsible yourself
|
||
to make sure these custom IDs are unique in a file.
|
||
|
||
Links such as @samp{[[My Target]]} or @samp{[[My Target][Find my target]]}
|
||
lead to a text search in the current file.
|
||
|
||
The link can be followed with @kbd{C-c C-o} when the cursor is on the link,
|
||
or with a mouse click (@pxref{Handling links}). Links to custom IDs will
|
||
point to the corresponding headline. The preferred match for a text link is
|
||
a @i{dedicated target}: the same string in double angular brackets, like
|
||
@samp{<<My Target>>}.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+NAME
|
||
If no dedicated target exists, the link will then try to match the exact name
|
||
of an element within the buffer. Naming is done with the @code{#+NAME}
|
||
keyword, which has to be put the line before the element it refers to, as in
|
||
the following example
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: My Target
|
||
| a | table |
|
||
|----+------------|
|
||
| of | four cells |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If none of the above succeeds, Org will search for a headline that is exactly
|
||
the link text but may also include a TODO keyword and tags@footnote{To insert
|
||
a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion can be used. Just type
|
||
a star followed by a few optional letters into the buffer and press
|
||
@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}. All headlines in the current buffer will be offered as
|
||
completions.}.
|
||
|
||
During export, internal links will be used to mark objects and assign them
|
||
a number. Marked objects will then be referenced by links pointing to them.
|
||
In particular, links without a description will appear as the number assigned
|
||
to the marked object@footnote{When targeting a @code{#+NAME} keyword,
|
||
@code{#+CAPTION} keyword is mandatory in order to get proper numbering
|
||
(@pxref{Images and tables}).}. In the following excerpt from an Org buffer
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
- one item
|
||
- <<target>>another item
|
||
Here we refer to item [[target]].
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The last sentence will appear as @samp{Here we refer to item 2} when
|
||
exported.
|
||
|
||
In non-Org files, the search will look for the words in the link text. In
|
||
the above example the search would be for @samp{my target}.
|
||
|
||
Following a link pushes a mark onto Org's own mark ring. You can
|
||
return to the previous position with @kbd{C-c &}. Using this command
|
||
several times in direct succession goes back to positions recorded
|
||
earlier.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Radio targets, , Internal links, Internal links
|
||
@subsection Radio targets
|
||
@cindex radio targets
|
||
@cindex targets, radio
|
||
@cindex links, radio targets
|
||
|
||
Org can automatically turn any occurrences of certain target names
|
||
in normal text into a link. So without explicitly creating a link, the
|
||
text connects to the target radioing its position. Radio targets are
|
||
enclosed by triple angular brackets. For example, a target @samp{<<<My
|
||
Target>>>} causes each occurrence of @samp{my target} in normal text to
|
||
become activated as a link. The Org file is scanned automatically
|
||
for radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs. To
|
||
update the target list during editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the
|
||
cursor on or at a target.
|
||
|
||
@node External links, Handling links, Internal links, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section External links
|
||
@cindex links, external
|
||
@cindex external links
|
||
@cindex Gnus links
|
||
@cindex BBDB links
|
||
@cindex IRC links
|
||
@cindex URL links
|
||
@cindex file links
|
||
@cindex RMAIL links
|
||
@cindex MH-E links
|
||
@cindex USENET links
|
||
@cindex SHELL links
|
||
@cindex Info links
|
||
@cindex Elisp links
|
||
|
||
Org supports links to files, websites, Usenet and email messages, BBDB
|
||
database entries and links to both IRC conversations and their logs.
|
||
External links are URL-like locators. They start with a short identifying
|
||
string followed by a colon. There can be no space after the colon. The
|
||
following list shows examples for each link type.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik @r{on the web}
|
||
doi:10.1000/182 @r{DOI for an electronic resource}
|
||
file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg @r{file, absolute path}
|
||
/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg @r{same as above}
|
||
file:papers/last.pdf @r{file, relative path}
|
||
./papers/last.pdf @r{same as above}
|
||
file:/myself@@some.where:papers/last.pdf @r{file, path on remote machine}
|
||
/myself@@some.where:papers/last.pdf @r{same as above}
|
||
file:sometextfile::NNN @r{file, jump to line number}
|
||
file:projects.org @r{another Org file}
|
||
file:projects.org::some words @r{text search in Org file}@footnote{
|
||
The actual behavior of the search will depend on the value of
|
||
the option @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline}. If its value
|
||
is @code{nil}, then a fuzzy text search will be done. If it is t, then only the
|
||
exact headline will be matched. If the value is @code{'query-to-create},
|
||
then an exact headline will be searched; if it is not found, then the user
|
||
will be queried to create it.}
|
||
file:projects.org::*task title @r{heading search in Org file}
|
||
file+sys:/path/to/file @r{open via OS, like double-click}
|
||
file+emacs:/path/to/file @r{force opening by Emacs}
|
||
docview:papers/last.pdf::NNN @r{open in doc-view mode at page}
|
||
id:B7423F4D-2E8A-471B-8810-C40F074717E9 @r{Link to heading by ID}
|
||
news:comp.emacs @r{Usenet link}
|
||
mailto:adent@@galaxy.net @r{Mail link}
|
||
mhe:folder @r{MH-E folder link}
|
||
mhe:folder#id @r{MH-E message link}
|
||
rmail:folder @r{RMAIL folder link}
|
||
rmail:folder#id @r{RMAIL message link}
|
||
gnus:group @r{Gnus group link}
|
||
gnus:group#id @r{Gnus article link}
|
||
bbdb:R.*Stallman @r{BBDB link (with regexp)}
|
||
irc:/irc.com/#emacs/bob @r{IRC link}
|
||
info:org#External links @r{Info node link}
|
||
shell:ls *.org @r{A shell command}
|
||
elisp:org-agenda @r{Interactive Elisp command}
|
||
elisp:(find-file-other-frame "Elisp.org") @r{Elisp form to evaluate}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex VM links
|
||
@cindex WANDERLUST links
|
||
On top of these built-in link types, some are available through the
|
||
@code{contrib/} directory (@pxref{Installation}). For example, these links
|
||
to VM or Wanderlust messages are available when you load the corresponding
|
||
libraries from the @code{contrib/} directory:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
vm:folder @r{VM folder link}
|
||
vm:folder#id @r{VM message link}
|
||
vm://myself@@some.where.org/folder#id @r{VM on remote machine}
|
||
vm-imap:account:folder @r{VM IMAP folder link}
|
||
vm-imap:account:folder#id @r{VM IMAP message link}
|
||
wl:folder @r{WANDERLUST folder link}
|
||
wl:folder#id @r{WANDERLUST message link}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
For customizing Org to add new link types @ref{Adding hyperlink types}.
|
||
|
||
A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain a descriptive
|
||
text to be displayed instead of the URL (@pxref{Link format}), for example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
If the description is a file name or URL that points to an image, HTML
|
||
export (@pxref{HTML export}) will inline the image as a clickable
|
||
button. If there is no description at all and the link points to an
|
||
image,
|
||
that image will be inlined into the exported HTML file.
|
||
|
||
@cindex square brackets, around links
|
||
@cindex plain text external links
|
||
Org also finds external links in the normal text and activates them
|
||
as links. If spaces must be part of the link (for example in
|
||
@samp{bbdb:Richard Stallman}), or if you need to remove ambiguities
|
||
about the end of the link, enclose them in square brackets.
|
||
|
||
@node Handling links, Using links outside Org, External links, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Handling links
|
||
@cindex links, handling
|
||
|
||
Org provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to
|
||
insert it into an Org file, and to follow the link.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c l,org-store-link}
|
||
@cindex storing links
|
||
Store a link to the current location. This is a @emph{global} command (you
|
||
must create the key binding yourself) which can be used in any buffer to
|
||
create a link. The link will be stored for later insertion into an Org
|
||
buffer (see below). What kind of link will be created depends on the current
|
||
buffer:
|
||
|
||
@b{Org mode buffers}@*
|
||
For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at the cursor, the link points
|
||
to the target. Otherwise it points to the current headline, which will also
|
||
be the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it will be
|
||
removed from the link and result in a wrong link---you should avoid putting
|
||
timestamp in the headline.}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-id-link-to-org-use-id
|
||
@cindex property, CUSTOM_ID
|
||
@cindex property, ID
|
||
If the headline has a @code{CUSTOM_ID} property, a link to this custom ID
|
||
will be stored. In addition or alternatively (depending on the value of
|
||
@code{org-id-link-to-org-use-id}), a globally unique @code{ID} property will
|
||
be created and/or used to construct a link@footnote{The library
|
||
@file{org-id.el} must first be loaded, either through @code{org-customize} by
|
||
enabling @code{org-id} in @code{org-modules}, or by adding @code{(require
|
||
'org-id)} in your @file{.emacs}.}. So using this command in Org buffers will
|
||
potentially create two links: a human-readable from the custom ID, and one
|
||
that is globally unique and works even if the entry is moved from file to
|
||
file. Later, when inserting the link, you need to decide which one to use.
|
||
|
||
@b{Email/News clients: VM, Rmail, Wanderlust, MH-E, Gnus}@*
|
||
Pretty much all Emacs mail clients are supported. The link will point to the
|
||
current article, or, in some GNUS buffers, to the group. The description is
|
||
constructed from the author and the subject.
|
||
|
||
@b{Web browsers: W3 and W3M}@*
|
||
Here the link will be the current URL, with the page title as description.
|
||
|
||
@b{Contacts: BBDB}@*
|
||
Links created in a BBDB buffer will point to the current entry.
|
||
|
||
@b{Chat: IRC}@*
|
||
@vindex org-irc-link-to-logs
|
||
For IRC links, if you set the option @code{org-irc-link-to-logs} to @code{t},
|
||
a @samp{file:/} style link to the relevant point in the logs for the current
|
||
conversation is created. Otherwise an @samp{irc:/} style link to the
|
||
user/channel/server under the point will be stored.
|
||
|
||
@b{Other files}@*
|
||
For any other files, the link will point to the file, with a search string
|
||
(@pxref{Search options}) pointing to the contents of the current line. If
|
||
there is an active region, the selected words will form the basis of the
|
||
search string. If the automatically created link is not working correctly or
|
||
accurately enough, you can write custom functions to select the search string
|
||
and to do the search for particular file types---see @ref{Custom searches}.
|
||
The key binding @kbd{C-c l} is only a suggestion---see @ref{Installation}.
|
||
|
||
@b{Agenda view}@*
|
||
When the cursor is in an agenda view, the created link points to the
|
||
entry referenced by the current line.
|
||
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-l,org-insert-link}
|
||
@cindex link completion
|
||
@cindex completion, of links
|
||
@cindex inserting links
|
||
@vindex org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion
|
||
Insert a link@footnote{ Note that you don't have to use this command to
|
||
insert a link. Links in Org are plain text, and you can type or paste them
|
||
straight into the buffer. By using this command, the links are automatically
|
||
enclosed in double brackets, and you will be asked for the optional
|
||
descriptive text.}. This prompts for a link to be inserted into the buffer.
|
||
You can just type a link, using text for an internal link, or one of the link
|
||
type prefixes mentioned in the examples above. The link will be inserted
|
||
into the buffer@footnote{After insertion of a stored link, the link will be
|
||
removed from the list of stored links. To keep it in the list later use, use
|
||
a triple @kbd{C-u} prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-l}, or configure the option
|
||
@code{org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion}.}, along with a descriptive text.
|
||
If some text was selected when this command is called, the selected text
|
||
becomes the default description.
|
||
|
||
@b{Inserting stored links}@*
|
||
All links stored during the
|
||
current session are part of the history for this prompt, so you can access
|
||
them with @key{up} and @key{down} (or @kbd{M-p/n}).
|
||
|
||
@b{Completion support}@* Completion with @key{TAB} will help you to insert
|
||
valid link prefixes like @samp{http:} or @samp{ftp:}, including the prefixes
|
||
defined through link abbreviations (@pxref{Link abbreviations}). If you
|
||
press @key{RET} after inserting only the @var{prefix}, Org will offer
|
||
specific completion support for some link types@footnote{This works by
|
||
calling a special function @code{org-PREFIX-complete-link}.} For
|
||
example, if you type @kbd{file @key{RET}}, file name completion (alternative
|
||
access: @kbd{C-u C-c C-l}, see below) will be offered, and after @kbd{bbdb
|
||
@key{RET}} you can complete contact names.
|
||
@orgkey C-u C-c C-l
|
||
@cindex file name completion
|
||
@cindex completion, of file names
|
||
When @kbd{C-c C-l} is called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, a link to
|
||
a file will be inserted and you may use file name completion to select
|
||
the name of the file. The path to the file is inserted relative to the
|
||
directory of the current Org file, if the linked file is in the current
|
||
directory or in a sub-directory of it, or if the path is written relative
|
||
to the current directory using @samp{../}. Otherwise an absolute path
|
||
is used, if possible with @samp{~/} for your home directory. You can
|
||
force an absolute path with two @kbd{C-u} prefixes.
|
||
@c
|
||
@item C-c C-l @ @r{(with cursor on existing link)}
|
||
When the cursor is on an existing link, @kbd{C-c C-l} allows you to edit the
|
||
link and description parts of the link.
|
||
@c
|
||
@cindex following links
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-o,org-open-at-point}
|
||
@vindex org-file-apps
|
||
@vindex org-link-frame-setup
|
||
Open link at point. This will launch a web browser for URLs (using
|
||
@command{browse-url-at-point}), run VM/MH-E/Wanderlust/Rmail/Gnus/BBDB for
|
||
the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell link. When the
|
||
cursor is on an internal link, this command runs the corresponding search.
|
||
When the cursor is on a TAG list in a headline, it creates the corresponding
|
||
TAGS view. If the cursor is on a timestamp, it compiles the agenda for that
|
||
date. Furthermore, it will visit text and remote files in @samp{file:} links
|
||
with Emacs and select a suitable application for local non-text files.
|
||
Classification of files is based on file extension only. See option
|
||
@code{org-file-apps}. If you want to override the default application and
|
||
visit the file with Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u} prefix. If you want to avoid
|
||
opening in Emacs, use a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix.@*
|
||
If the cursor is on a headline, but not on a link, offer all links in the
|
||
headline and entry text. If you want to setup the frame configuration for
|
||
following links, customize @code{org-link-frame-setup}.
|
||
|
||
@orgkey @key{RET}
|
||
@vindex org-return-follows-link
|
||
When @code{org-return-follows-link} is set, @kbd{@key{RET}} will also follow
|
||
the link at point.
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex mouse-2
|
||
@kindex mouse-1
|
||
@item mouse-2
|
||
@itemx mouse-1
|
||
On links, @kbd{mouse-2} will open the link just as @kbd{C-c C-o}
|
||
would. Under Emacs 22 and later, @kbd{mouse-1} will also follow a link.
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex mouse-3
|
||
@item mouse-3
|
||
@vindex org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer
|
||
Like @kbd{mouse-2}, but force file links to be opened with Emacs, and
|
||
internal links to be displayed in another window@footnote{See the
|
||
option @code{org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer}}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-v,org-toggle-inline-images}
|
||
@cindex inlining images
|
||
@cindex images, inlining
|
||
@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images
|
||
@cindex @code{inlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{noinlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
Toggle the inline display of linked images. Normally this will only inline
|
||
images that have no description part in the link, i.e., images that will also
|
||
be inlined during export. When called with a prefix argument, also display
|
||
images that do have a link description. You can ask for inline images to be
|
||
displayed at startup by configuring the variable
|
||
@code{org-startup-with-inline-images}@footnote{with corresponding
|
||
@code{#+STARTUP} keywords @code{inlineimages} and @code{noinlineimages}}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c %,org-mark-ring-push}
|
||
@cindex mark ring
|
||
Push the current position onto the mark ring, to be able to return
|
||
easily. Commands following an internal link do this automatically.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c &,org-mark-ring-goto}
|
||
@cindex links, returning to
|
||
Jump back to a recorded position. A position is recorded by the
|
||
commands following internal links, and by @kbd{C-c %}. Using this
|
||
command several times in direct succession moves through a ring of
|
||
previously recorded positions.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{C-c C-x C-n,C-c C-x C-p,org-next-link,org-previous-link}
|
||
@cindex links, finding next/previous
|
||
Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer. At the limit of
|
||
the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps around. The key
|
||
bindings for this are really too long; you might want to bind this also
|
||
to @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p}
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'org-load-hook
|
||
(lambda ()
|
||
(define-key org-mode-map "\C-n" 'org-next-link)
|
||
(define-key org-mode-map "\C-p" 'org-previous-link)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Using links outside Org, Link abbreviations, Handling links, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Using links outside Org
|
||
|
||
You can insert and follow links that have Org syntax not only in
|
||
Org, but in any Emacs buffer. For this, you should create two
|
||
global commands, like this (please select suitable global keys
|
||
yourself):
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(global-set-key "\C-c L" 'org-insert-link-global)
|
||
(global-set-key "\C-c o" 'org-open-at-point-global)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node Link abbreviations, Search options, Using links outside Org, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Link abbreviations
|
||
@cindex link abbreviations
|
||
@cindex abbreviation, links
|
||
|
||
Long URLs can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are
|
||
needed in a document. For this you can use link abbreviations. An
|
||
abbreviated link looks like this
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[linkword:tag][description]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist
|
||
where the tag is optional.
|
||
The @i{linkword} must be a word, starting with a letter, followed by
|
||
letters, numbers, @samp{-}, and @samp{_}. Abbreviations are resolved
|
||
according to the information in the variable @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}
|
||
that relates the linkwords to replacement text. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-link-abbrev-alist
|
||
'(("bugzilla" . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=")
|
||
("url-to-ja" . "http://translate.google.fr/translate?sl=en&tl=ja&u=%h")
|
||
("google" . "http://www.google.com/search?q=")
|
||
("gmap" . "http://maps.google.com/maps?q=%s")
|
||
("omap" . "http://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search?q=%s&polygon=1")
|
||
("ads" . "http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/nph-abs_connect?author=%s&db_key=AST")))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
If the replacement text contains the string @samp{%s}, it will be
|
||
replaced with the tag. Using @samp{%h} instead of @samp{%s} will
|
||
url-encode the tag (see the example above, where we need to encode
|
||
the URL parameter.) Using @samp{%(my-function)} will pass the tag
|
||
to a custom function, and replace it by the resulting string.
|
||
|
||
If the replacement text don't contain any specifier, it will simply
|
||
be appended to the string in order to create the link.
|
||
|
||
Instead of a string, you may also specify a function that will be
|
||
called with the tag as the only argument to create the link.
|
||
|
||
With the above setting, you could link to a specific bug with
|
||
@code{[[bugzilla:129]]}, search the web for @samp{OrgMode} with
|
||
@code{[[google:OrgMode]]}, show the map location of the Free Software
|
||
Foundation @code{[[gmap:51 Franklin Street, Boston]]} or of Carsten office
|
||
@code{[[omap:Science Park 904, Amsterdam, The Netherlands]]} and find out
|
||
what the Org author is doing besides Emacs hacking with
|
||
@code{[[ads:Dominik,C]]}.
|
||
|
||
If you need special abbreviations just for a single Org buffer, you
|
||
can define them in the file with
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+LINK
|
||
@example
|
||
#+LINK: bugzilla http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=
|
||
#+LINK: google http://www.google.com/search?q=%s
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
In-buffer completion (@pxref{Completion}) can be used after @samp{[} to
|
||
complete link abbreviations. You may also define a function
|
||
@code{org-PREFIX-complete-link} that implements special (e.g., completion)
|
||
support for inserting such a link with @kbd{C-c C-l}. Such a function should
|
||
not accept any arguments, and return the full link with prefix.
|
||
|
||
@node Search options, Custom searches, Link abbreviations, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Search options in file links
|
||
@cindex search option in file links
|
||
@cindex file links, searching
|
||
|
||
File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to a
|
||
particular location in the file when following a link. This can be a
|
||
line number or a search option after a double@footnote{For backward
|
||
compatibility, line numbers can also follow a single colon.} colon. For
|
||
example, when the command @kbd{C-c l} creates a link (@pxref{Handling
|
||
links}) to a file, it encodes the words in the current line as a search
|
||
string that can be used to find this line back later when following the
|
||
link with @kbd{C-c C-o}.
|
||
|
||
Here is the syntax of the different ways to attach a search to a file
|
||
link, together with an explanation:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[file:~/code/main.c::255]]
|
||
[[file:~/xx.org::My Target]]
|
||
[[file:~/xx.org::*My Target]]
|
||
[[file:~/xx.org::#my-custom-id]]
|
||
[[file:~/xx.org::/regexp/]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item 255
|
||
Jump to line 255.
|
||
@item My Target
|
||
Search for a link target @samp{<<My Target>>}, or do a text search for
|
||
@samp{my target}, similar to the search in internal links, see
|
||
@ref{Internal links}. In HTML export (@pxref{HTML export}), such a file
|
||
link will become an HTML reference to the corresponding named anchor in
|
||
the linked file.
|
||
@item *My Target
|
||
In an Org file, restrict search to headlines.
|
||
@item #my-custom-id
|
||
Link to a heading with a @code{CUSTOM_ID} property
|
||
@item /regexp/
|
||
Do a regular expression search for @code{regexp}. This uses the Emacs
|
||
command @code{occur} to list all matches in a separate window. If the
|
||
target file is in Org mode, @code{org-occur} is used to create a
|
||
sparse tree with the matches.
|
||
@c If the target file is a directory,
|
||
@c @code{grep} will be used to search all files in the directory.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
As a degenerate case, a file link with an empty file name can be used
|
||
to search the current file. For example, @code{[[file:::find me]]} does
|
||
a search for @samp{find me} in the current file, just as
|
||
@samp{[[find me]]} would.
|
||
|
||
@node Custom searches, , Search options, Hyperlinks
|
||
@section Custom Searches
|
||
@cindex custom search strings
|
||
@cindex search strings, custom
|
||
|
||
The default mechanism for creating search strings and for doing the
|
||
actual search related to a file link may not work correctly in all
|
||
cases. For example, Bib@TeX{} database files have many entries like
|
||
@samp{year="1993"} which would not result in good search strings,
|
||
because the only unique identification for a Bib@TeX{} entry is the
|
||
citation key.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-create-file-search-functions
|
||
@vindex org-execute-file-search-functions
|
||
If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to set
|
||
the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the search
|
||
for the string in the file. Using @code{add-hook}, these functions need
|
||
to be added to the hook variables
|
||
@code{org-create-file-search-functions} and
|
||
@code{org-execute-file-search-functions}. See the docstring for these
|
||
variables for more information. Org actually uses this mechanism
|
||
for Bib@TeX{} database files, and you can use the corresponding code as
|
||
an implementation example. See the file @file{org-bibtex.el}.
|
||
|
||
@node TODO Items, Tags, Hyperlinks, Top
|
||
@chapter TODO items
|
||
@cindex TODO items
|
||
|
||
Org mode does not maintain TODO lists as separate documents@footnote{Of
|
||
course, you can make a document that contains only long lists of TODO items,
|
||
but this is not required.}. Instead, TODO items are an integral part of the
|
||
notes file, because TODO items usually come up while taking notes! With Org
|
||
mode, simply mark any entry in a tree as being a TODO item. In this way,
|
||
information is not duplicated, and the entire context from which the TODO
|
||
item emerged is always present.
|
||
|
||
Of course, this technique for managing TODO items scatters them
|
||
throughout your notes file. Org mode compensates for this by providing
|
||
methods to give you an overview of all the things that you have to do.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries
|
||
* TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments
|
||
* Progress logging:: Dates and notes for progress
|
||
* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others
|
||
* Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces
|
||
* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node TODO basics, TODO extensions, TODO Items, TODO Items
|
||
@section Basic TODO functionality
|
||
|
||
Any headline becomes a TODO item when it starts with the word
|
||
@samp{TODO}, for example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
*** TODO Write letter to Sam Fortune
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The most important commands to work with TODO entries are:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-t,org-todo}
|
||
@cindex cycling, of TODO states
|
||
@vindex org-use-fast-todo-selection
|
||
|
||
Rotate the TODO state of the current item among
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
,-> (unmarked) -> TODO -> DONE --.
|
||
'--------------------------------'
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If TODO keywords have fast access keys (see @ref{Fast access to TODO
|
||
states}), you will be prompted for a TODO keyword through the fast selection
|
||
interface; this is the default behavior when
|
||
@code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is non-@code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
The same rotation can also be done ``remotely'' from the timeline and agenda
|
||
buffers with the @kbd{t} command key (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
|
||
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c C-t}
|
||
When TODO keywords have no selection keys, select a specific keyword using
|
||
completion; otherwise force cycling through TODO states with no prompt. When
|
||
@code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is set to @code{prefix}, use the fast
|
||
selection interface.
|
||
|
||
@kindex S-@key{right}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{left}
|
||
@item S-@key{right} @ @r{/} @ S-@key{left}
|
||
@vindex org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change
|
||
Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling. Useful
|
||
mostly if more than two TODO states are possible (@pxref{TODO
|
||
extensions}). See also @ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction
|
||
with @code{shift-selection-mode}. See also the variable
|
||
@code{org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c / t,org-show-todo-tree}
|
||
@cindex sparse tree, for TODO
|
||
@vindex org-todo-keywords
|
||
View TODO items in a @emph{sparse tree} (@pxref{Sparse trees}). Folds the
|
||
entire buffer, but shows all TODO items (with not-DONE state) and the
|
||
headings hierarchy above them. With a prefix argument (or by using @kbd{C-c
|
||
/ T}), search for a specific TODO@. You will be prompted for the keyword,
|
||
and you can also give a list of keywords like @code{KWD1|KWD2|...} to list
|
||
entries that match any one of these keywords. With a numeric prefix argument
|
||
N, show the tree for the Nth keyword in the option @code{org-todo-keywords}.
|
||
With two prefix arguments, find all TODO states, both un-done and done.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a t,org-todo-list}
|
||
Show the global TODO list. Collects the TODO items (with not-DONE states)
|
||
from all agenda files (@pxref{Agenda Views}) into a single buffer. The new
|
||
buffer will be in @code{agenda-mode}, which provides commands to examine and
|
||
manipulate the TODO entries from the new buffer (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
|
||
@xref{Global TODO list}, for more information.
|
||
@orgcmd{S-M-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading}
|
||
Insert a new TODO entry below the current one.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-todo-state-tags-triggers
|
||
Changing a TODO state can also trigger tag changes. See the docstring of the
|
||
option @code{org-todo-state-tags-triggers} for details.
|
||
|
||
@node TODO extensions, Progress logging, TODO basics, TODO Items
|
||
@section Extended use of TODO keywords
|
||
@cindex extended TODO keywords
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-todo-keywords
|
||
By default, marked TODO entries have one of only two states: TODO and
|
||
DONE@. Org mode allows you to classify TODO items in more complex ways
|
||
with @emph{TODO keywords} (stored in @code{org-todo-keywords}). With
|
||
special setup, the TODO keyword system can work differently in different
|
||
files.
|
||
|
||
Note that @i{tags} are another way to classify headlines in general and
|
||
TODO items in particular (@pxref{Tags}).
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps
|
||
* TODO types:: I do this, Fred does the rest
|
||
* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way
|
||
* Fast access to TODO states:: Single letter selection of a state
|
||
* Per-file keywords:: Different files, different requirements
|
||
* Faces for TODO keywords:: Highlighting states
|
||
* TODO dependencies:: When one task needs to wait for others
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Workflow states, TODO types, TODO extensions, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection TODO keywords as workflow states
|
||
@cindex TODO workflow
|
||
@cindex workflow states as TODO keywords
|
||
|
||
You can use TODO keywords to indicate different @emph{sequential} states
|
||
in the process of working on an item, for example@footnote{Changing
|
||
this variable only becomes effective after restarting Org mode in a
|
||
buffer.}:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-todo-keywords
|
||
'((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The vertical bar separates the TODO keywords (states that @emph{need
|
||
action}) from the DONE states (which need @emph{no further action}). If
|
||
you don't provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the DONE
|
||
state.
|
||
@cindex completion, of TODO keywords
|
||
With this setup, the command @kbd{C-c C-t} will cycle an entry from TODO
|
||
to FEEDBACK, then to VERIFY, and finally to DONE and DELEGATED@. You may
|
||
also use a numeric prefix argument to quickly select a specific state. For
|
||
example @kbd{C-3 C-c C-t} will change the state immediately to VERIFY@.
|
||
Or you can use @kbd{S-@key{left}} to go backward through the sequence. If you
|
||
define many keywords, you can use in-buffer completion
|
||
(@pxref{Completion}) or even a special one-key selection scheme
|
||
(@pxref{Fast access to TODO states}) to insert these words into the
|
||
buffer. Changing a TODO state can be logged with a timestamp, see
|
||
@ref{Tracking TODO state changes}, for more information.
|
||
|
||
@node TODO types, Multiple sets in one file, Workflow states, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection TODO keywords as types
|
||
@cindex TODO types
|
||
@cindex names as TODO keywords
|
||
@cindex types as TODO keywords
|
||
|
||
The second possibility is to use TODO keywords to indicate different
|
||
@emph{types} of action items. For example, you might want to indicate
|
||
that items are for ``work'' or ``home''. Or, when you work with several
|
||
people on a single project, you might want to assign action items
|
||
directly to persons, by using their names as TODO keywords. This would
|
||
be set up like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-todo-keywords '((type "Fred" "Sara" "Lucy" "|" "DONE")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
In this case, different keywords do not indicate a sequence, but rather
|
||
different types. So the normal work flow would be to assign a task to a
|
||
person, and later to mark it DONE@. Org mode supports this style by adapting
|
||
the workings of the command @kbd{C-c C-t}@footnote{This is also true for the
|
||
@kbd{t} command in the timeline and agenda buffers.}. When used several
|
||
times in succession, it will still cycle through all names, in order to first
|
||
select the right type for a task. But when you return to the item after some
|
||
time and execute @kbd{C-c C-t} again, it will switch from any name directly
|
||
to DONE@. Use prefix arguments or completion to quickly select a specific
|
||
name. You can also review the items of a specific TODO type in a sparse tree
|
||
by using a numeric prefix to @kbd{C-c / t}. For example, to see all things
|
||
Lucy has to do, you would use @kbd{C-3 C-c / t}. To collect Lucy's items
|
||
from all agenda files into a single buffer, you would use the numeric prefix
|
||
argument as well when creating the global TODO list: @kbd{C-3 C-c a t}.
|
||
|
||
@node Multiple sets in one file, Fast access to TODO states, TODO types, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection Multiple keyword sets in one file
|
||
@cindex TODO keyword sets
|
||
|
||
Sometimes you may want to use different sets of TODO keywords in
|
||
parallel. For example, you may want to have the basic
|
||
@code{TODO}/@code{DONE}, but also a workflow for bug fixing, and a
|
||
separate state indicating that an item has been canceled (so it is not
|
||
DONE, but also does not require action). Your setup would then look
|
||
like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-todo-keywords
|
||
'((sequence "TODO" "|" "DONE")
|
||
(sequence "REPORT" "BUG" "KNOWNCAUSE" "|" "FIXED")
|
||
(sequence "|" "CANCELED")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The keywords should all be different, this helps Org mode to keep track
|
||
of which subsequence should be used for a given entry. In this setup,
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-t} only operates within a subsequence, so it switches from
|
||
@code{DONE} to (nothing) to @code{TODO}, and from @code{FIXED} to
|
||
(nothing) to @code{REPORT}. Therefore you need a mechanism to initially
|
||
select the correct sequence. Besides the obvious ways like typing a
|
||
keyword or using completion, you may also apply the following commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-S-@key{right}
|
||
@kindex C-S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-t
|
||
@item C-u C-u C-c C-t
|
||
@itemx C-S-@key{right}
|
||
@itemx C-S-@key{left}
|
||
These keys jump from one TODO subset to the next. In the above example,
|
||
@kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t} or @kbd{C-S-@key{right}} would jump from @code{TODO} or
|
||
@code{DONE} to @code{REPORT}, and any of the words in the second row to
|
||
@code{CANCELED}. Note that the @kbd{C-S-} key binding conflict with
|
||
@code{shift-selection-mode} (@pxref{Conflicts}).
|
||
@kindex S-@key{right}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{left}
|
||
@item S-@key{right}
|
||
@itemx S-@key{left}
|
||
@kbd{S-@key{<left>}} and @kbd{S-@key{<right>}} and walk through @emph{all}
|
||
keywords from all sets, so for example @kbd{S-@key{<right>}} would switch
|
||
from @code{DONE} to @code{REPORT} in the example above. See also
|
||
@ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with
|
||
@code{shift-selection-mode}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Fast access to TODO states, Per-file keywords, Multiple sets in one file, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection Fast access to TODO states
|
||
|
||
If you would like to quickly change an entry to an arbitrary TODO state
|
||
instead of cycling through the states, you can set up keys for single-letter
|
||
access to the states. This is done by adding the selection character after
|
||
each keyword, in parentheses@footnote{All characters are allowed except
|
||
@code{@@^!}, which have a special meaning here.}. For example:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-todo-keywords
|
||
'((sequence "TODO(t)" "|" "DONE(d)")
|
||
(sequence "REPORT(r)" "BUG(b)" "KNOWNCAUSE(k)" "|" "FIXED(f)")
|
||
(sequence "|" "CANCELED(c)")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo
|
||
If you then press @kbd{C-c C-t} followed by the selection key, the entry
|
||
will be switched to this state. @kbd{SPC} can be used to remove any TODO
|
||
keyword from an entry.@footnote{Check also the option
|
||
@code{org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo}, it allows you to change the TODO
|
||
state through the tags interface (@pxref{Setting tags}), in case you like to
|
||
mingle the two concepts. Note that this means you need to come up with
|
||
unique keys across both sets of keywords.}
|
||
|
||
@node Per-file keywords, Faces for TODO keywords, Fast access to TODO states, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection Setting up keywords for individual files
|
||
@cindex keyword options
|
||
@cindex per-file keywords
|
||
@cindex #+TODO
|
||
@cindex #+TYP_TODO
|
||
@cindex #+SEQ_TODO
|
||
|
||
It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism in
|
||
different files. For file-local settings, you need to add special lines
|
||
to the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that file
|
||
only. For example, to set one of the two examples discussed above, you
|
||
need one of the following lines, starting in column zero anywhere in the
|
||
file:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TODO: TODO FEEDBACK VERIFY | DONE CANCELED
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent (you may also write @code{#+SEQ_TODO} to be explicit about the
|
||
interpretation, but it means the same as @code{#+TODO}), or
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TYP_TODO: Fred Sara Lucy Mike | DONE
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
A setup for using several sets in parallel would be:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TODO: TODO | DONE
|
||
#+TODO: REPORT BUG KNOWNCAUSE | FIXED
|
||
#+TODO: | CANCELED
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex completion, of option keywords
|
||
@kindex M-@key{TAB}
|
||
@noindent To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type
|
||
@samp{#+} into the buffer and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} completion.
|
||
|
||
@cindex DONE, final TODO keyword
|
||
Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar (or the last keyword
|
||
if no bar is there) must always mean that the item is DONE (although you
|
||
may use a different word). After changing one of these lines, use
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the line to make the changes
|
||
known to Org mode@footnote{Org mode parses these lines only when
|
||
Org mode is activated after visiting a file. @kbd{C-c C-c} with the
|
||
cursor in a line starting with @samp{#+} is simply restarting Org mode
|
||
for the current buffer.}.
|
||
|
||
@node Faces for TODO keywords, TODO dependencies, Per-file keywords, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection Faces for TODO keywords
|
||
@cindex faces, for TODO keywords
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-todo @r{(face)}
|
||
@vindex org-done @r{(face)}
|
||
@vindex org-todo-keyword-faces
|
||
Org mode highlights TODO keywords with special faces: @code{org-todo}
|
||
for keywords indicating that an item still has to be acted upon, and
|
||
@code{org-done} for keywords indicating that an item is finished. If
|
||
you are using more than 2 different states, you might want to use
|
||
special faces for some of them. This can be done using the option
|
||
@code{org-todo-keyword-faces}. For example:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-todo-keyword-faces
|
||
'(("TODO" . org-warning) ("STARTED" . "yellow")
|
||
("CANCELED" . (:foreground "blue" :weight bold))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
While using a list with face properties as shown for CANCELED @emph{should}
|
||
work, this does not always seem to be the case. If necessary, define a
|
||
special face and use that. A string is interpreted as a color. The option
|
||
@code{org-faces-easy-properties} determines if that color is interpreted as a
|
||
foreground or a background color.
|
||
|
||
@node TODO dependencies, , Faces for TODO keywords, TODO extensions
|
||
@subsection TODO dependencies
|
||
@cindex TODO dependencies
|
||
@cindex dependencies, of TODO states
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies
|
||
@cindex property, ORDERED
|
||
The structure of Org files (hierarchy and lists) makes it easy to define TODO
|
||
dependencies. Usually, a parent TODO task should not be marked DONE until
|
||
all subtasks (defined as children tasks) are marked as DONE@. And sometimes
|
||
there is a logical sequence to a number of (sub)tasks, so that one task
|
||
cannot be acted upon before all siblings above it are done. If you customize
|
||
the option @code{org-enforce-todo-dependencies}, Org will block entries
|
||
from changing state to DONE while they have children that are not DONE@.
|
||
Furthermore, if an entry has a property @code{ORDERED}, each of its children
|
||
will be blocked until all earlier siblings are marked DONE@. Here is an
|
||
example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* TODO Blocked until (two) is done
|
||
** DONE one
|
||
** TODO two
|
||
|
||
* Parent
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:ORDERED: t
|
||
:END:
|
||
** TODO a
|
||
** TODO b, needs to wait for (a)
|
||
** TODO c, needs to wait for (a) and (b)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x o,org-toggle-ordered-property}
|
||
@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag
|
||
@cindex property, ORDERED
|
||
Toggle the @code{ORDERED} property of the current entry. A property is used
|
||
for this behavior because this should be local to the current entry, not
|
||
inherited like a tag. However, if you would like to @i{track} the value of
|
||
this property with a tag for better visibility, customize the option
|
||
@code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t}
|
||
Change TODO state, circumventing any state blocking.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
|
||
If you set the option @code{org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks}, TODO entries
|
||
that cannot be closed because of such dependencies will be shown in a dimmed
|
||
font or even made invisible in agenda views (@pxref{Agenda Views}).
|
||
|
||
@cindex checkboxes and TODO dependencies
|
||
@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies
|
||
You can also block changes of TODO states by looking at checkboxes
|
||
(@pxref{Checkboxes}). If you set the option
|
||
@code{org-enforce-todo-checkbox-dependencies}, an entry that has unchecked
|
||
checkboxes will be blocked from switching to DONE.
|
||
|
||
If you need more complex dependency structures, for example dependencies
|
||
between entries in different trees or files, check out the contributed
|
||
module @file{org-depend.el}.
|
||
|
||
@page
|
||
@node Progress logging, Priorities, TODO extensions, TODO Items
|
||
@section Progress logging
|
||
@cindex progress logging
|
||
@cindex logging, of progress
|
||
|
||
Org mode can automatically record a timestamp and possibly a note when
|
||
you mark a TODO item as DONE, or even each time you change the state of
|
||
a TODO item. This system is highly configurable; settings can be on a
|
||
per-keyword basis and can be localized to a file or even a subtree. For
|
||
information on how to clock working time for a task, see @ref{Clocking
|
||
work time}.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
|
||
* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change?
|
||
* Tracking your habits:: How consistent have you been?
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Closing items, Tracking TODO state changes, Progress logging, Progress logging
|
||
@subsection Closing items
|
||
|
||
The most basic logging is to keep track of @emph{when} a certain TODO
|
||
item was finished. This is achieved with@footnote{The corresponding
|
||
in-buffer setting is: @code{#+STARTUP: logdone}}
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-log-done 'time)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-closed-keep-when-no-todo
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Then each time you turn an entry from a TODO (not-done) state into any of the
|
||
DONE states, a line @samp{CLOSED: [timestamp]} will be inserted just after
|
||
the headline. If you turn the entry back into a TODO item through further
|
||
state cycling, that line will be removed again. If you turn the entry back
|
||
to a non-TODO state (by pressing @key{C-c C-t SPC} for example), that line
|
||
will also be removed, unless you set @code{org-closed-keep-when-no-todo} to
|
||
non-@code{nil}. If you want to record a note along with the timestamp,
|
||
use@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @code{#+STARTUP:
|
||
lognotedone}.}
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-log-done 'note)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
You will then be prompted for a note, and that note will be stored below
|
||
the entry with a @samp{Closing Note} heading.
|
||
|
||
In the timeline (@pxref{Timeline}) and in the agenda
|
||
(@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}), you can then use the @kbd{l} key to
|
||
display the TODO items with a @samp{CLOSED} timestamp on each day,
|
||
giving you an overview of what has been done.
|
||
|
||
@node Tracking TODO state changes, Tracking your habits, Closing items, Progress logging
|
||
@subsection Tracking TODO state changes
|
||
@cindex drawer, for state change recording
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-log-states-order-reversed
|
||
@vindex org-log-into-drawer
|
||
@cindex property, LOG_INTO_DRAWER
|
||
When TODO keywords are used as workflow states (@pxref{Workflow states}), you
|
||
might want to keep track of when a state change occurred and maybe take a
|
||
note about this change. You can either record just a timestamp, or a
|
||
time-stamped note for a change. These records will be inserted after the
|
||
headline as an itemized list, newest first@footnote{See the option
|
||
@code{org-log-states-order-reversed}}. When taking a lot of notes, you might
|
||
want to get the notes out of the way into a drawer (@pxref{Drawers}).
|
||
Customize @code{org-log-into-drawer} to get this behavior---the recommended
|
||
drawer for this is called @code{LOGBOOK}@footnote{Note that the
|
||
@code{LOGBOOK} drawer is unfolded when pressing @key{SPC} in the agenda to
|
||
show an entry---use @key{C-u SPC} to keep it folded here}. You can also
|
||
overrule the setting of this variable for a subtree by setting a
|
||
@code{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property.
|
||
|
||
Since it is normally too much to record a note for every state, Org mode
|
||
expects configuration on a per-keyword basis for this. This is achieved by
|
||
adding special markers @samp{!} (for a timestamp) or @samp{@@} (for a note
|
||
with timestamp) in parentheses after each keyword. For example, with the
|
||
setting
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-todo-keywords
|
||
'((sequence "TODO(t)" "WAIT(w@@/!)" "|" "DONE(d!)" "CANCELED(c@@)")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
To record a timestamp without a note for TODO keywords configured with
|
||
@samp{@@}, just type @kbd{C-c C-c} to enter a blank note when prompted.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-log-done
|
||
You not only define global TODO keywords and fast access keys, but also
|
||
request that a time is recorded when the entry is set to
|
||
DONE@footnote{It is possible that Org mode will record two timestamps
|
||
when you are using both @code{org-log-done} and state change logging.
|
||
However, it will never prompt for two notes---if you have configured
|
||
both, the state change recording note will take precedence and cancel
|
||
the @samp{Closing Note}.}, and that a note is recorded when switching to
|
||
WAIT or CANCELED@. The setting for WAIT is even more special: the
|
||
@samp{!} after the slash means that in addition to the note taken when
|
||
entering the state, a timestamp should be recorded when @i{leaving} the
|
||
WAIT state, if and only if the @i{target} state does not configure
|
||
logging for entering it. So it has no effect when switching from WAIT
|
||
to DONE, because DONE is configured to record a timestamp only. But
|
||
when switching from WAIT back to TODO, the @samp{/!} in the WAIT
|
||
setting now triggers a timestamp even though TODO has no logging
|
||
configured.
|
||
|
||
You can use the exact same syntax for setting logging preferences local
|
||
to a buffer:
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TODO: TODO(t) WAIT(w@@/!) | DONE(d!) CANCELED(c@@)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, LOGGING
|
||
In order to define logging settings that are local to a subtree or a
|
||
single item, define a LOGGING property in this entry. Any non-empty
|
||
LOGGING property resets all logging settings to @code{nil}. You may then turn
|
||
on logging for this specific tree using STARTUP keywords like
|
||
@code{lognotedone} or @code{logrepeat}, as well as adding state specific
|
||
settings like @code{TODO(!)}. For example
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* TODO Log each state with only a time
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:LOGGING: TODO(!) WAIT(!) DONE(!) CANCELED(!)
|
||
:END:
|
||
* TODO Only log when switching to WAIT, and when repeating
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:LOGGING: WAIT(@@) logrepeat
|
||
:END:
|
||
* TODO No logging at all
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:LOGGING: nil
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Tracking your habits, , Tracking TODO state changes, Progress logging
|
||
@subsection Tracking your habits
|
||
@cindex habits
|
||
|
||
Org has the ability to track the consistency of a special category of TODOs,
|
||
called ``habits''. A habit has the following properties:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
You have enabled the @code{habits} module by customizing @code{org-modules}.
|
||
@item
|
||
The habit is a TODO item, with a TODO keyword representing an open state.
|
||
@item
|
||
The property @code{STYLE} is set to the value @code{habit}.
|
||
@item
|
||
The TODO has a scheduled date, usually with a @code{.+} style repeat
|
||
interval. A @code{++} style may be appropriate for habits with time
|
||
constraints, e.g., must be done on weekends, or a @code{+} style for an
|
||
unusual habit that can have a backlog, e.g., weekly reports.
|
||
@item
|
||
The TODO may also have minimum and maximum ranges specified by using the
|
||
syntax @samp{.+2d/3d}, which says that you want to do the task at least every
|
||
three days, but at most every two days.
|
||
@item
|
||
You must also have state logging for the @code{DONE} state enabled
|
||
(@pxref{Tracking TODO state changes}), in order for historical data to be
|
||
represented in the consistency graph. If it is not enabled it is not an
|
||
error, but the consistency graphs will be largely meaningless.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
To give you an idea of what the above rules look like in action, here's an
|
||
actual habit with some history:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
** TODO Shave
|
||
SCHEDULED: <2009-10-17 Sat .+2d/4d>
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-15 Thu]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-12 Mon]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-10 Sat]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-04 Sun]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-10-02 Fri]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-29 Tue]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-25 Fri]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-19 Sat]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-16 Wed]
|
||
- State "DONE" from "TODO" [2009-09-12 Sat]
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:STYLE: habit
|
||
:LAST_REPEAT: [2009-10-19 Mon 00:36]
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
What this habit says is: I want to shave at most every 2 days (given by the
|
||
@code{SCHEDULED} date and repeat interval) and at least every 4 days. If
|
||
today is the 15th, then the habit first appears in the agenda on Oct 17,
|
||
after the minimum of 2 days has elapsed, and will appear overdue on Oct 19,
|
||
after four days have elapsed.
|
||
|
||
What's really useful about habits is that they are displayed along with a
|
||
consistency graph, to show how consistent you've been at getting that task
|
||
done in the past. This graph shows every day that the task was done over the
|
||
past three weeks, with colors for each day. The colors used are:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item Blue
|
||
If the task wasn't to be done yet on that day.
|
||
@item Green
|
||
If the task could have been done on that day.
|
||
@item Yellow
|
||
If the task was going to be overdue the next day.
|
||
@item Red
|
||
If the task was overdue on that day.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
In addition to coloring each day, the day is also marked with an asterisk if
|
||
the task was actually done that day, and an exclamation mark to show where
|
||
the current day falls in the graph.
|
||
|
||
There are several configuration variables that can be used to change the way
|
||
habits are displayed in the agenda.
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item org-habit-graph-column
|
||
The buffer column at which the consistency graph should be drawn. This will
|
||
overwrite any text in that column, so it is a good idea to keep your habits'
|
||
titles brief and to the point.
|
||
@item org-habit-preceding-days
|
||
The amount of history, in days before today, to appear in consistency graphs.
|
||
@item org-habit-following-days
|
||
The number of days after today that will appear in consistency graphs.
|
||
@item org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today
|
||
If non-@code{nil}, only show habits in today's agenda view. This is set to true by
|
||
default.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Lastly, pressing @kbd{K} in the agenda buffer will cause habits to
|
||
temporarily be disabled and they won't appear at all. Press @kbd{K} again to
|
||
bring them back. They are also subject to tag filtering, if you have habits
|
||
which should only be done in certain contexts, for example.
|
||
|
||
@node Priorities, Breaking down tasks, Progress logging, TODO Items
|
||
@section Priorities
|
||
@cindex priorities
|
||
|
||
If you use Org mode extensively, you may end up with enough TODO items that
|
||
it starts to make sense to prioritize them. Prioritizing can be done by
|
||
placing a @emph{priority cookie} into the headline of a TODO item, like this
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
*** TODO [#A] Write letter to Sam Fortune
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-priority-faces
|
||
By default, Org mode supports three priorities: @samp{A}, @samp{B}, and
|
||
@samp{C}. @samp{A} is the highest priority. An entry without a cookie is
|
||
treated just like priority @samp{B}. Priorities make a difference only for
|
||
sorting in the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}); outside the agenda, they
|
||
have no inherent meaning to Org mode. The cookies can be highlighted with
|
||
special faces by customizing @code{org-priority-faces}.
|
||
|
||
Priorities can be attached to any outline node; they do not need to be TODO
|
||
items.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c ,}
|
||
@kindex @kbd{C-c ,}
|
||
@findex org-priority
|
||
Set the priority of the current headline (@command{org-priority}). The
|
||
command prompts for a priority character @samp{A}, @samp{B} or @samp{C}.
|
||
When you press @key{SPC} instead, the priority cookie is removed from the
|
||
headline. The priorities can also be changed ``remotely'' from the timeline
|
||
and agenda buffer with the @kbd{,} command (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{up},S-@key{down},org-priority-up,org-priority-down}
|
||
@vindex org-priority-start-cycle-with-default
|
||
Increase/decrease priority of current headline@footnote{See also the option
|
||
@code{org-priority-start-cycle-with-default}.}. Note that these keys are
|
||
also used to modify timestamps (@pxref{Creating timestamps}). See also
|
||
@ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with
|
||
@code{shift-selection-mode}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-highest-priority
|
||
@vindex org-lowest-priority
|
||
@vindex org-default-priority
|
||
You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the options
|
||
@code{org-highest-priority}, @code{org-lowest-priority}, and
|
||
@code{org-default-priority}. For an individual buffer, you may set
|
||
these values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that
|
||
the highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest
|
||
priority):
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+PRIORITIES
|
||
@example
|
||
#+PRIORITIES: A C B
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Breaking down tasks, Checkboxes, Priorities, TODO Items
|
||
@section Breaking tasks down into subtasks
|
||
@cindex tasks, breaking down
|
||
@cindex statistics, for TODO items
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels
|
||
It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller, manageable
|
||
subtasks. You can do this by creating an outline tree below a TODO item,
|
||
with detailed subtasks on the tree@footnote{To keep subtasks out of the
|
||
global TODO list, see the @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels}.}. To keep
|
||
the overview over the fraction of subtasks that are already completed, insert
|
||
either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]} anywhere in the headline. These cookies will
|
||
be updated each time the TODO status of a child changes, or when pressing
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-c} on the cookie. For example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Organize Party [33%]
|
||
** TODO Call people [1/2]
|
||
*** TODO Peter
|
||
*** DONE Sarah
|
||
** TODO Buy food
|
||
** DONE Talk to neighbor
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, COOKIE_DATA
|
||
If a heading has both checkboxes and TODO children below it, the meaning of
|
||
the statistics cookie become ambiguous. Set the property
|
||
@code{COOKIE_DATA} to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve
|
||
this issue.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-hierarchical-todo-statistics
|
||
If you would like to have the statistics cookie count any TODO entries in the
|
||
subtree (not just direct children), configure
|
||
@code{org-hierarchical-todo-statistics}. To do this for a single subtree,
|
||
include the word @samp{recursive} into the value of the @code{COOKIE_DATA}
|
||
property.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Parent capturing statistics [2/20]
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:COOKIE_DATA: todo recursive
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you would like a TODO entry to automatically change to DONE
|
||
when all children are done, you can use the following setup:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
(defun org-summary-todo (n-done n-not-done)
|
||
"Switch entry to DONE when all subentries are done, to TODO otherwise."
|
||
(let (org-log-done org-log-states) ; turn off logging
|
||
(org-todo (if (= n-not-done 0) "DONE" "TODO"))))
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'org-after-todo-statistics-hook 'org-summary-todo)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
|
||
Another possibility is the use of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy of) a
|
||
large number of subtasks (@pxref{Checkboxes}).
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Checkboxes, , Breaking down tasks, TODO Items
|
||
@section Checkboxes
|
||
@cindex checkboxes
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
|
||
Every item in a plain list@footnote{With the exception of description
|
||
lists. But you can allow it by modifying @code{org-list-automatic-rules}
|
||
accordingly.} (@pxref{Plain lists}) can be made into a checkbox by starting
|
||
it with the string @samp{[ ]}. This feature is similar to TODO items
|
||
(@pxref{TODO Items}), but is more lightweight. Checkboxes are not included
|
||
in the global TODO list, so they are often great to split a task into a
|
||
number of simple steps. Or you can use them in a shopping list. To toggle a
|
||
checkbox, use @kbd{C-c C-c}, or use the mouse (thanks to Piotr Zielinski's
|
||
@file{org-mouse.el}).
|
||
|
||
Here is an example of a checkbox list.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* TODO Organize party [2/4]
|
||
- [-] call people [1/3]
|
||
- [ ] Peter
|
||
- [X] Sarah
|
||
- [ ] Sam
|
||
- [X] order food
|
||
- [ ] think about what music to play
|
||
- [X] talk to the neighbors
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Checkboxes work hierarchically, so if a checkbox item has children that
|
||
are checkboxes, toggling one of the children checkboxes will make the
|
||
parent checkbox reflect if none, some, or all of the children are
|
||
checked.
|
||
|
||
@cindex statistics, for checkboxes
|
||
@cindex checkbox statistics
|
||
@cindex property, COOKIE_DATA
|
||
@vindex org-checkbox-hierarchical-statistics
|
||
The @samp{[2/4]} and @samp{[1/3]} in the first and second line are cookies
|
||
indicating how many checkboxes present in this entry have been checked off,
|
||
and the total number of checkboxes present. This can give you an idea on how
|
||
many checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded entry. The cookies can
|
||
be placed into a headline or into (the first line of) a plain list item.
|
||
Each cookie covers checkboxes of direct children structurally below the
|
||
headline/item on which the cookie appears@footnote{Set the option
|
||
@code{org-checkbox-hierarchical-statistics} if you want such cookies to
|
||
count all checkboxes below the cookie, not just those belonging to direct
|
||
children.}. You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing either
|
||
@samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]}. With @samp{[/]} you get an @samp{n out of m}
|
||
result, as in the examples above. With @samp{[%]} you get information about
|
||
the percentage of checkboxes checked (in the above example, this would be
|
||
@samp{[50%]} and @samp{[33%]}, respectively). In a headline, a cookie can
|
||
count either checkboxes below the heading or TODO states of children, and it
|
||
will display whatever was changed last. Set the property @code{COOKIE_DATA}
|
||
to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue.
|
||
|
||
@cindex blocking, of checkboxes
|
||
@cindex checkbox blocking
|
||
@cindex property, ORDERED
|
||
If the current outline node has an @code{ORDERED} property, checkboxes must
|
||
be checked off in sequence, and an error will be thrown if you try to check
|
||
off a box while there are unchecked boxes above it.
|
||
|
||
@noindent The following commands work with checkboxes:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-toggle-checkbox}
|
||
Toggle checkbox status or (with prefix arg) checkbox presence at point.
|
||
With a single prefix argument, add an empty checkbox or remove the current
|
||
one@footnote{@kbd{C-u C-c C-c} on the @emph{first} item of a list with no checkbox
|
||
will add checkboxes to the rest of the list.}. With a double prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is
|
||
considered to be an intermediate state.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-b,org-toggle-checkbox}
|
||
Toggle checkbox status or (with prefix arg) checkbox presence at point. With
|
||
double prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is considered to be an
|
||
intermediate state.
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in the region
|
||
and set all remaining boxes to the same status as the first. With a prefix
|
||
arg, add or remove the checkbox for all items in the region.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is in a headline, toggle checkboxes in the region between
|
||
this headline and the next (so @emph{not} the entire subtree).
|
||
@item
|
||
If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at point.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
@orgcmd{M-S-@key{RET},org-insert-todo-heading}
|
||
Insert a new item with a checkbox. This works only if the cursor is already
|
||
in a plain list item (@pxref{Plain lists}).
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x o,org-toggle-ordered-property}
|
||
@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag
|
||
@cindex property, ORDERED
|
||
Toggle the @code{ORDERED} property of the entry, to toggle if checkboxes must
|
||
be checked off in sequence. A property is used for this behavior because
|
||
this should be local to the current entry, not inherited like a tag.
|
||
However, if you would like to @i{track} the value of this property with a tag
|
||
for better visibility, customize @code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c #,org-update-statistics-cookies}
|
||
Update the statistics cookie in the current outline entry. When called with
|
||
a @kbd{C-u} prefix, update the entire file. Checkbox statistic cookies are
|
||
updated automatically if you toggle checkboxes with @kbd{C-c C-c} and make
|
||
new ones with @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}. TODO statistics cookies update when
|
||
changing TODO states. If you delete boxes/entries or add/change them by
|
||
hand, use this command to get things back into sync.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Tags, Properties and Columns, TODO Items, Top
|
||
@chapter Tags
|
||
@cindex tags
|
||
@cindex headline tagging
|
||
@cindex matching, tags
|
||
@cindex sparse tree, tag based
|
||
|
||
An excellent way to implement labels and contexts for cross-correlating
|
||
information is to assign @i{tags} to headlines. Org mode has extensive
|
||
support for tags.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-tag-faces
|
||
Every headline can contain a list of tags; they occur at the end of the
|
||
headline. Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, @samp{_}, and
|
||
@samp{@@}. Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon, e.g.,
|
||
@samp{:work:}. Several tags can be specified, as in @samp{:work:urgent:}.
|
||
Tags will by default be in bold face with the same color as the headline.
|
||
You may specify special faces for specific tags using the option
|
||
@code{org-tag-faces}, in much the same way as you can for TODO keywords
|
||
(@pxref{Faces for TODO keywords}).
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline
|
||
* Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline
|
||
* Tag groups:: Use one tag to search for several tags
|
||
* Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Tag inheritance, Setting tags, Tags, Tags
|
||
@section Tag inheritance
|
||
@cindex tag inheritance
|
||
@cindex inheritance, of tags
|
||
@cindex sublevels, inclusion into tags match
|
||
|
||
@i{Tags} make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees. If a
|
||
heading has a certain tag, all subheadings will inherit the tag as
|
||
well. For example, in the list
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Meeting with the French group :work:
|
||
** Summary by Frank :boss:notes:
|
||
*** TODO Prepare slides for him :action:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
the final heading will have the tags @samp{:work:}, @samp{:boss:},
|
||
@samp{:notes:}, and @samp{:action:} even though the final heading is not
|
||
explicitly marked with those tags. You can also set tags that all entries in
|
||
a file should inherit just as if these tags were defined in a hypothetical
|
||
level zero that surrounds the entire file. Use a line like this@footnote{As
|
||
with all these in-buffer settings, pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} activates any
|
||
changes in the line.}:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+FILETAGS
|
||
@example
|
||
#+FILETAGS: :Peter:Boss:Secret:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-use-tag-inheritance
|
||
@vindex org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance
|
||
To limit tag inheritance to specific tags, use @code{org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance}.
|
||
To turn it off entirely, use @code{org-use-tag-inheritance}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
|
||
When a headline matches during a tags search while tag inheritance is turned
|
||
on, all the sublevels in the same tree will (for a simple match form) match
|
||
as well@footnote{This is only true if the search does not involve more
|
||
complex tests including properties (@pxref{Property searches}).}. The list
|
||
of matches may then become very long. If you only want to see the first tags
|
||
match in a subtree, configure @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels} (not
|
||
recommended).
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance
|
||
Tag inheritance is relevant when the agenda search tries to match a tag,
|
||
either in the @code{tags} or @code{tags-todo} agenda types. In other agenda
|
||
types, @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} has no effect. Still, you may want to
|
||
have your tags correctly set in the agenda, so that tag filtering works fine,
|
||
with inherited tags. Set @code{org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance} to control
|
||
this: the default value includes all agenda types, but setting this to @code{nil}
|
||
can really speed up agenda generation.
|
||
|
||
@node Setting tags, Tag groups, Tag inheritance, Tags
|
||
@section Setting tags
|
||
@cindex setting tags
|
||
@cindex tags, setting
|
||
|
||
@kindex M-@key{TAB}
|
||
Tags can simply be typed into the buffer at the end of a headline.
|
||
After a colon, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} offers completion on tags. There is
|
||
also a special command for inserting tags:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-q,org-set-tags-command}
|
||
@cindex completion, of tags
|
||
@vindex org-tags-column
|
||
Enter new tags for the current headline. Org mode will either offer
|
||
completion or a special single-key interface for setting tags, see
|
||
below. After pressing @key{RET}, the tags will be inserted and aligned
|
||
to @code{org-tags-column}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all
|
||
tags in the current buffer will be aligned to that column, just to make
|
||
things look nice. TAGS are automatically realigned after promotion,
|
||
demotion, and TODO state changes (@pxref{TODO basics}).
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-set-tags-command}
|
||
When the cursor is in a headline, this does the same as @kbd{C-c C-q}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-tag-alist
|
||
Org supports tag insertion based on a @emph{list of tags}. By
|
||
default this list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags
|
||
currently used in the buffer. You may also globally specify a hard list
|
||
of tags with the variable @code{org-tag-alist}. Finally you can set
|
||
the default tags for a given file with lines like
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TAGS
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS: @@work @@home @@tennisclub
|
||
#+TAGS: laptop car pc sailboat
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you have globally defined your preferred set of tags using the
|
||
variable @code{org-tag-alist}, but would like to use a dynamic tag list
|
||
in a specific file, add an empty TAGS option line to that file:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-tag-persistent-alist
|
||
If you have a preferred set of tags that you would like to use in every file,
|
||
in addition to those defined on a per-file basis by TAGS option lines, then
|
||
you may specify a list of tags with the variable
|
||
@code{org-tag-persistent-alist}. You may turn this off on a per-file basis
|
||
by adding a STARTUP option line to that file:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: noptag
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
By default Org mode uses the standard minibuffer completion facilities for
|
||
entering tags. However, it also implements another, quicker, tag selection
|
||
method called @emph{fast tag selection}. This allows you to select and
|
||
deselect tags with just a single key press. For this to work well you should
|
||
assign unique letters to most of your commonly used tags. You can do this
|
||
globally by configuring the variable @code{org-tag-alist} in your
|
||
@file{.emacs} file. For example, you may find the need to tag many items in
|
||
different files with @samp{:@@home:}. In this case you can set something
|
||
like:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-tag-alist '(("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h) ("laptop" . ?l)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent If the tag is only relevant to the file you are working on, then you
|
||
can instead set the TAGS option line as:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) laptop(l) pc(p)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent The tags interface will show the available tags in a splash
|
||
window. If you want to start a new line after a specific tag, insert
|
||
@samp{\n} into the tag list
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) \n laptop(l) pc(p)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent or write them in two lines:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t)
|
||
#+TAGS: laptop(l) pc(p)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
You can also group together tags that are mutually exclusive by using
|
||
braces, as in:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS: @{ @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) @} laptop(l) pc(p)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent you indicate that at most one of @samp{@@work}, @samp{@@home},
|
||
and @samp{@@tennisclub} should be selected. Multiple such groups are allowed.
|
||
|
||
@noindent Don't forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor in one of
|
||
these lines to activate any changes.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
To set these mutually exclusive groups in the variable @code{org-tag-alist},
|
||
you must use the dummy tags @code{:startgroup} and @code{:endgroup} instead
|
||
of the braces. Similarly, you can use @code{:newline} to indicate a line
|
||
break. The previous example would be set globally by the following
|
||
configuration:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgroup . nil)
|
||
("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h)
|
||
("@@tennisclub" . ?t)
|
||
(:endgroup . nil)
|
||
("laptop" . ?l) ("pc" . ?p)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
If at least one tag has a selection key then pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} will
|
||
automatically present you with a special interface, listing inherited tags,
|
||
the tags of the current headline, and a list of all valid tags with
|
||
corresponding keys@footnote{Keys will automatically be assigned to tags which
|
||
have no configured keys.}. In this interface, you can use the following
|
||
keys:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item a-z...
|
||
Pressing keys assigned to tags will add or remove them from the list of
|
||
tags in the current line. Selecting a tag in a group of mutually
|
||
exclusive tags will turn off any other tags from that group.
|
||
@kindex @key{TAB}
|
||
@item @key{TAB}
|
||
Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the predefined
|
||
list. You will be able to complete on all tags present in the buffer.
|
||
You can also add several tags: just separate them with a comma.
|
||
|
||
@kindex @key{SPC}
|
||
@item @key{SPC}
|
||
Clear all tags for this line.
|
||
@kindex @key{RET}
|
||
@item @key{RET}
|
||
Accept the modified set.
|
||
@item C-g
|
||
Abort without installing changes.
|
||
@item q
|
||
If @kbd{q} is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like @kbd{C-g}.
|
||
@item !
|
||
Turn off groups of mutually exclusive tags. Use this to (as an
|
||
exception) assign several tags from such a group.
|
||
@item C-c
|
||
Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below).
|
||
If you are using expert mode, the first @kbd{C-c} will display the
|
||
selection window.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys. With
|
||
the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set @samp{@@home},
|
||
@samp{laptop} and @samp{pc} tags with just the following keys: @kbd{C-c
|
||
C-c @key{SPC} h l p @key{RET}}. Switching from @samp{@@home} to
|
||
@samp{@@work} would be done with @kbd{C-c C-c w @key{RET}} or
|
||
alternatively with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c w}. Adding the non-predefined tag
|
||
@samp{Sarah} could be done with @kbd{C-c C-c @key{TAB} S a r a h
|
||
@key{RET} @key{RET}}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-single-key
|
||
If you find that most of the time you need only a single key press to
|
||
modify your list of tags, set @code{org-fast-tag-selection-single-key}.
|
||
Then you no longer have to press @key{RET} to exit fast tag selection---it
|
||
will immediately exit after the first change. If you then occasionally
|
||
need more keys, press @kbd{C-c} to turn off auto-exit for the current tag
|
||
selection process (in effect: start selection with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c}
|
||
instead of @kbd{C-c C-c}). If you set the variable to the value
|
||
@code{expert}, the special window is not even shown for single-key tag
|
||
selection, it comes up only when you press an extra @kbd{C-c}.
|
||
|
||
@node Tag groups, Tag searches, Setting tags, Tags
|
||
@section Tag groups
|
||
|
||
@cindex group tags
|
||
@cindex tags, groups
|
||
In a set of mutually exclusive tags, the first tag can be defined as a
|
||
@emph{group tag}. When you search for a group tag, it will return matches
|
||
for all members in the group. In an agenda view, filtering by a group tag
|
||
will display headlines tagged with at least one of the members of the
|
||
group. This makes tag searches and filters even more flexible.
|
||
|
||
You can set group tags by inserting a colon between the group tag and other
|
||
tags---beware that all whitespaces are mandatory so that Org can parse this
|
||
line correctly:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TAGS: @{ @@read : @@read_book @@read_ebook @}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
In this example, @samp{@@read} is a @emph{group tag} for a set of three
|
||
tags: @samp{@@read}, @samp{@@read_book} and @samp{@@read_ebook}.
|
||
|
||
You can also use the @code{:grouptags} keyword directly when setting
|
||
@code{org-tag-alist}:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgroup . nil)
|
||
("@@read" . nil)
|
||
(:grouptags . nil)
|
||
("@@read_book" . nil)
|
||
("@@read_ebook" . nil)
|
||
(:endgroup . nil)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
You cannot nest group tags or use a group tag as a tag in another group.
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x q
|
||
@vindex org-group-tags
|
||
If you want to ignore group tags temporarily, toggle group tags support
|
||
with @command{org-toggle-tags-groups}, bound to @kbd{C-c C-x q}. If you
|
||
want to disable tag groups completely, set @code{org-group-tags} to @code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
@node Tag searches, , Tag groups, Tags
|
||
@section Tag searches
|
||
@cindex tag searches
|
||
@cindex searching for tags
|
||
|
||
Once a system of tags has been set up, it can be used to collect related
|
||
information into special lists.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c / m,C-c \\,org-match-sparse-tree}
|
||
Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags/property/TODO search.
|
||
With a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not a TODO line.
|
||
@xref{Matching tags and properties}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a m,org-tags-view}
|
||
Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files. @xref{Matching
|
||
tags and properties}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a M,org-tags-view}
|
||
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
|
||
Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check
|
||
only TODO items and force checking subitems (see the option
|
||
@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
These commands all prompt for a match string which allows basic Boolean logic
|
||
like @samp{+boss+urgent-project1}, to find entries with tags @samp{boss} and
|
||
@samp{urgent}, but not @samp{project1}, or @samp{Kathy|Sally} to find entries
|
||
which are tagged, like @samp{Kathy} or @samp{Sally}. The full syntax of the search
|
||
string is rich and allows also matching against TODO keywords, entry levels
|
||
and properties. For a complete description with many examples, see
|
||
@ref{Matching tags and properties}.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Properties and Columns, Dates and Times, Tags, Top
|
||
@chapter Properties and columns
|
||
@cindex properties
|
||
|
||
A property is a key-value pair associated with an entry. Properties can be
|
||
set so they are associated with a single entry, with every entry in a tree,
|
||
or with every entry in an Org mode file.
|
||
|
||
There are two main applications for properties in Org mode. First,
|
||
properties are like tags, but with a value. Imagine maintaining a file where
|
||
you document bugs and plan releases for a piece of software. Instead of
|
||
using tags like @code{:release_1:}, @code{:release_2:}, you can use a
|
||
property, say @code{:Release:}, that in different subtrees has different
|
||
values, such as @code{1.0} or @code{2.0}. Second, you can use properties to
|
||
implement (very basic) database capabilities in an Org buffer. Imagine
|
||
keeping track of your music CDs, where properties could be things such as the
|
||
album, artist, date of release, number of tracks, and so on.
|
||
|
||
Properties can be conveniently edited and viewed in column view
|
||
(@pxref{Column view}).
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Property syntax:: How properties are spelled out
|
||
* Special properties:: Access to other Org mode features
|
||
* Property searches:: Matching property values
|
||
* Property inheritance:: Passing values down the tree
|
||
* Column view:: Tabular viewing and editing
|
||
* Property API:: Properties for Lisp programmers
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Property syntax, Special properties, Properties and Columns, Properties and Columns
|
||
@section Property syntax
|
||
@cindex property syntax
|
||
@cindex drawer, for properties
|
||
|
||
Properties are key-value pairs. When they are associated with a single entry
|
||
or with a tree they need to be inserted into a special
|
||
drawer (@pxref{Drawers}) with the name @code{PROPERTIES}. Each property
|
||
is specified on a single line, with the key (surrounded by colons)
|
||
first, and the value after it. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* CD collection
|
||
** Classic
|
||
*** Goldberg Variations
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:Title: Goldberg Variations
|
||
:Composer: J.S. Bach
|
||
:Artist: Glen Gould
|
||
:Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon
|
||
:NDisks: 1
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Depending on the value of @code{org-use-property-inheritance}, a property set
|
||
this way will either be associated with a single entry, or the sub-tree
|
||
defined by the entry, see @ref{Property inheritance}.
|
||
|
||
You may define the allowed values for a particular property @samp{:Xyz:}
|
||
by setting a property @samp{:Xyz_ALL:}. This special property is
|
||
@emph{inherited}, so if you set it in a level 1 entry, it will apply to
|
||
the entire tree. When allowed values are defined, setting the
|
||
corresponding property becomes easier and is less prone to typing
|
||
errors. For the example with the CD collection, we can predefine
|
||
publishers and the number of disks in a box like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* CD collection
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:NDisks_ALL: 1 2 3 4
|
||
:Publisher_ALL: "Deutsche Grammophon" Philips EMI
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you want to set properties that can be inherited by any entry in a
|
||
file, use a line like
|
||
@cindex property, _ALL
|
||
@cindex #+PROPERTY
|
||
@example
|
||
#+PROPERTY: NDisks_ALL 1 2 3 4
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Contrary to properties set from a special drawer, you have to refresh the
|
||
buffer with @kbd{C-c C-c} to activate this changes.
|
||
|
||
If you want to add to the value of an existing property, append a @code{+} to
|
||
the property name. The following results in the property @code{var} having
|
||
the value ``foo=1 bar=2''.
|
||
@cindex property, +
|
||
@example
|
||
#+PROPERTY: var foo=1
|
||
#+PROPERTY: var+ bar=2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
It is also possible to add to the values of inherited properties. The
|
||
following results in the @code{genres} property having the value ``Classic
|
||
Baroque'' under the @code{Goldberg Variations} subtree.
|
||
@cindex property, +
|
||
@example
|
||
* CD collection
|
||
** Classic
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:GENRES: Classic
|
||
:END:
|
||
*** Goldberg Variations
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:Title: Goldberg Variations
|
||
:Composer: J.S. Bach
|
||
:Artist: Glen Gould
|
||
:Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon
|
||
:NDisks: 1
|
||
:GENRES+: Baroque
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
Note that a property can only have one entry per Drawer.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-global-properties
|
||
Property values set with the global variable
|
||
@code{org-global-properties} can be inherited by all entries in all
|
||
Org files.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The following commands help to work with properties:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{TAB},pcomplete}
|
||
After an initial colon in a line, complete property keys. All keys used
|
||
in the current file will be offered as possible completions.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x p,org-set-property}
|
||
Set a property. This prompts for a property name and a value. If
|
||
necessary, the property drawer is created as well.
|
||
@item C-u M-x org-insert-drawer RET
|
||
@cindex org-insert-drawer
|
||
Insert a property drawer into the current entry. The drawer will be
|
||
inserted early in the entry, but after the lines with planning
|
||
information like deadlines.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-property-action}
|
||
With the cursor in a property drawer, this executes property commands.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c s,org-set-property}
|
||
Set a property in the current entry. Both the property and the value
|
||
can be inserted using completion.
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{right},S-@key{left},org-property-next-allowed-value,org-property-previous-allowed-value}
|
||
Switch property at point to the next/previous allowed value.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c d,org-delete-property}
|
||
Remove a property from the current entry.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c D,org-delete-property-globally}
|
||
Globally remove a property, from all entries in the current file.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c c,org-compute-property-at-point}
|
||
Compute the property at point, using the operator and scope from the
|
||
nearest column format definition.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Special properties, Property searches, Property syntax, Properties and Columns
|
||
@section Special properties
|
||
@cindex properties, special
|
||
|
||
Special properties provide an alternative access method to Org mode features,
|
||
like the TODO state or the priority of an entry, discussed in the previous
|
||
chapters. This interface exists so that you can include these states in a
|
||
column view (@pxref{Column view}), or to use them in queries. The following
|
||
property names are special and (except for @code{:CATEGORY:}) should not be
|
||
used as keys in the properties drawer:
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, special, ID
|
||
@cindex property, special, TODO
|
||
@cindex property, special, TAGS
|
||
@cindex property, special, ALLTAGS
|
||
@cindex property, special, CATEGORY
|
||
@cindex property, special, PRIORITY
|
||
@cindex property, special, DEADLINE
|
||
@cindex property, special, SCHEDULED
|
||
@cindex property, special, CLOSED
|
||
@cindex property, special, TIMESTAMP
|
||
@cindex property, special, TIMESTAMP_IA
|
||
@cindex property, special, CLOCKSUM
|
||
@cindex property, special, CLOCKSUM_T
|
||
@cindex property, special, BLOCKED
|
||
@c guessing that ITEM is needed in this area; also, should this list be sorted?
|
||
@cindex property, special, ITEM
|
||
@cindex property, special, FILE
|
||
@example
|
||
ID @r{A globally unique ID used for synchronization during}
|
||
@r{iCalendar or MobileOrg export.}
|
||
TODO @r{The TODO keyword of the entry.}
|
||
TAGS @r{The tags defined directly in the headline.}
|
||
ALLTAGS @r{All tags, including inherited ones.}
|
||
CATEGORY @r{The category of an entry.}
|
||
PRIORITY @r{The priority of the entry, a string with a single letter.}
|
||
DEADLINE @r{The deadline time string, without the angular brackets.}
|
||
SCHEDULED @r{The scheduling timestamp, without the angular brackets.}
|
||
CLOSED @r{When was this entry closed?}
|
||
TIMESTAMP @r{The first keyword-less timestamp in the entry.}
|
||
TIMESTAMP_IA @r{The first inactive timestamp in the entry.}
|
||
CLOCKSUM @r{The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree. @code{org-clock-sum}}
|
||
@r{must be run first to compute the values in the current buffer.}
|
||
CLOCKSUM_T @r{The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree for today.}
|
||
@r{@code{org-clock-sum-today} must be run first to compute the}
|
||
@r{values in the current buffer.}
|
||
BLOCKED @r{"t" if task is currently blocked by children or siblings}
|
||
ITEM @r{The headline of the entry.}
|
||
FILE @r{The filename the entry is located in.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Property searches, Property inheritance, Special properties, Properties and Columns
|
||
@section Property searches
|
||
@cindex properties, searching
|
||
@cindex searching, of properties
|
||
|
||
To create sparse trees and special lists with selection based on properties,
|
||
the same commands are used as for tag searches (@pxref{Tag searches}).
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c / m,C-c \\,org-match-sparse-tree}
|
||
Create a sparse tree with all matching entries. With a
|
||
@kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not a TODO line.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a m,org-tags-view}
|
||
Create a global list of tag/property matches from all agenda files.
|
||
@xref{Matching tags and properties}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a M,org-tags-view}
|
||
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
|
||
Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check
|
||
only TODO items and force checking of subitems (see the option
|
||
@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
The syntax for the search string is described in @ref{Matching tags and
|
||
properties}.
|
||
|
||
There is also a special command for creating sparse trees based on a
|
||
single property:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgkey{C-c / p}
|
||
Create a sparse tree based on the value of a property. This first
|
||
prompts for the name of a property, and then for a value. A sparse tree
|
||
is created with all entries that define this property with the given
|
||
value. If you enclose the value in curly braces, it is interpreted as
|
||
a regular expression and matched against the property values.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Property inheritance, Column view, Property searches, Properties and Columns
|
||
@section Property Inheritance
|
||
@cindex properties, inheritance
|
||
@cindex inheritance, of properties
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
|
||
The outline structure of Org mode documents lends itself to an
|
||
inheritance model of properties: if the parent in a tree has a certain
|
||
property, the children can inherit this property. Org mode does not
|
||
turn this on by default, because it can slow down property searches
|
||
significantly and is often not needed. However, if you find inheritance
|
||
useful, you can turn it on by setting the variable
|
||
@code{org-use-property-inheritance}. It may be set to @code{t} to make
|
||
all properties inherited from the parent, to a list of properties
|
||
that should be inherited, or to a regular expression that matches
|
||
inherited properties. If a property has the value @code{nil}, this is
|
||
interpreted as an explicit undefine of the property, so that inheritance
|
||
search will stop at this value and return @code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
Org mode has a few properties for which inheritance is hard-coded, at
|
||
least for the special applications for which they are used:
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, COLUMNS
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item COLUMNS
|
||
The @code{:COLUMNS:} property defines the format of column view
|
||
(@pxref{Column view}). It is inherited in the sense that the level
|
||
where a @code{:COLUMNS:} property is defined is used as the starting
|
||
point for a column view table, independently of the location in the
|
||
subtree from where columns view is turned on.
|
||
@item CATEGORY
|
||
@cindex property, CATEGORY
|
||
For agenda view, a category set through a @code{:CATEGORY:} property
|
||
applies to the entire subtree.
|
||
@item ARCHIVE
|
||
@cindex property, ARCHIVE
|
||
For archiving, the @code{:ARCHIVE:} property may define the archive
|
||
location for the entire subtree (@pxref{Moving subtrees}).
|
||
@item LOGGING
|
||
@cindex property, LOGGING
|
||
The LOGGING property may define logging settings for an entry or a
|
||
subtree (@pxref{Tracking TODO state changes}).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Column view, Property API, Property inheritance, Properties and Columns
|
||
@section Column view
|
||
|
||
A great way to view and edit properties in an outline tree is
|
||
@emph{column view}. In column view, each outline node is turned into a
|
||
table row. Columns in this table provide access to properties of the
|
||
entries. Org mode implements columns by overlaying a tabular structure
|
||
over the headline of each item. While the headlines have been turned
|
||
into a table row, you can still change the visibility of the outline
|
||
tree. For example, you get a compact table by switching to CONTENTS
|
||
view (@kbd{S-@key{TAB} S-@key{TAB}}, or simply @kbd{c} while column view
|
||
is active), but you can still open, read, and edit the entry below each
|
||
headline. Or, you can switch to column view after executing a sparse
|
||
tree command and in this way get a table only for the selected items.
|
||
Column view also works in agenda buffers (@pxref{Agenda Views}) where
|
||
queries have collected selected items, possibly from a number of files.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Defining columns:: The COLUMNS format property
|
||
* Using column view:: How to create and use column view
|
||
* Capturing column view:: A dynamic block for column view
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Defining columns, Using column view, Column view, Column view
|
||
@subsection Defining columns
|
||
@cindex column view, for properties
|
||
@cindex properties, column view
|
||
|
||
Setting up a column view first requires defining the columns. This is
|
||
done by defining a column format line.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Scope of column definitions:: Where defined, where valid?
|
||
* Column attributes:: Appearance and content of a column
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Scope of column definitions, Column attributes, Defining columns, Defining columns
|
||
@subsubsection Scope of column definitions
|
||
|
||
To define a column format for an entire file, use a line like
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+COLUMNS
|
||
@example
|
||
#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add a
|
||
@code{:COLUMNS:} property to the top node of that tree, for example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
** Top node for columns view
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If a @code{:COLUMNS:} property is present in an entry, it defines columns
|
||
for the entry itself, and for the entire subtree below it. Since the
|
||
column definition is part of the hierarchical structure of the document,
|
||
you can define columns on level 1 that are general enough for all
|
||
sublevels, and more specific columns further down, when you edit a
|
||
deeper part of the tree.
|
||
|
||
@node Column attributes, , Scope of column definitions, Defining columns
|
||
@subsubsection Column attributes
|
||
A column definition sets the attributes of a column. The general
|
||
definition looks like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
%[@var{width}]@var{property}[(@var{title})][@{@var{summary-type}@}]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Except for the percent sign and the property name, all items are
|
||
optional. The individual parts have the following meaning:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@var{width} @r{An integer specifying the width of the column in characters.}
|
||
@r{If omitted, the width will be determined automatically.}
|
||
@var{property} @r{The property that should be edited in this column.}
|
||
@r{Special properties representing meta data are allowed here}
|
||
@r{as well (@pxref{Special properties})}
|
||
@var{title} @r{The header text for the column. If omitted, the property}
|
||
@r{name is used.}
|
||
@{@var{summary-type}@} @r{The summary type. If specified, the column values for}
|
||
@r{parent nodes are computed from the children.}
|
||
@r{Supported summary types are:}
|
||
@{+@} @r{Sum numbers in this column.}
|
||
@{+;%.1f@} @r{Like @samp{+}, but format result with @samp{%.1f}.}
|
||
@{$@} @r{Currency, short for @samp{+;%.2f}.}
|
||
@{:@} @r{Sum times, HH:MM, plain numbers are hours.}
|
||
@{X@} @r{Checkbox status, @samp{[X]} if all children are @samp{[X]}.}
|
||
@{X/@} @r{Checkbox status, @samp{[n/m]}.}
|
||
@{X%@} @r{Checkbox status, @samp{[n%]}.}
|
||
@{min@} @r{Smallest number in column.}
|
||
@{max@} @r{Largest number.}
|
||
@{mean@} @r{Arithmetic mean of numbers.}
|
||
@{:min@} @r{Smallest time value in column.}
|
||
@{:max@} @r{Largest time value.}
|
||
@{:mean@} @r{Arithmetic mean of time values.}
|
||
@{@@min@} @r{Minimum age (in days/hours/mins/seconds).}
|
||
@{@@max@} @r{Maximum age (in days/hours/mins/seconds).}
|
||
@{@@mean@} @r{Arithmetic mean of ages (in days/hours/mins/seconds).}
|
||
@{est+@} @r{Add low-high estimates.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Be aware that you can only have one summary type for any property you
|
||
include. Subsequent columns referencing the same property will all display the
|
||
same summary information.
|
||
|
||
The @code{est+} summary type requires further explanation. It is used for
|
||
combining estimates, expressed as low-high ranges. For example, instead
|
||
of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you might estimate it as
|
||
5--6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much work is required, or
|
||
1--10 days if you don't really know what needs to be done. Both ranges
|
||
average at 5.5 days, but the first represents a more predictable delivery.
|
||
|
||
When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and highs
|
||
produces an unrealistically wide result. Instead, @code{est+} adds the
|
||
statistical mean and variance of the sub-tasks, generating a final estimate
|
||
from the sum. For example, suppose you had ten tasks, each of which was
|
||
estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work. Straight addition produces an estimate
|
||
of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if everything goes either
|
||
extremely well or extremely poorly. In contrast, @code{est+} estimates the
|
||
full job more realistically, at 10--15 days.
|
||
|
||
Numbers are right-aligned when a format specifier with an explicit width like
|
||
@code{%5d} or @code{%5.1f} is used.
|
||
|
||
Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with allowed
|
||
values.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
:COLUMNS: %25ITEM %9Approved(Approved?)@{X@} %Owner %11Status \@footnote{Please note that the COLUMNS definition must be on a single line---it is wrapped here only because of formatting constraints.}
|
||
%10Time_Estimate@{:@} %CLOCKSUM %CLOCKSUM_T
|
||
:Owner_ALL: Tammy Mark Karl Lisa Don
|
||
:Status_ALL: "In progress" "Not started yet" "Finished" ""
|
||
:Approved_ALL: "[ ]" "[X]"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The first column, @samp{%25ITEM}, means the first 25 characters of the
|
||
item itself, i.e., of the headline. You probably always should start the
|
||
column definition with the @samp{ITEM} specifier. The other specifiers
|
||
create columns @samp{Owner} with a list of names as allowed values, for
|
||
@samp{Status} with four different possible values, and for a checkbox
|
||
field @samp{Approved}. When no width is given after the @samp{%}
|
||
character, the column will be exactly as wide as it needs to be in order
|
||
to fully display all values. The @samp{Approved} column does have a
|
||
modified title (@samp{Approved?}, with a question mark). Summaries will
|
||
be created for the @samp{Time_Estimate} column by adding time duration
|
||
expressions like HH:MM, and for the @samp{Approved} column, by providing
|
||
an @samp{[X]} status if all children have been checked. The
|
||
@samp{CLOCKSUM} and @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} columns are special, they lists the
|
||
sums of CLOCK intervals in the subtree, either for all clocks or just for
|
||
today.
|
||
|
||
@node Using column view, Capturing column view, Defining columns, Column view
|
||
@subsection Using column view
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@tsubheading{Turning column view on and off}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-c,org-columns}
|
||
@vindex org-columns-default-format
|
||
Turn on column view. If the cursor is before the first headline in the file,
|
||
column view is turned on for the entire file, using the @code{#+COLUMNS}
|
||
definition. If the cursor is somewhere inside the outline, this command
|
||
searches the hierarchy, up from point, for a @code{:COLUMNS:} property that
|
||
defines a format. When one is found, the column view table is established
|
||
for the tree starting at the entry that contains the @code{:COLUMNS:}
|
||
property. If no such property is found, the format is taken from the
|
||
@code{#+COLUMNS} line or from the variable @code{org-columns-default-format},
|
||
and column view is established for the current entry and its subtree.
|
||
@orgcmd{r,org-columns-redo}
|
||
Recreate the column view, to include recent changes made in the buffer.
|
||
@orgcmd{g,org-columns-redo}
|
||
Same as @kbd{r}.
|
||
@orgcmd{q,org-columns-quit}
|
||
Exit column view.
|
||
@tsubheading{Editing values}
|
||
@item @key{left} @key{right} @key{up} @key{down}
|
||
Move through the column view from field to field.
|
||
@kindex S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{right}
|
||
@item S-@key{left}/@key{right}
|
||
Switch to the next/previous allowed value of the field. For this, you
|
||
have to have specified allowed values for a property.
|
||
@item 1..9,0
|
||
Directly select the Nth allowed value, @kbd{0} selects the 10th value.
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{n,p,org-columns-next-allowed-value,org-columns-previous-allowed-value}
|
||
Same as @kbd{S-@key{left}/@key{right}}
|
||
@orgcmd{e,org-columns-edit-value}
|
||
Edit the property at point. For the special properties, this will
|
||
invoke the same interface that you normally use to change that
|
||
property. For example, when editing a TAGS property, the tag completion
|
||
or fast selection interface will pop up.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-columns-set-tags-or-toggle}
|
||
When there is a checkbox at point, toggle it.
|
||
@orgcmd{v,org-columns-show-value}
|
||
View the full value of this property. This is useful if the width of
|
||
the column is smaller than that of the value.
|
||
@orgcmd{a,org-columns-edit-allowed}
|
||
Edit the list of allowed values for this property. If the list is found
|
||
in the hierarchy, the modified values is stored there. If no list is
|
||
found, the new value is stored in the first entry that is part of the
|
||
current column view.
|
||
@tsubheading{Modifying the table structure}
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{<,>,org-columns-narrow,org-columns-widen}
|
||
Make the column narrower/wider by one character.
|
||
@orgcmd{S-M-@key{right},org-columns-new}
|
||
Insert a new column, to the left of the current column.
|
||
@orgcmd{S-M-@key{left},org-columns-delete}
|
||
Delete the current column.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Capturing column view, , Using column view, Column view
|
||
@subsection Capturing column view
|
||
|
||
Since column view is just an overlay over a buffer, it cannot be
|
||
exported or printed directly. If you want to capture a column view, use
|
||
a @code{columnview} dynamic block (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). The frame
|
||
of this block looks like this:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN, columnview
|
||
@example
|
||
* The column view
|
||
#+BEGIN: columnview :hlines 1 :id "label"
|
||
|
||
#+END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent This dynamic block has the following parameters:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :id
|
||
This is the most important parameter. Column view is a feature that is
|
||
often localized to a certain (sub)tree, and the capture block might be
|
||
at a different location in the file. To identify the tree whose view to
|
||
capture, you can use 4 values:
|
||
@cindex property, ID
|
||
@example
|
||
local @r{use the tree in which the capture block is located}
|
||
global @r{make a global view, including all headings in the file}
|
||
"file:@var{path-to-file}"
|
||
@r{run column view at the top of this file}
|
||
"@var{ID}" @r{call column view in the tree that has an @code{:ID:}}
|
||
@r{property with the value @i{label}. You can use}
|
||
@r{@kbd{M-x org-id-copy RET} to create a globally unique ID for}
|
||
@r{the current entry and copy it to the kill-ring.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@item :hlines
|
||
When @code{t}, insert an hline after every line. When a number @var{N}, insert
|
||
an hline before each headline with level @code{<= @var{N}}.
|
||
@item :vlines
|
||
When set to @code{t}, force column groups to get vertical lines.
|
||
@item :maxlevel
|
||
When set to a number, don't capture entries below this level.
|
||
@item :skip-empty-rows
|
||
When set to @code{t}, skip rows where the only non-empty specifier of the
|
||
column view is @code{ITEM}.
|
||
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The following commands insert or update the dynamic block:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x i,org-insert-columns-dblock}
|
||
Insert a dynamic block capturing a column view. You will be prompted
|
||
for the scope or ID of the view.
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-c C-x C-u,org-dblock-update}
|
||
Update dynamic block at point. The cursor needs to be in the
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN} line of the dynamic block.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-c C-x C-u,org-update-all-dblocks}
|
||
Update all dynamic blocks (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). This is useful if
|
||
you have several clock table blocks, column-capturing blocks or other dynamic
|
||
blocks in a buffer.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You can add formulas to the column view table and you may add plotting
|
||
instructions in front of the table---these will survive an update of the
|
||
block. If there is a @code{#+TBLFM:} after the table, the table will
|
||
actually be recalculated automatically after an update.
|
||
|
||
An alternative way to capture and process property values into a table is
|
||
provided by Eric Schulte's @file{org-collector.el} which is a contributed
|
||
package@footnote{Contributed packages are not part of Emacs, but are
|
||
distributed with the main distribution of Org (visit
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org}).}. It provides a general API to collect
|
||
properties from entries in a certain scope, and arbitrary Lisp expressions to
|
||
process these values before inserting them into a table or a dynamic block.
|
||
|
||
@node Property API, , Column view, Properties and Columns
|
||
@section The Property API
|
||
@cindex properties, API
|
||
@cindex API, for properties
|
||
|
||
There is a full API for accessing and changing properties. This API can
|
||
be used by Emacs Lisp programs to work with properties and to implement
|
||
features based on them. For more information see @ref{Using the
|
||
property API}.
|
||
|
||
@node Dates and Times, Capture - Refile - Archive, Properties and Columns, Top
|
||
@chapter Dates and times
|
||
@cindex dates
|
||
@cindex times
|
||
@cindex timestamp
|
||
@cindex date stamp
|
||
|
||
To assist project planning, TODO items can be labeled with a date and/or
|
||
a time. The specially formatted string carrying the date and time
|
||
information is called a @emph{timestamp} in Org mode. This may be a
|
||
little confusing because timestamp is often used as indicating when
|
||
something was created or last changed. However, in Org mode this term
|
||
is used in a much wider sense.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Timestamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry
|
||
* Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps
|
||
* Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work
|
||
* Clocking work time:: Tracking how long you spend on a task
|
||
* Effort estimates:: Planning work effort in advance
|
||
* Relative timer:: Notes with a running timer
|
||
* Countdown timer:: Starting a countdown timer for a task
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Timestamps, Creating timestamps, Dates and Times, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Timestamps, deadlines, and scheduling
|
||
@cindex timestamps
|
||
@cindex ranges, time
|
||
@cindex date stamps
|
||
@cindex deadlines
|
||
@cindex scheduling
|
||
|
||
A timestamp is a specification of a date (possibly with a time or a range of
|
||
times) in a special format, either @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue>}@footnote{In this
|
||
simplest form, the day name is optional when you type the date yourself.
|
||
However, any dates inserted or modified by Org will add that day name, for
|
||
reading convenience.} or @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>} or @samp{<2003-09-16
|
||
Tue 12:00-12:30>}@footnote{This is inspired by the standard ISO 8601
|
||
date/time format. To use an alternative format, see @ref{Custom time
|
||
format}.}. A timestamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an Org
|
||
tree entry. Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in the
|
||
agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}). We distinguish:
|
||
|
||
@table @var
|
||
@item Plain timestamp; Event; Appointment
|
||
@cindex timestamp
|
||
@cindex appointment
|
||
A simple timestamp just assigns a date/time to an item. This is just
|
||
like writing down an appointment or event in a paper agenda. In the
|
||
timeline and agenda displays, the headline of an entry associated with a
|
||
plain timestamp will be shown exactly on that date.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Meet Peter at the movies
|
||
<2006-11-01 Wed 19:15>
|
||
* Discussion on climate change
|
||
<2006-11-02 Thu 20:00-22:00>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Timestamp with repeater interval
|
||
@cindex timestamp, with repeater interval
|
||
A timestamp may contain a @emph{repeater interval}, indicating that it
|
||
applies not only on the given date, but again and again after a certain
|
||
interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months (m), or years (y). The
|
||
following will show up in the agenda every Wednesday:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Pick up Sam at school
|
||
<2007-05-16 Wed 12:30 +1w>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Diary-style sexp entries
|
||
For more complex date specifications, Org mode supports using the special
|
||
sexp diary entries implemented in the Emacs calendar/diary
|
||
package@footnote{When working with the standard diary sexp functions, you
|
||
need to be very careful with the order of the arguments. That order depend
|
||
evilly on the variable @code{calendar-date-style} (or, for older Emacs
|
||
versions, @code{european-calendar-style}). For example, to specify a date
|
||
December 12, 2005, the call might look like @code{(diary-date 12 1 2005)} or
|
||
@code{(diary-date 1 12 2005)} or @code{(diary-date 2005 12 1)}, depending on
|
||
the settings. This has been the source of much confusion. Org mode users
|
||
can resort to special versions of these functions like @code{org-date} or
|
||
@code{org-anniversary}. These work just like the corresponding @code{diary-}
|
||
functions, but with stable ISO order of arguments (year, month, day) wherever
|
||
applicable, independent of the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.}. For
|
||
example with optional time
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* 22:00-23:00 The nerd meeting on every 2nd Thursday of the month
|
||
<%%(diary-float t 4 2)>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Time/Date range
|
||
@cindex timerange
|
||
@cindex date range
|
||
Two timestamps connected by @samp{--} denote a range. The headline
|
||
will be shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any dates
|
||
that are displayed and fall in the range. Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
** Meeting in Amsterdam
|
||
<2004-08-23 Mon>--<2004-08-26 Thu>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Inactive timestamp
|
||
@cindex timestamp, inactive
|
||
@cindex inactive timestamp
|
||
Just like a plain timestamp, but with square brackets instead of
|
||
angular ones. These timestamps are inactive in the sense that they do
|
||
@emph{not} trigger an entry to show up in the agenda.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Gillian comes late for the fifth time
|
||
[2006-11-01 Wed]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Creating timestamps, Deadlines and scheduling, Timestamps, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Creating timestamps
|
||
@cindex creating timestamps
|
||
@cindex timestamps, creating
|
||
|
||
For Org mode to recognize timestamps, they need to be in the specific
|
||
format. All commands listed below produce timestamps in the correct
|
||
format.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c .,org-time-stamp}
|
||
Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding timestamp. When the cursor is
|
||
at an existing timestamp in the buffer, the command is used to modify this
|
||
timestamp instead of inserting a new one. When this command is used twice in
|
||
succession, a time range is inserted.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c !,org-time-stamp-inactive}
|
||
Like @kbd{C-c .}, but insert an inactive timestamp that will not cause
|
||
an agenda entry.
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex C-u C-c .
|
||
@kindex C-u C-c !
|
||
@item C-u C-c .
|
||
@itemx C-u C-c !
|
||
@vindex org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes
|
||
Like @kbd{C-c .} and @kbd{C-c !}, but use the alternative format which
|
||
contains date and time. The default time can be rounded to multiples of 5
|
||
minutes, see the option @code{org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgkey{C-c C-c}
|
||
Normalize timestamp, insert/fix day name if missing or wrong.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c <,org-date-from-calendar}
|
||
Insert a timestamp corresponding to the cursor date in the Calendar.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c >,org-goto-calendar}
|
||
Access the Emacs calendar for the current date. If there is a
|
||
timestamp in the current line, go to the corresponding date
|
||
instead.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-o,org-open-at-point}
|
||
Access the agenda for the date given by the timestamp or -range at
|
||
point (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{left},S-@key{right},org-timestamp-down-day,org-timestamp-up-day}
|
||
Change date at cursor by one day. These key bindings conflict with
|
||
shift-selection and related modes (@pxref{Conflicts}).
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkcc{S-@key{up},S-@key{down},org-timestamp-up,org-timestamp-down-down}
|
||
Change the item under the cursor in a timestamp. The cursor can be on a
|
||
year, month, day, hour or minute. When the timestamp contains a time range
|
||
like @samp{15:30-16:30}, modifying the first time will also shift the second,
|
||
shifting the time block with constant length. To change the length, modify
|
||
the second time. Note that if the cursor is in a headline and not at a
|
||
timestamp, these same keys modify the priority of an item.
|
||
(@pxref{Priorities}). The key bindings also conflict with shift-selection and
|
||
related modes (@pxref{Conflicts}).
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-y,org-evaluate-time-range}
|
||
@cindex evaluate time range
|
||
Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start and end.
|
||
With a prefix argument, insert result after the time range (in a table: into
|
||
the following column).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* The date/time prompt:: How Org mode helps you entering date and time
|
||
* Custom time format:: Making dates look different
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node The date/time prompt, Custom time format, Creating timestamps, Creating timestamps
|
||
@subsection The date/time prompt
|
||
@cindex date, reading in minibuffer
|
||
@cindex time, reading in minibuffer
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-read-date-prefer-future
|
||
When Org mode prompts for a date/time, the default is shown in default
|
||
date/time format, and the prompt therefore seems to ask for a specific
|
||
format. But it will in fact accept date/time information in a variety of
|
||
formats. Generally, the information should start at the beginning of the
|
||
string. Org mode will find whatever information is in
|
||
there and derive anything you have not specified from the @emph{default date
|
||
and time}. The default is usually the current date and time, but when
|
||
modifying an existing timestamp, or when entering the second stamp of a
|
||
range, it is taken from the stamp in the buffer. When filling in
|
||
information, Org mode assumes that most of the time you will want to enter a
|
||
date in the future: if you omit the month/year and the given day/month is
|
||
@i{before} today, it will assume that you mean a future date@footnote{See the
|
||
variable @code{org-read-date-prefer-future}. You may set that variable to
|
||
the symbol @code{time} to even make a time before now shift the date to
|
||
tomorrow.}. If the date has been automatically shifted into the future, the
|
||
time prompt will show this with @samp{(=>F).}
|
||
|
||
For example, let's assume that today is @b{June 13, 2006}. Here is how
|
||
various inputs will be interpreted, the items filled in by Org mode are
|
||
in @b{bold}.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
3-2-5 @result{} 2003-02-05
|
||
2/5/3 @result{} 2003-02-05
|
||
14 @result{} @b{2006}-@b{06}-14
|
||
12 @result{} @b{2006}-@b{07}-12
|
||
2/5 @result{} @b{2007}-02-05
|
||
Fri @result{} nearest Friday after the default date
|
||
sep 15 @result{} @b{2006}-09-15
|
||
feb 15 @result{} @b{2007}-02-15
|
||
sep 12 9 @result{} 2009-09-12
|
||
12:45 @result{} @b{2006}-@b{06}-@b{13} 12:45
|
||
22 sept 0:34 @result{} @b{2006}-09-22 00:34
|
||
w4 @result{} ISO week for of the current year @b{2006}
|
||
2012 w4 fri @result{} Friday of ISO week 4 in 2012
|
||
2012-w04-5 @result{} Same as above
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Furthermore you can specify a relative date by giving, as the @emph{first}
|
||
thing in the input: a plus/minus sign, a number and a letter ([hdwmy]) to
|
||
indicate change in hours, days, weeks, months, or years. With a single plus
|
||
or minus, the date is always relative to today. With a double plus or minus,
|
||
it is relative to the default date. If instead of a single letter, you use
|
||
the abbreviation of day name, the date will be the Nth such day, e.g.:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
+0 @result{} today
|
||
. @result{} today
|
||
+4d @result{} four days from today
|
||
+4 @result{} same as above
|
||
+2w @result{} two weeks from today
|
||
++5 @result{} five days from default date
|
||
+2tue @result{} second Tuesday from now
|
||
-wed @result{} last Wednesday
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex parse-time-months
|
||
@vindex parse-time-weekdays
|
||
The function understands English month and weekday abbreviations. If
|
||
you want to use unabbreviated names and/or other languages, configure
|
||
the variables @code{parse-time-months} and @code{parse-time-weekdays}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-read-date-force-compatible-dates
|
||
Not all dates can be represented in a given Emacs implementation. By default
|
||
Org mode forces dates into the compatibility range 1970--2037 which works on
|
||
all Emacs implementations. If you want to use dates outside of this range,
|
||
read the docstring of the variable
|
||
@code{org-read-date-force-compatible-dates}.
|
||
|
||
You can specify a time range by giving start and end times or by giving a
|
||
start time and a duration (in HH:MM format). Use one or two dash(es) as the
|
||
separator in the former case and use '+' as the separator in the latter
|
||
case, e.g.:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
11am-1:15pm @result{} 11:00-13:15
|
||
11am--1:15pm @result{} same as above
|
||
11am+2:15 @result{} same as above
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex calendar, for selecting date
|
||
@vindex org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt
|
||
Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up@footnote{If
|
||
you don't need/want the calendar, configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt}.}. When you exit the date
|
||
prompt, either by clicking on a date in the calendar, or by pressing
|
||
@key{RET}, the date selected in the calendar will be combined with the
|
||
information entered at the prompt. You can control the calendar fully
|
||
from the minibuffer:
|
||
|
||
@kindex <
|
||
@kindex >
|
||
@kindex M-v
|
||
@kindex C-v
|
||
@kindex mouse-1
|
||
@kindex S-@key{right}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{down}
|
||
@kindex S-@key{up}
|
||
@kindex M-S-@key{right}
|
||
@kindex M-S-@key{left}
|
||
@kindex @key{RET}
|
||
@example
|
||
@key{RET} @r{Choose date at cursor in calendar.}
|
||
mouse-1 @r{Select date by clicking on it.}
|
||
S-@key{right}/@key{left} @r{One day forward/backward.}
|
||
S-@key{down}/@key{up} @r{One week forward/backward.}
|
||
M-S-@key{right}/@key{left} @r{One month forward/backward.}
|
||
> / < @r{Scroll calendar forward/backward by one month.}
|
||
M-v / C-v @r{Scroll calendar forward/backward by 3 months.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-read-date-display-live
|
||
The actions of the date/time prompt may seem complex, but I assure you they
|
||
will grow on you, and you will start getting annoyed by pretty much any other
|
||
way of entering a date/time out there. To help you understand what is going
|
||
on, the current interpretation of your input will be displayed live in the
|
||
minibuffer@footnote{If you find this distracting, turn the display off with
|
||
@code{org-read-date-display-live}.}.
|
||
|
||
@node Custom time format, , The date/time prompt, Creating timestamps
|
||
@subsection Custom time format
|
||
@cindex custom date/time format
|
||
@cindex time format, custom
|
||
@cindex date format, custom
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-display-custom-times
|
||
@vindex org-time-stamp-custom-formats
|
||
Org mode uses the standard ISO notation for dates and times as it is
|
||
defined in ISO 8601. If you cannot get used to this and require another
|
||
representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get it by
|
||
customizing the options @code{org-display-custom-times} and
|
||
@code{org-time-stamp-custom-formats}.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-t,org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays}
|
||
Toggle the display of custom formats for dates and times.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Org mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom date/time
|
||
format does not @emph{replace} the default format---instead it is put
|
||
@emph{over} the default format using text properties. This has the
|
||
following consequences:
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
You cannot place the cursor onto a timestamp anymore, only before or
|
||
after.
|
||
@item
|
||
The @kbd{S-@key{up}/@key{down}} keys can no longer be used to adjust
|
||
each component of a timestamp. If the cursor is at the beginning of
|
||
the stamp, @kbd{S-@key{up}/@key{down}} will change the stamp by one day,
|
||
just like @kbd{S-@key{left}/@key{right}}. At the end of the stamp, the
|
||
time will be changed by one minute.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the timestamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater, these
|
||
will not be overlaid, but remain in the buffer as they were.
|
||
@item
|
||
When you delete a timestamp character-by-character, it will only
|
||
disappear from the buffer after @emph{all} (invisible) characters
|
||
belonging to the ISO timestamp have been removed.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the custom timestamp format is longer than the default and you are
|
||
using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up. If the custom
|
||
format is shorter, things do work as expected.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Deadlines and scheduling, Clocking work time, Creating timestamps, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Deadlines and scheduling
|
||
|
||
A timestamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate planning:
|
||
|
||
@table @var
|
||
@item DEADLINE
|
||
@cindex DEADLINE keyword
|
||
|
||
Meaning: the task (most likely a TODO item, though not necessarily) is supposed
|
||
to be finished on that date.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-deadline-warning-days
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled
|
||
On the deadline date, the task will be listed in the agenda. In
|
||
addition, the agenda for @emph{today} will carry a warning about the
|
||
approaching or missed deadline, starting
|
||
@code{org-deadline-warning-days} before the due date, and continuing
|
||
until the entry is marked DONE@. An example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
*** TODO write article about the Earth for the Guide
|
||
DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun>
|
||
The editor in charge is [[bbdb:Ford Prefect]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
You can specify a different lead time for warnings for a specific
|
||
deadlines using the following syntax. Here is an example with a warning
|
||
period of 5 days @code{DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun -5d>}. This warning is
|
||
deactivated if the task get scheduled and you set
|
||
@code{org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled} to @code{t}.
|
||
|
||
@item SCHEDULED
|
||
@cindex SCHEDULED keyword
|
||
|
||
Meaning: you are planning to start working on that task on the given
|
||
date.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done
|
||
The headline will be listed under the given date@footnote{It will still
|
||
be listed on that date after it has been marked DONE@. If you don't like
|
||
this, set the variable @code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done}.}. In
|
||
addition, a reminder that the scheduled date has passed will be present
|
||
in the compilation for @emph{today}, until the entry is marked DONE, i.e.,
|
||
the task will automatically be forwarded until completed.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
*** TODO Call Trillian for a date on New Years Eve.
|
||
SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-scheduled-delay-days
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline
|
||
If you want to @emph{delay} the display of this task in the agenda, use
|
||
@code{SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat -2d>}: the task is still scheduled on the
|
||
25th but will appear two days later. In case the task contains a repeater,
|
||
the delay is considered to affect all occurrences; if you want the delay to
|
||
only affect the first scheduled occurrence of the task, use @code{--2d}
|
||
instead. See @code{org-scheduled-delay-days} and
|
||
@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline} for details on how to
|
||
control this globally or per agenda.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@b{Important:} Scheduling an item in Org mode should @i{not} be
|
||
understood in the same way that we understand @i{scheduling a meeting}.
|
||
Setting a date for a meeting is just a simple appointment, you should
|
||
mark this entry with a simple plain timestamp, to get this item shown
|
||
on the date where it applies. This is a frequent misunderstanding by
|
||
Org users. In Org mode, @i{scheduling} means setting a date when you
|
||
want to start working on an action item.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You may use timestamps with repeaters in scheduling and deadline
|
||
entries. Org mode will issue early and late warnings based on the
|
||
assumption that the timestamp represents the @i{nearest instance} of
|
||
the repeater. However, the use of diary sexp entries like
|
||
@c
|
||
@code{<%%(diary-float t 42)>}
|
||
@c
|
||
in scheduling and deadline timestamps is limited. Org mode does not
|
||
know enough about the internals of each sexp function to issue early and
|
||
late warnings. However, it will show the item on each day where the
|
||
sexp entry matches.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Inserting deadline/schedule:: Planning items
|
||
* Repeated tasks:: Items that show up again and again
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Inserting deadline/schedule, Repeated tasks, Deadlines and scheduling, Deadlines and scheduling
|
||
@subsection Inserting deadlines or schedules
|
||
|
||
The following commands allow you to quickly insert@footnote{The @samp{SCHEDULED} and
|
||
@samp{DEADLINE} dates are inserted on the line right below the headline. Don't put
|
||
any text between this line and the headline.} a deadline or to schedule
|
||
an item:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-d,org-deadline}
|
||
Insert @samp{DEADLINE} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion will happen
|
||
in the line directly following the headline. Any CLOSED timestamp will be
|
||
removed. When called with a prefix arg, an existing deadline will be removed
|
||
from the entry. Depending on the variable @code{org-log-redeadline}@footnote{with corresponding
|
||
@code{#+STARTUP} keywords @code{logredeadline}, @code{lognoteredeadline},
|
||
and @code{nologredeadline}}, a note will be taken when changing an existing
|
||
deadline.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-s,org-schedule}
|
||
Insert @samp{SCHEDULED} keyword along with a stamp. The insertion will
|
||
happen in the line directly following the headline. Any CLOSED timestamp
|
||
will be removed. When called with a prefix argument, remove the scheduling
|
||
date from the entry. Depending on the variable
|
||
@code{org-log-reschedule}@footnote{with corresponding @code{#+STARTUP}
|
||
keywords @code{logreschedule}, @code{lognotereschedule}, and
|
||
@code{nologreschedule}}, a note will be taken when changing an existing
|
||
scheduling time.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-k,org-mark-entry-for-agenda-action}
|
||
@kindex k a
|
||
@kindex k s
|
||
Mark the current entry for agenda action. After you have marked the entry
|
||
like this, you can open the agenda or the calendar to find an appropriate
|
||
date. With the cursor on the selected date, press @kbd{k s} or @kbd{k d} to
|
||
schedule the marked item.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c / d,org-check-deadlines}
|
||
@cindex sparse tree, for deadlines
|
||
@vindex org-deadline-warning-days
|
||
Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due, or
|
||
which will become due within @code{org-deadline-warning-days}.
|
||
With @kbd{C-u} prefix, show all deadlines in the file. With a numeric
|
||
prefix, check that many days. For example, @kbd{C-1 C-c / d} shows
|
||
all deadlines due tomorrow.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c / b,org-check-before-date}
|
||
Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items before a given date.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c / a,org-check-after-date}
|
||
Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items after a given date.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Note that @code{org-schedule} and @code{org-deadline} supports
|
||
setting the date by indicating a relative time: e.g., +1d will set
|
||
the date to the next day after today, and --1w will set the date
|
||
to the previous week before any current timestamp.
|
||
|
||
@node Repeated tasks, , Inserting deadline/schedule, Deadlines and scheduling
|
||
@subsection Repeated tasks
|
||
@cindex tasks, repeated
|
||
@cindex repeated tasks
|
||
|
||
Some tasks need to be repeated again and again. Org mode helps to
|
||
organize such tasks using a so-called repeater in a DEADLINE, SCHEDULED,
|
||
or plain timestamp. In the following example
|
||
@example
|
||
** TODO Pay the rent
|
||
DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m>
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
the @code{+1m} is a repeater; the intended interpretation is that the task
|
||
has a deadline on <2005-10-01> and repeats itself every (one) month starting
|
||
from that time. You can use yearly, monthly, weekly, daily and hourly repeat
|
||
cookies by using the @code{y/w/m/d/h} letters. If you need both a repeater
|
||
and a special warning period in a deadline entry, the repeater should come
|
||
first and the warning period last: @code{DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m -3d>}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-todo-repeat-to-state
|
||
Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they are
|
||
over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as completed
|
||
once you have done so. When you mark a DEADLINE or a SCHEDULE with the TODO
|
||
keyword DONE, it will no longer produce entries in the agenda. The problem
|
||
with this is, however, that then also the @emph{next} instance of the
|
||
repeated entry will not be active. Org mode deals with this in the following
|
||
way: When you try to mark such an entry DONE (using @kbd{C-c C-t}), it will
|
||
shift the base date of the repeating timestamp by the repeater interval, and
|
||
immediately set the entry state back to TODO@footnote{In fact, the target
|
||
state is taken from, in this sequence, the @code{REPEAT_TO_STATE} property or
|
||
the variable @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state}. If neither of these is
|
||
specified, the target state defaults to the first state of the TODO state
|
||
sequence.}. In the example above, setting the state to DONE would actually
|
||
switch the date like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
** TODO Pay the rent
|
||
DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue +1m>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-log-repeat
|
||
A timestamp@footnote{You can change this using the option
|
||
@code{org-log-repeat}, or the @code{#+STARTUP} options @code{logrepeat},
|
||
@code{lognoterepeat}, and @code{nologrepeat}. With @code{lognoterepeat}, you
|
||
will also be prompted for a note.} will be added under the deadline, to keep
|
||
a record that you actually acted on the previous instance of this deadline.
|
||
|
||
As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry will no longer be
|
||
visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all future instances
|
||
will be visible.
|
||
|
||
With the @samp{+1m} cookie, the date shift will always be exactly one
|
||
month. So if you have not paid the rent for three months, marking this
|
||
entry DONE will still keep it as an overdue deadline. Depending on the
|
||
task, this may not be the best way to handle it. For example, if you
|
||
forgot to call your father for 3 weeks, it does not make sense to call
|
||
him 3 times in a single day to make up for it. Finally, there are tasks
|
||
like changing batteries which should always repeat a certain time
|
||
@i{after} the last time you did it. For these tasks, Org mode has
|
||
special repeaters @samp{++} and @samp{.+}. For example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
** TODO Call Father
|
||
DEADLINE: <2008-02-10 Sun ++1w>
|
||
Marking this DONE will shift the date by at least one week,
|
||
but also by as many weeks as it takes to get this date into
|
||
the future. However, it stays on a Sunday, even if you called
|
||
and marked it done on Saturday.
|
||
** TODO Check the batteries in the smoke detectors
|
||
DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue .+1m>
|
||
Marking this DONE will shift the date to one month after
|
||
today.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown
|
||
You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific task.
|
||
If the repeater is set for the scheduling information only, you probably want
|
||
the repeater to be ignored after the deadline. If so, set the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown} to
|
||
@code{repeated-after-deadline}. If you want both scheduling and deadline
|
||
information to repeat after the same interval, set the same repeater for both
|
||
timestamps.
|
||
|
||
An alternative to using a repeater is to create a number of copies of a task
|
||
subtree, with dates shifted in each copy. The command @kbd{C-c C-x c} was
|
||
created for this purpose, it is described in @ref{Structure editing}.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Clocking work time, Effort estimates, Deadlines and scheduling, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Clocking work time
|
||
@cindex clocking time
|
||
@cindex time clocking
|
||
|
||
Org mode allows you to clock the time you spend on specific tasks in a
|
||
project. When you start working on an item, you can start the clock. When
|
||
you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task done, the clock is
|
||
stopped and the corresponding time interval is recorded. It also computes
|
||
the total time spent on each subtree@footnote{Clocking only works if all
|
||
headings are indented with less than 30 stars. This is a hardcoded
|
||
limitation of @code{lmax} in @code{org-clock-sum}.} of a project. And it
|
||
remembers a
|
||
history or tasks recently clocked, to that you can jump quickly between a
|
||
number of tasks absorbing your time.
|
||
|
||
To save the clock history across Emacs sessions, use
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-clock-persist 'history)
|
||
(org-clock-persistence-insinuate)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
When you clock into a new task after resuming Emacs, the incomplete
|
||
clock@footnote{To resume the clock under the assumption that you have worked
|
||
on this task while outside Emacs, use @code{(setq org-clock-persist t)}.}
|
||
will be found (@pxref{Resolving idle time}) and you will be prompted about
|
||
what to do with it.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Clocking commands:: Starting and stopping a clock
|
||
* The clock table:: Detailed reports
|
||
* Resolving idle time:: Resolving time when you've been idle
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Clocking commands, The clock table, Clocking work time, Clocking work time
|
||
@subsection Clocking commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-i,org-clock-in}
|
||
@vindex org-clock-into-drawer
|
||
@vindex org-clock-continuously
|
||
@cindex property, LOG_INTO_DRAWER
|
||
Start the clock on the current item (clock-in). This inserts the CLOCK
|
||
keyword together with a timestamp. If this is not the first clocking of
|
||
this item, the multiple CLOCK lines will be wrapped into a
|
||
@code{:LOGBOOK:} drawer (see also the variable
|
||
@code{org-clock-into-drawer}). You can also overrule
|
||
the setting of this variable for a subtree by setting a
|
||
@code{CLOCK_INTO_DRAWER} or @code{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property.
|
||
When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument,
|
||
select the task from a list of recently clocked tasks. With two @kbd{C-u
|
||
C-u} prefixes, clock into the task at point and mark it as the default task;
|
||
the default task will then always be available with letter @kbd{d} when
|
||
selecting a clocking task. With three @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} prefixes, force
|
||
continuous clocking by starting the clock when the last clock stopped.@*
|
||
@cindex property: CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL
|
||
@cindex property: LAST_REPEAT
|
||
@vindex org-clock-modeline-total
|
||
While the clock is running, the current clocking time is shown in the mode
|
||
line, along with the title of the task. The clock time shown will be all
|
||
time ever clocked for this task and its children. If the task has an effort
|
||
estimate (@pxref{Effort estimates}), the mode line displays the current
|
||
clocking time against it@footnote{To add an effort estimate ``on the fly'',
|
||
hook a function doing this to @code{org-clock-in-prepare-hook}.} If the task
|
||
is a repeating one (@pxref{Repeated tasks}), only the time since the last
|
||
reset of the task @footnote{as recorded by the @code{LAST_REPEAT} property}
|
||
will be shown. More control over what time is shown can be exercised with
|
||
the @code{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL} property. It may have the values
|
||
@code{current} to show only the current clocking instance, @code{today} to
|
||
show all time clocked on this tasks today (see also the variable
|
||
@code{org-extend-today-until}), @code{all} to include all time, or
|
||
@code{auto} which is the default@footnote{See also the variable
|
||
@code{org-clock-modeline-total}.}.@* Clicking with @kbd{mouse-1} onto the
|
||
mode line entry will pop up a menu with clocking options.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-o,org-clock-out}
|
||
@vindex org-log-note-clock-out
|
||
Stop the clock (clock-out). This inserts another timestamp at the same
|
||
location where the clock was last started. It also directly computes
|
||
the resulting time in inserts it after the time range as @samp{=>
|
||
HH:MM}. See the variable @code{org-log-note-clock-out} for the
|
||
possibility to record an additional note together with the clock-out
|
||
timestamp@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is:
|
||
@code{#+STARTUP: lognoteclock-out}}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-x,org-clock-in-last}
|
||
@vindex org-clock-continuously
|
||
Reclock the last clocked task. With one @kbd{C-u} prefix argument,
|
||
select the task from the clock history. With two @kbd{C-u} prefixes,
|
||
force continuous clocking by starting the clock when the last clock
|
||
stopped.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-e,org-clock-modify-effort-estimate}
|
||
Update the effort estimate for the current clock task.
|
||
@kindex C-c C-y
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-c C-y,org-evaluate-time-range}
|
||
Recompute the time interval after changing one of the timestamps. This
|
||
is only necessary if you edit the timestamps directly. If you change
|
||
them with @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} keys, the update is automatic.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-S-@key{up/down},org-clock-timestamps-up/down}
|
||
On @code{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease both timestamps so that the
|
||
clock duration keeps the same.
|
||
@orgcmd{S-M-@key{up/down},org-timestamp-up/down}
|
||
On @code{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease the timestamp at point and
|
||
the one of the previous (or the next clock) timestamp by the same duration.
|
||
For example, if you hit @kbd{S-M-@key{up}} to increase a clocked-out timestamp
|
||
by five minutes, then the clocked-in timestamp of the next clock will be
|
||
increased by five minutes.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-t,org-todo}
|
||
Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops the clock
|
||
if it is running in this same item.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-q,org-clock-cancel}
|
||
Cancel the current clock. This is useful if a clock was started by
|
||
mistake, or if you ended up working on something else.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-j,org-clock-goto}
|
||
Jump to the headline of the currently clocked in task. With a @kbd{C-u}
|
||
prefix arg, select the target task from a list of recently clocked tasks.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-d,org-clock-display}
|
||
@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change
|
||
Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer. This puts
|
||
overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total time recorded under
|
||
that heading, including the time of any subheadings. You can use visibility
|
||
cycling to study the tree, but the overlays disappear when you change the
|
||
buffer (see variable @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}) or press
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-c}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
The @kbd{l} key may be used in the timeline (@pxref{Timeline}) and in
|
||
the agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}) to show which tasks have been
|
||
worked on or closed during a day.
|
||
|
||
@strong{Important:} note that both @code{org-clock-out} and
|
||
@code{org-clock-in-last} can have a global keybinding and will not
|
||
modify the window disposition.
|
||
|
||
@node The clock table, Resolving idle time, Clocking commands, Clocking work time
|
||
@subsection The clock table
|
||
@cindex clocktable, dynamic block
|
||
@cindex report, of clocked time
|
||
|
||
Org mode can produce quite complex reports based on the time clocking
|
||
information. Such a report is called a @emph{clock table}, because it is
|
||
formatted as one or several Org tables.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-r,org-clock-report}
|
||
Insert a dynamic block (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}) containing a clock
|
||
report as an Org mode table into the current file. When the cursor is
|
||
at an existing clock table, just update it. When called with a prefix
|
||
argument, jump to the first clock report in the current document and
|
||
update it. The clock table always includes also trees with
|
||
@code{:ARCHIVE:} tag.
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{C-c C-c,C-c C-x C-u,org-dblock-update}
|
||
Update dynamic block at point. The cursor needs to be in the
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN} line of the dynamic block.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
|
||
Update all dynamic blocks (@pxref{Dynamic blocks}). This is useful if
|
||
you have several clock table blocks in a buffer.
|
||
@orgcmdkxkc{S-@key{left},S-@key{right},org-clocktable-try-shift}
|
||
Shift the current @code{:block} interval and update the table. The cursor
|
||
needs to be in the @code{#+BEGIN: clocktable} line for this command. If
|
||
@code{:block} is @code{today}, it will be shifted to @code{today-1} etc.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
|
||
Here is an example of the frame for a clock table as it is inserted into the
|
||
buffer with the @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} command:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN, clocktable
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :emphasize nil :scope file
|
||
#+END: clocktable
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-clocktable-defaults
|
||
The @samp{BEGIN} line and specify a number of options to define the scope,
|
||
structure, and formatting of the report. Defaults for all these options can
|
||
be configured in the variable @code{org-clocktable-defaults}.
|
||
|
||
@noindent First there are options that determine which clock entries are to
|
||
be selected:
|
||
@example
|
||
:maxlevel @r{Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table.}
|
||
@r{Clocks at deeper levels will be summed into the upper level.}
|
||
:scope @r{The scope to consider. This can be any of the following:}
|
||
nil @r{the current buffer or narrowed region}
|
||
file @r{the full current buffer}
|
||
subtree @r{the subtree where the clocktable is located}
|
||
tree@var{N} @r{the surrounding level @var{N} tree, for example @code{tree3}}
|
||
tree @r{the surrounding level 1 tree}
|
||
agenda @r{all agenda files}
|
||
("file"..) @r{scan these files}
|
||
file-with-archives @r{current file and its archives}
|
||
agenda-with-archives @r{all agenda files, including archives}
|
||
:block @r{The time block to consider. This block is specified either}
|
||
@r{absolute, or relative to the current time and may be any of}
|
||
@r{these formats:}
|
||
2007-12-31 @r{New year eve 2007}
|
||
2007-12 @r{December 2007}
|
||
2007-W50 @r{ISO-week 50 in 2007}
|
||
2007-Q2 @r{2nd quarter in 2007}
|
||
2007 @r{the year 2007}
|
||
today, yesterday, today-@var{N} @r{a relative day}
|
||
thisweek, lastweek, thisweek-@var{N} @r{a relative week}
|
||
thismonth, lastmonth, thismonth-@var{N} @r{a relative month}
|
||
thisyear, lastyear, thisyear-@var{N} @r{a relative year}
|
||
@r{Use @kbd{S-@key{left}/@key{right}} keys to shift the time interval.}
|
||
:tstart @r{A time string specifying when to start considering times.}
|
||
@r{Relative times like @code{"<-2w>"} can also be used. See}
|
||
@r{@ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.}
|
||
:tend @r{A time string specifying when to stop considering times.}
|
||
@r{Relative times like @code{"<now>"} can also be used. See}
|
||
@r{@ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.}
|
||
:wstart @r{The starting day of the week. The default is 1 for monday.}
|
||
:mstart @r{The starting day of the month. The default 1 is for the first}
|
||
@r{day of the month.}
|
||
:step @r{@code{week} or @code{day}, to split the table into chunks.}
|
||
@r{To use this, @code{:block} or @code{:tstart}, @code{:tend} are needed.}
|
||
:stepskip0 @r{Do not show steps that have zero time.}
|
||
:fileskip0 @r{Do not show table sections from files which did not contribute.}
|
||
:tags @r{A tags match to select entries that should contribute. See}
|
||
@r{@ref{Matching tags and properties} for the match syntax.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Then there are options which determine the formatting of the table. There
|
||
options are interpreted by the function @code{org-clocktable-write-default},
|
||
but you can specify your own function using the @code{:formatter} parameter.
|
||
@example
|
||
:emphasize @r{When @code{t}, emphasize level one and level two items.}
|
||
:lang @r{Language@footnote{Language terms can be set through the variable @code{org-clock-clocktable-language-setup}.} to use for descriptive cells like "Task".}
|
||
:link @r{Link the item headlines in the table to their origins.}
|
||
:narrow @r{An integer to limit the width of the headline column in}
|
||
@r{the org table. If you write it like @samp{50!}, then the}
|
||
@r{headline will also be shortened in export.}
|
||
:indent @r{Indent each headline field according to its level.}
|
||
:tcolumns @r{Number of columns to be used for times. If this is smaller}
|
||
@r{than @code{:maxlevel}, lower levels will be lumped into one column.}
|
||
:level @r{Should a level number column be included?}
|
||
:compact @r{Abbreviation for @code{:level nil :indent t :narrow 40! :tcolumns 1}}
|
||
@r{All are overwritten except if there is an explicit @code{:narrow}}
|
||
:timestamp @r{A timestamp for the entry, when available. Look for SCHEDULED,}
|
||
@r{DEADLINE, TIMESTAMP and TIMESTAMP_IA, in this order.}
|
||
:properties @r{List of properties that should be shown in the table. Each}
|
||
@r{property will get its own column.}
|
||
:inherit-props @r{When this flag is @code{t}, the values for @code{:properties} will be inherited.}
|
||
:formula @r{Content of a @code{#+TBLFM} line to be added and evaluated.}
|
||
@r{As a special case, @samp{:formula %} adds a column with % time.}
|
||
@r{If you do not specify a formula here, any existing formula}
|
||
@r{below the clock table will survive updates and be evaluated.}
|
||
:formatter @r{A function to format clock data and insert it into the buffer.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
To get a clock summary of the current level 1 tree, for the current
|
||
day, you could write
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :block today :scope tree1 :link t
|
||
#+END: clocktable
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
and to use a specific time range you could write@footnote{Note that all
|
||
parameters must be specified in a single line---the line is broken here
|
||
only to fit it into the manual.}
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<2006-08-10 Thu 10:00>"
|
||
:tend "<2006-08-10 Thu 12:00>"
|
||
#+END: clocktable
|
||
@end example
|
||
A range starting a week ago and ending right now could be written as
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<-1w>" :tend "<now>"
|
||
#+END: clocktable
|
||
@end example
|
||
A summary of the current subtree with % times would be
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope subtree :link t :formula %
|
||
#+END: clocktable
|
||
@end example
|
||
A horizontally compact representation of everything clocked during last week
|
||
would be
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope agenda :block lastweek :compact t
|
||
#+END: clocktable
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Resolving idle time, , The clock table, Clocking work time
|
||
@subsection Resolving idle time and continuous clocking
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Resolving idle time
|
||
@cindex resolve idle time
|
||
@vindex org-clock-x11idle-program-name
|
||
|
||
@cindex idle, resolve, dangling
|
||
If you clock in on a work item, and then walk away from your
|
||
computer---perhaps to take a phone call---you often need to ``resolve'' the
|
||
time you were away by either subtracting it from the current clock, or
|
||
applying it to another one.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-clock-idle-time
|
||
By customizing the variable @code{org-clock-idle-time} to some integer, such
|
||
as 10 or 15, Emacs can alert you when you get back to your computer after
|
||
being idle for that many minutes@footnote{On computers using Mac OS X,
|
||
idleness is based on actual user idleness, not just Emacs' idle time. For
|
||
X11, you can install a utility program @file{x11idle.c}, available in the
|
||
@code{contrib/scripts} directory of the Org git distribution, or install the
|
||
@file{xprintidle} package and set it to the variable
|
||
@code{org-clock-x11idle-program-name} if you are running Debian, to get the
|
||
same general treatment of idleness. On other systems, idle time refers to
|
||
Emacs idle time only.}, and ask what you want to do with the idle time.
|
||
There will be a question waiting for you when you get back, indicating how
|
||
much idle time has passed (constantly updated with the current amount), as
|
||
well as a set of choices to correct the discrepancy:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item k
|
||
To keep some or all of the minutes and stay clocked in, press @kbd{k}. Org
|
||
will ask how many of the minutes to keep. Press @key{RET} to keep them all,
|
||
effectively changing nothing, or enter a number to keep that many minutes.
|
||
@item K
|
||
If you use the shift key and press @kbd{K}, it will keep however many minutes
|
||
you request and then immediately clock out of that task. If you keep all of
|
||
the minutes, this is the same as just clocking out of the current task.
|
||
@item s
|
||
To keep none of the minutes, use @kbd{s} to subtract all the away time from
|
||
the clock, and then check back in from the moment you returned.
|
||
@item S
|
||
To keep none of the minutes and just clock out at the start of the away time,
|
||
use the shift key and press @kbd{S}. Remember that using shift will always
|
||
leave you clocked out, no matter which option you choose.
|
||
@item C
|
||
To cancel the clock altogether, use @kbd{C}. Note that if instead of
|
||
canceling you subtract the away time, and the resulting clock amount is less
|
||
than a minute, the clock will still be canceled rather than clutter up the
|
||
log with an empty entry.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
What if you subtracted those away minutes from the current clock, and now
|
||
want to apply them to a new clock? Simply clock in to any task immediately
|
||
after the subtraction. Org will notice that you have subtracted time ``on
|
||
the books'', so to speak, and will ask if you want to apply those minutes to
|
||
the next task you clock in on.
|
||
|
||
There is one other instance when this clock resolution magic occurs. Say you
|
||
were clocked in and hacking away, and suddenly your cat chased a mouse who
|
||
scared a hamster that crashed into your UPS's power button! You suddenly
|
||
lose all your buffers, but thanks to auto-save you still have your recent Org
|
||
mode changes, including your last clock in.
|
||
|
||
If you restart Emacs and clock into any task, Org will notice that you have a
|
||
dangling clock which was never clocked out from your last session. Using
|
||
that clock's starting time as the beginning of the unaccounted-for period,
|
||
Org will ask how you want to resolve that time. The logic and behavior is
|
||
identical to dealing with away time due to idleness; it is just happening due
|
||
to a recovery event rather than a set amount of idle time.
|
||
|
||
You can also check all the files visited by your Org agenda for dangling
|
||
clocks at any time using @kbd{M-x org-resolve-clocks RET} (or @kbd{C-c C-x C-z}).
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Continuous clocking
|
||
@cindex continuous clocking
|
||
@vindex org-clock-continuously
|
||
|
||
You may want to start clocking from the time when you clocked out the
|
||
previous task. To enable this systematically, set @code{org-clock-continuously}
|
||
to @code{t}. Each time you clock in, Org retrieves the clock-out time of the
|
||
last clocked entry for this session, and start the new clock from there.
|
||
|
||
If you only want this from time to time, use three universal prefix arguments
|
||
with @code{org-clock-in} and two @kbd{C-u C-u} with @code{org-clock-in-last}.
|
||
|
||
@node Effort estimates, Relative timer, Clocking work time, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Effort estimates
|
||
@cindex effort estimates
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, Effort
|
||
@vindex org-effort-property
|
||
If you want to plan your work in a very detailed way, or if you need to
|
||
produce offers with quotations of the estimated work effort, you may want to
|
||
assign effort estimates to entries. If you are also clocking your work, you
|
||
may later want to compare the planned effort with the actual working time, a
|
||
great way to improve planning estimates. Effort estimates are stored in a
|
||
special property @samp{Effort}@footnote{You may change the property being
|
||
used with the variable @code{org-effort-property}.}. You can set the effort
|
||
for an entry with the following commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x e,org-set-effort}
|
||
Set the effort estimate for the current entry. With a numeric prefix
|
||
argument, set it to the Nth allowed value (see below). This command is also
|
||
accessible from the agenda with the @kbd{e} key.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-e,org-clock-modify-effort-estimate}
|
||
Modify the effort estimate of the item currently being clocked.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Clearly the best way to work with effort estimates is through column view
|
||
(@pxref{Column view}). You should start by setting up discrete values for
|
||
effort estimates, and a @code{COLUMNS} format that displays these values
|
||
together with clock sums (if you want to clock your time). For a specific
|
||
buffer you can use
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+PROPERTY: Effort_ALL 0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00
|
||
#+COLUMNS: %40ITEM(Task) %17Effort(Estimated Effort)@{:@} %CLOCKSUM
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-global-properties
|
||
@vindex org-columns-default-format
|
||
or, even better, you can set up these values globally by customizing the
|
||
variables @code{org-global-properties} and @code{org-columns-default-format}.
|
||
In particular if you want to use this setup also in the agenda, a global
|
||
setup may be advised.
|
||
|
||
The way to assign estimates to individual items is then to switch to column
|
||
mode, and to use @kbd{S-@key{right}} and @kbd{S-@key{left}} to change the
|
||
value. The values you enter will immediately be summed up in the hierarchy.
|
||
In the column next to it, any clocked time will be displayed.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum
|
||
If you switch to column view in the daily/weekly agenda, the effort column
|
||
will summarize the estimated work effort for each day@footnote{Please note
|
||
the pitfalls of summing hierarchical data in a flat list (@pxref{Agenda
|
||
column view}).}, and you can use this to find space in your schedule. To get
|
||
an overview of the entire part of the day that is committed, you can set the
|
||
option @code{org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum}. The
|
||
appointments on a day that take place over a specified time interval will
|
||
then also be added to the load estimate of the day.
|
||
|
||
Effort estimates can be used in secondary agenda filtering that is triggered
|
||
with the @kbd{/} key in the agenda (@pxref{Agenda commands}). If you have
|
||
these estimates defined consistently, two or three key presses will narrow
|
||
down the list to stuff that fits into an available time slot.
|
||
|
||
@node Relative timer, Countdown timer, Effort estimates, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Taking notes with a relative timer
|
||
@cindex relative timer
|
||
|
||
When taking notes during, for example, a meeting or a video viewing, it can
|
||
be useful to have access to times relative to a starting time. Org provides
|
||
such a relative timer and make it easy to create timed notes.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x .,org-timer}
|
||
Insert a relative time into the buffer. The first time you use this, the
|
||
timer will be started. When called with a prefix argument, the timer is
|
||
restarted.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x -,org-timer-item}
|
||
Insert a description list item with the current relative time. With a prefix
|
||
argument, first reset the timer to 0.
|
||
@orgcmd{M-@key{RET},org-insert-heading}
|
||
Once the timer list is started, you can also use @kbd{M-@key{RET}} to insert
|
||
new timer items.
|
||
@c for key sequences with a comma, command name macros fail :(
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x ,
|
||
@item C-c C-x ,
|
||
Pause the timer, or continue it if it is already paused
|
||
(@command{org-timer-pause-or-continue}).
|
||
@c removed the sentence because it is redundant to the following item
|
||
@kindex C-u C-c C-x ,
|
||
@item C-u C-c C-x ,
|
||
Stop the timer. After this, you can only start a new timer, not continue the
|
||
old one. This command also removes the timer from the mode line.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x 0,org-timer-start}
|
||
Reset the timer without inserting anything into the buffer. By default, the
|
||
timer is reset to 0. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, reset the timer to
|
||
specific starting offset. The user is prompted for the offset, with a
|
||
default taken from a timer string at point, if any, So this can be used to
|
||
restart taking notes after a break in the process. When called with a double
|
||
prefix argument @kbd{C-u C-u}, change all timer strings in the active region
|
||
by a certain amount. This can be used to fix timer strings if the timer was
|
||
not started at exactly the right moment.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Countdown timer, , Relative timer, Dates and Times
|
||
@section Countdown timer
|
||
@cindex Countdown timer
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x ;
|
||
@kindex ;
|
||
|
||
Calling @code{org-timer-set-timer} from an Org mode buffer runs a countdown
|
||
timer. Use @kbd{;} from agenda buffers, @key{C-c C-x ;} everywhere else.
|
||
|
||
@code{org-timer-set-timer} prompts the user for a duration and displays a
|
||
countdown timer in the modeline. @code{org-timer-default-timer} sets the
|
||
default countdown value. Giving a prefix numeric argument overrides this
|
||
default value.
|
||
|
||
@node Capture - Refile - Archive, Agenda Views, Dates and Times, Top
|
||
@chapter Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@cindex capture
|
||
|
||
An important part of any organization system is the ability to quickly
|
||
capture new ideas and tasks, and to associate reference material with them.
|
||
Org does this using a process called @i{capture}. It also can store files
|
||
related to a task (@i{attachments}) in a special directory. Once in the
|
||
system, tasks and projects need to be moved around. Moving completed project
|
||
trees to an archive file keeps the system compact and fast.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Capture:: Capturing new stuff
|
||
* Attachments:: Add files to tasks
|
||
* RSS Feeds:: Getting input from RSS feeds
|
||
* Protocols:: External (e.g., Browser) access to Emacs and Org
|
||
* Refile and copy:: Moving/copying a tree from one place to another
|
||
* Archiving:: What to do with finished projects
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Capture, Attachments, Capture - Refile - Archive, Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@section Capture
|
||
@cindex capture
|
||
|
||
Capture lets you quickly store notes with little interruption of your work
|
||
flow. Org's method for capturing new items is heavily inspired by John
|
||
Wiegley excellent @file{remember.el} package. Up to version 6.36, Org
|
||
used a special setup for @file{remember.el}, then replaced it with
|
||
@file{org-remember.el}. As of version 8.0, @file{org-remember.el} has
|
||
been completely replaced by @file{org-capture.el}.
|
||
|
||
If your configuration depends on @file{org-remember.el}, you need to update
|
||
it and use the setup described below. To convert your
|
||
@code{org-remember-templates}, run the command
|
||
@example
|
||
@kbd{M-x org-capture-import-remember-templates RET}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent and then customize the new variable with @kbd{M-x
|
||
customize-variable org-capture-templates}, check the result, and save the
|
||
customization.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Setting up capture:: Where notes will be stored
|
||
* Using capture:: Commands to invoke and terminate capture
|
||
* Capture templates:: Define the outline of different note types
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Setting up capture, Using capture, Capture, Capture
|
||
@subsection Setting up capture
|
||
|
||
The following customization sets a default target file for notes, and defines
|
||
a global key@footnote{Please select your own key, @kbd{C-c c} is only a
|
||
suggestion.} for capturing new material.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-default-notes-file
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-default-notes-file (concat org-directory "/notes.org"))
|
||
(define-key global-map "\C-cc" 'org-capture)
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
@node Using capture, Capture templates, Setting up capture, Capture
|
||
@subsection Using capture
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c c,org-capture}
|
||
Call the command @code{org-capture}. Note that this keybinding is global and
|
||
not active by default: you need to install it. If you have templates
|
||
@cindex date tree
|
||
defined @pxref{Capture templates}, it will offer these templates for
|
||
selection or use a new Org outline node as the default template. It will
|
||
insert the template into the target file and switch to an indirect buffer
|
||
narrowed to this new node. You may then insert the information you want.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-c,org-capture-finalize}
|
||
Once you have finished entering information into the capture buffer, @kbd{C-c
|
||
C-c} will return you to the window configuration before the capture process,
|
||
so that you can resume your work without further distraction. When called
|
||
with a prefix arg, finalize and then jump to the captured item.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-capture-refile}
|
||
Finalize the capture process by refiling (@pxref{Refile and copy}) the note to
|
||
a different place. Please realize that this is a normal refiling command
|
||
that will be executed---so the cursor position at the moment you run this
|
||
command is important. If you have inserted a tree with a parent and
|
||
children, first move the cursor back to the parent. Any prefix argument
|
||
given to this command will be passed on to the @code{org-refile} command.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-k,org-capture-kill}
|
||
Abort the capture process and return to the previous state.
|
||
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You can also call @code{org-capture} in a special way from the agenda, using
|
||
the @kbd{k c} key combination. With this access, any timestamps inserted by
|
||
the selected capture template will default to the cursor date in the agenda,
|
||
rather than to the current date.
|
||
|
||
To find the locations of the last stored capture, use @code{org-capture} with
|
||
prefix commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c c}
|
||
Visit the target location of a capture template. You get to select the
|
||
template in the usual way.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-u C-c c}
|
||
Visit the last stored capture item in its buffer.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-capture-bookmark
|
||
@cindex org-capture-last-stored
|
||
You can also jump to the bookmark @code{org-capture-last-stored}, which will
|
||
automatically be created unless you set @code{org-capture-bookmark} to
|
||
@code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
To insert the capture at point in an Org buffer, call @code{org-capture} with
|
||
a @code{C-0} prefix argument.
|
||
|
||
@node Capture templates, , Using capture, Capture
|
||
@subsection Capture templates
|
||
@cindex templates, for Capture
|
||
|
||
You can use templates for different types of capture items, and
|
||
for different target locations. The easiest way to create such templates is
|
||
through the customize interface.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgkey{C-c c C}
|
||
Customize the variable @code{org-capture-templates}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Before we give the formal description of template definitions, let's look at
|
||
an example. Say you would like to use one template to create general TODO
|
||
entries, and you want to put these entries under the heading @samp{Tasks} in
|
||
your file @file{~/org/gtd.org}. Also, a date tree in the file
|
||
@file{journal.org} should capture journal entries. A possible configuration
|
||
would look like:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-capture-templates
|
||
'(("t" "Todo" entry (file+headline "~/org/gtd.org" "Tasks")
|
||
"* TODO %?\n %i\n %a")
|
||
("j" "Journal" entry (file+datetree "~/org/journal.org")
|
||
"* %?\nEntered on %U\n %i\n %a")))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent If you then press @kbd{C-c c t}, Org will prepare the template
|
||
for you like this:
|
||
@example
|
||
* TODO
|
||
[[file:@var{link to where you initiated capture}]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
During expansion of the template, @code{%a} has been replaced by a link to
|
||
the location from where you called the capture command. This can be
|
||
extremely useful for deriving tasks from emails, for example. You fill in
|
||
the task definition, press @kbd{C-c C-c} and Org returns you to the same
|
||
place where you started the capture process.
|
||
|
||
To define special keys to capture to a particular template without going
|
||
through the interactive template selection, you can create your key binding
|
||
like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(define-key global-map "\C-cx"
|
||
(lambda () (interactive) (org-capture nil "x")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Template elements:: What is needed for a complete template entry
|
||
* Template expansion:: Filling in information about time and context
|
||
* Templates in contexts:: Only show a template in a specific context
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Template elements, Template expansion, Capture templates, Capture templates
|
||
@subsubsection Template elements
|
||
|
||
Now lets look at the elements of a template definition. Each entry in
|
||
@code{org-capture-templates} is a list with the following items:
|
||
|
||
@table @var
|
||
@item keys
|
||
The keys that will select the template, as a string, characters
|
||
only, for example @code{"a"} for a template to be selected with a
|
||
single key, or @code{"bt"} for selection with two keys. When using
|
||
several keys, keys using the same prefix key must be sequential
|
||
in the list and preceded by a 2-element entry explaining the
|
||
prefix key, for example
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
("b" "Templates for marking stuff to buy")
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
@noindent If you do not define a template for the @kbd{C} key, this key will
|
||
be used to open the customize buffer for this complex variable.
|
||
|
||
@item description
|
||
A short string describing the template, which will be shown during
|
||
selection.
|
||
|
||
@item type
|
||
The type of entry, a symbol. Valid values are:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item entry
|
||
An Org mode node, with a headline. Will be filed as the child of the target
|
||
entry or as a top-level entry. The target file should be an Org mode file.
|
||
@item item
|
||
A plain list item, placed in the first plain list at the target
|
||
location. Again the target file should be an Org file.
|
||
@item checkitem
|
||
A checkbox item. This only differs from the plain list item by the
|
||
default template.
|
||
@item table-line
|
||
a new line in the first table at the target location. Where exactly the
|
||
line will be inserted depends on the properties @code{:prepend} and
|
||
@code{:table-line-pos} (see below).
|
||
@item plain
|
||
Text to be inserted as it is.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@item target
|
||
@vindex org-default-notes-file
|
||
Specification of where the captured item should be placed. In Org mode
|
||
files, targets usually define a node. Entries will become children of this
|
||
node. Other types will be added to the table or list in the body of this
|
||
node. Most target specifications contain a file name. If that file name is
|
||
the empty string, it defaults to @code{org-default-notes-file}. A file can
|
||
also be given as a variable, function, or Emacs Lisp form.
|
||
|
||
Valid values are:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item (file "path/to/file")
|
||
Text will be placed at the beginning or end of that file.
|
||
|
||
@item (id "id of existing org entry")
|
||
Filing as child of this entry, or in the body of the entry.
|
||
|
||
@item (file+headline "path/to/file" "node headline")
|
||
Fast configuration if the target heading is unique in the file.
|
||
|
||
@item (file+olp "path/to/file" "Level 1 heading" "Level 2" ...)
|
||
For non-unique headings, the full path is safer.
|
||
|
||
@item (file+regexp "path/to/file" "regexp to find location")
|
||
Use a regular expression to position the cursor.
|
||
|
||
@item (file+datetree "path/to/file")
|
||
Will create a heading in a date tree for today's date@footnote{Datetree
|
||
headlines for years accept tags, so if you use both @code{* 2013 :noexport:}
|
||
and @code{* 2013} in your file, the capture will refile the note to the first
|
||
one matched.}.
|
||
|
||
@item (file+datetree+prompt "path/to/file")
|
||
Will create a heading in a date tree, but will prompt for the date.
|
||
|
||
@item (file+function "path/to/file" function-finding-location)
|
||
A function to find the right location in the file.
|
||
|
||
@item (clock)
|
||
File to the entry that is currently being clocked.
|
||
|
||
@item (function function-finding-location)
|
||
Most general way, write your own function to find both
|
||
file and location.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@item template
|
||
The template for creating the capture item. If you leave this empty, an
|
||
appropriate default template will be used. Otherwise this is a string with
|
||
escape codes, which will be replaced depending on time and context of the
|
||
capture call. The string with escapes may be loaded from a template file,
|
||
using the special syntax @code{(file "path/to/template")}. See below for
|
||
more details.
|
||
|
||
@item properties
|
||
The rest of the entry is a property list of additional options.
|
||
Recognized properties are:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :prepend
|
||
Normally new captured information will be appended at
|
||
the target location (last child, last table line, last list item...).
|
||
Setting this property will change that.
|
||
|
||
@item :immediate-finish
|
||
When set, do not offer to edit the information, just
|
||
file it away immediately. This makes sense if the template only needs
|
||
information that can be added automatically.
|
||
|
||
@item :empty-lines
|
||
Set this to the number of lines to insert
|
||
before and after the new item. Default 0, only common other value is 1.
|
||
|
||
@item :clock-in
|
||
Start the clock in this item.
|
||
|
||
@item :clock-keep
|
||
Keep the clock running when filing the captured entry.
|
||
|
||
@item :clock-resume
|
||
If starting the capture interrupted a clock, restart that clock when finished
|
||
with the capture. Note that @code{:clock-keep} has precedence over
|
||
@code{:clock-resume}. When setting both to @code{t}, the current clock will
|
||
run and the previous one will not be resumed.
|
||
|
||
@item :unnarrowed
|
||
Do not narrow the target buffer, simply show the full buffer. Default is to
|
||
narrow it so that you only see the new material.
|
||
|
||
@item :table-line-pos
|
||
Specification of the location in the table where the new line should be
|
||
inserted. It should be a string like @code{"II-3"} meaning that the new
|
||
line should become the third line before the second horizontal separator
|
||
line.
|
||
|
||
@item :kill-buffer
|
||
If the target file was not yet visited when capture was invoked, kill the
|
||
buffer again after capture is completed.
|
||
@end table
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Template expansion, Templates in contexts, Template elements, Capture templates
|
||
@subsubsection Template expansion
|
||
|
||
In the template itself, special @kbd{%}-escapes@footnote{If you need one of
|
||
these sequences literally, escape the @kbd{%} with a backslash.} allow
|
||
dynamic insertion of content. The templates are expanded in the order given here:
|
||
|
||
@smallexample
|
||
%[@var{file}] @r{Insert the contents of the file given by @var{file}.}
|
||
%(@var{sexp}) @r{Evaluate Elisp @var{sexp} and replace with the result.}
|
||
@r{For convenience, %:keyword (see below) placeholders}
|
||
@r{within the expression will be expanded prior to this.}
|
||
@r{The sexp must return a string.}
|
||
%<...> @r{The result of format-time-string on the ... format specification.}
|
||
%t @r{Timestamp, date only.}
|
||
%T @r{Timestamp, with date and time.}
|
||
%u, %U @r{Like the above, but inactive timestamps.}
|
||
%i @r{Initial content, the region when capture is called while the}
|
||
@r{region is active.}
|
||
@r{The entire text will be indented like @code{%i} itself.}
|
||
%a @r{Annotation, normally the link created with @code{org-store-link}.}
|
||
%A @r{Like @code{%a}, but prompt for the description part.}
|
||
%l @r{Like %a, but only insert the literal link.}
|
||
%c @r{Current kill ring head.}
|
||
%x @r{Content of the X clipboard.}
|
||
%k @r{Title of the currently clocked task.}
|
||
%K @r{Link to the currently clocked task.}
|
||
%n @r{User name (taken from @code{user-full-name}).}
|
||
%f @r{File visited by current buffer when org-capture was called.}
|
||
%F @r{Full path of the file or directory visited by current buffer.}
|
||
%:keyword @r{Specific information for certain link types, see below.}
|
||
%^g @r{Prompt for tags, with completion on tags in target file.}
|
||
%^G @r{Prompt for tags, with completion all tags in all agenda files.}
|
||
%^t @r{Like @code{%t}, but prompt for date. Similarly @code{%^T}, @code{%^u}, @code{%^U}.}
|
||
@r{You may define a prompt like @code{%^@{Birthday@}t}.}
|
||
%^C @r{Interactive selection of which kill or clip to use.}
|
||
%^L @r{Like @code{%^C}, but insert as link.}
|
||
%^@{@var{prop}@}p @r{Prompt the user for a value for property @var{prop}.}
|
||
%^@{@var{prompt}@} @r{prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it.}
|
||
@r{You may specify a default value and a completion table with}
|
||
@r{%^@{prompt|default|completion2|completion3...@}.}
|
||
@r{The arrow keys access a prompt-specific history.}
|
||
%\n @r{Insert the text entered at the nth %^@{@var{prompt}@}, where @code{n} is}
|
||
@r{a number, starting from 1.}
|
||
%? @r{After completing the template, position cursor here.}
|
||
@end smallexample
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
For specific link types, the following keywords will be
|
||
defined@footnote{If you define your own link types (@pxref{Adding
|
||
hyperlink types}), any property you store with
|
||
@code{org-store-link-props} can be accessed in capture templates in a
|
||
similar way.}:
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-from-is-user-regexp
|
||
@smallexample
|
||
Link type | Available keywords
|
||
---------------------------------+----------------------------------------------
|
||
bbdb | %:name %:company
|
||
irc | %:server %:port %:nick
|
||
vm, vm-imap, wl, mh, mew, rmail | %:type %:subject %:message-id
|
||
| %:from %:fromname %:fromaddress
|
||
| %:to %:toname %:toaddress
|
||
| %:date @r{(message date header field)}
|
||
| %:date-timestamp @r{(date as active timestamp)}
|
||
| %:date-timestamp-inactive @r{(date as inactive timestamp)}
|
||
| %:fromto @r{(either "to NAME" or "from NAME")@footnote{This will always be the other, not the user. See the variable @code{org-from-is-user-regexp}.}}
|
||
gnus | %:group, @r{for messages also all email fields}
|
||
w3, w3m | %:url
|
||
info | %:file %:node
|
||
calendar | %:date
|
||
@end smallexample
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
To place the cursor after template expansion use:
|
||
|
||
@smallexample
|
||
%? @r{After completing the template, position cursor here.}
|
||
@end smallexample
|
||
|
||
@node Templates in contexts, , Template expansion, Capture templates
|
||
@subsubsection Templates in contexts
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-capture-templates-contexts
|
||
To control whether a capture template should be accessible from a specific
|
||
context, you can customize @code{org-capture-templates-contexts}. Let's say
|
||
for example that you have a capture template @code{"p"} for storing Gnus
|
||
emails containing patches. Then you would configure this option like this:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
(setq org-capture-templates-contexts
|
||
'(("p" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
You can also tell that the command key @code{"p"} should refer to another
|
||
template. In that case, add this command key like this:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
(setq org-capture-templates-contexts
|
||
'(("p" "q" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
See the docstring of the variable for more information.
|
||
|
||
@node Attachments, RSS Feeds, Capture, Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@section Attachments
|
||
@cindex attachments
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-attach-directory
|
||
It is often useful to associate reference material with an outline node/task.
|
||
Small chunks of plain text can simply be stored in the subtree of a project.
|
||
Hyperlinks (@pxref{Hyperlinks}) can establish associations with
|
||
files that live elsewhere on your computer or in the cloud, like emails or
|
||
source code files belonging to a project. Another method is @i{attachments},
|
||
which are files located in a directory belonging to an outline node. Org
|
||
uses directories named by the unique ID of each entry. These directories are
|
||
located in the @file{data} directory which lives in the same directory where
|
||
your Org file lives@footnote{If you move entries or Org files from one
|
||
directory to another, you may want to configure @code{org-attach-directory}
|
||
to contain an absolute path.}. If you initialize this directory with
|
||
@code{git init}, Org will automatically commit changes when it sees them.
|
||
The attachment system has been contributed to Org by John Wiegley.
|
||
|
||
In cases where it seems better to do so, you can also attach a directory of your
|
||
choice to an entry. You can also make children inherit the attachment
|
||
directory from a parent, so that an entire subtree uses the same attached
|
||
directory.
|
||
|
||
@noindent The following commands deal with attachments:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-a,org-attach}
|
||
The dispatcher for commands related to the attachment system. After these
|
||
keys, a list of commands is displayed and you must press an additional key
|
||
to select a command:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{a,C-c C-a a,org-attach-attach}
|
||
@vindex org-attach-method
|
||
Select a file and move it into the task's attachment directory. The file
|
||
will be copied, moved, or linked, depending on @code{org-attach-method}.
|
||
Note that hard links are not supported on all systems.
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-a c
|
||
@kindex C-c C-a m
|
||
@kindex C-c C-a l
|
||
@item c/m/l
|
||
Attach a file using the copy/move/link method.
|
||
Note that hard links are not supported on all systems.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{n,C-c C-a n,org-attach-new}
|
||
Create a new attachment as an Emacs buffer.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{z,C-c C-a z,org-attach-sync}
|
||
Synchronize the current task with its attachment directory, in case you added
|
||
attachments yourself.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{o,C-c C-a o,org-attach-open}
|
||
@vindex org-file-apps
|
||
Open current task's attachment. If there is more than one, prompt for a
|
||
file name first. Opening will follow the rules set by @code{org-file-apps}.
|
||
For more details, see the information on following hyperlinks
|
||
(@pxref{Handling links}).
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{O,C-c C-a O,org-attach-open-in-emacs}
|
||
Also open the attachment, but force opening the file in Emacs.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{f,C-c C-a f,org-attach-reveal}
|
||
Open the current task's attachment directory.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{F,C-c C-a F,org-attach-reveal-in-emacs}
|
||
Also open the directory, but force using @command{dired} in Emacs.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{d,C-c C-a d,org-attach-delete-one}
|
||
Select and delete a single attachment.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{D,C-c C-a D,org-attach-delete-all}
|
||
Delete all of a task's attachments. A safer way is to open the directory in
|
||
@command{dired} and delete from there.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{s,C-c C-a s,org-attach-set-directory}
|
||
@cindex property, ATTACH_DIR
|
||
Set a specific directory as the entry's attachment directory. This works by
|
||
putting the directory path into the @code{ATTACH_DIR} property.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{i,C-c C-a i,org-attach-set-inherit}
|
||
@cindex property, ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT
|
||
Set the @code{ATTACH_DIR_INHERIT} property, so that children will use the
|
||
same directory for attachments as the parent does.
|
||
@end table
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node RSS Feeds, Protocols, Attachments, Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@section RSS feeds
|
||
@cindex RSS feeds
|
||
@cindex Atom feeds
|
||
|
||
Org can add and change entries based on information found in RSS feeds and
|
||
Atom feeds. You could use this to make a task out of each new podcast in a
|
||
podcast feed. Or you could use a phone-based note-creating service on the
|
||
web to import tasks into Org. To access feeds, configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-feed-alist}. The docstring of this variable has detailed
|
||
information. Here is just an example:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-feed-alist
|
||
'(("Slashdot"
|
||
"http://rss.slashdot.org/Slashdot/slashdot"
|
||
"~/txt/org/feeds.org" "Slashdot Entries")))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
will configure that new items from the feed provided by
|
||
@code{rss.slashdot.org} will result in new entries in the file
|
||
@file{~/org/feeds.org} under the heading @samp{Slashdot Entries}, whenever
|
||
the following command is used:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x g,org-feed-update-all}
|
||
@item C-c C-x g
|
||
Collect items from the feeds configured in @code{org-feed-alist} and act upon
|
||
them.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x G,org-feed-goto-inbox}
|
||
Prompt for a feed name and go to the inbox configured for this feed.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Under the same headline, Org will create a drawer @samp{FEEDSTATUS} in which
|
||
it will store information about the status of items in the feed, to avoid
|
||
adding the same item several times. You should add @samp{FEEDSTATUS} to the
|
||
list of drawers in that file:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+DRAWERS: LOGBOOK PROPERTIES FEEDSTATUS
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
For more information, including how to read atom feeds, see
|
||
@file{org-feed.el} and the docstring of @code{org-feed-alist}.
|
||
|
||
@node Protocols, Refile and copy, RSS Feeds, Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@section Protocols for external access
|
||
@cindex protocols, for external access
|
||
@cindex emacsserver
|
||
|
||
You can set up Org for handling protocol calls from outside applications that
|
||
are passed to Emacs through the @file{emacsserver}. For example, you can
|
||
configure bookmarks in your web browser to send a link to the current page to
|
||
Org and create a note from it using capture (@pxref{Capture}). Or you
|
||
could create a bookmark that will tell Emacs to open the local source file of
|
||
a remote website you are looking at with the browser. See
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/org-protocol.php} for detailed
|
||
documentation and setup instructions.
|
||
|
||
@node Refile and copy, Archiving, Protocols, Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@section Refile and copy
|
||
@cindex refiling notes
|
||
@cindex copying notes
|
||
|
||
When reviewing the captured data, you may want to refile or to copy some of
|
||
the entries into a different list, for example into a project. Cutting,
|
||
finding the right location, and then pasting the note is cumbersome. To
|
||
simplify this process, you can use the following special command:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c M-w,org-copy}
|
||
@findex org-copy
|
||
Copying works like refiling, except that the original note is not deleted.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-refile}
|
||
@findex org-refile
|
||
@vindex org-reverse-note-order
|
||
@vindex org-refile-targets
|
||
@vindex org-refile-use-outline-path
|
||
@vindex org-outline-path-complete-in-steps
|
||
@vindex org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes
|
||
@vindex org-log-refile
|
||
@vindex org-refile-use-cache
|
||
@vindex org-refile-keep
|
||
Refile the entry or region at point. This command offers possible locations
|
||
for refiling the entry and lets you select one with completion. The item (or
|
||
all items in the region) is filed below the target heading as a subitem.
|
||
Depending on @code{org-reverse-note-order}, it will be either the first or
|
||
last subitem.@*
|
||
By default, all level 1 headlines in the current buffer are considered to be
|
||
targets, but you can have more complex definitions across a number of files.
|
||
See the variable @code{org-refile-targets} for details. If you would like to
|
||
select a location via a file-path-like completion along the outline path, see
|
||
the variables @code{org-refile-use-outline-path} and
|
||
@code{org-outline-path-complete-in-steps}. If you would like to be able to
|
||
create new nodes as new parents for refiling on the fly, check the
|
||
variable @code{org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes}.
|
||
When the variable @code{org-log-refile}@footnote{with corresponding
|
||
@code{#+STARTUP} keywords @code{logrefile}, @code{lognoterefile},
|
||
and @code{nologrefile}} is set, a timestamp or a note will be
|
||
recorded when an entry has been refiled.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c C-w}
|
||
Use the refile interface to jump to a heading.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-u C-u C-c C-w,org-refile-goto-last-stored}
|
||
Jump to the location where @code{org-refile} last moved a tree to.
|
||
@item C-2 C-c C-w
|
||
Refile as the child of the item currently being clocked.
|
||
@item C-3 C-c C-w
|
||
Refile and keep the entry in place. Also see @code{org-refile-keep} to make
|
||
this the default behavior, and beware that this may result in duplicated
|
||
@code{ID} properties.
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{C-0 C-c C-w @ @r{or} @ C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w,C-0 C-c C-w,org-refile-cache-clear}
|
||
Clear the target cache. Caching of refile targets can be turned on by
|
||
setting @code{org-refile-use-cache}. To make the command see new possible
|
||
targets, you have to clear the cache with this command.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Archiving, , Refile and copy, Capture - Refile - Archive
|
||
@section Archiving
|
||
@cindex archiving
|
||
|
||
When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want
|
||
to move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the
|
||
agenda. Archiving is important to keep your working files compact and global
|
||
searches like the construction of agenda views fast.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-a,org-archive-subtree-default}
|
||
@vindex org-archive-default-command
|
||
Archive the current entry using the command specified in the variable
|
||
@code{org-archive-default-command}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file
|
||
* Internal archiving:: Switch off a tree but keep it in the file
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Moving subtrees, Internal archiving, Archiving, Archiving
|
||
@subsection Moving a tree to the archive file
|
||
@cindex external archiving
|
||
|
||
The most common archiving action is to move a project tree to another file,
|
||
the archive file.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{C-c C-x C-s,C-c $,org-archive-subtree}
|
||
@vindex org-archive-location
|
||
Archive the subtree starting at the cursor position to the location
|
||
given by @code{org-archive-location}.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x C-s}
|
||
Check if any direct children of the current headline could be moved to
|
||
the archive. To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO entries.
|
||
If none are found, the command offers to move it to the archive
|
||
location. If the cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this command
|
||
is invoked, the level 1 trees will be checked.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@cindex archive locations
|
||
The default archive location is a file in the same directory as the
|
||
current file, with the name derived by appending @file{_archive} to the
|
||
current file name. You can also choose what heading to file archived
|
||
items under, with the possibility to add them to a datetree in a file.
|
||
For information and examples on how to specify the file and the heading,
|
||
see the documentation string of the variable
|
||
@code{org-archive-location}.
|
||
|
||
There is also an in-buffer option for setting this variable, for
|
||
example@footnote{For backward compatibility, the following also works:
|
||
If there are several such lines in a file, each specifies the archive
|
||
location for the text below it. The first such line also applies to any
|
||
text before its definition. However, using this method is
|
||
@emph{strongly} deprecated as it is incompatible with the outline
|
||
structure of the document. The correct method for setting multiple
|
||
archive locations in a buffer is using properties.}:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ARCHIVE
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ARCHIVE: %s_done::
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, ARCHIVE
|
||
@noindent
|
||
If you would like to have a special ARCHIVE location for a single entry
|
||
or a (sub)tree, give the entry an @code{:ARCHIVE:} property with the
|
||
location as the value (@pxref{Properties and Columns}).
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-archive-save-context-info
|
||
When a subtree is moved, it receives a number of special properties that
|
||
record context information like the file from where the entry came, its
|
||
outline path the archiving time etc. Configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-archive-save-context-info} to adjust the amount of information
|
||
added.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Internal archiving, , Moving subtrees, Archiving
|
||
@subsection Internal archiving
|
||
|
||
If you want to just switch off (for agenda views) certain subtrees without
|
||
moving them to a different file, you can use the @code{ARCHIVE tag}.
|
||
|
||
A headline that is marked with the ARCHIVE tag (@pxref{Tags}) stays at
|
||
its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way:
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-cycle-open-archived-trees
|
||
It does not open when you attempt to do so with a visibility cycling
|
||
command (@pxref{Visibility cycling}). You can force cycling archived
|
||
subtrees with @kbd{C-@key{TAB}}, or by setting the option
|
||
@code{org-cycle-open-archived-trees}. Also normal outline commands like
|
||
@code{show-all} will open archived subtrees.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees
|
||
During sparse tree construction (@pxref{Sparse trees}), matches in
|
||
archived subtrees are not exposed, unless you configure the option
|
||
@code{org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees
|
||
During agenda view construction (@pxref{Agenda Views}), the content of
|
||
archived trees is ignored unless you configure the option
|
||
@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees}, in which case these trees will always
|
||
be included. In the agenda you can press @kbd{v a} to get archives
|
||
temporarily included.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
|
||
Archived trees are not exported (@pxref{Exporting}), only the headline
|
||
is. Configure the details using the variable
|
||
@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-columns-skip-archived-trees
|
||
Archived trees are excluded from column view unless the variable
|
||
@code{org-columns-skip-archived-trees} is configured to @code{nil}.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
The following commands help manage the ARCHIVE tag:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x a,org-toggle-archive-tag}
|
||
Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline. When the tag is set,
|
||
the headline changes to a shadowed face, and the subtree below it is
|
||
hidden.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x a}
|
||
Check if any direct children of the current headline should be archived.
|
||
To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO entries. If none are
|
||
found, the command offers to set the ARCHIVE tag for the child. If the
|
||
cursor is @emph{not} on a headline when this command is invoked, the
|
||
level 1 trees will be checked.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-@kbd{TAB},org-force-cycle-archived}
|
||
Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with ARCHIVE.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x A,org-archive-to-archive-sibling}
|
||
Move the current entry to the @emph{Archive Sibling}. This is a sibling of
|
||
the entry with the heading @samp{Archive} and the tag @samp{ARCHIVE}. The
|
||
entry becomes a child of that sibling and in this way retains a lot of its
|
||
original context, including inherited tags and approximate position in the
|
||
outline.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Agenda Views, Markup, Capture - Refile - Archive, Top
|
||
@chapter Agenda views
|
||
@cindex agenda views
|
||
|
||
Due to the way Org works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and
|
||
tagged headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of
|
||
files. To get an overview of open action items, or of events that are
|
||
important for a particular date, this information must be collected,
|
||
sorted and displayed in an organized way.
|
||
|
||
Org can select items based on various criteria and display them
|
||
in a separate buffer. Seven different view types are provided:
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
an @emph{agenda} that is like a calendar and shows information
|
||
for specific dates,
|
||
@item
|
||
a @emph{TODO list} that covers all unfinished
|
||
action items,
|
||
@item
|
||
a @emph{match view}, showings headlines based on the tags, properties, and
|
||
TODO state associated with them,
|
||
@item
|
||
a @emph{timeline view} that shows all events in a single Org file,
|
||
in time-sorted view,
|
||
@item
|
||
a @emph{text search view} that shows all entries from multiple files
|
||
that contain specified keywords,
|
||
@item
|
||
a @emph{stuck projects view} showing projects that currently don't move
|
||
along, and
|
||
@item
|
||
@emph{custom views} that are special searches and combinations of different
|
||
views.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The extracted information is displayed in a special @emph{agenda
|
||
buffer}. This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the
|
||
corresponding locations in the original Org files, and even to
|
||
edit these files remotely.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-window-setup
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit
|
||
Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether the
|
||
window configuration is restored when the agenda exits:
|
||
@code{org-agenda-window-setup} and
|
||
@code{org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit}.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information
|
||
* Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views
|
||
* Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box?
|
||
* Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display
|
||
* Agenda commands:: Remote editing of Org trees
|
||
* Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views
|
||
* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing a view to a file
|
||
* Agenda column view:: Using column view for collected entries
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Agenda files, Agenda dispatcher, Agenda Views, Agenda Views
|
||
@section Agenda files
|
||
@cindex agenda files
|
||
@cindex files for agenda
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-files
|
||
The information to be shown is normally collected from all @emph{agenda
|
||
files}, the files listed in the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-files}@footnote{If the value of that variable is not a
|
||
list, but a single file name, then the list of agenda files will be
|
||
maintained in that external file.}. If a directory is part of this list,
|
||
all files with the extension @file{.org} in this directory will be part
|
||
of the list.
|
||
|
||
Thus, even if you only work with a single Org file, that file should
|
||
be put into the list@footnote{When using the dispatcher, pressing
|
||
@kbd{<} before selecting a command will actually limit the command to
|
||
the current file, and ignore @code{org-agenda-files} until the next
|
||
dispatcher command.}. You can customize @code{org-agenda-files}, but
|
||
the easiest way to maintain it is through the following commands
|
||
|
||
@cindex files, adding to agenda list
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c [,org-agenda-file-to-front}
|
||
Add current file to the list of agenda files. The file is added to
|
||
the front of the list. If it was already in the list, it is moved to
|
||
the front. With a prefix argument, file is added/moved to the end.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ],org-remove-file}
|
||
Remove current file from the list of agenda files.
|
||
@kindex C-,
|
||
@cindex cycling, of agenda files
|
||
@orgcmd{C-',org-cycle-agenda-files}
|
||
@itemx C-,
|
||
Cycle through agenda file list, visiting one file after the other.
|
||
@kindex M-x org-iswitchb
|
||
@item M-x org-iswitchb RET
|
||
Command to use an @code{iswitchb}-like interface to switch to and between Org
|
||
buffers.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used
|
||
to visit any of them.
|
||
|
||
If you would like to focus the agenda temporarily on a file not in
|
||
this list, or on just one file in the list, or even on only a subtree in a
|
||
file, then this can be done in different ways. For a single agenda command,
|
||
you may press @kbd{<} once or several times in the dispatcher
|
||
(@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}). To restrict the agenda scope for an
|
||
extended period, use the following commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x <,org-agenda-set-restriction-lock}
|
||
Permanently restrict the agenda to the current subtree. When with a
|
||
prefix argument, or with the cursor before the first headline in a file,
|
||
the agenda scope is set to the entire file. This restriction remains in
|
||
effect until removed with @kbd{C-c C-x >}, or by typing either @kbd{<}
|
||
or @kbd{>} in the agenda dispatcher. If there is a window displaying an
|
||
agenda view, the new restriction takes effect immediately.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x >,org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}
|
||
Remove the permanent restriction created by @kbd{C-c C-x <}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
When working with @file{speedbar.el}, you can use the following commands in
|
||
the Speedbar frame:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{< @r{in the speedbar frame},<,org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction}
|
||
Permanently restrict the agenda to the item---either an Org file or a subtree
|
||
in such a file---at the cursor in the Speedbar frame.
|
||
If there is a window displaying an agenda view, the new restriction takes
|
||
effect immediately.
|
||
@orgcmdtkc{> @r{in the speedbar frame},>,org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}
|
||
Lift the restriction.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Agenda dispatcher, Built-in agenda views, Agenda files, Agenda Views
|
||
@section The agenda dispatcher
|
||
@cindex agenda dispatcher
|
||
@cindex dispatching agenda commands
|
||
The views are created through a dispatcher, which should be bound to a
|
||
global key---for example @kbd{C-c a} (@pxref{Activation}). In the
|
||
following we will assume that @kbd{C-c a} is indeed how the dispatcher
|
||
is accessed and list keyboard access to commands accordingly. After
|
||
pressing @kbd{C-c a}, an additional letter is required to execute a
|
||
command. The dispatcher offers the following default commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item a
|
||
Create the calendar-like agenda (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
|
||
@item t @r{/} T
|
||
Create a list of all TODO items (@pxref{Global TODO list}).
|
||
@item m @r{/} M
|
||
Create a list of headlines matching a TAGS expression (@pxref{Matching
|
||
tags and properties}).
|
||
@item L
|
||
Create the timeline view for the current buffer (@pxref{Timeline}).
|
||
@item s
|
||
Create a list of entries selected by a boolean expression of keywords
|
||
and/or regular expressions that must or must not occur in the entry.
|
||
@item /
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files
|
||
Search for a regular expression in all agenda files and additionally in
|
||
the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}. This
|
||
uses the Emacs command @code{multi-occur}. A prefix argument can be
|
||
used to specify the number of context lines for each match, default is
|
||
1.
|
||
@item # @r{/} !
|
||
Create a list of stuck projects (@pxref{Stuck projects}).
|
||
@item <
|
||
Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer@footnote{For backward
|
||
compatibility, you can also press @kbd{1} to restrict to the current
|
||
buffer.}. After pressing @kbd{<}, you still need to press the character
|
||
selecting the command.
|
||
@item < <
|
||
If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda command to
|
||
the region. Otherwise, restrict it to the current subtree@footnote{For
|
||
backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{0} to restrict to the
|
||
current region/subtree.}. After pressing @kbd{< <}, you still need to press the
|
||
character selecting the command.
|
||
|
||
@item *
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-sticky
|
||
Toggle sticky agenda views. By default, Org maintains only a single agenda
|
||
buffer and rebuilds it each time you change the view, to make sure everything
|
||
is always up to date. If you switch between views often and the build time
|
||
bothers you, you can turn on sticky agenda buffers (make this the default by
|
||
customizing the variable @code{org-agenda-sticky}). With sticky agendas, the
|
||
dispatcher only switches to the selected view, you need to update it by hand
|
||
with @kbd{r} or @kbd{g}. You can toggle sticky agenda view any time with
|
||
@code{org-toggle-sticky-agenda}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You can also define custom commands that will be accessible through the
|
||
dispatcher, just like the default commands. This includes the
|
||
possibility to create extended agenda buffers that contain several
|
||
blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list and
|
||
a number of special tags matches. @xref{Custom agenda views}.
|
||
|
||
@node Built-in agenda views, Presentation and sorting, Agenda dispatcher, Agenda Views
|
||
@section The built-in agenda views
|
||
|
||
In this section we describe the built-in views.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Weekly/daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks
|
||
* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items
|
||
* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search
|
||
* Timeline:: Time-sorted view for single file
|
||
* Search view:: Find entries by searching for text
|
||
* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Weekly/daily agenda, Global TODO list, Built-in agenda views, Built-in agenda views
|
||
@subsection The weekly/daily agenda
|
||
@cindex agenda
|
||
@cindex weekly agenda
|
||
@cindex daily agenda
|
||
|
||
The purpose of the weekly/daily @emph{agenda} is to act like a page of a
|
||
paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@cindex org-agenda, command
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a a,org-agenda-list}
|
||
Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of Org files. The agenda
|
||
shows the entries for each day. With a numeric prefix@footnote{For backward
|
||
compatibility, the universal prefix @kbd{C-u} causes all TODO entries to be
|
||
listed before the agenda. This feature is deprecated, use the dedicated TODO
|
||
list, or a block agenda instead (@pxref{Block agenda}).} (like @kbd{C-u 2 1
|
||
C-c a a}) you may set the number of days to be displayed.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-span
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-ndays
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-start-day
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-start-on-weekday
|
||
The default number of days displayed in the agenda is set by the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-span} (or the obsolete @code{org-agenda-ndays}). This
|
||
variable can be set to any number of days you want to see by default in the
|
||
agenda, or to a span name, such as @code{day}, @code{week}, @code{month} or
|
||
@code{year}. For weekly agendas, the default is to start on the previous
|
||
monday (see @code{org-agenda-start-on-weekday}). You can also set the start
|
||
date using a date shift: @code{(setq org-agenda-start-day "+10d")} will
|
||
start the agenda ten days from today in the future.
|
||
|
||
Remote editing from the agenda buffer means, for example, that you can
|
||
change the dates of deadlines and appointments from the agenda buffer.
|
||
The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in @ref{Agenda
|
||
commands}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Calendar/Diary integration
|
||
@cindex calendar integration
|
||
@cindex diary integration
|
||
|
||
Emacs contains the calendar and diary by Edward M. Reingold. The
|
||
calendar displays a three-month calendar with holidays from different
|
||
countries and cultures. The diary allows you to keep track of
|
||
anniversaries, lunar phases, sunrise/set, recurrent appointments
|
||
(weekly, monthly) and more. In this way, it is quite complementary to
|
||
Org. It can be very useful to combine output from Org with
|
||
the diary.
|
||
|
||
In order to include entries from the Emacs diary into Org mode's
|
||
agenda, you only need to customize the variable
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-include-diary t)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent After that, everything will happen automatically. All diary
|
||
entries including holidays, anniversaries, etc., will be included in the
|
||
agenda buffer created by Org mode. @key{SPC}, @key{TAB}, and
|
||
@key{RET} can be used from the agenda buffer to jump to the diary
|
||
file in order to edit existing diary entries. The @kbd{i} command to
|
||
insert new entries for the current date works in the agenda buffer, as
|
||
well as the commands @kbd{S}, @kbd{M}, and @kbd{C} to display
|
||
Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to convert to other
|
||
calendars, respectively. @kbd{c} can be used to switch back and forth
|
||
between calendar and agenda.
|
||
|
||
If you are using the diary only for sexp entries and holidays, it is
|
||
faster to not use the above setting, but instead to copy or even move
|
||
the entries into an Org file. Org mode evaluates diary-style sexp
|
||
entries, and does it faster because there is no overhead for first
|
||
creating the diary display. Note that the sexp entries must start at
|
||
the left margin, no whitespace is allowed before them. For example,
|
||
the following segment of an Org file will be processed and entries
|
||
will be made in the agenda:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Birthdays and similar stuff
|
||
#+CATEGORY: Holiday
|
||
%%(org-calendar-holiday) ; special function for holiday names
|
||
#+CATEGORY: Ann
|
||
%%(org-anniversary 1956 5 14)@footnote{@code{org-anniversary} is just like @code{diary-anniversary}, but the argument order is always according to ISO and therefore independent of the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.} Arthur Dent is %d years old
|
||
%%(org-anniversary 1869 10 2) Mahatma Gandhi would be %d years old
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Anniversaries from BBDB
|
||
@cindex BBDB, anniversaries
|
||
@cindex anniversaries, from BBDB
|
||
|
||
If you are using the Big Brothers Database to store your contacts, you will
|
||
very likely prefer to store anniversaries in BBDB rather than in a
|
||
separate Org or diary file. Org supports this and will show BBDB
|
||
anniversaries as part of the agenda. All you need to do is to add the
|
||
following to one of your agenda files:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Anniversaries
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:CATEGORY: Anniv
|
||
:END:
|
||
%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
You can then go ahead and define anniversaries for a BBDB record. Basically,
|
||
you need to press @kbd{C-o anniversary @key{RET}} with the cursor in a BBDB
|
||
record and then add the date in the format @code{YYYY-MM-DD} or @code{MM-DD},
|
||
followed by a space and the class of the anniversary (@samp{birthday} or
|
||
@samp{wedding}, or a format string). If you omit the class, it will default to
|
||
@samp{birthday}. Here are a few examples, the header for the file
|
||
@file{org-bbdb.el} contains more detailed information.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
1973-06-22
|
||
06-22
|
||
1955-08-02 wedding
|
||
2008-04-14 %s released version 6.01 of org mode, %d years ago
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
After a change to BBDB, or for the first agenda display during an Emacs
|
||
session, the agenda display will suffer a short delay as Org updates its
|
||
hash with anniversaries. However, from then on things will be very fast---much
|
||
faster in fact than a long list of @samp{%%(diary-anniversary)} entries
|
||
in an Org or Diary file.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Appointment reminders
|
||
@cindex @file{appt.el}
|
||
@cindex appointment reminders
|
||
@cindex appointment
|
||
@cindex reminders
|
||
|
||
Org can interact with Emacs appointments notification facility. To add the
|
||
appointments of your agenda files, use the command @code{org-agenda-to-appt}.
|
||
This command lets you filter through the list of your appointments and add
|
||
only those belonging to a specific category or matching a regular expression.
|
||
It also reads a @code{APPT_WARNTIME} property which will then override the
|
||
value of @code{appt-message-warning-time} for this appointment. See the
|
||
docstring for details.
|
||
|
||
@node Global TODO list, Matching tags and properties, Weekly/daily agenda, Built-in agenda views
|
||
@subsection The global TODO list
|
||
@cindex global TODO list
|
||
@cindex TODO list, global
|
||
|
||
The global TODO list contains all unfinished TODO items formatted and
|
||
collected into a single place.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a t,org-todo-list}
|
||
Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all agenda
|
||
files (@pxref{Agenda Views}) into a single buffer. By default, this lists
|
||
items with a state the is not a DONE state. The buffer is in
|
||
@code{agenda-mode}, so there are commands to examine and manipulate the TODO
|
||
entries directly from that buffer (@pxref{Agenda commands}).
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a T,org-todo-list}
|
||
@cindex TODO keyword matching
|
||
@vindex org-todo-keywords
|
||
Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword. You can
|
||
also do this by specifying a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c a t}. You are
|
||
prompted for a keyword, and you may also specify several keywords by
|
||
separating them with @samp{|} as the boolean OR operator. With a numeric
|
||
prefix, the Nth keyword in @code{org-todo-keywords} is selected.
|
||
@kindex r
|
||
The @kbd{r} key in the agenda buffer regenerates it, and you can give
|
||
a prefix argument to this command to change the selected TODO keyword,
|
||
for example @kbd{3 r}. If you often need a search for a specific
|
||
keyword, define a custom command for it (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).@*
|
||
Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of a tags
|
||
search (@pxref{Tag searches}).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of a
|
||
TODO entry with a single key press. The commands available in the
|
||
TODO list are described in @ref{Agenda commands}.
|
||
|
||
@cindex sublevels, inclusion into TODO list
|
||
Normally the global TODO list simply shows all headlines with TODO
|
||
keywords. This list can become very long. There are two ways to keep
|
||
it more compact:
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date
|
||
Some people view a TODO item that has been @emph{scheduled} for execution or
|
||
have a @emph{deadline} (@pxref{Timestamps}) as no longer @emph{open}.
|
||
Configure the variables @code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled},
|
||
@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines},
|
||
@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp} and/or
|
||
@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date} to exclude such items from the global
|
||
TODO list.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels
|
||
TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks. In
|
||
such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO headline
|
||
and omit the sublevels from the global list. Configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels} to get this behavior.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node Matching tags and properties, Timeline, Global TODO list, Built-in agenda views
|
||
@subsection Matching tags and properties
|
||
@cindex matching, of tags
|
||
@cindex matching, of properties
|
||
@cindex tags view
|
||
@cindex match view
|
||
|
||
If headlines in the agenda files are marked with @emph{tags} (@pxref{Tags}),
|
||
or have properties (@pxref{Properties and Columns}), you can select headlines
|
||
based on this metadata and collect them into an agenda buffer. The match
|
||
syntax described here also applies when creating sparse trees with @kbd{C-c /
|
||
m}.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a m,org-tags-view}
|
||
Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags. The
|
||
command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean logic
|
||
expression with tags, like @samp{+work+urgent-withboss} or
|
||
@samp{work|home} (@pxref{Tags}). If you often need a specific search,
|
||
define a custom command for it (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}).
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a M,org-tags-view}
|
||
@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options
|
||
Like @kbd{C-c a m}, but only select headlines that are also TODO items in a
|
||
not-DONE state and force checking subitems (see variable
|
||
@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}). To exclude scheduled/deadline items,
|
||
see the variable @code{org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options}. Matching
|
||
specific TODO keywords together with a tags match is also possible, see
|
||
@ref{Tag searches}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
The commands available in the tags list are described in @ref{Agenda
|
||
commands}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Match syntax
|
||
|
||
@cindex Boolean logic, for tag/property searches
|
||
A search string can use Boolean operators @samp{&} for @code{AND} and
|
||
@samp{|} for @code{OR}@. @samp{&} binds more strongly than @samp{|}.
|
||
Parentheses are not implemented. Each element in the search is either a
|
||
tag, a regular expression matching tags, or an expression like
|
||
@code{PROPERTY OPERATOR VALUE} with a comparison operator, accessing a
|
||
property value. Each element may be preceded by @samp{-}, to select
|
||
against it, and @samp{+} is syntactic sugar for positive selection. The
|
||
@code{AND} operator @samp{&} is optional when @samp{+} or @samp{-} is
|
||
present. Here are some examples, using only tags.
|
||
|
||
@table @samp
|
||
@item work
|
||
Select headlines tagged @samp{:work:}.
|
||
@item work&boss
|
||
Select headlines tagged @samp{:work:} and @samp{:boss:}.
|
||
@item +work-boss
|
||
Select headlines tagged @samp{:work:}, but discard those also tagged
|
||
@samp{:boss:}.
|
||
@item work|laptop
|
||
Selects lines tagged @samp{:work:} or @samp{:laptop:}.
|
||
@item work|laptop+night
|
||
Like before, but require the @samp{:laptop:} lines to be tagged also
|
||
@samp{:night:}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@cindex regular expressions, with tags search
|
||
Instead of a tag, you may also specify a regular expression enclosed in curly
|
||
braces. For example,
|
||
@samp{work+@{^boss.*@}} matches headlines that contain the tag
|
||
@samp{:work:} and any tag @i{starting} with @samp{boss}.
|
||
|
||
@cindex group tags, as regular expressions
|
||
Group tags (@pxref{Tag groups}) are expanded as regular expressions. E.g.,
|
||
if @samp{:work:} is a group tag for the group @samp{:work:lab:conf:}, then
|
||
searching for @samp{work} will search for @samp{@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}
|
||
and searching for @samp{-work} will search for all headlines but those with
|
||
one of the tag in the group (i.e., @samp{-@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}).
|
||
|
||
@cindex TODO keyword matching, with tags search
|
||
@cindex level, require for tags/property match
|
||
@cindex category, require for tags/property match
|
||
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
|
||
You may also test for properties (@pxref{Properties and Columns}) at the same
|
||
time as matching tags. The properties may be real properties, or special
|
||
properties that represent other metadata (@pxref{Special properties}). For
|
||
example, the ``property'' @code{TODO} represents the TODO keyword of the
|
||
entry and the ``property'' @code{PRIORITY} represents the PRIORITY keyword of
|
||
the entry. The ITEM special property cannot currently be used in tags/property
|
||
searches@footnote{But @pxref{x-agenda-skip-entry-regexp,
|
||
,skipping entries based on regexp}.}.
|
||
|
||
Except the @pxref{Special properties}, one other ``property'' can also be
|
||
used. @code{LEVEL} represents the level of an entry. So a search
|
||
@samp{+LEVEL=3+boss-TODO="DONE"} lists all level three headlines that have
|
||
the tag @samp{boss} and are @emph{not} marked with the TODO keyword DONE@.
|
||
In buffers with @code{org-odd-levels-only} set, @samp{LEVEL} does not count
|
||
the number of stars, but @samp{LEVEL=2} will correspond to 3 stars etc.
|
||
|
||
Here are more examples:
|
||
|
||
@table @samp
|
||
@item work+TODO="WAITING"
|
||
Select @samp{:work:}-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO
|
||
keyword @samp{WAITING}.
|
||
@item work+TODO="WAITING"|home+TODO="WAITING"
|
||
Waiting tasks both at work and at home.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
When matching properties, a number of different operators can be used to test
|
||
the value of a property. Here is a complex example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
+work-boss+PRIORITY="A"+Coffee="unlimited"+Effort<2 \
|
||
+With=@{Sarah\|Denny@}+SCHEDULED>="<2008-10-11>"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The type of comparison will depend on how the comparison value is written:
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
If the comparison value is a plain number, a numerical comparison is done,
|
||
and the allowed operators are @samp{<}, @samp{=}, @samp{>}, @samp{<=},
|
||
@samp{>=}, and @samp{<>}.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes,
|
||
a string comparison is done, and the same operators are allowed.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes @emph{and} angular
|
||
brackets (like @samp{DEADLINE<="<2008-12-24 18:30>"}), both values are
|
||
assumed to be date/time specifications in the standard Org way, and the
|
||
comparison will be done accordingly. Special values that will be recognized
|
||
are @code{"<now>"} for now (including time), and @code{"<today>"}, and
|
||
@code{"<tomorrow>"} for these days at 00:00 hours, i.e., without a time
|
||
specification. Also strings like @code{"<+5d>"} or @code{"<-2m>"} with units
|
||
@code{d}, @code{w}, @code{m}, and @code{y} for day, week, month, and year,
|
||
respectively, can be used.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the comparison value is enclosed
|
||
in curly braces, a regexp match is performed, with @samp{=} meaning that the
|
||
regexp matches the property value, and @samp{<>} meaning that it does not
|
||
match.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
So the search string in the example finds entries tagged @samp{:work:} but
|
||
not @samp{:boss:}, which also have a priority value @samp{A}, a
|
||
@samp{:Coffee:} property with the value @samp{unlimited}, an @samp{Effort}
|
||
property that is numerically smaller than 2, a @samp{:With:} property that is
|
||
matched by the regular expression @samp{Sarah\|Denny}, and that are scheduled
|
||
on or after October 11, 2008.
|
||
|
||
Accessing TODO, LEVEL, and CATEGORY during a search is fast. Accessing any
|
||
other properties will slow down the search. However, once you have paid the
|
||
price by accessing one property, testing additional properties is cheap
|
||
again.
|
||
|
||
You can configure Org mode to use property inheritance during a search, but
|
||
beware that this can slow down searches considerably. See @ref{Property
|
||
inheritance}, for details.
|
||
|
||
For backward compatibility, and also for typing speed, there is also a
|
||
different way to test TODO states in a search. For this, terminate the
|
||
tags/property part of the search string (which may include several terms
|
||
connected with @samp{|}) with a @samp{/} and then specify a Boolean
|
||
expression just for TODO keywords. The syntax is then similar to that for
|
||
tags, but should be applied with care: for example, a positive selection on
|
||
several TODO keywords cannot meaningfully be combined with boolean AND@.
|
||
However, @emph{negative selection} combined with AND can be meaningful. To
|
||
make sure that only lines are checked that actually have any TODO keyword
|
||
(resulting in a speed-up), use @kbd{C-c a M}, or equivalently start the TODO
|
||
part after the slash with @samp{!}. Using @kbd{C-c a M} or @samp{/!} will
|
||
not match TODO keywords in a DONE state. Examples:
|
||
|
||
@table @samp
|
||
@item work/WAITING
|
||
Same as @samp{work+TODO="WAITING"}
|
||
@item work/!-WAITING-NEXT
|
||
Select @samp{:work:}-tagged TODO lines that are neither @samp{WAITING}
|
||
nor @samp{NEXT}
|
||
@item work/!+WAITING|+NEXT
|
||
Select @samp{:work:}-tagged TODO lines that are either @samp{WAITING} or
|
||
@samp{NEXT}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Timeline, Search view, Matching tags and properties, Built-in agenda views
|
||
@subsection Timeline for a single file
|
||
@cindex timeline, single file
|
||
@cindex time-sorted view
|
||
|
||
The timeline summarizes all time-stamped items from a single Org mode
|
||
file in a @emph{time-sorted view}. The main purpose of this command is
|
||
to give an overview over events in a project.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a L,org-timeline}
|
||
Show a time-sorted view of the Org file, with all time-stamped items.
|
||
When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, all unfinished TODO entries
|
||
(scheduled or not) are also listed under the current date.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The commands available in the timeline buffer are listed in
|
||
@ref{Agenda commands}.
|
||
|
||
@node Search view, Stuck projects, Timeline, Built-in agenda views
|
||
@subsection Search view
|
||
@cindex search view
|
||
@cindex text search
|
||
@cindex searching, for text
|
||
|
||
This agenda view is a general text search facility for Org mode entries.
|
||
It is particularly useful to find notes.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a s,org-search-view}
|
||
This is a special search that lets you select entries by matching a substring
|
||
or specific words using a boolean logic.
|
||
@end table
|
||
For example, the search string @samp{computer equipment} will find entries
|
||
that contain @samp{computer equipment} as a substring. If the two words are
|
||
separated by more space or a line break, the search will still match.
|
||
Search view can also search for specific keywords in the entry, using Boolean
|
||
logic. The search string @samp{+computer +wifi -ethernet -@{8\.11[bg]@}}
|
||
will search for note entries that contain the keywords @code{computer}
|
||
and @code{wifi}, but not the keyword @code{ethernet}, and which are also
|
||
not matched by the regular expression @code{8\.11[bg]}, meaning to
|
||
exclude both 8.11b and 8.11g. The first @samp{+} is necessary to turn on
|
||
word search, other @samp{+} characters are optional. For more details, see
|
||
the docstring of the command @code{org-search-view}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files
|
||
Note that in addition to the agenda files, this command will also search
|
||
the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}.
|
||
|
||
@node Stuck projects, , Search view, Built-in agenda views
|
||
@subsection Stuck projects
|
||
@pindex GTD, Getting Things Done
|
||
|
||
If you are following a system like David Allen's GTD to organize your
|
||
work, one of the ``duties'' you have is a regular review to make sure
|
||
that all projects move along. A @emph{stuck} project is a project that
|
||
has no defined next actions, so it will never show up in the TODO lists
|
||
Org mode produces. During the review, you need to identify such
|
||
projects and define next actions for them.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a #,org-agenda-list-stuck-projects}
|
||
List projects that are stuck.
|
||
@kindex C-c a !
|
||
@item C-c a !
|
||
@vindex org-stuck-projects
|
||
Customize the variable @code{org-stuck-projects} to define what a stuck
|
||
project is and how to find it.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You almost certainly will have to configure this view before it will
|
||
work for you. The built-in default assumes that all your projects are
|
||
level-2 headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least
|
||
one entry marked with a TODO keyword TODO or NEXT or NEXTACTION.
|
||
|
||
Let's assume that you, in your own way of using Org mode, identify
|
||
projects with a tag PROJECT, and that you use a TODO keyword MAYBE to
|
||
indicate a project that should not be considered yet. Let's further
|
||
assume that the TODO keyword DONE marks finished projects, and that NEXT
|
||
and TODO indicate next actions. The tag @@SHOP indicates shopping and
|
||
is a next action even without the NEXT tag. Finally, if the project
|
||
contains the special word IGNORE anywhere, it should not be listed
|
||
either. In this case you would start by identifying eligible projects
|
||
with a tags/todo match@footnote{@xref{Tag searches}.}
|
||
@samp{+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE}, and then check for TODO, NEXT, @@SHOP, and
|
||
IGNORE in the subtree to identify projects that are not stuck. The
|
||
correct customization for this is
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-stuck-projects
|
||
'("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@@SHOP")
|
||
"\\<IGNORE\\>"))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Note that if a project is identified as non-stuck, the subtree of this entry
|
||
will still be searched for stuck projects.
|
||
|
||
@node Presentation and sorting, Agenda commands, Built-in agenda views, Agenda Views
|
||
@section Presentation and sorting
|
||
@cindex presentation, of agenda items
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-prefix-format
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-tags-column
|
||
Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org mode visually prepares the
|
||
items and sorts them. Each item occupies a single line. The line starts
|
||
with a @emph{prefix} that contains the @emph{category} (@pxref{Categories})
|
||
of the item and other important information. You can customize in which
|
||
column tags will be displayed through @code{org-agenda-tags-column}. You can
|
||
also customize the prefix using the option @code{org-agenda-prefix-format}.
|
||
This prefix is followed by a cleaned-up version of the outline headline
|
||
associated with the item.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal
|
||
* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time
|
||
* Sorting agenda items:: The order of things
|
||
* Filtering/limiting agenda items:: Dynamically narrow the agenda
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Categories, Time-of-day specifications, Presentation and sorting, Presentation and sorting
|
||
@subsection Categories
|
||
|
||
@cindex category
|
||
@cindex #+CATEGORY
|
||
The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item. By default,
|
||
the category is simply derived from the file name, but you can also
|
||
specify it with a special line in the buffer, like this@footnote{For
|
||
backward compatibility, the following also works: if there are several
|
||
such lines in a file, each specifies the category for the text below it.
|
||
The first category also applies to any text before the first CATEGORY
|
||
line. However, using this method is @emph{strongly} deprecated as it is
|
||
incompatible with the outline structure of the document. The correct
|
||
method for setting multiple categories in a buffer is using a
|
||
property.}:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CATEGORY: Thesis
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@cindex property, CATEGORY
|
||
If you would like to have a special CATEGORY for a single entry or a
|
||
(sub)tree, give the entry a @code{:CATEGORY:} property with the
|
||
special category you want to apply as the value.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The display in the agenda buffer looks best if the category is not
|
||
longer than 10 characters.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
You can set up icons for category by customizing the
|
||
@code{org-agenda-category-icon-alist} variable.
|
||
|
||
@node Time-of-day specifications, Sorting agenda items, Categories, Presentation and sorting
|
||
@subsection Time-of-day specifications
|
||
@cindex time-of-day specification
|
||
|
||
Org mode checks each agenda item for a time-of-day specification. The
|
||
time can be part of the timestamp that triggered inclusion into the
|
||
agenda, for example as in @w{@samp{<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00>}}. Time
|
||
ranges can be specified with two timestamps, like
|
||
@c
|
||
@w{@samp{<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15>}}.
|
||
|
||
In the headline of the entry itself, a time(range) may also appear as
|
||
plain text (like @samp{12:45} or a @samp{8:30-1pm}). If the agenda
|
||
integrates the Emacs diary (@pxref{Weekly/daily agenda}), time
|
||
specifications in diary entries are recognized as well.
|
||
|
||
For agenda display, Org mode extracts the time and displays it in a
|
||
standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix. The example times in
|
||
the previous paragraphs would end up in the agenda like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
|
||
12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
|
||
19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
|
||
20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex time grid
|
||
If the agenda is in single-day mode, or for the display of today, the
|
||
timed entries are embedded in a time grid, like
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
8:00...... ------------------
|
||
8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
|
||
10:00...... ------------------
|
||
12:00...... ------------------
|
||
12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
|
||
14:00...... ------------------
|
||
16:00...... ------------------
|
||
18:00...... ------------------
|
||
19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
|
||
20:00...... ------------------
|
||
20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-time-grid
|
||
The time grid can be turned on and off with the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid}, and can be configured with
|
||
@code{org-agenda-time-grid}.
|
||
|
||
@node Sorting agenda items, Filtering/limiting agenda items, Time-of-day specifications, Presentation and sorting
|
||
@subsection Sorting agenda items
|
||
@cindex sorting, of agenda items
|
||
@cindex priorities, of agenda items
|
||
Before being inserted into a view, the items are sorted. How this is
|
||
done depends on the type of view.
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-files
|
||
For the daily/weekly agenda, the items for each day are sorted. The
|
||
default order is to first collect all items containing an explicit
|
||
time-of-day specification. These entries will be shown at the beginning
|
||
of the list, as a @emph{schedule} for the day. After that, items remain
|
||
grouped in categories, in the sequence given by @code{org-agenda-files}.
|
||
Within each category, items are sorted by priority (@pxref{Priorities}),
|
||
which is composed of the base priority (2000 for priority @samp{A}, 1000
|
||
for @samp{B}, and 0 for @samp{C}), plus additional increments for
|
||
overdue scheduled or deadline items.
|
||
@item
|
||
For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but within
|
||
each category, sorting takes place according to priority
|
||
(@pxref{Priorities}). The priority used for sorting derives from the
|
||
priority cookie, with additions depending on how close an item is to its due
|
||
or scheduled date.
|
||
@item
|
||
For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in the
|
||
sequence in which they are found in the agenda files.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-sorting-strategy
|
||
Sorting can be customized using the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-sorting-strategy}, and may also include criteria based on
|
||
the estimated effort of an entry (@pxref{Effort estimates}).
|
||
|
||
@node Filtering/limiting agenda items, , Sorting agenda items, Presentation and sorting
|
||
@subsection Filtering/limiting agenda items
|
||
|
||
Agenda built-in or customized commands are statically defined. Agenda
|
||
filters and limits provide two ways of dynamically narrowing down the list of
|
||
agenda entries: @emph{fitlers} and @emph{limits}. Filters only act on the
|
||
display of the items, while limits take effect before the list of agenda
|
||
entries is built. Filter are more often used interactively, while limits are
|
||
mostly useful when defined as local variables within custom agenda commands.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Filtering in the agenda
|
||
@cindex filtering, by tag, category, top headline and effort, in agenda
|
||
@cindex tag filtering, in agenda
|
||
@cindex category filtering, in agenda
|
||
@cindex top headline filtering, in agenda
|
||
@cindex effort filtering, in agenda
|
||
@cindex query editing, in agenda
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{/,org-agenda-filter-by-tag}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-tag-filter-preset
|
||
Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag and/or effort estimates. The
|
||
difference between this and a custom agenda command is that filtering is very
|
||
fast, so that you can switch quickly between different filters without having
|
||
to recreate the agenda.@footnote{Custom commands can preset a filter by
|
||
binding the variable @code{org-agenda-tag-filter-preset} as an option. This
|
||
filter will then be applied to the view and persist as a basic filter through
|
||
refreshes and more secondary filtering. The filter is a global property of
|
||
the entire agenda view---in a block agenda, you should only set this in the
|
||
global options section, not in the section of an individual block.}
|
||
|
||
You will be prompted for a tag selection letter; @key{SPC} will mean any tag at
|
||
all. Pressing @key{TAB} at that prompt will offer use completion to select a
|
||
tag (including any tags that do not have a selection character). The command
|
||
then hides all entries that do not contain or inherit this tag. When called
|
||
with prefix arg, remove the entries that @emph{do} have the tag. A second
|
||
@kbd{/} at the prompt will turn off the filter and unhide any hidden entries.
|
||
If the first key you press is either @kbd{+} or @kbd{-}, the previous filter
|
||
will be narrowed by requiring or forbidding the selected additional tag.
|
||
Instead of pressing @kbd{+} or @kbd{-} after @kbd{/}, you can also
|
||
immediately use the @kbd{\} command.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high
|
||
In order to filter for effort estimates, you should set up allowed
|
||
efforts globally, for example
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-global-properties
|
||
'(("Effort_ALL". "0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
You can then filter for an effort by first typing an operator, one of
|
||
@kbd{<}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{=}, and then the one-digit index of an effort
|
||
estimate in your array of allowed values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value.
|
||
The filter will then restrict to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal,
|
||
or larger-or-equal than the selected value. If the digits 0--9 are not used
|
||
as fast access keys to tags, you can also simply press the index digit
|
||
directly without an operator. In this case, @kbd{<} will be assumed. For
|
||
application of the operator, entries without a defined effort will be treated
|
||
according to the value of @code{org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high}. To filter
|
||
for tasks without effort definition, press @kbd{?} as the operator.
|
||
|
||
Org also supports automatic, context-aware tag filtering. If the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-auto-exclude-function} is set to a user-defined function,
|
||
that function can decide which tags should be excluded from the agenda
|
||
automatically. Once this is set, the @kbd{/} command then accepts @kbd{RET}
|
||
as a sub-option key and runs the auto exclusion logic. For example, let's
|
||
say you use a @code{Net} tag to identify tasks which need network access, an
|
||
@code{Errand} tag for errands in town, and a @code{Call} tag for making phone
|
||
calls. You could auto-exclude these tags based on the availability of the
|
||
Internet, and outside of business hours, with something like this:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(defun org-my-auto-exclude-function (tag)
|
||
(and (cond
|
||
((string= tag "Net")
|
||
(/= 0 (call-process "/sbin/ping" nil nil nil
|
||
"-c1" "-q" "-t1" "mail.gnu.org")))
|
||
((or (string= tag "Errand") (string= tag "Call"))
|
||
(let ((hour (nth 2 (decode-time))))
|
||
(or (< hour 8) (> hour 21)))))
|
||
(concat "-" tag)))
|
||
|
||
(setq org-agenda-auto-exclude-function 'org-my-auto-exclude-function)
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{\\,org-agenda-filter-by-tag-refine}
|
||
Narrow the current agenda filter by an additional condition. When called with
|
||
prefix arg, remove the entries that @emph{do} have the tag, or that do match
|
||
the effort criterion. You can achieve the same effect by pressing @kbd{+} or
|
||
@kbd{-} as the first key after the @kbd{/} command.
|
||
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex [
|
||
@kindex ]
|
||
@kindex @{
|
||
@kindex @}
|
||
@item [ ] @{ @}
|
||
@table @i
|
||
@item @r{in} search view
|
||
add new search words (@kbd{[} and @kbd{]}) or new regular expressions
|
||
(@kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}}) to the query string. The opening bracket/brace will
|
||
add a positive search term prefixed by @samp{+}, indicating that this search
|
||
term @i{must} occur/match in the entry. The closing bracket/brace will add a
|
||
negative search term which @i{must not} occur/match in the entry for it to be
|
||
selected.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{<,org-agenda-filter-by-category}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-category-filter-preset
|
||
|
||
Filter the current agenda view with respect to the category of the item at
|
||
point. Pressing @code{<} another time will remove this filter. You can add
|
||
a filter preset through the option @code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset}
|
||
(see below.)
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{^,org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline}
|
||
Filter the current agenda view and only display the siblings and the parent
|
||
headline of the one at point.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{=,org-agenda-filter-by-regexp}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset
|
||
|
||
Filter the agenda view by a regular expression: only show agenda entries
|
||
matching the regular expression the user entered. When called with a prefix
|
||
argument, it will filter @emph{out} entries matching the regexp. With two
|
||
universal prefix arguments, it will remove all the regexp filters, which can
|
||
be accumulated. You can add a filter preset through the option
|
||
@code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset} (see below.)
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{|,org-agenda-filter-remove-all}
|
||
Remove all filters in the current agenda view.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Setting limits for the agenda
|
||
@cindex limits, in agenda
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-max-entries
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-max-effort
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-max-todos
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-max-tags
|
||
|
||
Here is a list of options that you can set, either globally, or locally in
|
||
your custom agenda views@pxref{Custom agenda views}.
|
||
|
||
@table @var
|
||
@item org-agenda-max-entries
|
||
Limit the number of entries.
|
||
@item org-agenda-max-effort
|
||
Limit the duration of accumulated efforts (as minutes).
|
||
@item org-agenda-max-todos
|
||
Limit the number of entries with TODO keywords.
|
||
@item org-agenda-max-tags
|
||
Limit the number of tagged entries.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
When set to a positive integer, each option will exclude entries from other
|
||
categories: for example, @code{(setq org-agenda-max-effort 100)} will limit
|
||
the agenda to 100 minutes of effort and exclude any entry that as no effort
|
||
property. If you want to include entries with no effort property, use a
|
||
negative value for @code{org-agenda-max-effort}.
|
||
|
||
One useful setup is to use @code{org-agenda-max-entries} locally in a custom
|
||
command. For example, this custom command will display the next five entries
|
||
with a @code{NEXT} TODO keyword.
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("n" todo "NEXT"
|
||
((org-agenda-max-entries 5)))))
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
Once you mark one of these five entry as @code{DONE}, rebuilding the agenda
|
||
will again the next five entries again, including the first entry that was
|
||
excluded so far.
|
||
|
||
You can also dynamically set temporary limits@footnote{Those temporary limits
|
||
are lost when rebuilding the agenda.}:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{~,org-agenda-limit-interactively}
|
||
This prompts for the type of limit to apply and its value.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Agenda commands, Custom agenda views, Presentation and sorting, Agenda Views
|
||
@section Commands in the agenda buffer
|
||
@cindex commands, in agenda buffer
|
||
|
||
Entries in the agenda buffer are linked back to the Org file or diary
|
||
file where they originate. You are not allowed to edit the agenda
|
||
buffer itself, but commands are provided to show and jump to the
|
||
original entry location, and to edit the Org files ``remotely'' from
|
||
the agenda buffer. In this way, all information is stored only once,
|
||
removing the risk that your agenda and note files may diverge.
|
||
|
||
Some commands can be executed with mouse clicks on agenda lines. For
|
||
the other commands, the cursor needs to be in the desired line.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@tsubheading{Motion}
|
||
@cindex motion commands in agenda
|
||
@orgcmd{n,org-agenda-next-line}
|
||
Next line (same as @key{down} and @kbd{C-n}).
|
||
@orgcmd{p,org-agenda-previous-line}
|
||
Previous line (same as @key{up} and @kbd{C-p}).
|
||
@tsubheading{View/Go to Org file}
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{@key{SPC},mouse-3,org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up}
|
||
Display the original location of the item in another window.
|
||
With prefix arg, make sure that the entire entry is made visible in the
|
||
outline, not only the heading.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{L,org-agenda-recenter}
|
||
Display original location and recenter that window.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{@key{TAB},mouse-2,org-agenda-goto}
|
||
Go to the original location of the item in another window.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{@key{RET},org-agenda-switch-to}
|
||
Go to the original location of the item and delete other windows.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{F,org-agenda-follow-mode}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode
|
||
Toggle Follow mode. In Follow mode, as you move the cursor through
|
||
the agenda buffer, the other window always shows the corresponding
|
||
location in the Org file. The initial setting for this mode in new
|
||
agenda buffers can be set with the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x b,org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer}
|
||
Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect buffer. With a
|
||
numeric prefix argument N, go up to level N and then take that tree. If N is
|
||
negative, go up that many levels. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the
|
||
previously used indirect buffer.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-o,org-agenda-open-link}
|
||
Follow a link in the entry. This will offer a selection of any links in the
|
||
text belonging to the referenced Org node. If there is only one link, it
|
||
will be followed without a selection prompt.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Change display}
|
||
@cindex display changing, in agenda
|
||
@kindex A
|
||
@item A
|
||
Interactively select another agenda view and append it to the current view.
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex o
|
||
@item o
|
||
Delete other windows.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{v d,d,org-agenda-day-view}
|
||
@xorgcmdkskc{v w,w,org-agenda-week-view}
|
||
@xorgcmd{v t,org-agenda-fortnight-view}
|
||
@xorgcmd{v m,org-agenda-month-view}
|
||
@xorgcmd{v y,org-agenda-year-view}
|
||
@xorgcmd{v SPC,org-agenda-reset-view}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-span
|
||
Switch to day/week/month/year view. When switching to day or week view, this
|
||
setting becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes. Since month and
|
||
year views are slow to create, they do not become the default. A numeric
|
||
prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of the year,
|
||
ISO week, month, or year, respectively. For example, @kbd{32 d} jumps to
|
||
February 1st, @kbd{9 w} to ISO week number 9. When setting day, week, or
|
||
month view, a year may be encoded in the prefix argument as well. For
|
||
example, @kbd{200712 w} will jump to week 12 in 2007. If such a year
|
||
specification has only one or two digits, it will be mapped to the interval
|
||
1938--2037. @kbd{v @key{SPC}} will reset to what is set in
|
||
@code{org-agenda-span}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{f,org-agenda-later}
|
||
Go forward in time to display the following @code{org-agenda-current-span} days.
|
||
For example, if the display covers a week, switch to the following week.
|
||
With prefix arg, go forward that many times @code{org-agenda-current-span} days.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{b,org-agenda-earlier}
|
||
Go backward in time to display earlier dates.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{.,org-agenda-goto-today}
|
||
Go to today.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{j,org-agenda-goto-date}
|
||
Prompt for a date and go there.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{J,org-agenda-clock-goto}
|
||
Go to the currently clocked-in task @i{in the agenda buffer}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{D,org-agenda-toggle-diary}
|
||
Toggle the inclusion of diary entries. See @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{v l,l,org-agenda-log-mode}
|
||
@kindex v L
|
||
@vindex org-log-done
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-log-mode-items
|
||
Toggle Logbook mode. In Logbook mode, entries that were marked DONE while
|
||
logging was on (variable @code{org-log-done}) are shown in the agenda, as are
|
||
entries that have been clocked on that day. You can configure the entry
|
||
types that should be included in log mode using the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-log-mode-items}. When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, show
|
||
all possible logbook entries, including state changes. When called with two
|
||
prefix arguments @kbd{C-u C-u}, show only logging information, nothing else.
|
||
@kbd{v L} is equivalent to @kbd{C-u v l}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{v [,[,org-agenda-manipulate-query-add}
|
||
Include inactive timestamps into the current view. Only for weekly/daily
|
||
agenda and timeline views.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{v a,org-agenda-archives-mode}
|
||
@xorgcmd{v A,org-agenda-archives-mode 'files}
|
||
Toggle Archives mode. In Archives mode, trees that are marked
|
||
@code{ARCHIVED} are also scanned when producing the agenda. When you use the
|
||
capital @kbd{A}, even all archive files are included. To exit archives mode,
|
||
press @kbd{v a} again.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{v R,R,org-agenda-clockreport-mode}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode
|
||
@vindex org-clock-report-include-clocking-task
|
||
Toggle Clockreport mode. In Clockreport mode, the daily/weekly agenda will
|
||
always show a table with the clocked times for the time span and file scope
|
||
covered by the current agenda view. The initial setting for this mode in new
|
||
agenda buffers can be set with the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode}. By using a prefix argument
|
||
when toggling this mode (i.e., @kbd{C-u R}), the clock table will not show
|
||
contributions from entries that are hidden by agenda filtering@footnote{Only
|
||
tags filtering will be respected here, effort filtering is ignored.}. See
|
||
also the variable @code{org-clock-report-include-clocking-task}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgkey{v c}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks
|
||
Show overlapping clock entries, clocking gaps, and other clocking problems in
|
||
the current agenda range. You can then visit clocking lines and fix them
|
||
manually. See the variable @code{org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks} for
|
||
information on how to customize the definition of what constituted a clocking
|
||
problem. To return to normal agenda display, press @kbd{l} to exit Logbook
|
||
mode.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{v E,E,org-agenda-entry-text-mode}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-start-with-entry-text-mode
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines
|
||
Toggle entry text mode. In entry text mode, a number of lines from the Org
|
||
outline node referenced by an agenda line will be displayed below the line.
|
||
The maximum number of lines is given by the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines}. Calling this command with a numeric
|
||
prefix argument will temporarily modify that number to the prefix value.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{G,org-agenda-toggle-time-grid}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-time-grid
|
||
Toggle the time grid on and off. See also the variables
|
||
@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid} and @code{org-agenda-time-grid}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{r,org-agenda-redo}
|
||
Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes after
|
||
modification of the timestamps of items with @kbd{S-@key{left}} and
|
||
@kbd{S-@key{right}}. When the buffer is the global TODO list, a prefix
|
||
argument is interpreted to create a selective list for a specific TODO
|
||
keyword.
|
||
@orgcmd{g,org-agenda-redo}
|
||
Same as @kbd{r}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{C-x C-s,s,org-save-all-org-buffers}
|
||
Save all Org buffers in the current Emacs session, and also the locations of
|
||
IDs.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-c,org-agenda-columns}
|
||
@vindex org-columns-default-format
|
||
Invoke column view (@pxref{Column view}) in the agenda buffer. The column
|
||
view format is taken from the entry at point, or (if there is no entry at
|
||
point), from the first entry in the agenda view. So whatever the format for
|
||
that entry would be in the original buffer (taken from a property, from a
|
||
@code{#+COLUMNS} line, or from the default variable
|
||
@code{org-columns-default-format}), will be used in the agenda.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x >,org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock}
|
||
Remove the restriction lock on the agenda, if it is currently restricted to a
|
||
file or subtree (@pxref{Agenda files}).
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Secondary filtering and query editing}
|
||
|
||
For a detailed description of these commands, see @pxref{Filtering/limiting
|
||
agenda items}.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{/,org-agenda-filter-by-tag}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-tag-filter-preset
|
||
Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag and/or effort estimates.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{\\,org-agenda-filter-by-tag-refine}
|
||
Narrow the current agenda filter by an additional condition.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{<,org-agenda-filter-by-category}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-category-filter-preset
|
||
|
||
Filter the current agenda view with respect to the category of the item at
|
||
point. Pressing @code{<} another time will remove this filter.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{^,org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline}
|
||
Filter the current agenda view and only display the siblings and the parent
|
||
headline of the one at point.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{=,org-agenda-filter-by-regexp}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset
|
||
|
||
Filter the agenda view by a regular expression: only show agenda entries
|
||
matching the regular expression the user entered. When called with a prefix
|
||
argument, it will filter @emph{out} entries matching the regexp. With two
|
||
universal prefix arguments, it will remove all the regexp filters, which can
|
||
be accumulated. You can add a filter preset through the option
|
||
@code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset} (see below.)
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{|,org-agenda-filter-remove-all}
|
||
Remove all filters in the current agenda view.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Remote editing}
|
||
@cindex remote editing, from agenda
|
||
|
||
@item 0--9
|
||
Digit argument.
|
||
@c
|
||
@cindex undoing remote-editing events
|
||
@cindex remote editing, undo
|
||
@orgcmd{C-_,org-agenda-undo}
|
||
Undo a change due to a remote editing command. The change is undone
|
||
both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{t,org-agenda-todo}
|
||
Change the TODO state of the item, both in the agenda and in the
|
||
original org file.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-S-@key{right},org-agenda-todo-nextset}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-S-@key{left},org-agenda-todo-previousset}
|
||
Switch to the next/previous set of TODO keywords.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-k,org-agenda-kill}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-confirm-kill
|
||
Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree belonging
|
||
to it in the original Org file. If the text to be deleted remotely
|
||
is longer than one line, the kill needs to be confirmed by the user. See
|
||
variable @code{org-agenda-confirm-kill}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-w,org-agenda-refile}
|
||
Refile the entry at point.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{C-c C-x C-a,a,org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation}
|
||
@vindex org-archive-default-command
|
||
Archive the subtree corresponding to the entry at point using the default
|
||
archiving command set in @code{org-archive-default-command}. When using the
|
||
@code{a} key, confirmation will be required.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x a,org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag}
|
||
Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x A,org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling}
|
||
Move the subtree corresponding to the current entry to its @emph{archive
|
||
sibling}.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkskc{C-c C-x C-s,$,org-agenda-archive}
|
||
Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline. This means the
|
||
entry will be moved to the configured archive location, most likely a
|
||
different file.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{T,org-agenda-show-tags}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags
|
||
Show all tags associated with the current item. This is useful if you have
|
||
turned off @code{org-agenda-show-inherited-tags}, but still want to see all
|
||
tags of a headline occasionally.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{:,org-agenda-set-tags}
|
||
Set tags for the current headline. If there is an active region in the
|
||
agenda, change a tag for all headings in the region.
|
||
@c
|
||
@kindex ,
|
||
@item ,
|
||
Set the priority for the current item (@command{org-agenda-priority}).
|
||
Org mode prompts for the priority character. If you reply with @key{SPC},
|
||
the priority cookie is removed from the entry.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{P,org-agenda-show-priority}
|
||
Display weighted priority of current item.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{+,S-@key{up},org-agenda-priority-up}
|
||
Increase the priority of the current item. The priority is changed in
|
||
the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted. Use the @kbd{r}
|
||
key for this.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{-,S-@key{down},org-agenda-priority-down}
|
||
Decrease the priority of the current item.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmdkkc{z,C-c C-z,org-agenda-add-note}
|
||
@vindex org-log-into-drawer
|
||
Add a note to the entry. This note will be recorded, and then filed to the
|
||
same location where state change notes are put. Depending on
|
||
@code{org-log-into-drawer}, this may be inside a drawer.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-a,org-attach}
|
||
Dispatcher for all command related to attachments.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-s,org-agenda-schedule}
|
||
Schedule this item. With prefix arg remove the scheduling timestamp
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-d,org-agenda-deadline}
|
||
Set a deadline for this item. With prefix arg remove the deadline.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{S-@key{right},org-agenda-do-date-later}
|
||
Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day into the
|
||
future. If the date is in the past, the first call to this command will move
|
||
it to today.@*
|
||
With a numeric prefix argument, change it by that many days. For example,
|
||
@kbd{3 6 5 S-@key{right}} will change it by a year. With a @kbd{C-u} prefix,
|
||
change the time by one hour. If you immediately repeat the command, it will
|
||
continue to change hours even without the prefix arg. With a double @kbd{C-u
|
||
C-u} prefix, do the same for changing minutes.@*
|
||
The stamp is changed in the original Org file, but the change is not directly
|
||
reflected in the agenda buffer. Use @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} to update the buffer.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{S-@key{left},org-agenda-do-date-earlier}
|
||
Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day
|
||
into the past.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{>,org-agenda-date-prompt}
|
||
Change the timestamp associated with the current line. The key @kbd{>} has
|
||
been chosen, because it is the same as @kbd{S-.} on my keyboard.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{I,org-agenda-clock-in}
|
||
Start the clock on the current item. If a clock is running already, it
|
||
is stopped first.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{O,org-agenda-clock-out}
|
||
Stop the previously started clock.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{X,org-agenda-clock-cancel}
|
||
Cancel the currently running clock.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{J,org-agenda-clock-goto}
|
||
Jump to the running clock in another window.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{k,org-agenda-capture}
|
||
Like @code{org-capture}, but use the date at point as the default date for
|
||
the capture template. See @code{org-capture-use-agenda-date} to make this
|
||
the default behavior of @code{org-capture}.
|
||
@cindex capturing, from agenda
|
||
@vindex org-capture-use-agenda-date
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Dragging agenda lines forward/backward}
|
||
@cindex dragging, agenda lines
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{M-<up>,org-agenda-drag-line-backward}
|
||
Drag the line at point backward one line@footnote{Moving agenda lines does
|
||
not persist after an agenda refresh and does not modify the contributing
|
||
@file{.org} files}. With a numeric prefix argument, drag backward by that
|
||
many lines.
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{M-<down>,org-agenda-drag-line-forward}
|
||
Drag the line at point forward one line. With a numeric prefix argument,
|
||
drag forward by that many lines.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Bulk remote editing selected entries}
|
||
@cindex remote editing, bulk, from agenda
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{m,org-agenda-bulk-mark}
|
||
Mark the entry at point for bulk action. With numeric prefix argument, mark
|
||
that many successive entries.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{*,org-agenda-bulk-mark-all}
|
||
Mark all visible agenda entries for bulk action.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{u,org-agenda-bulk-unmark}
|
||
Unmark entry at point for bulk action.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{U,org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks}
|
||
Unmark all marked entries for bulk action.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-m,org-agenda-bulk-toggle}
|
||
Toggle mark of the entry at point for bulk action.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M-*,org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all}
|
||
Toggle marks of all visible entries for bulk action.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{%,org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp}
|
||
Mark entries matching a regular expression for bulk action.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{B,org-agenda-bulk-action}
|
||
Bulk action: act on all marked entries in the agenda. This will prompt for
|
||
another key to select the action to be applied. The prefix arg to @kbd{B}
|
||
will be passed through to the @kbd{s} and @kbd{d} commands, to bulk-remove
|
||
these special timestamps. By default, marks are removed after the bulk. If
|
||
you want them to persist, set @code{org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks} to
|
||
@code{t} or hit @kbd{p} at the prompt.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item *
|
||
Toggle persistent marks.
|
||
@item $
|
||
Archive all selected entries.
|
||
@item A
|
||
Archive entries by moving them to their respective archive siblings.
|
||
@item t
|
||
Change TODO state. This prompts for a single TODO keyword and changes the
|
||
state of all selected entries, bypassing blocking and suppressing logging
|
||
notes (but not timestamps).
|
||
@item +
|
||
Add a tag to all selected entries.
|
||
@item -
|
||
Remove a tag from all selected entries.
|
||
@item s
|
||
Schedule all items to a new date. To shift existing schedule dates by a
|
||
fixed number of days, use something starting with double plus at the prompt,
|
||
for example @samp{++8d} or @samp{++2w}.
|
||
@item d
|
||
Set deadline to a specific date.
|
||
@item r
|
||
Prompt for a single refile target and move all entries. The entries will no
|
||
longer be in the agenda; refresh (@kbd{g}) to bring them back.
|
||
@item S
|
||
Reschedule randomly into the coming N days. N will be prompted for. With
|
||
prefix arg (@kbd{C-u B S}), scatter only across weekdays.
|
||
@item f
|
||
Apply a function@footnote{You can also create persistent custom functions
|
||
through @code{org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions}.} to marked entries. For
|
||
example, the function below sets the CATEGORY property of the entries to web.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(defun set-category ()
|
||
(interactive "P")
|
||
(let* ((marker (or (org-get-at-bol 'org-hd-marker)
|
||
(org-agenda-error)))
|
||
(buffer (marker-buffer marker)))
|
||
(with-current-buffer buffer
|
||
(save-excursion
|
||
(save-restriction
|
||
(widen)
|
||
(goto-char marker)
|
||
(org-back-to-heading t)
|
||
(org-set-property "CATEGORY" "web"))))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Calendar commands}
|
||
@cindex calendar commands, from agenda
|
||
|
||
@orgcmd{c,org-agenda-goto-calendar}
|
||
Open the Emacs calendar and move to the date at the agenda cursor.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{c,org-calendar-goto-agenda}
|
||
When in the calendar, compute and show the Org mode agenda for the
|
||
date at the cursor.
|
||
@c
|
||
@cindex diary entries, creating from agenda
|
||
@orgcmd{i,org-agenda-diary-entry}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-diary-file
|
||
Insert a new entry into the diary, using the date at the cursor and (for
|
||
block entries) the date at the mark. This will add to the Emacs diary
|
||
file@footnote{This file is parsed for the agenda when
|
||
@code{org-agenda-include-diary} is set.}, in a way similar to the @kbd{i}
|
||
command in the calendar. The diary file will pop up in another window, where
|
||
you can add the entry.
|
||
|
||
If you configure @code{org-agenda-diary-file} to point to an Org mode file,
|
||
Org will create entries (in Org mode syntax) in that file instead. Most
|
||
entries will be stored in a date-based outline tree that will later make it
|
||
easy to archive appointments from previous months/years. The tree will be
|
||
built under an entry with a @code{DATE_TREE} property, or else with years as
|
||
top-level entries. Emacs will prompt you for the entry text---if you specify
|
||
it, the entry will be created in @code{org-agenda-diary-file} without further
|
||
interaction. If you directly press @key{RET} at the prompt without typing
|
||
text, the target file will be shown in another window for you to finish the
|
||
entry there. See also the @kbd{k r} command.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{M,org-agenda-phases-of-moon}
|
||
Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current date.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{S,org-agenda-sunrise-sunset}
|
||
Show sunrise and sunset times. The geographical location must be set
|
||
with calendar variables, see the documentation for the Emacs calendar.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C,org-agenda-convert-date}
|
||
Convert the date at cursor into many other cultural and historic
|
||
calendars.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{H,org-agenda-holidays}
|
||
Show holidays for three months around the cursor date.
|
||
|
||
@item M-x org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files RET
|
||
Export a single iCalendar file containing entries from all agenda files.
|
||
This is a globally available command, and also available in the agenda menu.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Exporting to a file}
|
||
@orgcmd{C-x C-w,org-agenda-write}
|
||
@cindex exporting agenda views
|
||
@cindex agenda views, exporting
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
|
||
Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the selected
|
||
file name, the view will be exported as HTML (@file{.html} or @file{.htm}),
|
||
Postscript (@file{.ps}), PDF (@file{.pdf}), Org (@file{.org}) and plain text
|
||
(any other extension). When exporting to Org, only the body of original
|
||
headlines are exported, not subtrees or inherited tags. When called with a
|
||
@kbd{C-u} prefix argument, immediately open the newly created file. Use the
|
||
variable @code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} to set options for
|
||
@file{ps-print} and for @file{htmlize} to be used during export.
|
||
|
||
@tsubheading{Quit and Exit}
|
||
@orgcmd{q,org-agenda-quit}
|
||
Quit agenda, remove the agenda buffer.
|
||
@c
|
||
@cindex agenda files, removing buffers
|
||
@orgcmd{x,org-agenda-exit}
|
||
Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by Emacs
|
||
for the compilation of the agenda. Buffers created by the user to
|
||
visit Org files will not be removed.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Custom agenda views, Exporting Agenda Views, Agenda commands, Agenda Views
|
||
@section Custom agenda views
|
||
@cindex custom agenda views
|
||
@cindex agenda views, custom
|
||
|
||
Custom agenda commands serve two purposes: to store and quickly access
|
||
frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special composite
|
||
agenda buffers. Custom agenda commands will be accessible through the
|
||
dispatcher (@pxref{Agenda dispatcher}), just like the default commands.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Storing searches:: Type once, use often
|
||
* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer
|
||
* Setting Options:: Changing the rules
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Storing searches, Block agenda, Custom agenda views, Custom agenda views
|
||
@subsection Storing searches
|
||
|
||
The first application of custom searches is the definition of keyboard
|
||
shortcuts for frequently used searches, either creating an agenda
|
||
buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the current
|
||
buffer).
|
||
@kindex C-c a C
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
@cindex agenda views, main example
|
||
@cindex agenda, as an agenda views
|
||
@cindex agenda*, as an agenda views
|
||
@cindex tags, as an agenda view
|
||
@cindex todo, as an agenda view
|
||
@cindex tags-todo
|
||
@cindex todo-tree
|
||
@cindex occur-tree
|
||
@cindex tags-tree
|
||
|
||
Custom commands are configured in the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. You can customize this variable, for
|
||
example by pressing @kbd{C-c a C}. You can also directly set it with Emacs
|
||
Lisp in @file{.emacs}. The following example contains all valid agenda
|
||
views:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("x" agenda)
|
||
("y" agenda*)
|
||
("w" todo "WAITING")
|
||
("W" todo-tree "WAITING")
|
||
("u" tags "+boss-urgent")
|
||
("v" tags-todo "+boss-urgent")
|
||
("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent")
|
||
("f" occur-tree "\\<FIXME\\>")
|
||
("h" . "HOME+Name tags searches") ; description for "h" prefix
|
||
("hl" tags "+home+Lisa")
|
||
("hp" tags "+home+Peter")
|
||
("hk" tags "+home+Kim")))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The initial string in each entry defines the keys you have to press
|
||
after the dispatcher command @kbd{C-c a} in order to access the command.
|
||
Usually this will be just a single character, but if you have many
|
||
similar commands, you can also define two-letter combinations where the
|
||
first character is the same in several combinations and serves as a
|
||
prefix key@footnote{You can provide a description for a prefix key by
|
||
inserting a cons cell with the prefix and the description.}. The second
|
||
parameter is the search type, followed by the string or regular
|
||
expression to be used for the matching. The example above will
|
||
therefore define:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item C-c a x
|
||
as a global search for agenda entries planned@footnote{@emph{Planned} means
|
||
here that these entries have some planning information attached to them, like
|
||
a time-stamp, a scheduled or a deadline string. See
|
||
@code{org-agenda-entry-types} on how to set what planning information will be
|
||
taken into account.} this week/day.
|
||
@item C-c a y
|
||
as a global search for agenda entries planned this week/day, but only those
|
||
with an hour specification like @code{[h]h:mm}---think of them as appointments.
|
||
@item C-c a w
|
||
as a global search for TODO entries with @samp{WAITING} as the TODO
|
||
keyword
|
||
@item C-c a W
|
||
as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying the
|
||
results as a sparse tree
|
||
@item C-c a u
|
||
as a global tags search for headlines marked @samp{:boss:} but not
|
||
@samp{:urgent:}
|
||
@item C-c a v
|
||
as the same search as @kbd{C-c a u}, but limiting the search to
|
||
headlines that are also TODO items
|
||
@item C-c a U
|
||
as the same search as @kbd{C-c a u}, but only in the current buffer and
|
||
displaying the result as a sparse tree
|
||
@item C-c a f
|
||
to create a sparse tree (again: current buffer only) with all entries
|
||
containing the word @samp{FIXME}
|
||
@item C-c a h
|
||
as a prefix command for a HOME tags search where you have to press an
|
||
additional key (@kbd{l}, @kbd{p} or @kbd{k}) to select a name (Lisa,
|
||
Peter, or Kim) as additional tag to match.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Note that the @code{*-tree} agenda views need to be called from an
|
||
Org buffer as they operate on the current buffer only.
|
||
|
||
@node Block agenda, Setting Options, Storing searches, Custom agenda views
|
||
@subsection Block agenda
|
||
@cindex block agenda
|
||
@cindex agenda, with block views
|
||
|
||
Another possibility is the construction of agenda views that comprise
|
||
the results of @emph{several} commands, each of which creates a block in
|
||
the agenda buffer. The available commands include @code{agenda} for the
|
||
daily or weekly agenda (as created with @kbd{C-c a a}), @code{alltodo}
|
||
for the global TODO list (as constructed with @kbd{C-c a t}), and the
|
||
matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and
|
||
@code{tags-todo}. Here are two examples:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
|
||
((agenda "")
|
||
(tags-todo "home")
|
||
(tags "garden")))
|
||
("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
|
||
((agenda "")
|
||
(tags-todo "work")
|
||
(tags "office")))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
This will define @kbd{C-c a h} to create a multi-block view for stuff
|
||
you need to attend to at home. The resulting agenda buffer will contain
|
||
your agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag
|
||
@samp{home}, and also all lines tagged with @samp{garden}. Finally the
|
||
command @kbd{C-c a o} provides a similar view for office tasks.
|
||
|
||
@node Setting Options, , Block agenda, Custom agenda views
|
||
@subsection Setting options for custom commands
|
||
@cindex options, for custom agenda views
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
Org mode contains a number of variables regulating agenda construction
|
||
and display. The global variables define the behavior for all agenda
|
||
commands, including the custom commands. However, if you want to change
|
||
some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so. Setting
|
||
options requires inserting a list of variable names and values at the
|
||
right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}. For example:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("w" todo "WAITING"
|
||
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))
|
||
(org-agenda-prefix-format " Mixed: ")))
|
||
("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent"
|
||
((org-show-following-heading nil)
|
||
(org-show-hierarchy-above nil)))
|
||
("N" search ""
|
||
((org-agenda-files '("~org/notes.org"))
|
||
(org-agenda-text-search-extra-files nil)))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Now the @kbd{C-c a w} command will sort the collected entries only by
|
||
priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say @samp{ Mixed: }
|
||
instead of giving the category of the entry. The sparse tags tree of
|
||
@kbd{C-c a U} will now turn out ultra-compact, because neither the
|
||
headline hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match
|
||
will be shown. The command @kbd{C-c a N} will do a text search limited
|
||
to only a single file.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
For command sets creating a block agenda,
|
||
@code{org-agenda-custom-commands} has two separate spots for setting
|
||
options. You can add options that should be valid for just a single
|
||
command in the set, and options that should be valid for all commands in
|
||
the set. The former are just added to the command entry; the latter
|
||
must come after the list of command entries. Going back to the block
|
||
agenda example (@pxref{Block agenda}), let's change the sorting strategy
|
||
for the @kbd{C-c a h} commands to @code{priority-down}, but let's sort
|
||
the results for GARDEN tags query in the opposite order,
|
||
@code{priority-up}. This would look like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
|
||
((agenda)
|
||
(tags-todo "home")
|
||
(tags "garden"
|
||
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-up)))))
|
||
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))))
|
||
("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
|
||
((agenda)
|
||
(tags-todo "work")
|
||
(tags "office")))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
As you see, the values and parentheses setting is a little complex.
|
||
When in doubt, use the customize interface to set this variable---it
|
||
fully supports its structure. Just one caveat: when setting options in
|
||
this interface, the @emph{values} are just Lisp expressions. So if the
|
||
value is a string, you need to add the double-quotes around the value
|
||
yourself.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
|
||
To control whether an agenda command should be accessible from a specific
|
||
context, you can customize @code{org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts}. Let's
|
||
say for example that you have an agenda commands @code{"o"} displaying a view
|
||
that you only need when reading emails. Then you would configure this option
|
||
like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
|
||
'(("o" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
You can also tell that the command key @code{"o"} should refer to another
|
||
command key @code{"r"}. In that case, add this command key like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
|
||
'(("o" "r" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
See the docstring of the variable for more information.
|
||
|
||
@node Exporting Agenda Views, Agenda column view, Custom agenda views, Agenda Views
|
||
@section Exporting Agenda Views
|
||
@cindex agenda views, exporting
|
||
|
||
If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have a printed
|
||
version of some agenda views to carry around. Org mode can export custom
|
||
agenda views as plain text, HTML@footnote{You need to install Hrvoje Niksic's
|
||
@file{htmlize.el}.}, Postscript, PDF@footnote{To create PDF output, the
|
||
ghostscript @file{ps2pdf} utility must be installed on the system. Selecting
|
||
a PDF file will also create the postscript file.}, and iCalendar files. If
|
||
you want to do this only occasionally, use the command
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-x C-w,org-agenda-write}
|
||
@cindex exporting agenda views
|
||
@cindex agenda views, exporting
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
|
||
Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the selected
|
||
file name, the view will be exported as HTML (extension @file{.html} or
|
||
@file{.htm}), Postscript (extension @file{.ps}), iCalendar (extension
|
||
@file{.ics}), or plain text (any other extension). Use the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} to set options for @file{ps-print} and
|
||
for @file{htmlize} to be used during export, for example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines
|
||
@vindex htmlize-output-type
|
||
@vindex ps-number-of-columns
|
||
@vindex ps-landscape-mode
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-exporter-settings
|
||
'((ps-number-of-columns 2)
|
||
(ps-landscape-mode t)
|
||
(org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines 5)
|
||
(htmlize-output-type 'css)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can associate
|
||
any custom agenda command with a list of output file names
|
||
@footnote{If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda
|
||
or the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for
|
||
them in order to be able to specify file names.}. Here is an example
|
||
that first defines custom commands for the agenda and the global
|
||
TODO list, together with a number of files to which to export them.
|
||
Then we define two block agenda commands and specify file names for them
|
||
as well. File names can be relative to the current working directory,
|
||
or absolute.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("X" agenda "" nil ("agenda.html" "agenda.ps"))
|
||
("Y" alltodo "" nil ("todo.html" "todo.txt" "todo.ps"))
|
||
("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
|
||
((agenda "")
|
||
(tags-todo "home")
|
||
(tags "garden"))
|
||
nil
|
||
("~/views/home.html"))
|
||
("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
|
||
((agenda)
|
||
(tags-todo "work")
|
||
(tags "office"))
|
||
nil
|
||
("~/views/office.ps" "~/calendars/office.ics"))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The extension of the file name determines the type of export. If it is
|
||
@file{.html}, Org mode will use the @file{htmlize.el} package to convert
|
||
the buffer to HTML and save it to this file name. If the extension is
|
||
@file{.ps}, @code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} is used to produce
|
||
Postscript output. If the extension is @file{.ics}, iCalendar export is
|
||
run export over all files that were used to construct the agenda, and
|
||
limit the export to entries listed in the agenda. Any other
|
||
extension produces a plain ASCII file.
|
||
|
||
The export files are @emph{not} created when you use one of those
|
||
commands interactively because this might use too much overhead.
|
||
Instead, there is a special command to produce @emph{all} specified
|
||
files in one step:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c a e,org-store-agenda-views}
|
||
Export all agenda views that have export file names associated with
|
||
them.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
You can use the options section of the custom agenda commands to also
|
||
set options for the export commands. For example:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
'(("X" agenda ""
|
||
((ps-number-of-columns 2)
|
||
(ps-landscape-mode t)
|
||
(org-agenda-prefix-format " [ ] ")
|
||
(org-agenda-with-colors nil)
|
||
(org-agenda-remove-tags t))
|
||
("theagenda.ps"))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
This command sets two options for the Postscript exporter, to make it
|
||
print in two columns in landscape format---the resulting page can be cut
|
||
in two and then used in a paper agenda. The remaining settings modify
|
||
the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information, and
|
||
instead include a checkbox to check off items. We also remove the tags
|
||
to make the lines compact, and we don't want to use colors for the
|
||
black-and-white printer. Settings specified in
|
||
@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} will also apply, but the settings
|
||
in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} take precedence.
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
From the command line you may also use
|
||
@example
|
||
emacs -eval (org-batch-store-agenda-views) -kill
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
or, if you need to modify some parameters@footnote{Quoting depends on the
|
||
system you use, please check the FAQ for examples.}
|
||
@example
|
||
emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views \
|
||
org-agenda-span (quote month) \
|
||
org-agenda-start-day "2007-11-01" \
|
||
org-agenda-include-diary nil \
|
||
org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
|
||
-kill
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
which will create the agenda views restricted to the file
|
||
@file{~/org/project.org}, without diary entries and with a 30-day
|
||
extent.
|
||
|
||
You can also extract agenda information in a way that allows further
|
||
processing by other programs. See @ref{Extracting agenda information}, for
|
||
more information.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Agenda column view, , Exporting Agenda Views, Agenda Views
|
||
@section Using column view in the agenda
|
||
@cindex column view, in agenda
|
||
@cindex agenda, column view
|
||
|
||
Column view (@pxref{Column view}) is normally used to view and edit
|
||
properties embedded in the hierarchical structure of an Org file. It can be
|
||
quite useful to use column view also from the agenda, where entries are
|
||
collected by certain criteria.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-c,org-agenda-columns}
|
||
Turn on column view in the agenda.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
To understand how to use this properly, it is important to realize that the
|
||
entries in the agenda are no longer in their proper outline environment.
|
||
This causes the following issues:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-columns-default-format
|
||
@vindex org-overriding-columns-format
|
||
Org needs to make a decision which @code{COLUMNS} format to use. Since the
|
||
entries in the agenda are collected from different files, and different files
|
||
may have different @code{COLUMNS} formats, this is a non-trivial problem.
|
||
Org first checks if the variable @code{org-agenda-overriding-columns-format} is
|
||
currently set, and if so, takes the format from there. Otherwise it takes
|
||
the format associated with the first item in the agenda, or, if that item
|
||
does not have a specific format (defined in a property, or in its file), it
|
||
uses @code{org-columns-default-format}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@cindex property, special, CLOCKSUM
|
||
If any of the columns has a summary type defined (@pxref{Column attributes}),
|
||
turning on column view in the agenda will visit all relevant agenda files and
|
||
make sure that the computations of this property are up to date. This is
|
||
also true for the special @code{CLOCKSUM} property. Org will then sum the
|
||
values displayed in the agenda. In the daily/weekly agenda, the sums will
|
||
cover a single day; in all other views they cover the entire block. It is
|
||
vital to realize that the agenda may show the same entry @emph{twice} (for
|
||
example as scheduled and as a deadline), and it may show two entries from the
|
||
same hierarchy (for example a @emph{parent} and its @emph{child}). In these
|
||
cases, the summation in the agenda will lead to incorrect results because
|
||
some values will count double.
|
||
@item
|
||
When the column view in the agenda shows the @code{CLOCKSUM}, that is always
|
||
the entire clocked time for this item. So even in the daily/weekly agenda,
|
||
the clocksum listed in column view may originate from times outside the
|
||
current view. This has the advantage that you can compare these values with
|
||
a column listing the planned total effort for a task---one of the major
|
||
applications for column view in the agenda. If you want information about
|
||
clocked time in the displayed period use clock table mode (press @kbd{R} in
|
||
the agenda).
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@cindex property, special, CLOCKSUM_T
|
||
When the column view in the agenda shows the @code{CLOCKSUM_T}, that is
|
||
always today's clocked time for this item. So even in the weekly agenda,
|
||
the clocksum listed in column view only originates from today. This lets
|
||
you compare the time you spent on a task for today, with the time already
|
||
spent (via @code{CLOCKSUM}) and with the planned total effort for it.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Markup, Exporting, Agenda Views, Top
|
||
@chapter Markup for rich export
|
||
|
||
When exporting Org mode documents, the exporter tries to reflect the
|
||
structure of the document as accurately as possible in the back-end. Since
|
||
export targets like HTML, @LaTeX{} allow much richer formatting, Org mode has
|
||
rules on how to prepare text for rich export. This section summarizes the
|
||
markup rules used in an Org mode buffer.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Structural markup elements:: The basic structure as seen by the exporter
|
||
* Images and tables:: Images, tables and caption mechanism
|
||
* Literal examples:: Source code examples with special formatting
|
||
* Include files:: Include additional files into a document
|
||
* Index entries:: Making an index
|
||
* Macro replacement:: Use macros to create templates
|
||
* Embedded @LaTeX{}:: LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents
|
||
* Special blocks:: Containers targeted at export back-ends
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Structural markup elements, Images and tables, Markup, Markup
|
||
@section Structural markup elements
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Document title:: Where the title is taken from
|
||
* Headings and sections:: The document structure as seen by the exporter
|
||
* Table of contents:: The if and where of the table of contents
|
||
* Lists:: Lists
|
||
* Paragraphs:: Paragraphs
|
||
* Footnote markup:: Footnotes
|
||
* Emphasis and monospace:: Bold, italic, etc.
|
||
* Horizontal rules:: Make a line
|
||
* Comment lines:: What will *not* be exported
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Document title, Headings and sections, Structural markup elements, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Document title
|
||
@cindex document title, markup rules
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The title of the exported document is taken from the special line
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TITLE
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TITLE: This is the title of the document
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
If this line does not exist, the title will be the name of the file
|
||
associated to buffer, without extension, or the buffer name.
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, EXPORT_TITLE
|
||
If you are exporting only a subtree, its heading will become the title of the
|
||
document. If the subtree has a property @code{EXPORT_TITLE}, that will take
|
||
precedence.
|
||
|
||
@node Headings and sections, Table of contents, Document title, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Headings and sections
|
||
@cindex headings and sections, markup rules
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-headline-levels
|
||
The outline structure of the document as described in @ref{Document
|
||
Structure}, forms the basis for defining sections of the exported document.
|
||
However, since the outline structure is also used for (for example) lists of
|
||
tasks, only the first three outline levels will be used as headings. Deeper
|
||
levels will become itemized lists. You can change the location of this
|
||
switch globally by setting the variable @code{org-export-headline-levels}, or on a
|
||
per-file basis with a line
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+OPTIONS
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: H:4
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Table of contents, Lists, Headings and sections, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Table of contents
|
||
@cindex table of contents, markup rules
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TOC
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-toc
|
||
The table of contents is normally inserted directly before the first headline
|
||
of the file. The depth of the table is by default the same as the number of
|
||
headline levels, but you can choose a smaller number, or turn off the table
|
||
of contents entirely, by configuring the variable @code{org-export-with-toc},
|
||
or on a per-file basis with a line like
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: toc:2 (only to two levels in TOC)
|
||
#+OPTIONS: toc:nil (no default TOC at all)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you would like to move the table of contents to a different location, you
|
||
should turn off the default table using @code{org-export-with-toc} or
|
||
@code{#+OPTIONS} and insert @code{#+TOC: headlines N} at the desired
|
||
location(s).
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: toc:nil (no default TOC)
|
||
...
|
||
#+TOC: headlines 2 (insert TOC here, with two headline levels)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Multiple @code{#+TOC: headline} lines are allowed. The same @code{TOC}
|
||
keyword can also generate a list of all tables (resp.@: all listings) with a
|
||
caption in the buffer.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TOC: listings (build a list of listings)
|
||
#+TOC: tables (build a list of tables)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, ALT_TITLE
|
||
The headline's title usually determines its corresponding entry in a table of
|
||
contents. However, it is possible to specify an alternative title by
|
||
setting @code{ALT_TITLE} property accordingly. It will then be used when
|
||
building the table.
|
||
|
||
@node Lists, Paragraphs, Table of contents, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Lists
|
||
@cindex lists, markup rules
|
||
|
||
Plain lists as described in @ref{Plain lists}, are translated to the back-end's
|
||
syntax for such lists. Most back-ends support unordered, ordered, and
|
||
description lists.
|
||
|
||
@node Paragraphs, Footnote markup, Lists, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Paragraphs, line breaks, and quoting
|
||
@cindex paragraphs, markup rules
|
||
|
||
Paragraphs are separated by at least one empty line. If you need to enforce
|
||
a line break within a paragraph, use @samp{\\} at the end of a line.
|
||
|
||
To keep the line breaks in a region, but otherwise use normal formatting, you
|
||
can use this construct, which can also be used to format poetry.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_VERSE
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_VERSE
|
||
Great clouds overhead
|
||
Tiny black birds rise and fall
|
||
Snow covers Emacs
|
||
|
||
-- AlexSchroeder
|
||
#+END_VERSE
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
When quoting a passage from another document, it is customary to format this
|
||
as a paragraph that is indented on both the left and the right margin. You
|
||
can include quotations in Org mode documents like this:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_QUOTE
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_QUOTE
|
||
Everything should be made as simple as possible,
|
||
but not any simpler -- Albert Einstein
|
||
#+END_QUOTE
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you would like to center some text, do it like this:
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_CENTER
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_CENTER
|
||
Everything should be made as simple as possible, \\
|
||
but not any simpler
|
||
#+END_CENTER
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Footnote markup, Emphasis and monospace, Paragraphs, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Footnote markup
|
||
@cindex footnotes, markup rules
|
||
@cindex @file{footnote.el}
|
||
|
||
Footnotes defined in the way described in @ref{Footnotes}, will be exported
|
||
by all back-ends. Org allows multiple references to the same note, and
|
||
multiple footnotes side by side.
|
||
|
||
@node Emphasis and monospace, Horizontal rules, Footnote markup, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Emphasis and monospace
|
||
|
||
@cindex underlined text, markup rules
|
||
@cindex bold text, markup rules
|
||
@cindex italic text, markup rules
|
||
@cindex verbatim text, markup rules
|
||
@cindex code text, markup rules
|
||
@cindex strike-through text, markup rules
|
||
@vindex org-fontify-emphasized-text
|
||
@vindex org-emphasis-regexp-components
|
||
@vindex org-emphasis-alist
|
||
You can make words @b{*bold*}, @i{/italic/}, _underlined_, @code{=verbatim=}
|
||
and @code{~code~}, and, if you must, @samp{+strike-through+}. Text
|
||
in the code and verbatim string is not processed for Org mode specific
|
||
syntax, it is exported verbatim.
|
||
|
||
To turn off fontification for marked up text, you can set
|
||
@code{org-fontify-emphasized-text} to @code{nil}. To narrow down the list of
|
||
available markup syntax, you can customize @code{org-emphasis-alist}. To fine
|
||
tune what characters are allowed before and after the markup characters, you
|
||
can tweak @code{org-emphasis-regexp-components}. Beware that changing one of
|
||
the above variables will no take effect until you reload Org, for which you
|
||
may need to restart Emacs.
|
||
|
||
@node Horizontal rules, Comment lines, Emphasis and monospace, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Horizontal rules
|
||
@cindex horizontal rules, markup rules
|
||
A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, will be exported as
|
||
a horizontal line.
|
||
|
||
@node Comment lines, , Horizontal rules, Structural markup elements
|
||
@subheading Comment lines
|
||
@cindex comment lines
|
||
@cindex exporting, not
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_COMMENT
|
||
|
||
Lines starting with zero or more whitespace characters followed by one
|
||
@samp{#} and a whitespace are treated as comments and will never be exported.
|
||
Also entire subtrees starting with the word @samp{COMMENT} will never be
|
||
exported. Finally, regions surrounded by @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT}
|
||
... @samp{#+END_COMMENT} will not be exported.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c ;
|
||
@item C-c ;
|
||
Toggle the COMMENT keyword at the beginning of an entry.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Images and tables, Literal examples, Structural markup elements, Markup
|
||
@section Images and Tables
|
||
|
||
@cindex tables, markup rules
|
||
@cindex #+CAPTION
|
||
@cindex #+NAME
|
||
Both the native Org mode tables (@pxref{Tables}) and tables formatted with
|
||
the @file{table.el} package will be exported properly. For Org mode tables,
|
||
the lines before the first horizontal separator line will become table header
|
||
lines. You can use the following lines somewhere before the table to assign
|
||
a caption and a label for cross references, and in the text you can refer to
|
||
the object with @code{[[tab:basic-data]]} (@pxref{Internal links}):
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next table (or link)
|
||
#+NAME: tab:basic-data
|
||
| ... | ...|
|
||
|-----|----|
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Optionally, the caption can take the form:
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CAPTION[Caption for list of tables]: Caption for table.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex inlined images, markup rules
|
||
Some back-ends allow you to directly include images into the exported
|
||
document. Org does this, if a link to an image files does not have
|
||
a description part, for example @code{[[./img/a.jpg]]}. If you wish to
|
||
define a caption for the image and maybe a label for internal cross
|
||
references, make sure that the link is on a line by itself and precede it
|
||
with @code{#+CAPTION} and @code{#+NAME} as follows:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next figure link (or table)
|
||
#+NAME: fig:SED-HR4049
|
||
[[./img/a.jpg]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Such images can be displayed within the buffer. @xref{Handling links,the
|
||
discussion of image links}.
|
||
|
||
Even though images and tables are prominent examples of captioned structures,
|
||
the same caption mechanism can apply to many others (e.g., @LaTeX{}
|
||
equations, source code blocks). Depending on the export back-end, those may
|
||
or may not be handled.
|
||
|
||
@node Literal examples, Include files, Images and tables, Markup
|
||
@section Literal examples
|
||
@cindex literal examples, markup rules
|
||
@cindex code line references, markup rules
|
||
|
||
You can include literal examples that should not be subjected to
|
||
markup. Such examples will be typeset in monospace, so this is well suited
|
||
for source code and similar examples.
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
|
||
Some example from a text file.
|
||
#+END_EXAMPLE
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Note that such blocks may be @i{indented} in order to align nicely with
|
||
indented text and in particular with plain list structure (@pxref{Plain
|
||
lists}). For simplicity when using small examples, you can also start the
|
||
example lines with a colon followed by a space. There may also be additional
|
||
whitespace before the colon:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
Here is an example
|
||
: Some example from a text file.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex formatting source code, markup rules
|
||
If the example is source code from a programming language, or any other text
|
||
that can be marked up by font-lock in Emacs, you can ask for the example to
|
||
look like the fontified Emacs buffer@footnote{This works automatically for
|
||
the HTML back-end (it requires version 1.34 of the @file{htmlize.el} package,
|
||
which is distributed with Org). Fontified code chunks in @LaTeX{} can be
|
||
achieved using either the listings or the
|
||
@url{http://code.google.com/p/minted, minted,} package. Refer to
|
||
@code{org-latex-listings} documentation for details.}. This is done
|
||
with the @samp{src} block, where you also need to specify the name of the
|
||
major mode that should be used to fontify the example@footnote{Code in
|
||
@samp{src} blocks may also be evaluated either interactively or on export.
|
||
See @pxref{Working With Source Code} for more information on evaluating code
|
||
blocks.}, see @ref{Easy Templates} for shortcuts to easily insert code
|
||
blocks.
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_SRC
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
|
||
(defun org-xor (a b)
|
||
"Exclusive or."
|
||
(if a (not b) b))
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Both in @code{example} and in @code{src} snippets, you can add a @code{-n}
|
||
switch to the end of the @code{BEGIN} line, to get the lines of the example
|
||
numbered. If you use a @code{+n} switch, the numbering from the previous
|
||
numbered snippet will be continued in the current one. In literal examples,
|
||
Org will interpret strings like @samp{(ref:name)} as labels, and use them as
|
||
targets for special hyperlinks like @code{[[(name)]]} (i.e., the reference name
|
||
enclosed in single parenthesis). In HTML, hovering the mouse over such a
|
||
link will remote-highlight the corresponding code line, which is kind of
|
||
cool.
|
||
|
||
You can also add a @code{-r} switch which @i{removes} the labels from the
|
||
source code@footnote{Adding @code{-k} to @code{-n -r} will @i{keep} the
|
||
labels in the source code while using line numbers for the links, which might
|
||
be useful to explain those in an Org mode example code.}. With the @code{-n}
|
||
switch, links to these references will be labeled by the line numbers from
|
||
the code listing, otherwise links will use the labels with no parentheses.
|
||
Here is an example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n -r
|
||
(save-excursion (ref:sc)
|
||
(goto-char (point-min))) (ref:jump)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
In line [[(sc)]] we remember the current position. [[(jump)][Line (jump)]]
|
||
jumps to point-min.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-coderef-label-format
|
||
If the syntax for the label format conflicts with the language syntax, use a
|
||
@code{-l} switch to change the format, for example @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC pascal
|
||
-n -r -l "((%s))"}. See also the variable @code{org-coderef-label-format}.
|
||
|
||
HTML export also allows examples to be published as text areas (@pxref{Text
|
||
areas in HTML export}).
|
||
|
||
Because the @code{#+BEGIN_...} and @code{#+END_...} patterns need to be added
|
||
so often, shortcuts are provided using the Easy Templates facility
|
||
(@pxref{Easy Templates}).
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c '
|
||
@item C-c '
|
||
Edit the source code example at point in its native mode. This works by
|
||
switching to a temporary buffer with the source code. You need to exit by
|
||
pressing @kbd{C-c '} again@footnote{Upon exit, lines starting with @samp{*},
|
||
@samp{,*}, @samp{#+} and @samp{,#+} will get a comma prepended, to keep them
|
||
from being interpreted by Org as outline nodes or special syntax. These
|
||
commas will be stripped for editing with @kbd{C-c '}, and also for export.}.
|
||
The edited version will then replace the old version in the Org buffer.
|
||
Fixed-width regions (where each line starts with a colon followed by a space)
|
||
will be edited using @code{artist-mode}@footnote{You may select
|
||
a different-mode with the variable @code{org-edit-fixed-width-region-mode}.}
|
||
to allow creating ASCII drawings easily. Using this command in an empty line
|
||
will create a new fixed-width region.
|
||
@kindex C-c l
|
||
@item C-c l
|
||
Calling @code{org-store-link} while editing a source code example in a
|
||
temporary buffer created with @kbd{C-c '} will prompt for a label. Make sure
|
||
that it is unique in the current buffer, and insert it with the proper
|
||
formatting like @samp{(ref:label)} at the end of the current line. Then the
|
||
label is stored as a link @samp{(label)}, for retrieval with @kbd{C-c C-l}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Include files, Index entries, Literal examples, Markup
|
||
@section Include files
|
||
@cindex include files, markup rules
|
||
|
||
During export, you can include the content of another file. For example, to
|
||
include your @file{.emacs} file, you could use:
|
||
@cindex #+INCLUDE
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" src emacs-lisp
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The optional second and third parameter are the markup (i.e., @samp{example}
|
||
or @samp{src}), and, if the markup is @samp{src}, the language for formatting
|
||
the contents. The markup is optional; if it is not given, the text will be
|
||
assumed to be in Org mode format and will be processed normally.
|
||
|
||
Contents of the included file will belong to the same structure (headline,
|
||
item) containing the @code{INCLUDE} keyword. In particular, headlines within
|
||
the file will become children of the current section. That behavior can be
|
||
changed by providing an additional keyword parameter, @code{:minlevel}. In
|
||
that case, all headlines in the included file will be shifted so the one with
|
||
the lowest level reaches that specified level. For example, to make a file
|
||
become a sibling of the current top-level headline, use
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+INCLUDE: "~/my-book/chapter2.org" :minlevel 1
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
You can also include a portion of a file by specifying a lines range using
|
||
the @code{:lines} parameter. The line at the upper end of the range will not
|
||
be included. The start and/or the end of the range may be omitted to use the
|
||
obvious defaults.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "5-10" @r{Include lines 5 to 10, 10 excluded}
|
||
#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "-10" @r{Include lines 1 to 10, 10 excluded}
|
||
#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "10-" @r{Include lines from 10 to EOF}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c '
|
||
@item C-c '
|
||
Visit the include file at point.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Index entries, Macro replacement, Include files, Markup
|
||
@section Index entries
|
||
@cindex index entries, for publishing
|
||
|
||
You can specify entries that will be used for generating an index during
|
||
publishing. This is done by lines starting with @code{#+INDEX}. An entry
|
||
the contains an exclamation mark will create a sub item. See @ref{Generating
|
||
an index} for more information.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Curriculum Vitae
|
||
#+INDEX: CV
|
||
#+INDEX: Application!CV
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Macro replacement, Embedded @LaTeX{}, Index entries, Markup
|
||
@section Macro replacement
|
||
@cindex macro replacement, during export
|
||
@cindex #+MACRO
|
||
|
||
You can define text snippets with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+MACRO: name replacement text $1, $2 are arguments
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent which can be referenced in
|
||
paragraphs, verse blocks, table cells and some keywords with
|
||
@code{@{@{@{name(arg1,arg2)@}@}@}}@footnote{Since commas separate arguments,
|
||
commas within arguments have to be escaped with a backslash character.
|
||
Conversely, backslash characters before a comma, and only them, need to be
|
||
escaped with another backslash character.}. In addition to defined macros,
|
||
@code{@{@{@{title@}@}@}}, @code{@{@{@{author@}@}@}}, etc., will reference
|
||
information set by the @code{#+TITLE:}, @code{#+AUTHOR:}, and similar lines.
|
||
Also, @code{@{@{@{time(@var{FORMAT})@}@}@}} and
|
||
@code{@{@{@{modification-time(@var{FORMAT})@}@}@}} refer to current date time
|
||
and to the modification time of the file being exported, respectively.
|
||
@var{FORMAT} should be a format string understood by
|
||
@code{format-time-string}.
|
||
|
||
Macro expansion takes place during export.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Embedded @LaTeX{}, Special blocks, Macro replacement, Markup
|
||
@section Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
@cindex @TeX{} interpretation
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} interpretation
|
||
|
||
Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking. Exceptions
|
||
include scientific notes, which often require mathematical symbols and the
|
||
occasional formula. @LaTeX{}@footnote{@LaTeX{} is a macro system based on
|
||
Donald E. Knuth's @TeX{} system. Many of the features described here as
|
||
``@LaTeX{}'' are really from @TeX{}, but for simplicity I am blurring this
|
||
distinction.} is widely used to typeset scientific documents. Org mode
|
||
supports embedding @LaTeX{} code into its files, because many academics are
|
||
used to writing and reading @LaTeX{} source code, and because it can be
|
||
readily processed to produce pretty output for a number of export back-ends.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Special symbols:: Greek letters and other symbols
|
||
* Subscripts and superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text
|
||
* @LaTeX{} fragments:: Complex formulas made easy
|
||
* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
|
||
* CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Special symbols, Subscripts and superscripts, Embedded @LaTeX{}, Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
@subsection Special symbols
|
||
@cindex math symbols
|
||
@cindex special symbols
|
||
@cindex @TeX{} macros
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments, markup rules
|
||
@cindex HTML entities
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} entities
|
||
|
||
You can use @LaTeX{}-like syntax to insert special symbols like @samp{\alpha}
|
||
to indicate the Greek letter, or @samp{\to} to indicate an arrow. Completion
|
||
for these symbols is available, just type @samp{\} and maybe a few letters,
|
||
and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to see possible completions. Unlike @LaTeX{}
|
||
code, Org mode allows these symbols to be present without surrounding math
|
||
delimiters, for example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
Angles are written as Greek letters \alpha, \beta and \gamma.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-entities
|
||
During export, these symbols will be transformed into the native format of
|
||
the exporter back-end. Strings like @code{\alpha} will be exported as
|
||
@code{α} in the HTML output, and as @code{$\alpha$} in the @LaTeX{}
|
||
output. Similarly, @code{\nbsp} will become @code{ } in HTML and
|
||
@code{~} in @LaTeX{}. If you need such a symbol inside a word, terminate it
|
||
like this: @samp{\Aacute@{@}stor}.
|
||
|
||
A large number of entities is provided, with names taken from both HTML and
|
||
@LaTeX{}; see the variable @code{org-entities} for the complete list.
|
||
@samp{\-} is treated as a shy hyphen, and @samp{--}, @samp{---}, and
|
||
@samp{...} are all converted into special commands creating hyphens of
|
||
different lengths or a compact set of dots.
|
||
|
||
If you would like to see entities displayed as UTF-8 characters, use the
|
||
following command@footnote{You can turn this on by default by setting the
|
||
variable @code{org-pretty-entities}, or on a per-file base with the
|
||
@code{#+STARTUP} option @code{entitiespretty}.}:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@cindex @code{entitiespretty}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x \
|
||
@item C-c C-x \
|
||
Toggle display of entities as UTF-8 characters. This does not change the
|
||
buffer content which remains plain ASCII, but it overlays the UTF-8 character
|
||
for display purposes only.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Subscripts and superscripts, @LaTeX{} fragments, Special symbols, Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
@subsection Subscripts and superscripts
|
||
@cindex subscript
|
||
@cindex superscript
|
||
|
||
Just like in @LaTeX{}, @samp{^} and @samp{_} are used to indicate super- and
|
||
subscripts. Again, these can be used without embedding them in math-mode
|
||
delimiters. To increase the readability of ASCII text, it is not necessary
|
||
(but OK) to surround multi-character sub- and superscripts with curly braces.
|
||
For example
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
The mass of the sun is M_sun = 1.989 x 10^30 kg. The radius of
|
||
the sun is R_@{sun@} = 6.96 x 10^8 m.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-use-sub-superscripts
|
||
If you write a text where the underscore is often used in a different
|
||
context, Org's convention to always interpret these as subscripts can get in
|
||
your way. Configure the variable @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} to change
|
||
this convention. For example, when setting this variable to @code{@{@}},
|
||
@samp{a_b} will not be interpreted as a subscript, but @samp{a_@{b@}} will.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x \
|
||
@item C-c C-x \
|
||
In addition to showing entities as UTF-8 characters, this command will also
|
||
format sub- and superscripts in a WYSIWYM way.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node @LaTeX{} fragments, Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments, Subscripts and superscripts, Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
@subsection @LaTeX{} fragments
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-format-latex-header
|
||
Going beyond symbols and sub- and superscripts, a full formula language is
|
||
needed. Org mode can contain @LaTeX{} math fragments, and it supports ways
|
||
to process these for several export back-ends. When exporting to @LaTeX{},
|
||
the code is obviously left as it is. When exporting to HTML, Org invokes the
|
||
@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax library} (@pxref{Math formatting in
|
||
HTML export}) to process and display the math@footnote{If you plan to use
|
||
this regularly or on pages with significant page views, you should install
|
||
@file{MathJax} on your own server in order to limit the load of our server.}.
|
||
Finally, it can also process the mathematical expressions into
|
||
images@footnote{For this to work you need to be on a system with a working
|
||
@LaTeX{} installation. You also need the @file{dvipng} program or the
|
||
@file{convert}, respectively available at
|
||
@url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/} and from the @file{imagemagick}
|
||
suite. The @LaTeX{} header that will be used when processing a fragment can
|
||
be configured with the variable @code{org-format-latex-header}.} that can be
|
||
displayed in a browser.
|
||
|
||
@LaTeX{} fragments don't need any special marking at all. The following
|
||
snippets will be identified as @LaTeX{} source code:
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
Environments of any kind@footnote{When @file{MathJax} is used, only the
|
||
environments recognized by @file{MathJax} will be processed. When
|
||
@file{dvipng} program or @file{imagemagick} suite is used to create images,
|
||
any @LaTeX{} environment will be handled.}. The only requirement is that the
|
||
@code{\begin} and @code{\end} statements appear on a new line, at the
|
||
beginning of the line or after whitespaces only.
|
||
@item
|
||
Text within the usual @LaTeX{} math delimiters. To avoid conflicts with
|
||
currency specifications, single @samp{$} characters are only recognized as
|
||
math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at most two line breaks, is
|
||
directly attached to the @samp{$} characters with no whitespace in between,
|
||
and if the closing @samp{$} is followed by whitespace, punctuation or a dash.
|
||
For the other delimiters, there is no such restriction, so when in doubt, use
|
||
@samp{\(...\)} as inline math delimiters.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@noindent For example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
\begin@{equation@}
|
||
x=\sqrt@{b@}
|
||
\end@{equation@}
|
||
|
||
If $a^2=b$ and \( b=2 \), then the solution must be
|
||
either $$ a=+\sqrt@{2@} $$ or \[ a=-\sqrt@{2@} \].
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@c FIXME
|
||
@c @noindent
|
||
@c @vindex org-format-latex-options
|
||
@c If you need any of the delimiter ASCII sequences for other purposes, you
|
||
@c can configure the option @code{org-format-latex-options} to deselect the
|
||
@c ones you do not wish to have interpreted by the @LaTeX{} converter.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-latex
|
||
@LaTeX{} processing can be configured with the variable
|
||
@code{org-export-with-latex}. The default setting is @code{t} which means
|
||
@file{MathJax} for HTML, and no processing for ASCII and @LaTeX{} back-ends.
|
||
You can also set this variable on a per-file basis using one of these
|
||
lines:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:t @r{Do the right thing automatically (MathJax)}
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:nil @r{Do not process @LaTeX{} fragments at all}
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:verbatim @r{Verbatim export, for jsMath or so}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments, CDLaTeX mode, @LaTeX{} fragments, Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
@subsection Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments, preview
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-latex-create-formula-image-program
|
||
If you have @file{dvipng} or @file{imagemagick} installed@footnote{Choose the
|
||
converter by setting the variable
|
||
@code{org-latex-create-formula-image-program} accordingly.}, @LaTeX{}
|
||
fragments can be processed to produce preview images of the typeset
|
||
expressions:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x C-l
|
||
@item C-c C-x C-l
|
||
Produce a preview image of the @LaTeX{} fragment at point and overlay it
|
||
over the source code. If there is no fragment at point, process all
|
||
fragments in the current entry (between two headlines). When called
|
||
with a prefix argument, process the entire subtree. When called with
|
||
two prefix arguments, or when the cursor is before the first headline,
|
||
process the entire buffer.
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@item C-c C-c
|
||
Remove the overlay preview images.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-format-latex-options
|
||
You can customize the variable @code{org-format-latex-options} to influence
|
||
some aspects of the preview. In particular, the @code{:scale} (and for HTML
|
||
export, @code{:html-scale}) property can be used to adjust the size of the
|
||
preview images.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-startup-with-latex-preview
|
||
You can turn on the previewing of all @LaTeX{} fragments in a file with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: latexpreview
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
To disable it, simply use
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: nolatexpreview
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node CDLaTeX mode, , Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments, Embedded @LaTeX{}
|
||
@subsection Using CD@LaTeX{} to enter math
|
||
@cindex CD@LaTeX{}
|
||
|
||
CD@LaTeX{} mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with a
|
||
major @LaTeX{} mode like AUC@TeX{} in order to speed-up insertion of
|
||
environments and math templates. Inside Org mode, you can make use of
|
||
some of the features of CD@LaTeX{} mode. You need to install
|
||
@file{cdlatex.el} and @file{texmathp.el} (the latter comes also with
|
||
AUC@TeX{}) from @url{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/cdlatex}.
|
||
Don't use CD@LaTeX{} mode itself under Org mode, but use the light
|
||
version @code{org-cdlatex-mode} that comes as part of Org mode. Turn it
|
||
on for the current buffer with @kbd{M-x org-cdlatex-mode RET}, or for all
|
||
Org files with
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-org-cdlatex)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for more
|
||
details see the documentation of CD@LaTeX{} mode):
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@kindex C-c @{
|
||
@item
|
||
Environment templates can be inserted with @kbd{C-c @{}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@kindex @key{TAB}
|
||
The @key{TAB} key will do template expansion if the cursor is inside a
|
||
@LaTeX{} fragment@footnote{Org mode has a method to test if the cursor is
|
||
inside such a fragment, see the documentation of the function
|
||
@code{org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p}.}. For example, @key{TAB} will
|
||
expand @code{fr} to @code{\frac@{@}@{@}} and position the cursor
|
||
correctly inside the first brace. Another @key{TAB} will get you into
|
||
the second brace. Even outside fragments, @key{TAB} will expand
|
||
environment abbreviations at the beginning of a line. For example, if
|
||
you write @samp{equ} at the beginning of a line and press @key{TAB},
|
||
this abbreviation will be expanded to an @code{equation} environment.
|
||
To get a list of all abbreviations, type @kbd{M-x cdlatex-command-help RET}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@kindex _
|
||
@kindex ^
|
||
@vindex cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts
|
||
Pressing @kbd{_} and @kbd{^} inside a @LaTeX{} fragment will insert these
|
||
characters together with a pair of braces. If you use @key{TAB} to move
|
||
out of the braces, and if the braces surround only a single character or
|
||
macro, they are removed again (depending on the variable
|
||
@code{cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts}).
|
||
@item
|
||
@kindex `
|
||
Pressing the grave accent @kbd{`} followed by a character inserts math
|
||
macros, also outside @LaTeX{} fragments. If you wait more than 1.5 seconds
|
||
after the grave accent, a help window will pop up.
|
||
@item
|
||
@kindex '
|
||
Pressing the apostrophe @kbd{'} followed by another character modifies
|
||
the symbol before point with an accent or a font. If you wait more than
|
||
1.5 seconds after the apostrophe, a help window will pop up. Character
|
||
modification will work only inside @LaTeX{} fragments; outside the quote
|
||
is normal.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node Special blocks, , Embedded @LaTeX{}, Markup
|
||
@section Special blocks
|
||
@cindex Special blocks
|
||
|
||
Org syntax includes pre-defined blocks (@pxref{Paragraphs} and @ref{Literal
|
||
examples}). It is also possible to create blocks containing raw code
|
||
targeted at a specific back-ends (e.g., @samp{#+BEGIN_LATEX}).
|
||
|
||
Any other block is a @emph{special block}.
|
||
|
||
For example, @samp{#+BEGIN_ABSTRACT} and @samp{#+BEGIN_VIDEO} are special
|
||
blocks. The first one is useful when exporting to @LaTeX{}, the second one
|
||
when exporting to HTML5.
|
||
|
||
Each export back-end decides if they should be exported, and how. When the
|
||
block is ignored, its contents are still exported, as if the opening and
|
||
closing block lines were not there. For example, when exporting a
|
||
@samp{#+BEGIN_TEST} block, HTML back-end wraps its contents within a
|
||
@samp{<div name="test">} tag.
|
||
|
||
Refer to back-end specific documentation for more information.
|
||
|
||
@node Exporting, Publishing, Markup, Top
|
||
@chapter Exporting
|
||
@cindex exporting
|
||
|
||
The Org mode export facilities can be used to export Org documents or parts
|
||
of Org documents to a variety of other formats. In addition, these
|
||
facilities can be used with @code{orgtbl-mode} and/or @code{orgstruct-mode}
|
||
in foreign buffers so you can author tables and lists in Org syntax and
|
||
convert them in place to the target language.
|
||
|
||
ASCII export produces a readable and simple version of an Org file for
|
||
printing and sharing notes. HTML export allows you to easily publish notes
|
||
on the web, or to build full-fledged websites. @LaTeX{} export lets you use
|
||
Org mode and its structured editing functions to create arbitrarily complex
|
||
@LaTeX{} files for any kind of document. OpenDocument Text (ODT) export
|
||
allows seamless collaboration across organizational boundaries. Markdown
|
||
export lets you seamlessly collaborate with other developers. Finally, iCal
|
||
export can extract entries with deadlines or appointments to produce a file
|
||
in the iCalendar format.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* The Export Dispatcher:: The main exporter interface
|
||
* Export back-ends:: Built-in export formats
|
||
* Export settings:: Generic export settings
|
||
* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export:: Exporting to flat files with encoding
|
||
* Beamer export:: Exporting as a Beamer presentation
|
||
* HTML export:: Exporting to HTML
|
||
* @LaTeX{} and PDF export:: Exporting to @LaTeX{}, and processing to PDF
|
||
* Markdown export:: Exporting to Markdown
|
||
* OpenDocument Text export:: Exporting to OpenDocument Text
|
||
* Org export:: Exporting to Org
|
||
* Texinfo export:: Exporting to Texinfo
|
||
* iCalendar export:: Exporting to iCalendar
|
||
* Other built-in back-ends:: Exporting to a man page
|
||
* Export in foreign buffers:: Author tables and lists in Org syntax
|
||
* Advanced configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node The Export Dispatcher, Export back-ends, Exporting, Exporting
|
||
@section The Export Dispatcher
|
||
@vindex org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui
|
||
@cindex Export, dispatcher
|
||
|
||
The main entry point for export related tasks is the dispatcher, a
|
||
hierarchical menu from which it is possible to select an export format and
|
||
toggle export options@footnote{It is also possible to use a less intrusive
|
||
interface by setting @code{org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui} to a
|
||
non-@code{nil} value. In that case, only a prompt is visible from the
|
||
minibuffer. From there one can still switch back to regular menu by pressing
|
||
@key{?}.} from which it is possible to select an export format and to toggle
|
||
export options.
|
||
|
||
@c @quotation
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e,org-export-dispatch}
|
||
|
||
Dispatch for export and publishing commands. When called with a @kbd{C-u}
|
||
prefix argument, repeat the last export command on the current buffer while
|
||
preserving toggled options. If the current buffer hasn't changed and subtree
|
||
export was activated, the command will affect that same subtree.
|
||
@end table
|
||
@c @end quotation
|
||
|
||
Normally the entire buffer is exported, but if there is an active region
|
||
only that part of the buffer will be exported.
|
||
|
||
Several export options (@pxref{Export settings}) can be toggled from the
|
||
export dispatcher with the following key combinations:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item C-a
|
||
@vindex org-export-async-init-file
|
||
Toggle asynchronous export. Asynchronous export uses an external Emacs
|
||
process that is configured with a specified initialization file.
|
||
|
||
While exporting asynchronously, the output is not displayed, but stored in
|
||
a place called ``the export stack''. This stack can be displayed by calling
|
||
the dispatcher with a double @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, or with @kbd{&} key
|
||
from the dispatcher menu.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-in-background
|
||
To make this behavior the default, customize the variable
|
||
@code{org-export-in-background}.
|
||
|
||
@item C-b
|
||
Toggle body-only export. Its effect depends on the back-end used.
|
||
Typically, if the back-end has a header section (like @code{<head>...</head>}
|
||
in the HTML back-end), a body-only export will not include this header.
|
||
|
||
@item C-s
|
||
@vindex org-export-initial-scope
|
||
Toggle subtree export. The top heading becomes the document title.
|
||
|
||
You can change the default state of this option by setting
|
||
@code{org-export-initial-scope}.
|
||
|
||
@item C-v
|
||
Toggle visible-only export. Only export the text that is currently
|
||
visible, i.e., not hidden by outline visibility in the buffer.
|
||
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-copy-to-kill-ring
|
||
With the exception of asynchronous export, a successful export process writes
|
||
its output to the kill-ring. You can configure this behavior by altering the
|
||
option @code{org-export-copy-to-kill-ring}.
|
||
|
||
@node Export back-ends, Export settings, The Export Dispatcher, Exporting
|
||
@section Export back-ends
|
||
@cindex Export, back-ends
|
||
|
||
An export back-end is a library that translates Org syntax into a foreign
|
||
format. An export format is not available until the proper back-end has been
|
||
loaded.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-backends
|
||
By default, the following four back-ends are loaded: @code{ascii},
|
||
@code{html}, @code{icalendar} and @code{latex}. It is possible to add more
|
||
(or remove some) by customizing @code{org-export-backends}.
|
||
|
||
Built-in back-ends include:
|
||
|
||
@itemize
|
||
@item ascii (ASCII format)
|
||
@item beamer (@LaTeX{} Beamer format)
|
||
@item html (HTML format)
|
||
@item icalendar (iCalendar format)
|
||
@item latex (@LaTeX{} format)
|
||
@item man (Man page format)
|
||
@item md (Markdown format)
|
||
@item odt (OpenDocument Text format)
|
||
@item org (Org format)
|
||
@item texinfo (Texinfo format)
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
Other back-ends might be found in the @code{contrib/} directory
|
||
(@pxref{Installation}).
|
||
|
||
@node Export settings, ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export, Export back-ends, Exporting
|
||
@section Export settings
|
||
@cindex Export, settings
|
||
|
||
Export options can be set: globally with variables; for an individual file by
|
||
making variables buffer-local with in-buffer settings (@pxref{In-buffer
|
||
settings}), by setting individual keywords, or by specifying them in a
|
||
compact form with the @code{#+OPTIONS} keyword; or for a tree by setting
|
||
properties (@pxref{Properties and Columns}). Options set at a specific level
|
||
override options set at a more general level.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+SETUPFILE
|
||
In-buffer settings may appear anywhere in the file, either directly or
|
||
indirectly through a file included using @samp{#+SETUPFILE: filename} syntax.
|
||
Option keyword sets tailored to a particular back-end can be inserted from
|
||
the export dispatcher (@pxref{The Export Dispatcher}) using the @code{Insert
|
||
template} command by pressing @key{#}. To insert keywords individually,
|
||
a good way to make sure the keyword is correct is to type @code{#+} and then
|
||
to use @kbd{M-<TAB>} for completion.
|
||
|
||
The export keywords available for every back-end, and their equivalent global
|
||
variables, include:
|
||
|
||
@table @samp
|
||
@item AUTHOR
|
||
@vindex user-full-name
|
||
The document author (@code{user-full-name}).
|
||
|
||
@item CREATOR
|
||
@vindex org-export-creator-string
|
||
Entity responsible for output generation (@code{org-export-creator-string}).
|
||
|
||
@item DATE
|
||
@vindex org-export-date-timestamp-format
|
||
A date or a time-stamp@footnote{The variable
|
||
@code{org-export-date-timestamp-format} defines how this time-stamp will be
|
||
exported.}.
|
||
|
||
@item DESCRIPTION
|
||
The document description. Back-ends handle it as they see fit (e.g., for the
|
||
XHTML meta tag), if at all. You can use several such keywords for long
|
||
descriptions.
|
||
|
||
@item EMAIL
|
||
@vindex user-mail-address
|
||
The email address (@code{user-mail-address}).
|
||
|
||
@item KEYWORDS
|
||
The keywords defining the contents of the document. Back-ends handle it as
|
||
they see fit (e.g., for the XHTML meta tag), if at all. You can use several
|
||
such keywords if the list is long.
|
||
|
||
@item LANGUAGE
|
||
@vindex org-export-default-language
|
||
The language used for translating some strings
|
||
(@code{org-export-default-language}). E.g., @samp{#+LANGUAGE: fr} will tell
|
||
Org to translate @emph{File} (english) into @emph{Fichier} (french) in the
|
||
clocktable.
|
||
|
||
@item SELECT_TAGS
|
||
@vindex org-export-select-tags
|
||
The tags that select a tree for export (@code{org-export-select-tags}). The
|
||
default value is @code{:export:}. Within a subtree tagged with
|
||
@code{:export:}, you can still exclude entries with @code{:noexport:} (see
|
||
below). When headlines are selectively exported with @code{:export:}
|
||
anywhere in a file, text before the first headline is ignored.
|
||
|
||
@item EXCLUDE_TAGS
|
||
The tags that exclude a tree from export (@code{org-export-exclude-tags}).
|
||
The default value is @code{:noexport:}. Entries with the @code{:noexport:}
|
||
tag will be unconditionally excluded from the export, even if they have an
|
||
@code{:export:} tag.
|
||
|
||
@item TITLE
|
||
The title to be shown (otherwise derived from buffer's name). You can use
|
||
several such keywords for long titles.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
The @code{#+OPTIONS} keyword is a compact@footnote{If you want to configure
|
||
many options this way, you can use several @code{#+OPTIONS} lines.} form that
|
||
recognizes the following arguments:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item ':
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-smart-quotes
|
||
Toggle smart quotes (@code{org-export-with-smart-quotes}).
|
||
|
||
@item *:
|
||
Toggle emphasized text (@code{org-export-with-emphasize}).
|
||
|
||
@item -:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-special-strings
|
||
Toggle conversion of special strings
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-special-strings}).
|
||
|
||
@item ::
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-fixed-width
|
||
Toggle fixed-width sections
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-fixed-width}).
|
||
|
||
@item <:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-timestamps
|
||
Toggle inclusion of any time/date active/inactive stamps
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-timestamps}).
|
||
|
||
@item :
|
||
@vindex org-export-preserve-breaks
|
||
Toggle line-break-preservation (@code{org-export-preserve-breaks}).
|
||
|
||
@item ^:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-sub-superscripts
|
||
Toggle @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts. If you write "^:@{@}",
|
||
@samp{a_@{b@}} will be interpreted, but the simple @samp{a_b} will be left as
|
||
it is (@code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}).
|
||
|
||
@item arch:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
|
||
Configure export of archived trees. Can be set to @code{headline} to only
|
||
process the headline, skipping its contents
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}).
|
||
|
||
@item author:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-author
|
||
Toggle inclusion of author name into exported file
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-author}).
|
||
|
||
@item c:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-clocks
|
||
Toggle inclusion of CLOCK keywords (@code{org-export-with-clocks}).
|
||
|
||
@item creator:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-creator
|
||
Configure inclusion of creator info into exported file. It may be set to
|
||
@code{comment} (@code{org-export-with-creator}).
|
||
|
||
@item d:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-drawers
|
||
Toggle inclusion of drawers, or list drawers to include
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-drawers}).
|
||
|
||
@item e:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-entities
|
||
Toggle inclusion of entities (@code{org-export-with-entities}).
|
||
|
||
@item email:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-email
|
||
Toggle inclusion of the author's e-mail into exported file
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-email}).
|
||
|
||
@item f:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-footnotes
|
||
Toggle the inclusion of footnotes (@code{org-export-with-footnotes}).
|
||
|
||
@item H:
|
||
@vindex org-export-headline-levels
|
||
Set the number of headline levels for export
|
||
(@code{org-export-headline-levels}). Below that level, headlines are treated
|
||
differently. In most back-ends, they become list items.
|
||
|
||
@item inline:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-inlinetasks
|
||
Toggle inclusion of inlinetasks (@code{org-export-with-inlinetasks}).
|
||
|
||
@item num:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-section-numbers
|
||
Toggle section-numbers (@code{org-export-with-section-numbers}). It can also
|
||
be set to a number @samp{n}, so only headlines at that level or above will be
|
||
numbered.
|
||
|
||
@item p:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-planning
|
||
Toggle export of planning information (@code{org-export-with-planning}).
|
||
``Planning information'' is the line containing the @code{SCHEDULED:}, the
|
||
@code{DEADLINE:} or the @code{CLOSED:} cookies or a combination of them.
|
||
|
||
@item pri:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-priority
|
||
Toggle inclusion of priority cookies (@code{org-export-with-priority}).
|
||
|
||
@item stat:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-statistics-cookies
|
||
Toggle inclusion of statistics cookies
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-statistics-cookies}).
|
||
|
||
@item tags:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-tags
|
||
Toggle inclusion of tags, may also be @code{not-in-toc}
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-tags}).
|
||
|
||
@item tasks:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-tasks
|
||
Toggle inclusion of tasks (TODO items), can be @code{nil} to remove all
|
||
tasks, @code{todo} to remove DONE tasks, or a list of keywords to keep
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-tasks}).
|
||
|
||
@item tex:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-latex
|
||
Configure export of @LaTeX{} fragments and environments. It may be set to
|
||
@code{verbatim} (@code{org-export-with-latex}).
|
||
|
||
@item timestamp:
|
||
@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file
|
||
Toggle inclusion of the creation time into exported file
|
||
(@code{org-export-time-stamp-file}).
|
||
|
||
@item toc:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-toc
|
||
Toggle inclusion of the table of contents, or set the level limit
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-toc}).
|
||
|
||
@item todo:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-todo-keywords
|
||
Toggle inclusion of TODO keywords into exported text
|
||
(@code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}).
|
||
|
||
@item |:
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-tables
|
||
Toggle inclusion of tables (@code{org-export-with-tables}).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
When exporting only a subtree, each of the previous keywords@footnote{With
|
||
the exception of @samp{SETUPFILE}.} can be overridden locally by special node
|
||
properties. These begin with @samp{EXPORT_}, followed by the name of the
|
||
keyword they supplant. For example, @samp{DATE} and @samp{OPTIONS} keywords
|
||
become, respectively, @samp{EXPORT_DATE} and @samp{EXPORT_OPTIONS}
|
||
properties.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BIND
|
||
@vindex org-export-allow-bind-keywords
|
||
If @code{org-export-allow-bind-keywords} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs variables
|
||
can become buffer-local during export by using the BIND keyword. Its syntax
|
||
is @samp{#+BIND: variable value}. This is particularly useful for in-buffer
|
||
settings that cannot be changed using specific keywords.
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, EXPORT_FILE_NAME
|
||
The name of the output file to be generated is taken from the file associated
|
||
to the buffer, when possible, or asked to you otherwise. For subtree export,
|
||
you can also set @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} property. In all cases, only the
|
||
base name of the file is retained, and a back-end specific extension is
|
||
added.
|
||
|
||
@node ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export, Beamer export, Export settings, Exporting
|
||
@section ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export
|
||
@cindex ASCII export
|
||
@cindex Latin-1 export
|
||
@cindex UTF-8 export
|
||
|
||
ASCII export produces a simple and very readable version of an Org mode
|
||
file, containing only plain ASCII@. Latin-1 and UTF-8 export augment the file
|
||
with special characters and symbols available in these encodings.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-ascii-links-to-notes
|
||
Links are exported in a footnote-like style, with the descriptive part in the
|
||
text and the link in a note before the next heading. See the variable
|
||
@code{org-ascii-links-to-notes} for details and other options.
|
||
|
||
@subheading ASCII export commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e t a/l/u,org-ascii-export-to-ascii}
|
||
Export as an ASCII file. For an Org file, @file{myfile.org}, the ASCII file
|
||
will be @file{myfile.txt}. The file will be overwritten without warning.
|
||
When the original file is @file{myfile.txt}, the resulting file becomes
|
||
@file{myfile.txt.txt} in order to prevent data loss.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e t A/L/U,org-ascii-export-as-ascii}
|
||
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subheading Header and sectioning structure
|
||
|
||
In the exported version, the first three outline levels become headlines,
|
||
defining a general document structure. Additional levels are exported as
|
||
lists. The transition can also occur at a different level (@pxref{Export
|
||
settings}).
|
||
|
||
@subheading Quoting ASCII text
|
||
|
||
You can insert text that will only appear when using @code{ASCII} back-end
|
||
with the following constructs:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ASCII
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_ASCII
|
||
@example
|
||
Text @@@@ascii:and additional text@@@@ within a paragraph.
|
||
|
||
#+ASCII: Some text
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_ASCII
|
||
All lines in this block will appear only when using this back-end.
|
||
#+END_ASCII
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subheading ASCII specific attributes
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_ASCII
|
||
@cindex horizontal rules, in ASCII export
|
||
|
||
@code{ASCII} back-end only understands one attribute, @code{:width}, which
|
||
specifies the length, in characters, of a given horizontal rule. It must be
|
||
specified using an @code{ATTR_ASCII} line, directly preceding the rule.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ASCII: :width 10
|
||
-----
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Beamer export, HTML export, ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export, Exporting
|
||
@section Beamer export
|
||
@cindex Beamer export
|
||
|
||
The @LaTeX{} class @emph{Beamer} allows production of high quality
|
||
presentations using @LaTeX{} and pdf processing. Org mode has special
|
||
support for turning an Org mode file or tree into a Beamer presentation.
|
||
|
||
@subheading Beamer export commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e l b,org-beamer-export-to-latex}
|
||
Export as a @LaTeX{} file. For an Org file @file{myfile.org}, the @LaTeX{}
|
||
file will be @file{myfile.tex}. The file will be overwritten without
|
||
warning.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e l B,org-beamer-export-as-latex}
|
||
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e l P,org-beamer-export-to-pdf}
|
||
Export as @LaTeX{} and then process to PDF.
|
||
@item C-c C-e l O
|
||
Export as @LaTeX{} and then process to PDF, then open the resulting PDF file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subheading Sectioning, Frames and Blocks
|
||
|
||
Any tree with not-too-deep level nesting should in principle be exportable as
|
||
a Beamer presentation. Headlines fall into three categories: sectioning
|
||
elements, frames and blocks.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-beamer-frame-level
|
||
Headlines become frames when their level is equal to
|
||
@code{org-beamer-frame-level} or @code{H} value in an @code{OPTIONS} line
|
||
(@pxref{Export settings}).
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, BEAMER_ENV
|
||
Though, if a headline in the current tree has a @code{BEAMER_ENV} property
|
||
set to either to @code{frame} or @code{fullframe}, its level overrides the
|
||
variable. A @code{fullframe} is a frame with an empty (ignored) title.
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-beamer-environments-default
|
||
@vindex org-beamer-environments-extra
|
||
All frame's children become @code{block} environments. Special block types
|
||
can be enforced by setting headline's @code{BEAMER_ENV} property@footnote{If
|
||
this property is set, the entry will also get a @code{:B_environment:} tag to
|
||
make this visible. This tag has no semantic meaning, it is only a visual
|
||
aid.} to an appropriate value (see @code{org-beamer-environments-default} for
|
||
supported values and @code{org-beamer-environments-extra} for adding more).
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@cindex property, BEAMER_REF
|
||
As a special case, if the @code{BEAMER_ENV} property is set to either
|
||
@code{appendix}, @code{note}, @code{noteNH} or @code{againframe}, the
|
||
headline will become, respectively, an appendix, a note (within frame or
|
||
between frame, depending on its level), a note with its title ignored or an
|
||
@code{\againframe} command. In the latter case, a @code{BEAMER_REF} property
|
||
is mandatory in order to refer to the frame being resumed, and contents are
|
||
ignored.
|
||
|
||
Also, a headline with an @code{ignoreheading} environment will have its
|
||
contents only inserted in the output. This special value is useful to have
|
||
data between frames, or to properly close a @code{column} environment.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, BEAMER_ACT
|
||
@cindex property, BEAMER_OPT
|
||
Headlines also support @code{BEAMER_ACT} and @code{BEAMER_OPT} properties.
|
||
The former is translated as an overlay/action specification, or a default
|
||
overlay specification when enclosed within square brackets. The latter
|
||
specifies options@footnote{The @code{fragile} option is added automatically
|
||
if it contains code that requires a verbatim environment, though.} for the
|
||
current frame or block. The export back-end will automatically wrap
|
||
properties within angular or square brackets when appropriate.
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, BEAMER_COL
|
||
Moreover, headlines handle the @code{BEAMER_COL} property. Its value should
|
||
be a decimal number representing the width of the column as a fraction of the
|
||
total text width. If the headline has no specific environment, its title
|
||
will be ignored and its contents will fill the column created. Otherwise,
|
||
the block will fill the whole column and the title will be preserved. Two
|
||
contiguous headlines with a non-@code{nil} @code{BEAMER_COL} value share the same
|
||
@code{columns} @LaTeX{} environment. It will end before the next headline
|
||
without such a property. This environment is generated automatically.
|
||
Although, it can also be explicitly created, with a special @code{columns}
|
||
value for @code{BEAMER_ENV} property (if it needs to be set up with some
|
||
specific options, for example).
|
||
|
||
@subheading Beamer specific syntax
|
||
|
||
Beamer back-end is an extension of @LaTeX{} back-end. As such, all @LaTeX{}
|
||
specific syntax (e.g., @samp{#+LATEX:} or @samp{#+ATTR_LATEX:}) is
|
||
recognized. See @ref{@LaTeX{} and PDF export} for more information.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEAMER_THEME
|
||
@cindex #+BEAMER_COLOR_THEME
|
||
@cindex #+BEAMER_FONT_THEME
|
||
@cindex #+BEAMER_INNER_THEME
|
||
@cindex #+BEAMER_OUTER_THEME
|
||
Beamer export introduces a number of keywords to insert code in the
|
||
document's header. Four control appearance of the presentation:
|
||
@code{#+BEAMER_THEME}, @code{#+BEAMER_COLOR_THEME},
|
||
@code{#+BEAMER_FONT_THEME}, @code{#+BEAMER_INNER_THEME} and
|
||
@code{#+BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}. All of them accept optional arguments
|
||
within square brackets. The last one, @code{#+BEAMER_HEADER}, is more
|
||
generic and allows you to append any line of code in the header.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEAMER_THEME: Rochester [height=20pt]
|
||
#+BEAMER_COLOR_THEME: spruce
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Table of contents generated from @code{toc:t} @code{OPTION} keyword are
|
||
wrapped within a @code{frame} environment. Those generated from a @code{TOC}
|
||
keyword (@pxref{Table of contents}) are not. In that case, it is also
|
||
possible to specify options, enclosed within square brackets.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TOC: headlines [currentsection]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Beamer specific code can be inserted with the following constructs:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEAMER
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_BEAMER
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEAMER: \pause
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_BEAMER
|
||
All lines in this block will appear only when using this back-end.
|
||
#+END_BEAMER
|
||
|
||
Text @@@@beamer:some code@@@@ within a paragraph.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
In particular, this last example can be used to add overlay specifications to
|
||
objects whose type is among @code{bold}, @code{item}, @code{link},
|
||
@code{radio-target} and @code{target}, when the value is enclosed within
|
||
angular brackets and put at the beginning the object.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
A *@@@@beamer:<2->@@@@useful* feature
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_BEAMER
|
||
Eventually, every plain list has support for @code{:environment},
|
||
@code{:overlay} and @code{:options} attributes through
|
||
@code{ATTR_BEAMER} affiliated keyword. The first one allows the use
|
||
of a different environment, the second sets overlay specifications and
|
||
the last one inserts optional arguments in current list environment.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_BEAMER: :overlay +-
|
||
- item 1
|
||
- item 2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subheading Editing support
|
||
|
||
You can turn on a special minor mode @code{org-beamer-mode} for faster
|
||
editing with:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: beamer
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-b,org-beamer-select-environment}
|
||
In @code{org-beamer-mode}, this key offers fast selection of a Beamer
|
||
environment or the @code{BEAMER_COL} property.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Also, a template for useful in-buffer settings or properties can be inserted
|
||
into the buffer with @kbd{M-x org-beamer-insert-options-template}. Among
|
||
other things, this will install a column view format which is very handy for
|
||
editing special properties used by Beamer.
|
||
|
||
@subheading An example
|
||
|
||
Here is a simple example Org document that is intended for Beamer export.
|
||
|
||
@smallexample
|
||
#+TITLE: Example Presentation
|
||
#+AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik
|
||
#+OPTIONS: H:2
|
||
#+LATEX_CLASS: beamer
|
||
#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [presentation]
|
||
#+BEAMER_THEME: Madrid
|
||
#+COLUMNS: %45ITEM %10BEAMER_ENV(Env) %10BEAMER_ACT(Act) %4BEAMER_COL(Col) %8BEAMER_OPT(Opt)
|
||
|
||
* This is the first structural section
|
||
|
||
** Frame 1
|
||
*** Thanks to Eric Fraga :B_block:BMCOL:
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:BEAMER_COL: 0.48
|
||
:BEAMER_ENV: block
|
||
:END:
|
||
for the first viable Beamer setup in Org
|
||
*** Thanks to everyone else :B_block:BMCOL:
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:BEAMER_COL: 0.48
|
||
:BEAMER_ACT: <2->
|
||
:BEAMER_ENV: block
|
||
:END:
|
||
for contributing to the discussion
|
||
**** This will be formatted as a beamer note :B_note:
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:BEAMER_env: note
|
||
:END:
|
||
** Frame 2 (where we will not use columns)
|
||
*** Request
|
||
Please test this stuff!
|
||
@end smallexample
|
||
|
||
@node HTML export, @LaTeX{} and PDF export, Beamer export, Exporting
|
||
@section HTML export
|
||
@cindex HTML export
|
||
|
||
Org mode contains an HTML (XHTML 1.0 strict) exporter with extensive
|
||
HTML formatting, in ways similar to John Gruber's @emph{markdown}
|
||
language, but with additional support for tables.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* HTML Export commands:: How to invoke HTML export
|
||
* HTML doctypes:: Org can export to various (X)HTML flavors
|
||
* HTML preamble and postamble:: How to insert a preamble and a postamble
|
||
* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org mode
|
||
* Links in HTML export:: How links will be interpreted and formatted
|
||
* Tables in HTML export:: How to modify the formatting of tables
|
||
* Images in HTML export:: How to insert figures into HTML output
|
||
* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web
|
||
* Text areas in HTML export:: An alternative way to show an example
|
||
* CSS support:: Changing the appearance of the output
|
||
* JavaScript support:: Info and Folding in a web browser
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node HTML Export commands, HTML doctypes, HTML export, HTML export
|
||
@subsection HTML export commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e h h,org-html-export-to-html}
|
||
Export as an HTML file. For an Org file @file{myfile.org},
|
||
the HTML file will be @file{myfile.html}. The file will be overwritten
|
||
without warning.
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-e h o}
|
||
Export as an HTML file and immediately open it with a browser.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e h H,org-html-export-as-html}
|
||
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@c FIXME Exporting sublevels
|
||
@c @cindex headline levels, for exporting
|
||
@c In the exported version, the first 3 outline levels will become headlines,
|
||
@c defining a general document structure. Additional levels will be exported as
|
||
@c itemized lists. If you want that transition to occur at a different level,
|
||
@c specify it with a numeric prefix argument. For example,
|
||
|
||
@c @example
|
||
@c @kbd{C-2 C-c C-e b}
|
||
@c @end example
|
||
|
||
@c @noindent
|
||
@c creates two levels of headings and does the rest as items.
|
||
|
||
@node HTML doctypes, HTML preamble and postamble, HTML Export commands, HTML export
|
||
@subsection HTML doctypes
|
||
@vindex org-html-doctype
|
||
@vindex org-html-doctype-alist
|
||
|
||
Org can export to various (X)HTML flavors.
|
||
|
||
Setting the variable @code{org-html-doctype} allows you to export to different
|
||
(X)HTML variants. The exported HTML will be adjusted according to the syntax
|
||
requirements of that variant. You can either set this variable to a doctype
|
||
string directly, in which case the exporter will try to adjust the syntax
|
||
automatically, or you can use a ready-made doctype. The ready-made options
|
||
are:
|
||
|
||
@itemize
|
||
@item
|
||
``html4-strict''
|
||
@item
|
||
``html4-transitional''
|
||
@item
|
||
``html4-frameset''
|
||
@item
|
||
``xhtml-strict''
|
||
@item
|
||
``xhtml-transitional''
|
||
@item
|
||
``xhtml-frameset''
|
||
@item
|
||
``xhtml-11''
|
||
@item
|
||
``html5''
|
||
@item
|
||
``xhtml5''
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
See the variable @code{org-html-doctype-alist} for details. The default is
|
||
``xhtml-strict''.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Fancy HTML5 export
|
||
@vindex org-html-html5-fancy
|
||
@vindex org-html-html5-elements
|
||
|
||
HTML5 introduces several new element types. By default, Org will not make
|
||
use of these element types, but you can set @code{org-html-html5-fancy} to
|
||
@code{t} (or set @code{html5-fancy} item in an @code{OPTIONS} line), to
|
||
enable a few new block-level elements. These are created using arbitrary
|
||
#+BEGIN and #+END blocks. For instance:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_ASIDE
|
||
Lorem ipsum
|
||
#+END_ASIDE
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Will export to:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
<aside>
|
||
<p>Lorem ipsum</p>
|
||
</aside>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
While this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_HTML: :controls controls :width 350
|
||
#+BEGIN_VIDEO
|
||
#+HTML: <source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">
|
||
#+HTML: <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
|
||
Your browser does not support the video tag.
|
||
#+END_VIDEO
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Becomes:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
<video controls="controls" width="350">
|
||
<source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">
|
||
<source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
|
||
<p>Your browser does not support the video tag.</p>
|
||
</video>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Special blocks that do not correspond to HTML5 elements (see
|
||
@code{org-html-html5-elements}) will revert to the usual behavior, i.e.,
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN_LEDERHOSEN} will still export to @samp{<div class="lederhosen">}.
|
||
|
||
Headlines cannot appear within special blocks. To wrap a headline and its
|
||
contents in e.g., @samp{<section>} or @samp{<article>} tags, set the
|
||
@code{HTML_CONTAINER} property on the headline itself.
|
||
|
||
@node HTML preamble and postamble, Quoting HTML tags, HTML doctypes, HTML export
|
||
@subsection HTML preamble and postamble
|
||
@vindex org-html-preamble
|
||
@vindex org-html-postamble
|
||
@vindex org-html-preamble-format
|
||
@vindex org-html-postamble-format
|
||
@vindex org-html-validation-link
|
||
@vindex org-export-creator-string
|
||
@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file
|
||
|
||
The HTML exporter lets you define a preamble and a postamble.
|
||
|
||
The default value for @code{org-html-preamble} is @code{t}, which means
|
||
that the preamble is inserted depending on the relevant format string in
|
||
@code{org-html-preamble-format}.
|
||
|
||
Setting @code{org-html-preamble} to a string will override the default format
|
||
string. If you set it to a function, it will insert the output of the
|
||
function, which must be a string. Setting to @code{nil} will not insert any
|
||
preamble.
|
||
|
||
The default value for @code{org-html-postamble} is @code{'auto}, which means
|
||
that the HTML exporter will look for information about the author, the email,
|
||
the creator and the date, and build the postamble from these values. Setting
|
||
@code{org-html-postamble} to @code{t} will insert the postamble from the
|
||
relevant format string found in @code{org-html-postamble-format}. Setting it
|
||
to @code{nil} will not insert any postamble.
|
||
|
||
@node Quoting HTML tags, Links in HTML export, HTML preamble and postamble, HTML export
|
||
@subsection Quoting HTML tags
|
||
|
||
Plain @samp{<} and @samp{>} are always transformed to @samp{<} and
|
||
@samp{>} in HTML export. If you want to include raw HTML code, which
|
||
should only appear in HTML export, mark it with @samp{@@@@html:} as in
|
||
@samp{@@@@html:<b>@@@@bold text@@@@html:</b>@@@@}. For more extensive HTML
|
||
that should be copied verbatim to the exported file use either
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+HTML
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_HTML
|
||
@example
|
||
#+HTML: Literal HTML code for export
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent or
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_HTML
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_HTML
|
||
All lines between these markers are exported literally
|
||
#+END_HTML
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Links in HTML export, Tables in HTML export, Quoting HTML tags, HTML export
|
||
@subsection Links in HTML export
|
||
|
||
@cindex links, in HTML export
|
||
@cindex internal links, in HTML export
|
||
@cindex external links, in HTML export
|
||
Internal links (@pxref{Internal links}) will continue to work in HTML@. This
|
||
includes automatic links created by radio targets (@pxref{Radio
|
||
targets}). Links to external files will still work if the target file is on
|
||
the same @i{relative} path as the published Org file. Links to other
|
||
@file{.org} files will be translated into HTML links under the assumption
|
||
that an HTML version also exists of the linked file, at the same relative
|
||
path. @samp{id:} links can then be used to jump to specific entries across
|
||
files. For information related to linking files while publishing them to a
|
||
publishing directory see @ref{Publishing links}.
|
||
|
||
If you want to specify attributes for links, you can do so using a special
|
||
@code{#+ATTR_HTML} line to define attributes that will be added to the
|
||
@code{<a>} or @code{<img>} tags. Here is an example that sets @code{title}
|
||
and @code{style} attributes for a link:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_HTML
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_HTML: :title The Org mode homepage :style color:red;
|
||
[[http://orgmode.org]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Tables in HTML export, Images in HTML export, Links in HTML export, HTML export
|
||
@subsection Tables
|
||
@cindex tables, in HTML
|
||
@vindex org-html-table-default-attributes
|
||
|
||
Org mode tables are exported to HTML using the table attributes defined in
|
||
@code{org-html-table-default-attributes}. The default setting makes tables
|
||
without cell borders and frame. If you would like to change this for
|
||
individual tables, place something like the following before the table:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+CAPTION
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_HTML
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CAPTION: This is a table with lines around and between cells
|
||
#+ATTR_HTML: :border 2 :rules all :frame border
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-html-table-row-tags
|
||
You can also modify the default tags used for each row by setting
|
||
@code{org-html-table-row-tags}. See the docstring for an example on
|
||
how to use this option.
|
||
|
||
@node Images in HTML export, Math formatting in HTML export, Tables in HTML export, HTML export
|
||
@subsection Images in HTML export
|
||
|
||
@cindex images, inline in HTML
|
||
@cindex inlining images in HTML
|
||
@vindex org-html-inline-images
|
||
HTML export can inline images given as links in the Org file, and
|
||
it can make an image the clickable part of a link. By
|
||
default@footnote{But see the variable
|
||
@code{org-html-inline-images}.}, images are inlined if a link does
|
||
not have a description. So @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg]]} will be inlined,
|
||
while @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg][the image]]} will just produce a link
|
||
@samp{the image} that points to the image. If the description part
|
||
itself is a @code{file:} link or a @code{http:} URL pointing to an
|
||
image, this image will be inlined and activated so that clicking on the
|
||
image will activate the link. For example, to include a thumbnail that
|
||
will link to a high resolution version of the image, you could use:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[file:highres.jpg][file:thumb.jpg]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you need to add attributes to an inlined image, use a @code{#+ATTR_HTML}.
|
||
In the example below we specify the @code{alt} and @code{title} attributes to
|
||
support text viewers and accessibility, and align it to the right.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+CAPTION
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_HTML
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CAPTION: A black cat stalking a spider
|
||
#+ATTR_HTML: :alt cat/spider image :title Action! :align right
|
||
[[./img/a.jpg]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
You could use @code{http} addresses just as well.
|
||
|
||
@node Math formatting in HTML export, Text areas in HTML export, Images in HTML export, HTML export
|
||
@subsection Math formatting in HTML export
|
||
@cindex MathJax
|
||
@cindex dvipng
|
||
@cindex imagemagick
|
||
|
||
@LaTeX{} math snippets (@pxref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be displayed in two
|
||
different ways on HTML pages. The default is to use the
|
||
@uref{http://www.mathjax.org, MathJax system} which should work out of the
|
||
box with Org mode installation because @uref{http://orgmode.org} serves
|
||
@file{MathJax} for Org mode users for small applications and for testing
|
||
purposes. @b{If you plan to use this regularly or on pages with significant
|
||
page views, you should install@footnote{Installation instructions can be
|
||
found on the MathJax website, see
|
||
@uref{http://www.mathjax.org/resources/docs/?installation.html}.} MathJax on
|
||
your own server in order to limit the load of our server.} To configure
|
||
@file{MathJax}, use the variable @code{org-html-mathjax-options} or
|
||
insert something like the following into the buffer:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+HTML_MATHJAX: align:"left" mathml:t path:"/MathJax/MathJax.js"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent See the docstring of the variable
|
||
@code{org-html-mathjax-options} for the meaning of the parameters in
|
||
this line.
|
||
|
||
If you prefer, you can also request that @LaTeX{} fragments are processed
|
||
into small images that will be inserted into the browser page. Before the
|
||
availability of MathJax, this was the default method for Org files. This
|
||
method requires that the @file{dvipng} program or @file{imagemagick} suite is
|
||
available on your system. You can still get this processing with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
or:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Text areas in HTML export, CSS support, Math formatting in HTML export, HTML export
|
||
@subsection Text areas in HTML export
|
||
|
||
@cindex text areas, in HTML
|
||
An alternative way to publish literal code examples in HTML is to use text
|
||
areas, where the example can even be edited before pasting it into an
|
||
application. It is triggered by @code{:textarea} attribute at an
|
||
@code{example} or @code{src} block.
|
||
|
||
You may also use @code{:height} and @code{:width} attributes to specify the
|
||
height and width of the text area, which default to the number of lines in
|
||
the example, and 80, respectively. For example
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_HTML: :textarea t :width 40
|
||
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
|
||
(defun org-xor (a b)
|
||
"Exclusive or."
|
||
(if a (not b) b))
|
||
#+END_EXAMPLE
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node CSS support, JavaScript support, Text areas in HTML export, HTML export
|
||
@subsection CSS support
|
||
@cindex CSS, for HTML export
|
||
@cindex HTML export, CSS
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix
|
||
@vindex org-html-tag-class-prefix
|
||
You can modify the CSS style definitions for the exported file. The HTML
|
||
exporter assigns the following special CSS classes@footnote{If the classes on
|
||
TODO keywords and tags lead to conflicts, use the variables
|
||
@code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} and @code{org-html-tag-class-prefix} to
|
||
make them unique.} to appropriate parts of the document---your style
|
||
specifications may change these, in addition to any of the standard classes
|
||
like for headlines, tables, etc.
|
||
@example
|
||
p.author @r{author information, including email}
|
||
p.date @r{publishing date}
|
||
p.creator @r{creator info, about org mode version}
|
||
.title @r{document title}
|
||
.todo @r{TODO keywords, all not-done states}
|
||
.done @r{the DONE keywords, all states that count as done}
|
||
.WAITING @r{each TODO keyword also uses a class named after itself}
|
||
.timestamp @r{timestamp}
|
||
.timestamp-kwd @r{keyword associated with a timestamp, like SCHEDULED}
|
||
.timestamp-wrapper @r{span around keyword plus timestamp}
|
||
.tag @r{tag in a headline}
|
||
._HOME @r{each tag uses itself as a class, "@@" replaced by "_"}
|
||
.target @r{target for links}
|
||
.linenr @r{the line number in a code example}
|
||
.code-highlighted @r{for highlighting referenced code lines}
|
||
div.outline-N @r{div for outline level N (headline plus text))}
|
||
div.outline-text-N @r{extra div for text at outline level N}
|
||
.section-number-N @r{section number in headlines, different for each level}
|
||
.figure-number @r{label like "Figure 1:"}
|
||
.table-number @r{label like "Table 1:"}
|
||
.listing-number @r{label like "Listing 1:"}
|
||
div.figure @r{how to format an inlined image}
|
||
pre.src @r{formatted source code}
|
||
pre.example @r{normal example}
|
||
p.verse @r{verse paragraph}
|
||
div.footnotes @r{footnote section headline}
|
||
p.footnote @r{footnote definition paragraph, containing a footnote}
|
||
.footref @r{a footnote reference number (always a <sup>)}
|
||
.footnum @r{footnote number in footnote definition (always <sup>)}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-html-style-default
|
||
@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style
|
||
@vindex org-html-head
|
||
@vindex org-html-head-extra
|
||
@cindex #+HTML_INCLUDE_STYLE
|
||
Each exported file contains a compact default style that defines these
|
||
classes in a basic way@footnote{This style is defined in the constant
|
||
@code{org-html-style-default}, which you should not modify. To turn
|
||
inclusion of these defaults off, customize
|
||
@code{org-html-head-include-default-style} or set @code{html-style} to
|
||
@code{nil} in an @code{OPTIONS} line.}. You may overwrite these settings, or
|
||
add to them by using the variables @code{org-html-head} and
|
||
@code{org-html-head-extra}. You can override the global values of these
|
||
variables for each file by using these keywords:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+HTML_HEAD
|
||
@cindex #+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA
|
||
@example
|
||
#+HTML_HEAD: <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style1.css" />
|
||
#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA: <link rel="alternate stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style2.css" />
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
For longer style definitions, you can use several such lines. You could also
|
||
directly write a @code{<style>} @code{</style>} section in this way, without
|
||
referring to an external file.
|
||
|
||
In order to add styles to a subtree, use the @code{:HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS:}
|
||
property to assign a class to the tree. In order to specify CSS styles for a
|
||
particular headline, you can use the id specified in a @code{:CUSTOM_ID:}
|
||
property.
|
||
|
||
@c FIXME: More about header and footer styles
|
||
@c FIXME: Talk about links and targets.
|
||
|
||
@node JavaScript support, , CSS support, HTML export
|
||
@subsection JavaScript supported display of web pages
|
||
|
||
@cindex Rose, Sebastian
|
||
Sebastian Rose has written a JavaScript program especially designed to
|
||
enhance the web viewing experience of HTML files created with Org. This
|
||
program allows you to view large files in two different ways. The first one
|
||
is an @emph{Info}-like mode where each section is displayed separately and
|
||
navigation can be done with the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} keys (and some other keys
|
||
as well, press @kbd{?} for an overview of the available keys). The second
|
||
view type is a @emph{folding} view much like Org provides inside Emacs. The
|
||
script is available at @url{http://orgmode.org/org-info.js} and you can find
|
||
the documentation for it at @url{http://orgmode.org/worg/code/org-info-js/}.
|
||
We host the script at our site, but if you use it a lot, you might not want
|
||
to be dependent on @url{http://orgmode.org} and prefer to install a local
|
||
copy on your own web server.
|
||
|
||
All it then takes to use this program is adding a single line to the Org
|
||
file:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+INFOJS_OPT
|
||
@example
|
||
#+INFOJS_OPT: view:info toc:nil
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
If this line is found, the HTML header will automatically contain the code
|
||
needed to invoke the script. Using the line above, you can set the following
|
||
viewing options:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
path: @r{The path to the script. The default is to grab the script from}
|
||
@r{@url{http://orgmode.org/org-info.js}, but you might want to have}
|
||
@r{a local copy and use a path like @samp{../scripts/org-info.js}.}
|
||
view: @r{Initial view when the website is first shown. Possible values are:}
|
||
info @r{Info-like interface with one section per page.}
|
||
overview @r{Folding interface, initially showing only top-level.}
|
||
content @r{Folding interface, starting with all headlines visible.}
|
||
showall @r{Folding interface, all headlines and text visible.}
|
||
sdepth: @r{Maximum headline level that will still become an independent}
|
||
@r{section for info and folding modes. The default is taken from}
|
||
@r{@code{org-export-headline-levels} (= the @code{H} switch in @code{#+OPTIONS}).}
|
||
@r{If this is smaller than in @code{org-export-headline-levels}, each}
|
||
@r{info/folding section can still contain child headlines.}
|
||
toc: @r{Should the table of contents @emph{initially} be visible?}
|
||
@r{Even when @code{nil}, you can always get to the "toc" with @kbd{i}.}
|
||
tdepth: @r{The depth of the table of contents. The defaults are taken from}
|
||
@r{the variables @code{org-export-headline-levels} and @code{org-export-with-toc}.}
|
||
ftoc: @r{Does the CSS of the page specify a fixed position for the "toc"?}
|
||
@r{If yes, the toc will never be displayed as a section.}
|
||
ltoc: @r{Should there be short contents (children) in each section?}
|
||
@r{Make this @code{above} if the section should be above initial text.}
|
||
mouse: @r{Headings are highlighted when the mouse is over them. Should be}
|
||
@r{@samp{underline} (default) or a background color like @samp{#cccccc}.}
|
||
buttons: @r{Should view-toggle buttons be everywhere? When @code{nil} (the}
|
||
@r{default), only one such button will be present.}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-html-infojs-options
|
||
@vindex org-html-use-infojs
|
||
You can choose default values for these options by customizing the variable
|
||
@code{org-html-infojs-options}. If you always want to apply the script to your
|
||
pages, configure the variable @code{org-html-use-infojs}.
|
||
|
||
@node @LaTeX{} and PDF export, Markdown export, HTML export, Exporting
|
||
@section @LaTeX{} and PDF export
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex PDF export
|
||
|
||
@LaTeX{} export can produce an arbitrarily complex LaTeX document of any
|
||
standard or custom document class. With further processing@footnote{The
|
||
default @LaTeX{} output is designed for processing with @code{pdftex} or
|
||
@LaTeX{}. It includes packages that are not compatible with @code{xetex} and
|
||
possibly @code{luatex}. The @LaTeX{} exporter can be configured to support
|
||
alternative TeX engines, see the options
|
||
@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.},
|
||
which the @LaTeX{} exporter is able to control, this back-end is able to
|
||
produce PDF output. Because the @LaTeX{} exporter can be configured to use
|
||
the @code{hyperref} package, the default setup produces fully-linked PDF
|
||
output.
|
||
|
||
As in @LaTeX{}, blank lines are meaningful for this back-end: a paragraph
|
||
will not be started if two contiguous syntactical elements are not separated
|
||
by an empty line.
|
||
|
||
This back-end also offers enhanced support for footnotes. Thus, it handles
|
||
nested footnotes, footnotes in tables and footnotes in a list item's
|
||
description.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* @LaTeX{} export commands:: How to export to LaTeX and PDF
|
||
* Header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure
|
||
* Quoting @LaTeX{} code:: Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code
|
||
* @LaTeX{} specific attributes:: Controlling @LaTeX{} output
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node @LaTeX{} export commands, Header and sectioning, @LaTeX{} and PDF export, @LaTeX{} and PDF export
|
||
@subsection @LaTeX{} export commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e l l,org-latex-export-to-latex}
|
||
Export as a @LaTeX{} file. For an Org file @file{myfile.org}, the @LaTeX{}
|
||
file will be @file{myfile.tex}. The file will be overwritten without
|
||
warning.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e l L,org-latex-export-as-latex}
|
||
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e l p,org-latex-export-to-pdf}
|
||
Export as @LaTeX{} and then process to PDF.
|
||
@item C-c C-e l o
|
||
Export as @LaTeX{} and then process to PDF, then open the resulting PDF file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Header and sectioning, Quoting @LaTeX{} code, @LaTeX{} export commands, @LaTeX{} and PDF export
|
||
@subsection Header and sectioning structure
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} class
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} sectioning structure
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{} header
|
||
@cindex header, for @LaTeX{} files
|
||
@cindex sectioning structure, for @LaTeX{} export
|
||
|
||
By default, the first three outline levels become headlines, defining a
|
||
general document structure. Additional levels are exported as @code{itemize}
|
||
or @code{enumerate} lists. The transition can also occur at a different
|
||
level (@pxref{Export settings}).
|
||
|
||
By default, the @LaTeX{} output uses the class @code{article}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-latex-default-class
|
||
@vindex org-latex-classes
|
||
@vindex org-latex-default-packages-alist
|
||
@vindex org-latex-packages-alist
|
||
You can change this globally by setting a different value for
|
||
@code{org-latex-default-class} or locally by adding an option like
|
||
@code{#+LATEX_CLASS: myclass} in your file, or with
|
||
a @code{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS} property that applies when exporting a region
|
||
containing only this (sub)tree. The class must be listed in
|
||
@code{org-latex-classes}. This variable defines a header template for each
|
||
class@footnote{Into which the values of
|
||
@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and @code{org-latex-packages-alist}
|
||
are spliced.}, and allows you to define the sectioning structure for each
|
||
class. You can also define your own classes there.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+LATEX_CLASS
|
||
@cindex #+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS
|
||
@cindex property, EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS
|
||
@cindex property, EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS
|
||
The @code{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} keyword or @code{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}
|
||
property can specify the options for the @code{\documentclass} macro. These
|
||
options have to be provided, as expected by @LaTeX{}, within square brackets.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+LATEX_HEADER
|
||
@cindex #+LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA
|
||
You can also use the @code{LATEX_HEADER} and
|
||
@code{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}@footnote{Unlike @code{LATEX_HEADER}, contents
|
||
from @code{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} keywords will not be loaded when previewing
|
||
@LaTeX{} snippets (@pxref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}).} keywords in order
|
||
to add lines to the header. See the docstring of @code{org-latex-classes} for
|
||
more information.
|
||
|
||
An example is shown below.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+LATEX_CLASS: article
|
||
#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper]
|
||
#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage@{xyz@}
|
||
|
||
* Headline 1
|
||
some text
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Quoting @LaTeX{} code, @LaTeX{} specific attributes, Header and sectioning, @LaTeX{} and PDF export
|
||
@subsection Quoting @LaTeX{} code
|
||
|
||
Embedded @LaTeX{} as described in @ref{Embedded @LaTeX{}}, will be correctly
|
||
inserted into the @LaTeX{} file. Furthermore, you can add special code that
|
||
should only be present in @LaTeX{} export with the following constructs:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+LATEX
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_LATEX
|
||
@example
|
||
Code within @@@@latex:some code@@@@ a paragraph.
|
||
|
||
#+LATEX: Literal @LaTeX{} code for export
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_LATEX
|
||
All lines between these markers are exported literally
|
||
#+END_LATEX
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node @LaTeX{} specific attributes, , Quoting @LaTeX{} code, @LaTeX{} and PDF export
|
||
@subsection @LaTeX{} specific attributes
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_LATEX
|
||
|
||
@LaTeX{} understands attributes specified in an @code{ATTR_LATEX} line. They
|
||
affect tables, images, plain lists, special blocks and source blocks.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Tables in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex tables, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
|
||
For @LaTeX{} export of a table, you can specify a label and a caption
|
||
(@pxref{Images and tables}). You can also use attributes to control table
|
||
layout and contents. Valid @LaTeX{} attributes include:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :mode
|
||
@vindex org-latex-default-table-mode
|
||
Nature of table's contents. It can be set to @code{table}, @code{math},
|
||
@code{inline-math} or @code{verbatim}. In particular, when in @code{math} or
|
||
@code{inline-math} mode, every cell is exported as-is, horizontal rules are
|
||
ignored and the table will be wrapped in a math environment. Also,
|
||
contiguous tables sharing the same math mode will be wrapped within the same
|
||
environment. Default mode is determined in
|
||
@code{org-latex-default-table-mode}.
|
||
@item :environment
|
||
@vindex org-latex-default-table-environment
|
||
Environment used for the table. It can be set to any @LaTeX{} table
|
||
environment, like @code{tabularx}@footnote{Requires adding the
|
||
@code{tabularx} package to @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.},
|
||
@code{longtable}, @code{array}, @code{tabu}@footnote{Requires adding the
|
||
@code{tabu} package to @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.},
|
||
@code{bmatrix}@enddots{} It defaults to
|
||
@code{org-latex-default-table-environment} value.
|
||
@item :caption
|
||
@code{#+CAPTION} keyword is the simplest way to set a caption for a table
|
||
(@pxref{Images and tables}). If you need more advanced commands for that
|
||
task, you can use @code{:caption} attribute instead. Its value should be raw
|
||
@LaTeX{} code. It has precedence over @code{#+CAPTION}.
|
||
@item :float
|
||
@itemx :placement
|
||
Float environment for the table. Possible values are @code{sidewaystable},
|
||
@code{multicolumn}, @code{t} and @code{nil}. When unspecified, a table with
|
||
a caption will have a @code{table} environment. Moreover, @code{:placement}
|
||
attribute can specify the positioning of the float.
|
||
@item :align
|
||
@itemx :font
|
||
@itemx :width
|
||
Set, respectively, the alignment string of the table, its font size and its
|
||
width. They only apply on regular tables.
|
||
@item :spread
|
||
Boolean specific to the @code{tabu} and @code{longtabu} environments, and
|
||
only takes effect when used in conjunction with the @code{:width} attribute.
|
||
When @code{:spread} is non-@code{nil}, the table will be spread or shrunk by the
|
||
value of @code{:width}.
|
||
@item :booktabs
|
||
@itemx :center
|
||
@itemx :rmlines
|
||
@vindex org-latex-tables-booktabs
|
||
@vindex org-latex-tables-centered
|
||
They toggle, respectively, @code{booktabs} usage (assuming the package is
|
||
properly loaded), table centering and removal of every horizontal rule but
|
||
the first one (in a "table.el" table only). In particular,
|
||
@code{org-latex-tables-booktabs} (respectively @code{org-latex-tables-centered})
|
||
activates the first (respectively second) attribute globally.
|
||
@item :math-prefix
|
||
@itemx :math-suffix
|
||
@itemx :math-arguments
|
||
A string that will be inserted, respectively, before the table within the
|
||
math environment, after the table within the math environment, and between
|
||
the macro name and the contents of the table. The @code{:math-arguments}
|
||
attribute is used for matrix macros that require more than one argument
|
||
(e.g., @code{qbordermatrix}).
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Thus, attributes can be used in a wide array of situations, like writing
|
||
a table that will span over multiple pages, or a matrix product:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment longtable :align l|lp@{3cm@}r|l
|
||
| ..... | ..... |
|
||
| ..... | ..... |
|
||
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix :math-suffix \times
|
||
| a | b |
|
||
| c | d |
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix
|
||
| 1 | 2 |
|
||
| 3 | 4 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
In the example below, @LaTeX{} command
|
||
@code{\bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}} will set the caption.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}
|
||
| ..... | ..... |
|
||
| ..... | ..... |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Images in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex images, inline in @LaTeX{}
|
||
@cindex inlining images in @LaTeX{}
|
||
|
||
Images that are linked to without a description part in the link, like
|
||
@samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or @samp{[[./img.jpg]]} will be inserted into the PDF
|
||
output file resulting from @LaTeX{} processing. Org will use an
|
||
@code{\includegraphics} macro to insert the image@footnote{In the case of
|
||
TikZ (@url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/}) images, it will become an
|
||
@code{\input} macro wrapped within a @code{tikzpicture} environment.}.
|
||
|
||
You can specify specify image width or height with, respectively,
|
||
@code{:width} and @code{:height} attributes. It is also possible to add any
|
||
other option with the @code{:options} attribute, as shown in the following
|
||
example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :width 5cm :options angle=90
|
||
[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you need a specific command for the caption, use @code{:caption}
|
||
attribute. It will override standard @code{#+CAPTION} value, if any.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}
|
||
[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you have specified a caption as described in @ref{Images and tables}, the
|
||
picture will be wrapped into a @code{figure} environment and thus become
|
||
a floating element. You can also ask Org to export an image as a float
|
||
without specifying caption by setting the @code{:float} attribute. You may
|
||
also set it to:
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{t}: if you want to use the standard @samp{figure} environment. It is
|
||
used by default if you provide a caption to the image.
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{multicolumn}: if you wish to include an image which spans multiple
|
||
columns in a page. This will export the image wrapped in a @code{figure*}
|
||
environment.
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{wrap}: if you would like to let text flow around the image. It will
|
||
make the figure occupy the left half of the page.
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{nil}: if you need to avoid any floating environment, even when
|
||
a caption is provided.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
@noindent
|
||
To modify the placement option of any floating environment, set the
|
||
@code{placement} attribute.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :float wrap :width 0.38\textwidth :placement @{r@}@{0.4\textwidth@}
|
||
[[./img/hst.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If the @code{:comment-include} attribute is set to a non-@code{nil} value,
|
||
the @LaTeX{} @code{\includegraphics} macro will be commented out.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex plain lists, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
|
||
Plain lists accept two optional attributes: @code{:environment} and
|
||
@code{:options}. The first one allows the use of a non-standard environment
|
||
(e.g., @samp{inparaenum}). The second one specifies additional arguments for
|
||
that environment.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment compactitem :options [$\circ$]
|
||
- you need ``paralist'' package to reproduce this example.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex source blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
|
||
In addition to syntax defined in @ref{Literal examples}, names and captions
|
||
(@pxref{Images and tables}), source blocks also accept a @code{:float}
|
||
attribute. You may set it to:
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{t}: if you want to make the source block a float. It is the default
|
||
value when a caption is provided.
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{multicolumn}: if you wish to include a source block which spans multiple
|
||
columns in a page.
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{nil}: if you need to avoid any floating environment, even when a caption
|
||
is provided. It is useful for source code that may not fit in a single page.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :float nil
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
|
||
Code that may not fit in a single page.
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex special blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex abstract, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
@cindex proof, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
|
||
In @LaTeX{} back-end, special blocks become environments of the same name.
|
||
Value of @code{:options} attribute will be appended as-is to that
|
||
environment's opening string. For example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_ABSTRACT
|
||
We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
|
||
#+END_ABSTRACT
|
||
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :options [Proof of important theorem]
|
||
#+BEGIN_PROOF
|
||
...
|
||
Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
|
||
#+END_PROOF
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
becomes
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
\begin@{abstract@}
|
||
We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
|
||
\end@{abstract@}
|
||
|
||
\begin@{proof@}[Proof of important theorem]
|
||
...
|
||
Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
|
||
\end@{proof@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you need to insert a specific caption command, use @code{:caption}
|
||
attribute. It will override standard @code{#+CAPTION} value, if any. For
|
||
example:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \MyCaption@{HeadingA@}
|
||
#+BEGIN_PROOF
|
||
...
|
||
#+END_PROOF
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Horizontal rules
|
||
@cindex horizontal rules, in @LaTeX{} export
|
||
|
||
Width and thickness of a given horizontal rule can be controlled with,
|
||
respectively, @code{:width} and @code{:thickness} attributes:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX: :width .6\textwidth :thickness 0.8pt
|
||
-----
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Markdown export, OpenDocument Text export, @LaTeX{} and PDF export, Exporting
|
||
@section Markdown export
|
||
@cindex Markdown export
|
||
|
||
@code{md} export back-end generates Markdown syntax@footnote{Vanilla flavor,
|
||
as defined at @url{http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/}.} for an Org
|
||
mode buffer.
|
||
|
||
It is built over HTML back-end: any construct not supported by Markdown
|
||
syntax (e.g., tables) will be controlled and translated by @code{html}
|
||
back-end (@pxref{HTML export}).
|
||
|
||
@subheading Markdown export commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e m m,org-md-export-to-markdown}
|
||
Export as a text file written in Markdown syntax. For an Org file,
|
||
@file{myfile.org}, the resulting file will be @file{myfile.md}. The file
|
||
will be overwritten without warning.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e m M,org-md-export-as-markdown}
|
||
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
|
||
@item C-c C-e m o
|
||
Export as a text file with Markdown syntax, then open it.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subheading Header and sectioning structure
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-md-headline-style
|
||
Markdown export can generate both @code{atx} and @code{setext} types for
|
||
headlines, according to @code{org-md-headline-style}. The former introduces
|
||
a hard limit of two levels, whereas the latter pushes it to six. Headlines
|
||
below that limit are exported as lists. You can also set a soft limit before
|
||
that one (@pxref{Export settings}).
|
||
|
||
@c begin opendocument
|
||
|
||
@node OpenDocument Text export, Org export, Markdown export, Exporting
|
||
@section OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@cindex ODT
|
||
@cindex OpenDocument
|
||
@cindex export, OpenDocument
|
||
@cindex LibreOffice
|
||
|
||
Org mode@footnote{Versions 7.8 or later} supports export to OpenDocument Text
|
||
(ODT) format. Documents created by this exporter use the
|
||
@cite{OpenDocument-v1.2
|
||
specification}@footnote{@url{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html,
|
||
Open Document Format for Office Applications (OpenDocument) Version 1.2}} and
|
||
are compatible with LibreOffice 3.4.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: What packages ODT exporter relies on
|
||
* ODT export commands:: How to invoke ODT export
|
||
* Extending ODT export:: How to produce @samp{doc}, @samp{pdf} files
|
||
* Applying custom styles:: How to apply custom styles to the output
|
||
* Links in ODT export:: How links will be interpreted and formatted
|
||
* Tables in ODT export:: How Tables are exported
|
||
* Images in ODT export:: How to insert images
|
||
* Math formatting in ODT export:: How @LaTeX{} fragments are formatted
|
||
* Labels and captions in ODT export:: How captions are rendered
|
||
* Literal examples in ODT export:: How source and example blocks are formatted
|
||
* Advanced topics in ODT export:: Read this if you are a power user
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Pre-requisites for ODT export, ODT export commands, OpenDocument Text export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Pre-requisites for ODT export
|
||
@cindex zip
|
||
The ODT exporter relies on the @file{zip} program to create the final
|
||
output. Check the availability of this program before proceeding further.
|
||
|
||
@node ODT export commands, Extending ODT export, Pre-requisites for ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection ODT export commands
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Exporting to ODT
|
||
@anchor{x-export-to-odt}
|
||
|
||
@cindex region, active
|
||
@cindex active region
|
||
@cindex transient-mark-mode
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e o o,org-odt-export-to-odt}
|
||
@cindex property EXPORT_FILE_NAME
|
||
|
||
Export as OpenDocument Text file.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
|
||
If @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, automatically convert
|
||
the exported file to that format. @xref{x-export-to-other-formats, ,
|
||
Automatically exporting to other formats}.
|
||
|
||
For an Org file @file{myfile.org}, the ODT file will be
|
||
@file{myfile.odt}. The file will be overwritten without warning. If there
|
||
is an active region,@footnote{This requires @code{transient-mark-mode} to be
|
||
turned on} only the region will be exported. If the selected region is a
|
||
single tree,@footnote{To select the current subtree, use @kbd{C-c @@}} the
|
||
tree head will become the document title. If the tree head entry has, or
|
||
inherits, an @code{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} property, that name will be used for the
|
||
export.
|
||
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-e o O}
|
||
Export as an OpenDocument Text file and open the resulting file.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
|
||
If @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, open the converted
|
||
file instead. @xref{x-export-to-other-formats, , Automatically exporting to
|
||
other formats}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Extending ODT export, Applying custom styles, ODT export commands, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Extending ODT export
|
||
|
||
The ODT exporter can interface with a variety of document
|
||
converters and supports popular converters out of the box. As a result, you
|
||
can use it to export to formats like @samp{doc} or convert a document from
|
||
one format (say @samp{csv}) to another format (say @samp{ods} or @samp{xls}).
|
||
|
||
@cindex @file{unoconv}
|
||
@cindex LibreOffice
|
||
If you have a working installation of LibreOffice, a document converter is
|
||
pre-configured for you and you can use it right away. If you would like to
|
||
use @file{unoconv} as your preferred converter, customize the variable
|
||
@code{org-odt-convert-process} to point to @code{unoconv}. You can
|
||
also use your own favorite converter or tweak the default settings of the
|
||
@file{LibreOffice} and @samp{unoconv} converters. @xref{Configuring a
|
||
document converter}.
|
||
|
||
@subsubsection Automatically exporting to other formats
|
||
@anchor{x-export-to-other-formats}
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
|
||
Very often, you will find yourself exporting to ODT format, only to
|
||
immediately save the exported document to other formats like @samp{doc},
|
||
@samp{docx}, @samp{rtf}, @samp{pdf} etc. In such cases, you can specify your
|
||
preferred output format by customizing the variable
|
||
@code{org-odt-preferred-output-format}. This way, the export commands
|
||
(@pxref{x-export-to-odt,,Exporting to ODT}) can be extended to export to a
|
||
format that is of immediate interest to you.
|
||
|
||
@subsubsection Converting between document formats
|
||
@anchor{x-convert-to-other-formats}
|
||
|
||
There are many document converters in the wild which support conversion to
|
||
and from various file formats, including, but not limited to the
|
||
ODT format. LibreOffice converter, mentioned above, is one such
|
||
converter. Once a converter is configured, you can interact with it using
|
||
the following command.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-convert
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
|
||
@item M-x org-odt-convert RET
|
||
Convert an existing document from one format to another. With a prefix
|
||
argument, also open the newly produced file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Applying custom styles, Links in ODT export, Extending ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Applying custom styles
|
||
@cindex styles, custom
|
||
@cindex template, custom
|
||
|
||
The ODT exporter ships with a set of OpenDocument styles
|
||
(@pxref{Working with OpenDocument style files}) that ensure a well-formatted
|
||
output. These factory styles, however, may not cater to your specific
|
||
tastes. To customize the output, you can either modify the above styles
|
||
files directly, or generate the required styles using an application like
|
||
LibreOffice. The latter method is suitable for expert and non-expert
|
||
users alike, and is described here.
|
||
|
||
@subsubsection Applying custom styles: the easy way
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
Create a sample @file{example.org} file with the below settings and export it
|
||
to ODT format.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: H:10 num:t
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
Open the above @file{example.odt} using LibreOffice. Use the @file{Stylist}
|
||
to locate the target styles---these typically have the @samp{Org} prefix---and
|
||
modify those to your taste. Save the modified file either as an
|
||
OpenDocument Text (@file{.odt}) or OpenDocument Template (@file{.ott}) file.
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@cindex #+ODT_STYLES_FILE
|
||
@vindex org-odt-styles-file
|
||
Customize the variable @code{org-odt-styles-file} and point it to the
|
||
newly created file. For additional configuration options
|
||
@pxref{x-overriding-factory-styles,,Overriding factory styles}.
|
||
|
||
If you would like to choose a style on a per-file basis, you can use the
|
||
@code{#+ODT_STYLES_FILE} option. A typical setting will look like
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: "/path/to/example.ott"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: ("/path/to/file.ott" ("styles.xml" "image/hdr.png"))
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@subsubsection Using third-party styles and templates
|
||
|
||
You can use third-party styles and templates for customizing your output.
|
||
This will produce the desired output only if the template provides all
|
||
style names that the @samp{ODT} exporter relies on. Unless this condition is
|
||
met, the output is going to be less than satisfactory. So it is highly
|
||
recommended that you only work with templates that are directly derived from
|
||
the factory settings.
|
||
|
||
@node Links in ODT export, Tables in ODT export, Applying custom styles, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Links in ODT export
|
||
@cindex links, in ODT export
|
||
|
||
ODT exporter creates native cross-references for internal links. It creates
|
||
Internet-style links for all other links.
|
||
|
||
A link with no description and destined to a regular (un-itemized) outline
|
||
heading is replaced with a cross-reference and section number of the heading.
|
||
|
||
A @samp{\ref@{label@}}-style reference to an image, table etc.@: is replaced
|
||
with a cross-reference and sequence number of the labeled entity.
|
||
@xref{Labels and captions in ODT export}.
|
||
|
||
@node Tables in ODT export, Images in ODT export, Links in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Tables in ODT export
|
||
@cindex tables, in ODT export
|
||
|
||
Export of native Org mode tables (@pxref{Tables}) and simple @file{table.el}
|
||
tables is supported. However, export of complex @file{table.el} tables---tables
|
||
that have column or row spans---is not supported. Such tables are
|
||
stripped from the exported document.
|
||
|
||
By default, a table is exported with top and bottom frames and with rules
|
||
separating row and column groups (@pxref{Column groups}). Furthermore, all
|
||
tables are typeset to occupy the same width. If the table specifies
|
||
alignment and relative width for its columns (@pxref{Column width and
|
||
alignment}) then these are honored on export.@footnote{The column widths are
|
||
interpreted as weighted ratios with the default weight being 1}
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_ODT
|
||
You can control the width of the table by specifying @code{:rel-width}
|
||
property using an @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line.
|
||
|
||
For example, consider the following table which makes use of all the rules
|
||
mentioned above.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :rel-width 50
|
||
| Area/Month | Jan | Feb | Mar | Sum |
|
||
|---------------+-------+-------+-------+-------|
|
||
| / | < | | | < |
|
||
| <l13> | <r5> | <r5> | <r5> | <r6> |
|
||
| North America | 1 | 21 | 926 | 948 |
|
||
| Middle East | 6 | 75 | 844 | 925 |
|
||
| Asia Pacific | 9 | 27 | 790 | 826 |
|
||
|---------------+-------+-------+-------+-------|
|
||
| Sum | 16 | 123 | 2560 | 2699 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
On export, the table will occupy 50% of text area. The columns will be sized
|
||
(roughly) in the ratio of 13:5:5:5:6. The first column will be left-aligned
|
||
and rest of the columns will be right-aligned. There will be vertical rules
|
||
after separating the header and last columns from other columns. There will
|
||
be horizontal rules separating the header and last rows from other rows.
|
||
|
||
If you are not satisfied with the above formatting options, you can create
|
||
custom table styles and associate them with a table using the
|
||
@code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. @xref{Customizing tables in ODT export}.
|
||
|
||
@node Images in ODT export, Math formatting in ODT export, Tables in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Images in ODT export
|
||
@cindex images, embedding in ODT
|
||
@cindex embedding images in ODT
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Embedding images
|
||
You can embed images within the exported document by providing a link to the
|
||
desired image file with no link description. For example, to embed
|
||
@samp{img.png} do either of the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[file:img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[./img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Embedding clickable images
|
||
You can create clickable images by providing a link whose description is a
|
||
link to an image file. For example, to embed a image
|
||
@file{org-mode-unicorn.png} which when clicked jumps to
|
||
@uref{http://Orgmode.org} website, do the following
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[http://orgmode.org][./org-mode-unicorn.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Sizing and scaling of embedded images
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_ODT
|
||
You can control the size and scale of the embedded images using the
|
||
@code{#+ATTR_ODT} attribute.
|
||
|
||
@cindex identify, ImageMagick
|
||
@vindex org-odt-pixels-per-inch
|
||
The exporter specifies the desired size of the image in the final document in
|
||
units of centimeters. In order to scale the embedded images, the exporter
|
||
queries for pixel dimensions of the images using one of a) ImageMagick's
|
||
@file{identify} program or b) Emacs @code{create-image} and @code{image-size}
|
||
APIs@footnote{Use of @file{ImageMagick} is only desirable. However, if you
|
||
routinely produce documents that have large images or you export your Org
|
||
files that has images using a Emacs batch script, then the use of
|
||
@file{ImageMagick} is mandatory.}. The pixel dimensions are subsequently
|
||
converted in to units of centimeters using
|
||
@code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch}. The default value of this variable is
|
||
set to @code{display-pixels-per-inch}. You can tweak this variable to
|
||
achieve the best results.
|
||
|
||
The examples below illustrate the various possibilities.
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@item Explicitly size the image
|
||
To embed @file{img.png} as a 10 cm x 10 cm image, do the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10 :height 10
|
||
[[./img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Scale the image
|
||
To embed @file{img.png} at half its size, do the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :scale 0.5
|
||
[[./img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Scale the image to a specific width
|
||
To embed @file{img.png} with a width of 10 cm while retaining the original
|
||
height:width ratio, do the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10
|
||
[[./img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Scale the image to a specific height
|
||
To embed @file{img.png} with a height of 10 cm while retaining the original
|
||
height:width ratio, do the following
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :height 10
|
||
[[./img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Anchoring of images
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_ODT
|
||
You can control the manner in which an image is anchored by setting the
|
||
@code{:anchor} property of it's @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. You can specify one
|
||
of the following three values for the @code{:anchor} property:
|
||
@samp{"as-char"}, @samp{"paragraph"} and @samp{"page"}.
|
||
|
||
To create an image that is anchored to a page, do the following:
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :anchor "page"
|
||
[[./img.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Math formatting in ODT export, Labels and captions in ODT export, Images in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Math formatting in ODT export
|
||
|
||
The ODT exporter has special support for handling math.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets:: How to embed @LaTeX{} math fragments
|
||
* Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files:: How to embed equations in native format
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets, Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files, Math formatting in ODT export, Math formatting in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets
|
||
|
||
@LaTeX{} math snippets (@pxref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be embedded in the ODT
|
||
document in one of the following ways:
|
||
|
||
@cindex MathML
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item MathML
|
||
|
||
This option is activated on a per-file basis with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: LaTeX:t
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
With this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are first converted into MathML
|
||
fragments using an external @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter program. The
|
||
resulting MathML fragments are then embedded as an OpenDocument Formula in
|
||
the exported document.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
|
||
@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file
|
||
|
||
You can specify the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter by customizing the variables
|
||
@code{org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command} and
|
||
@code{org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file}.
|
||
|
||
If you prefer to use @file{MathToWeb}@footnote{See
|
||
@uref{http://www.mathtoweb.com/cgi-bin/mathtoweb_home.pl, MathToWeb}} as your
|
||
converter, you can configure the above variables as shown below.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
|
||
"java -jar %j -unicode -force -df %o %I"
|
||
org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file
|
||
"/path/to/mathtoweb.jar")
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
You can use the following commands to quickly verify the reliability of
|
||
the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item M-x org-odt-export-as-odf RET
|
||
Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula (@file{.odf}) file.
|
||
|
||
@item M-x org-odt-export-as-odf-and-open RET
|
||
Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula (@file{.odf}) file
|
||
and open the formula file with the system-registered application.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@cindex dvipng
|
||
@cindex imagemagick
|
||
@item PNG images
|
||
|
||
This option is activated on a per-file basis with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
or:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
With this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are processed into PNG images and the
|
||
resulting images are embedded in the exported document. This method requires
|
||
that the @file{dvipng} program or @file{imagemagick} suite be available on
|
||
your system.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@node Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files, , Working with @LaTeX{} math snippets, Math formatting in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Working with MathML or OpenDocument formula files
|
||
|
||
For various reasons, you may find embedding @LaTeX{} math snippets in an
|
||
ODT document less than reliable. In that case, you can embed a
|
||
math equation by linking to its MathML (@file{.mml}) source or its
|
||
OpenDocument formula (@file{.odf}) file as shown below:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[./equation.mml]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[./equation.odf]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Labels and captions in ODT export, Literal examples in ODT export, Math formatting in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Labels and captions in ODT export
|
||
|
||
You can label and caption various category of objects---an inline image, a
|
||
table, a @LaTeX{} fragment or a Math formula---using @code{#+LABEL} and
|
||
@code{#+CAPTION} lines. @xref{Images and tables}. ODT exporter enumerates
|
||
each labeled or captioned object of a given category separately. As a
|
||
result, each such object is assigned a sequence number based on order of it's
|
||
appearance in the Org file.
|
||
|
||
In the exported document, a user-provided caption is augmented with the
|
||
category and sequence number. Consider the following inline image in an Org
|
||
file.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CAPTION: Bell curve
|
||
#+LABEL: fig:SED-HR4049
|
||
[[./img/a.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
It could be rendered as shown below in the exported document.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
Figure 2: Bell curve
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-category-map-alist
|
||
You can modify the category component of the caption by customizing the
|
||
option @code{org-odt-category-map-alist}. For example, to tag all embedded
|
||
images with the string @samp{Illustration} (instead of the default
|
||
@samp{Figure}) use the following setting:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-odt-category-map-alist
|
||
(("__Figure__" "Illustration" "value" "Figure" org-odt--enumerable-image-p)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
With this, previous image will be captioned as below in the exported
|
||
document.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
Illustration 2: Bell curve
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Literal examples in ODT export, Advanced topics in ODT export, Labels and captions in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Literal examples in ODT export
|
||
|
||
Export of literal examples (@pxref{Literal examples}) with full fontification
|
||
is supported. Internally, the exporter relies on @file{htmlfontify.el} to
|
||
generate all style definitions needed for a fancy listing.@footnote{Your
|
||
@file{htmlfontify.el} library must at least be at Emacs 24.1 levels for
|
||
fontification to be turned on.} The auto-generated styles have @samp{OrgSrc}
|
||
as prefix and inherit their color from the faces used by Emacs
|
||
@code{font-lock} library for the source language.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-fontify-srcblocks
|
||
If you prefer to use your own custom styles for fontification, you can do
|
||
so by customizing the option
|
||
@code{org-odt-create-custom-styles-for-srcblocks}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-create-custom-styles-for-srcblocks
|
||
You can turn off fontification of literal examples by customizing the
|
||
option @code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks}.
|
||
|
||
@node Advanced topics in ODT export, , Literal examples in ODT export, OpenDocument Text export
|
||
@subsection Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
|
||
If you rely heavily on ODT export, you may want to exploit the full
|
||
set of features that the exporter offers. This section describes features
|
||
that would be of interest to power users.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Configuring a document converter:: How to register a document converter
|
||
* Working with OpenDocument style files:: Explore the internals
|
||
* Creating one-off styles:: How to produce custom highlighting etc
|
||
* Customizing tables in ODT export:: How to define and use Table templates
|
||
* Validating OpenDocument XML:: How to debug corrupt OpenDocument files
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Configuring a document converter, Working with OpenDocument style files, Advanced topics in ODT export, Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Configuring a document converter
|
||
@cindex convert
|
||
@cindex doc, docx, rtf
|
||
@cindex converter
|
||
|
||
The ODT exporter can work with popular converters with little or no
|
||
extra configuration from your side. @xref{Extending ODT export}.
|
||
If you are using a converter that is not supported by default or if you would
|
||
like to tweak the default converter settings, proceed as below.
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item Register the converter
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-convert-processes
|
||
Name your converter and add it to the list of known converters by
|
||
customizing the option @code{org-odt-convert-processes}. Also specify how
|
||
the converter can be invoked via command-line to effect the conversion.
|
||
|
||
@item Configure its capabilities
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-convert-capabilities
|
||
@anchor{x-odt-converter-capabilities} Specify the set of formats the
|
||
converter can handle by customizing the variable
|
||
@code{org-odt-convert-capabilities}. Use the default value for this
|
||
variable as a guide for configuring your converter. As suggested by the
|
||
default setting, you can specify the full set of formats supported by the
|
||
converter and not limit yourself to specifying formats that are related to
|
||
just the OpenDocument Text format.
|
||
|
||
@item Choose the converter
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-convert-process
|
||
Select the newly added converter as the preferred one by customizing the
|
||
option @code{org-odt-convert-process}.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@node Working with OpenDocument style files, Creating one-off styles, Configuring a document converter, Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Working with OpenDocument style files
|
||
@cindex styles, custom
|
||
@cindex template, custom
|
||
|
||
This section explores the internals of the ODT exporter and the
|
||
means by which it produces styled documents. Read this section if you are
|
||
interested in exploring the automatic and custom OpenDocument styles used by
|
||
the exporter.
|
||
|
||
@anchor{x-factory-styles}
|
||
@subsubheading Factory styles
|
||
|
||
The ODT exporter relies on two files for generating its output.
|
||
These files are bundled with the distribution under the directory pointed to
|
||
by the variable @code{org-odt-styles-dir}. The two files are:
|
||
|
||
@itemize
|
||
@anchor{x-orgodtstyles-xml}
|
||
@item
|
||
@file{OrgOdtStyles.xml}
|
||
|
||
This file contributes to the @file{styles.xml} file of the final @samp{ODT}
|
||
document. This file gets modified for the following purposes:
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
To control outline numbering based on user settings.
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
To add styles generated by @file{htmlfontify.el} for fontification of code
|
||
blocks.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@anchor{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml}
|
||
@item
|
||
@file{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml}
|
||
|
||
This file contributes to the @file{content.xml} file of the final @samp{ODT}
|
||
document. The contents of the Org outline are inserted between the
|
||
@samp{<office:text>}@dots{}@samp{</office:text>} elements of this file.
|
||
|
||
Apart from serving as a template file for the final @file{content.xml}, the
|
||
file serves the following purposes:
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
It contains automatic styles for formatting of tables which are referenced by
|
||
the exporter.
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>}@dots{}@samp{</text:sequence-decl>}
|
||
elements that control how various entities---tables, images, equations,
|
||
etc.---are numbered.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@anchor{x-overriding-factory-styles}
|
||
@subsubheading Overriding factory styles
|
||
The following two variables control the location from which the ODT
|
||
exporter picks up the custom styles and content template files. You can
|
||
customize these variables to override the factory styles used by the
|
||
exporter.
|
||
|
||
@itemize
|
||
@anchor{x-org-odt-styles-file}
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{org-odt-styles-file}
|
||
|
||
Use this variable to specify the @file{styles.xml} that will be used in the
|
||
final output. You can specify one of the following values:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item A @file{styles.xml} file
|
||
|
||
Use this file instead of the default @file{styles.xml}
|
||
|
||
@item A @file{.odt} or @file{.ott} file
|
||
|
||
Use the @file{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument Text or
|
||
Template file
|
||
|
||
@item A @file{.odt} or @file{.ott} file and a subset of files contained within them
|
||
|
||
Use the @file{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument Text or
|
||
Template file. Additionally extract the specified member files and embed
|
||
those within the final @samp{ODT} document.
|
||
|
||
Use this option if the @file{styles.xml} file references additional files
|
||
like header and footer images.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{nil}
|
||
|
||
Use the default @file{styles.xml}
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@anchor{x-org-odt-content-template-file}
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{org-odt-content-template-file}
|
||
|
||
Use this variable to specify the blank @file{content.xml} that will be used
|
||
in the final output.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node Creating one-off styles, Customizing tables in ODT export, Working with OpenDocument style files, Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Creating one-off styles
|
||
|
||
There are times when you would want one-off formatting in the exported
|
||
document. You can achieve this by embedding raw OpenDocument XML in the Org
|
||
file. The use of this feature is better illustrated with couple of examples.
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item Embedding ODT tags as part of regular text
|
||
|
||
You can inline OpenDocument syntax by enclosing it within
|
||
@samp{@@@@odt:...@@@@} markup. For example, to highlight a region of text do
|
||
the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@@@@odt:<text:span text:style-name="Highlight">This is a highlighted
|
||
text</text:span>@@@@. But this is a regular text.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit your
|
||
@file{styles.xml} (@pxref{x-orgodtstyles-xml,,Factory styles}) and add a
|
||
custom @samp{Highlight} style as shown below.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
<style:style style:name="Highlight" style:family="text">
|
||
<style:text-properties fo:background-color="#ff0000"/>
|
||
</style:style>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Embedding a one-line OpenDocument XML
|
||
|
||
You can add a simple OpenDocument one-liner using the @code{#+ODT:}
|
||
directive. For example, to force a page break do the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ODT: <text:p text:style-name="PageBreak"/>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit your
|
||
@file{styles.xml} (@pxref{x-orgodtstyles-xml,,Factory styles}) and add a
|
||
custom @samp{PageBreak} style as shown below.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
<style:style style:name="PageBreak" style:family="paragraph"
|
||
style:parent-style-name="Text_20_body">
|
||
<style:paragraph-properties fo:break-before="page"/>
|
||
</style:style>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item Embedding a block of OpenDocument XML
|
||
|
||
You can add a large block of OpenDocument XML using the
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN_ODT}@dots{}@code{#+END_ODT} construct.
|
||
|
||
For example, to create a one-off paragraph that uses bold text, do the
|
||
following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_ODT
|
||
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body_20_bold">
|
||
This paragraph is specially formatted and uses bold text.
|
||
</text:p>
|
||
#+END_ODT
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@node Customizing tables in ODT export, Validating OpenDocument XML, Creating one-off styles, Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Customizing tables in ODT export
|
||
@cindex tables, in ODT export
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_ODT
|
||
You can override the default formatting of the table by specifying a custom
|
||
table style with the @code{#+ATTR_ODT} line. For a discussion on default
|
||
formatting of tables @pxref{Tables in ODT export}.
|
||
|
||
This feature closely mimics the way table templates are defined in the
|
||
OpenDocument-v1.2
|
||
specification.@footnote{@url{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html,
|
||
OpenDocument-v1.2 Specification}}
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Custom table styles: an illustration
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-table-styles
|
||
To have a quick preview of this feature, install the below setting and
|
||
export the table that follows:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-odt-table-styles
|
||
(append org-odt-table-styles
|
||
'(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
|
||
((use-first-row-styles . t)
|
||
(use-first-column-styles . t)))
|
||
("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom"
|
||
((use-first-row-styles . t)
|
||
(use-last-row-styles . t))))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :style "TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn"
|
||
| Name | Phone | Age |
|
||
| Peter | 1234 | 17 |
|
||
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
In the above example, you used a template named @samp{Custom} and installed
|
||
two table styles with the names @samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and
|
||
@samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}. (@strong{Important:} The OpenDocument
|
||
styles needed for producing the above template have been pre-defined for
|
||
you. These styles are available under the section marked @samp{Custom
|
||
Table Template} in @file{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml}
|
||
(@pxref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml,,Factory styles}). If you need
|
||
additional templates you have to define these styles yourselves.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Custom table styles: the nitty-gritty
|
||
To use this feature proceed as follows:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
Create a table template@footnote{See the @code{<table:table-template>}
|
||
element of the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}
|
||
|
||
A table template is nothing but a set of @samp{table-cell} and
|
||
@samp{paragraph} styles for each of the following table cell categories:
|
||
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item Body
|
||
@item First column
|
||
@item Last column
|
||
@item First row
|
||
@item Last row
|
||
@item Even row
|
||
@item Odd row
|
||
@item Even column
|
||
@item Odd Column
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
The names for the above styles must be chosen based on the name of the table
|
||
template using a well-defined convention.
|
||
|
||
The naming convention is better illustrated with an example. For a table
|
||
template with the name @samp{Custom}, the needed style names are listed in
|
||
the following table.
|
||
|
||
@multitable {Table cell type} {CustomEvenColumnTableCell} {CustomEvenColumnTableParagraph}
|
||
@headitem Table cell type
|
||
@tab @code{table-cell} style
|
||
@tab @code{paragraph} style
|
||
@item
|
||
@tab
|
||
@tab
|
||
@item Body
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomTableParagraph}
|
||
@item First column
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomFirstColumnTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomFirstColumnTableParagraph}
|
||
@item Last column
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomLastColumnTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomLastColumnTableParagraph}
|
||
@item First row
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomFirstRowTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomFirstRowTableParagraph}
|
||
@item Last row
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomLastRowTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomLastRowTableParagraph}
|
||
@item Even row
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomEvenRowTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomEvenRowTableParagraph}
|
||
@item Odd row
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomOddRowTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomOddRowTableParagraph}
|
||
@item Even column
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomEvenColumnTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomEvenColumnTableParagraph}
|
||
@item Odd column
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomOddColumnTableCell}
|
||
@tab @samp{CustomOddColumnTableParagraph}
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
To create a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, define the above
|
||
styles in the
|
||
@code{<office:automatic-styles>}...@code{</office:automatic-styles>} element
|
||
of the content template file (@pxref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml,,Factory
|
||
styles}).
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
Define a table style@footnote{See the attributes @code{table:template-name},
|
||
@code{table:use-first-row-styles}, @code{table:use-last-row-styles},
|
||
@code{table:use-first-column-styles}, @code{table:use-last-column-styles},
|
||
@code{table:use-banding-rows-styles}, and
|
||
@code{table:use-banding-column-styles} of the @code{<table:table>} element in
|
||
the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-table-styles
|
||
To define a table style, create an entry for the style in the variable
|
||
@code{org-odt-table-styles} and specify the following:
|
||
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item the name of the table template created in step (1)
|
||
@item the set of cell styles in that template that are to be activated
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
For example, the entry below defines two different table styles
|
||
@samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and @samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}
|
||
based on the same template @samp{Custom}. The styles achieve their intended
|
||
effect by selectively activating the individual cell styles in that template.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-odt-table-styles
|
||
(append org-odt-table-styles
|
||
'(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
|
||
((use-first-row-styles . t)
|
||
(use-first-column-styles . t)))
|
||
("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom"
|
||
((use-first-row-styles . t)
|
||
(use-last-row-styles . t))))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
Associate a table with the table style
|
||
|
||
To do this, specify the table style created in step (2) as part of
|
||
the @code{ATTR_ODT} line as shown below.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ODT: :style "TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn"
|
||
| Name | Phone | Age |
|
||
| Peter | 1234 | 17 |
|
||
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@node Validating OpenDocument XML, , Customizing tables in ODT export, Advanced topics in ODT export
|
||
@subsubsection Validating OpenDocument XML
|
||
|
||
Occasionally, you will discover that the document created by the
|
||
ODT exporter cannot be opened by your favorite application. One of
|
||
the common reasons for this is that the @file{.odt} file is corrupt. In such
|
||
cases, you may want to validate the document against the OpenDocument RELAX
|
||
NG Compact Syntax (RNC) schema.
|
||
|
||
For de-compressing the @file{.odt} file@footnote{@file{.odt} files are
|
||
nothing but @samp{zip} archives}: @inforef{File Archives,,emacs}. For
|
||
general help with validation (and schema-sensitive editing) of XML files:
|
||
@inforef{Introduction,,nxml-mode}.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odt-schema-dir
|
||
If you have ready access to OpenDocument @file{.rnc} files and the needed
|
||
schema-locating rules in a single folder, you can customize the variable
|
||
@code{org-odt-schema-dir} to point to that directory. The ODT exporter
|
||
will take care of updating the @code{rng-schema-locating-files} for you.
|
||
|
||
@c end opendocument
|
||
|
||
@node Org export
|
||
@section Org export
|
||
@cindex Org export
|
||
|
||
@code{org} export back-end creates a normalized version of the Org document
|
||
in current buffer. In particular, it evaluates Babel code (@pxref{Evaluating
|
||
code blocks}) and removes other back-ends specific contents.
|
||
|
||
@subheading Org export commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e O o,org-org-export-to-org}
|
||
Export as an Org document. For an Org file, @file{myfile.org}, the resulting
|
||
file will be @file{myfile.org.org}. The file will be overwritten without
|
||
warning.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e O O,org-org-export-as-org}
|
||
Export to a temporary buffer. Do not create a file.
|
||
@item C-c C-e O v
|
||
Export to an Org file, then open it.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Texinfo export, iCalendar export, Org export, Exporting
|
||
@section Texinfo export
|
||
@cindex Texinfo export
|
||
|
||
@samp{texinfo} export back-end generates Texinfo code and can compile it into
|
||
an Info file.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Texinfo export commands:: How to invoke Texinfo export
|
||
* Document preamble:: File header, title and copyright page
|
||
* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure
|
||
* Indices:: Creating indices
|
||
* Quoting Texinfo code:: Incorporating literal Texinfo code
|
||
* Texinfo specific attributes:: Controlling Texinfo output
|
||
* An example::
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Texinfo export commands, Document preamble, Texinfo export, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection Texinfo export commands
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-texinfo-info-process
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e i t,org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo}
|
||
Export as a Texinfo file. For an Org file, @file{myfile.org}, the resulting
|
||
file will be @file{myfile.texi}. The file will be overwritten without
|
||
warning.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e i i,org-texinfo-export-to-info}
|
||
Export to Texinfo and then process to an Info file@footnote{By setting
|
||
@code{org-texinfo-info-process}, it is possible to generate other formats,
|
||
including DocBook.}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Document preamble, Headings and sectioning structure, Texinfo export commands, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection Document preamble
|
||
|
||
When processing a document, @samp{texinfo} back-end generates a minimal file
|
||
header along with a title page, a copyright page, and a menu. You control
|
||
the latter through the structure of the document (@pxref{Headings and
|
||
sectioning structure}). Various keywords allow to tweak the other parts. It
|
||
is also possible to give directions to install the document in the @samp{Top}
|
||
node.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading File header
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_FILENAME
|
||
Upon creating the header of a Texinfo file, the back-end guesses a name for
|
||
the Info file to be compiled. This may not be a sensible choice, e.g., if
|
||
you want to produce the final document in a different directory. Specify an
|
||
alternate path with @code{#+TEXINFO_FILENAME} keyword to override the default
|
||
destination.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-texinfo-coding-system
|
||
@vindex org-texinfo-classes
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_HEADER
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_CLASS
|
||
Along with the output file name, the header contains information about the
|
||
language (@pxref{Export settings}) and current encoding used@footnote{See
|
||
@code{org-texinfo-coding-system} for more information.}. Insert
|
||
a @code{#+TEXINFO_HEADER} keyword for each additional command needed, e.g.,
|
||
@@code@{@@synindex@}.
|
||
|
||
If you happen to regularly install the same set of commands, it may be easier
|
||
to define your own class in @code{org-texinfo-classes}, which see. Set
|
||
@code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword accordingly in your document to activate it.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Title and copyright page
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE
|
||
@cindex #+SUBTITLE
|
||
The default template includes a title page for hard copy output. The title
|
||
and author displayed on this page are extracted from, respectively,
|
||
@code{#+TITLE} and @code{#+AUTHOR} keywords (@pxref{Export settings}). It is
|
||
also possible to print a different, more specific, title with
|
||
@code{#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE} keyword, and add subtitles with
|
||
@code{#+SUBTITLE} keyword. Both expect raw Texinfo code in their value.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+SUBAUTHOR
|
||
Likewise, information brought by @code{#+AUTHOR} may not be enough. You can
|
||
include other authors with several @code{#+SUBAUTHOR} keywords. Values are
|
||
also expected to be written in Texinfo code.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+AUTHOR: Jane Smith
|
||
#+SUBAUTHOR: John Doe
|
||
#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: This Long Title@@inlinefmt@{tex,@@*@} Is Broken in @@TeX@{@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, COPYING
|
||
Copying material is defined in a dedicated headline with a non-nil
|
||
@code{:COPYING:} property. The contents are inserted within
|
||
a @code{@@copying} command at the beginning of the document whereas the
|
||
heading itself does not appear in the structure of the document.
|
||
|
||
Copyright information is printed on the back of the title page.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Copying
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:COPYING: t
|
||
:END:
|
||
|
||
This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file, version 1.0.
|
||
|
||
Copyright \copy 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading The Top node
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC
|
||
You may ultimately want to install your new Info file to your system. You
|
||
can write an appropriate entry in the top level directory specifying its
|
||
category and title with, respectively, @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY} and
|
||
@code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}. Optionally, you can add a short description
|
||
using @code{#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}. The following example would write an entry
|
||
similar to Org's in the @samp{Top} node.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY: Emacs
|
||
#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE: Org Mode: (org)
|
||
#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC: Outline-based notes management and organizer
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Headings and sectioning structure, Indices, Document preamble, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection Headings and sectioning structure
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-texinfo-classes
|
||
@vindex org-texinfo-default-class
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO_CLASS
|
||
@samp{texinfo} uses a pre-defined scheme, or class, to convert headlines into
|
||
Texinfo structuring commands. For example, a top level headline appears as
|
||
@code{@@chapter} if it should be numbered or as @code{@@unnumbered}
|
||
otherwise. If you need to use a different set of commands, e.g., to start
|
||
with @code{@@part} instead of @code{@@chapter}, install a new class in
|
||
@code{org-texinfo-classes}, then activate it with @code{#+TEXINFO_CLASS}
|
||
keyword. Export process defaults to @code{org-texinfo-default-class} when
|
||
there is no such keyword in the document.
|
||
|
||
If a headline's level has no associated structuring command, or is below
|
||
a certain threshold @pxref{Export settings}, that headline becomes a list in
|
||
Texinfo output.
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, APPENDIX
|
||
As an exception, a headline with a non-nil @code{:APPENDIX:} property becomes
|
||
an appendix, independently on its level and the class used.
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, DESCRIPTION
|
||
Each regular sectioning structure creates a menu entry, named after the
|
||
heading. You can provide a different, e.g., shorter, title in
|
||
@code{:ALT_TITLE:} property (@pxref{Table of contents}). Optionally, you can
|
||
specify a description for the item in @code{:DESCRIPTION:} property. E.g.,
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Controlling Screen Display
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:ALT_TITLE: Display
|
||
:DESCRIPTION: Controlling Screen Display
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Indices, Quoting Texinfo code, Headings and sectioning structure, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection Indices
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+CINDEX
|
||
@cindex #+FINDEX
|
||
@cindex #+KINDEX
|
||
@cindex #+PINDEX
|
||
@cindex #+TINDEX
|
||
@cindex #+VINDEX
|
||
Index entries are created using dedicated keywords. @samp{texinfo} back-end
|
||
provides one for each predefined type: @code{#+CINDEX}, @code{#+FINDEX},
|
||
@code{#+KINDEX}, @code{#+PINDEX}, @code{#+TINDEX} and @code{#+VINDEX}. For
|
||
custom indices, you can write raw Texinfo code (@pxref{Quoting Texinfo
|
||
code}).
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CINDEX: Defining indexing entries
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex property, INDEX
|
||
To generate an index, you need to set the @code{:INDEX:} property of
|
||
a headline to an appropriate abbreviation (e.g., @samp{cp} or @samp{vr}).
|
||
The headline is then exported as an unnumbered chapter or section command and
|
||
the index is inserted after its contents.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Concept Index
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:INDEX: cp
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Quoting Texinfo code, Texinfo specific attributes, Indices, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection Quoting Texinfo code
|
||
|
||
It is possible to insert raw Texinfo code using any of the following
|
||
constructs
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+TEXINFO
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_TEXINFO
|
||
@example
|
||
Richard @@@@texinfo:@@sc@{@@@@Stallman@@@@texinfo:@}@@@@ commence' GNU.
|
||
|
||
#+TEXINFO: @@need800
|
||
This paragraph is preceded by...
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_TEXINFO
|
||
@@auindex Johnson, Mark
|
||
@@auindex Lakoff, George
|
||
#+END_TEXINFO
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Texinfo specific attributes, An example, Quoting Texinfo code, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection Texinfo specific attributes
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ATTR_TEXINFO
|
||
@samp{texinfo} back-end understands several attributes in plain lists and
|
||
tables. They must be specified using an @code{#+ATTR_TEXINFO} keyword,
|
||
written just above the list or table.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Plain lists
|
||
|
||
In Texinfo output, description lists appear as two-column tables, using the
|
||
default command @code{@@table}. You can use @code{@@ftable} or
|
||
@code{@@vtable}@footnote{For more information, @inforef{Two-column
|
||
Tables,,texinfo}.} instead with @code{:table-type} attribute.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-texinfo-def-table-markup
|
||
In any case, these constructs require a highlighting command for entries in
|
||
the list. You can provide one with @code{:indic} attribute. If you do not,
|
||
it defaults to the value stored in @code{org-texinfo-def-table-markup}, which
|
||
see.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :indic @@asis
|
||
- foo :: This is the text for /foo/, with no highlighting.
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Tables
|
||
|
||
When exporting a table, column widths are deduced from the longest cell in
|
||
each column. You can also define them explicitly as fractions of the line
|
||
length, using @code{:columns} attribute.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :columns .5 .5
|
||
| a cell | another cell |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node An example, , Texinfo specific attributes, Texinfo export
|
||
@subsection An example
|
||
|
||
Here is a thorough example, taken from @inforef{GNU Sample Texts,,texinfo}.
|
||
|
||
@smallexample
|
||
#+MACRO: version 2.0
|
||
#+MACRO: updated last updated 4 March 2014
|
||
|
||
#+OPTIONS: ':t toc:t author:t email:t
|
||
#+TITLE: GNU Sample @{@{@{version@}@}@}
|
||
#+AUTHOR: A.U. Thor
|
||
#+EMAIL: bug-sample@@gnu.org
|
||
#+LANGUAGE: en
|
||
|
||
#+TEXINFO_FILENAME: sample.info
|
||
#+TEXINFO_HEADER: @@syncodeindex pg cp
|
||
|
||
#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY: Texinfo documentation system
|
||
#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE: sample: (sample)
|
||
#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC: Invoking sample
|
||
|
||
#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: GNU Sample
|
||
#+SUBTITLE: for version 2.0, last updated 4 March 2014
|
||
|
||
* Copying
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:COPYING: t
|
||
:END:
|
||
|
||
This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@},
|
||
@{@{@{updated@}@}@}), which is an example in the Texinfo documentation.
|
||
|
||
Copyright @@@@texinfo:@@copyright@{@}@@@@ 2013 Free Software Foundation,
|
||
Inc.
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_QUOTE
|
||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
||
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||
Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
|
||
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts,
|
||
and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in
|
||
the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
|
||
#+END_QUOTE
|
||
|
||
* Invoking sample
|
||
|
||
#+PINDEX: sample
|
||
#+CINDEX: invoking @@command@{sample@}
|
||
|
||
This is a sample manual. There is no sample program to invoke, but
|
||
if there were, you could see its basic usage and command line
|
||
options here.
|
||
|
||
* GNU Free Documentation License
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:APPENDIX: t
|
||
:END:
|
||
|
||
#+TEXINFO: @@include fdl.texi
|
||
|
||
* Index
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:INDEX: cp
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end smallexample
|
||
|
||
@node iCalendar export, Other built-in back-ends, Texinfo export, Exporting
|
||
@section iCalendar export
|
||
@cindex iCalendar export
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-include-todo
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-use-deadline
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-use-scheduled
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-categories
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-alarm-time
|
||
Some people use Org mode for keeping track of projects, but still prefer a
|
||
standard calendar application for anniversaries and appointments. In this
|
||
case it can be useful to show deadlines and other time-stamped items in Org
|
||
files in the calendar application. Org mode can export calendar information
|
||
in the standard iCalendar format. If you also want to have TODO entries
|
||
included in the export, configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-icalendar-include-todo}. Plain timestamps are exported as VEVENT,
|
||
and TODO items as VTODO@. It will also create events from deadlines that are
|
||
in non-TODO items. Deadlines and scheduling dates in TODO items will be used
|
||
to set the start and due dates for the TODO entry@footnote{See the variables
|
||
@code{org-icalendar-use-deadline} and @code{org-icalendar-use-scheduled}.}.
|
||
As categories, it will use the tags locally defined in the heading, and the
|
||
file/tree category@footnote{To add inherited tags or the TODO state,
|
||
configure the variable @code{org-icalendar-categories}.}. See the variable
|
||
@code{org-icalendar-alarm-time} for a way to assign alarms to entries with a
|
||
time.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-store-UID
|
||
@cindex property, ID
|
||
The iCalendar standard requires each entry to have a globally unique
|
||
identifier (UID). Org creates these identifiers during export. If you set
|
||
the variable @code{org-icalendar-store-UID}, the UID will be stored in the
|
||
@code{:ID:} property of the entry and re-used next time you report this
|
||
entry. Since a single entry can give rise to multiple iCalendar entries (as
|
||
a timestamp, a deadline, a scheduled item, and as a TODO item), Org adds
|
||
prefixes to the UID, depending on what triggered the inclusion of the entry.
|
||
In this way the UID remains unique, but a synchronization program can still
|
||
figure out from which entry all the different instances originate.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e c f,org-icalendar-export-to-ics}
|
||
Create iCalendar entries for the current buffer and store them in the same
|
||
directory, using a file extension @file{.ics}.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e c a, org-icalendar-export-agenda-files}
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-files
|
||
Like @kbd{C-c C-e c f}, but do this for all files in
|
||
@code{org-agenda-files}. For each of these files, a separate iCalendar
|
||
file will be written.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e c c,org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files}
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file
|
||
Create a single large iCalendar file from all files in
|
||
@code{org-agenda-files} and write it to the file given by
|
||
@code{org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
|
||
@vindex org-icalendar-include-body
|
||
@cindex property, SUMMARY
|
||
@cindex property, DESCRIPTION
|
||
@cindex property, LOCATION
|
||
The export will honor SUMMARY, DESCRIPTION and LOCATION@footnote{The LOCATION
|
||
property can be inherited from higher in the hierarchy if you configure
|
||
@code{org-use-property-inheritance} accordingly.} properties if the selected
|
||
entries have them. If not, the summary will be derived from the headline,
|
||
and the description from the body (limited to
|
||
@code{org-icalendar-include-body} characters).
|
||
|
||
How this calendar is best read and updated, depends on the application
|
||
you are using. The FAQ covers this issue.
|
||
|
||
@node Other built-in back-ends, Export in foreign buffers, iCalendar export, Exporting
|
||
@section Other built-in back-ends
|
||
@cindex export back-ends, built-in
|
||
@vindex org-export-backends
|
||
|
||
On top of the aforementioned back-ends, Org comes with other built-in ones:
|
||
|
||
@itemize
|
||
@item @file{ox-man.el}: export to a man page.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
To activate these export back-end, customize @code{org-export-backends} or
|
||
load them directly with e.g., @code{(require 'ox-man)}. This will add new
|
||
keys in the export dispatcher (@pxref{The Export Dispatcher}).
|
||
|
||
See the comment section of these files for more information on how to use
|
||
them.
|
||
|
||
@node Export in foreign buffers, Advanced configuration, Other built-in back-ends, Exporting
|
||
@section Export in foreign buffers
|
||
|
||
Most built-in back-ends come with a command to convert the selected region
|
||
into a selected format and replace this region by the exported output. Here
|
||
is a list of such conversion commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item org-html-convert-region-to-html
|
||
Convert the selected region into HTML.
|
||
@item org-latex-convert-region-to-latex
|
||
Convert the selected region into @LaTeX{}.
|
||
@item org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo
|
||
Convert the selected region into @code{Texinfo}.
|
||
@item org-md-convert-region-to-md
|
||
Convert the selected region into @code{MarkDown}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
This is particularly useful for converting tables and lists in foreign
|
||
buffers. E.g., in an HTML buffer, you can turn on @code{orgstruct-mode}, then
|
||
use Org commands for editing a list, and finally select and convert the list
|
||
with @code{M-x org-html-convert-region-to-html RET}.
|
||
|
||
@node Advanced configuration, , Export in foreign buffers, Exporting
|
||
@section Advanced configuration
|
||
|
||
@subheading Hooks
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-export-before-processing-hook
|
||
@vindex org-export-before-parsing-hook
|
||
Two hooks are run during the first steps of the export process. The first
|
||
one, @code{org-export-before-processing-hook} is called before expanding
|
||
macros, Babel code and include keywords in the buffer. The second one,
|
||
@code{org-export-before-parsing-hook}, as its name suggests, happens just
|
||
before parsing the buffer. Their main use is for heavy duties, that is
|
||
duties involving structural modifications of the document. For example, one
|
||
may want to remove every headline in the buffer during export. The following
|
||
code can achieve this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(defun my-headline-removal (backend)
|
||
"Remove all headlines in the current buffer.
|
||
BACKEND is the export back-end being used, as a symbol."
|
||
(org-map-entries
|
||
(lambda () (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line) (point))))))
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'org-export-before-parsing-hook 'my-headline-removal)
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Note that functions used in these hooks require a mandatory argument,
|
||
a symbol representing the back-end used.
|
||
|
||
@subheading Filters
|
||
|
||
@cindex Filters, exporting
|
||
Filters are lists of functions applied on a specific part of the output from
|
||
a given back-end. More explicitly, each time a back-end transforms an Org
|
||
object or element into another language, all functions within a given filter
|
||
type are called in turn on the string produced. The string returned by the
|
||
last function will be the one used in the final output.
|
||
|
||
There are filters sets for each type of element or object, for plain text,
|
||
for the parse tree, for the export options and for the final output. They
|
||
are all named after the same scheme: @code{org-export-filter-TYPE-functions},
|
||
where @code{TYPE} is the type targeted by the filter. Valid types are:
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions .33 .33 .33
|
||
@item bold
|
||
@tab babel-call
|
||
@tab center-block
|
||
@item clock
|
||
@tab code
|
||
@tab comment
|
||
@item comment-block
|
||
@tab diary-sexp
|
||
@tab drawer
|
||
@item dynamic-block
|
||
@tab entity
|
||
@tab example-block
|
||
@item export-block
|
||
@tab export-snippet
|
||
@tab final-output
|
||
@item fixed-width
|
||
@tab footnote-definition
|
||
@tab footnote-reference
|
||
@item headline
|
||
@tab horizontal-rule
|
||
@tab inline-babel-call
|
||
@item inline-src-block
|
||
@tab inlinetask
|
||
@tab italic
|
||
@item item
|
||
@tab keyword
|
||
@tab latex-environment
|
||
@item latex-fragment
|
||
@tab line-break
|
||
@tab link
|
||
@item node-property
|
||
@tab options
|
||
@tab paragraph
|
||
@item parse-tree
|
||
@tab plain-list
|
||
@tab plain-text
|
||
@item planning
|
||
@tab property-drawer
|
||
@tab quote-block
|
||
@item quote-section
|
||
@tab radio-target
|
||
@tab section
|
||
@item special-block
|
||
@tab src-block
|
||
@tab statistics-cookie
|
||
@item strike-through
|
||
@tab subscript
|
||
@tab superscript
|
||
@item table
|
||
@tab table-cell
|
||
@tab table-row
|
||
@item target
|
||
@tab timestamp
|
||
@tab underline
|
||
@item verbatim
|
||
@tab verse-block
|
||
@tab
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
For example, the following snippet allows me to use non-breaking spaces in
|
||
the Org buffer and get them translated into @LaTeX{} without using the
|
||
@code{\nbsp} macro (where @code{_} stands for the non-breaking space):
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(defun my-latex-filter-nobreaks (text backend info)
|
||
"Ensure \"_\" are properly handled in LaTeX export."
|
||
(when (org-export-derived-backend-p backend 'latex)
|
||
(replace-regexp-in-string "_" "~" text)))
|
||
|
||
(add-to-list 'org-export-filter-plain-text-functions
|
||
'my-latex-filter-nobreaks)
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Three arguments must be provided to a filter: the code being changed, the
|
||
back-end used, and some information about the export process. You can safely
|
||
ignore the third argument for most purposes. Note the use of
|
||
@code{org-export-derived-backend-p}, which ensures that the filter will only
|
||
be applied when using @code{latex} back-end or any other back-end derived
|
||
from it (e.g., @code{beamer}).
|
||
|
||
@subheading Extending an existing back-end
|
||
|
||
This is obviously the most powerful customization, since the changes happen
|
||
at the parser level. Indeed, some export back-ends are built as extensions
|
||
of other ones (e.g., Markdown back-end an extension of HTML back-end).
|
||
|
||
Extending a back-end means that if an element type is not transcoded by the
|
||
new back-end, it will be handled by the original one. Hence you can extend
|
||
specific parts of a back-end without too much work.
|
||
|
||
As an example, imagine we want the @code{ascii} back-end to display the
|
||
language used in a source block, when it is available, but only when some
|
||
attribute is non-@code{nil}, like the following:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ATTR_ASCII: :language t
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Because that back-end is lacking in that area, we are going to create a new
|
||
back-end, @code{my-ascii} that will do the job.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(defun my-ascii-src-block (src-block contents info)
|
||
"Transcode a SRC-BLOCK element from Org to ASCII.
|
||
CONTENTS is nil. INFO is a plist used as a communication
|
||
channel."
|
||
(if (not (org-export-read-attribute :attr_ascii src-block :language))
|
||
(org-export-with-backend 'ascii src-block contents info)
|
||
(concat
|
||
(format ",--[ %s ]--\n%s`----"
|
||
(org-element-property :language src-block)
|
||
(replace-regexp-in-string
|
||
"^" "| "
|
||
(org-element-normalize-string
|
||
(org-export-format-code-default src-block info)))))))
|
||
|
||
(org-export-define-derived-backend 'my-ascii 'ascii
|
||
:translate-alist '((src-block . my-ascii-src-block)))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The @code{my-ascii-src-block} function looks at the attribute above the
|
||
element. If it isn't true, it gives hand to the @code{ascii} back-end.
|
||
Otherwise, it creates a box around the code, leaving room for the language.
|
||
A new back-end is then created. It only changes its behavior when
|
||
translating @code{src-block} type element. Now, all it takes to use the new
|
||
back-end is calling the following from an Org buffer:
|
||
|
||
@smalllisp
|
||
(org-export-to-buffer 'my-ascii "*Org MY-ASCII Export*")
|
||
@end smalllisp
|
||
|
||
It is obviously possible to write an interactive function for this, install
|
||
it in the export dispatcher menu, and so on.
|
||
|
||
@node Publishing, Working With Source Code, Exporting, Top
|
||
@chapter Publishing
|
||
@cindex publishing
|
||
|
||
Org includes a publishing management system that allows you to configure
|
||
automatic HTML conversion of @emph{projects} composed of interlinked org
|
||
files. You can also configure Org to automatically upload your exported HTML
|
||
pages and related attachments, such as images and source code files, to a web
|
||
server.
|
||
|
||
You can also use Org to convert files into PDF, or even combine HTML and PDF
|
||
conversion so that files are available in both formats on the server.
|
||
|
||
Publishing has been contributed to Org by David O'Toole.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Configuration:: Defining projects
|
||
* Uploading files:: How to get files up on the server
|
||
* Sample configuration:: Example projects
|
||
* Triggering publication:: Publication commands
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Configuration, Uploading files, Publishing, Publishing
|
||
@section Configuration
|
||
|
||
Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files, destination
|
||
and many other properties of a project.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Project alist:: The central configuration variable
|
||
* Sources and destinations:: From here to there
|
||
* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
|
||
* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing
|
||
* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export
|
||
* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
|
||
* Sitemap:: Generating a list of all pages
|
||
* Generating an index:: An index that reaches across pages
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Project alist, Sources and destinations, Configuration, Configuration
|
||
@subsection The variable @code{org-publish-project-alist}
|
||
@cindex org-publish-project-alist
|
||
@cindex projects, for publishing
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-publish-project-alist
|
||
Publishing is configured almost entirely through setting the value of one
|
||
variable, called @code{org-publish-project-alist}. Each element of the list
|
||
configures one project, and may be in one of the two following forms:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
("project-name" :property value :property value ...)
|
||
@r{i.e., a well-formed property list with alternating keys and values}
|
||
@r{or}
|
||
("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...))
|
||
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values. A
|
||
project defines the set of files that will be published, as well as the
|
||
publishing configuration to use when publishing those files. When a project
|
||
takes the second form listed above, the individual members of the
|
||
@code{:components} property are taken to be sub-projects, which group
|
||
together files requiring different publishing options. When you publish such
|
||
a ``meta-project'', all the components will also be published, in the
|
||
sequence given.
|
||
|
||
@node Sources and destinations, Selecting files, Project alist, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Sources and destinations for files
|
||
@cindex directories, for publishing
|
||
|
||
Most properties are optional, but some should always be set. In
|
||
particular, Org needs to know where to look for source files,
|
||
and where to put published files.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
|
||
@item @code{:base-directory}
|
||
@tab Directory containing publishing source files
|
||
@item @code{:publishing-directory}
|
||
@tab Directory where output files will be published. You can directly
|
||
publish to a web server using a file name syntax appropriate for
|
||
the Emacs @file{tramp} package. Or you can publish to a local directory and
|
||
use external tools to upload your website (@pxref{Uploading files}).
|
||
@item @code{:preparation-function}
|
||
@tab Function or list of functions to be called before starting the
|
||
publishing process, for example, to run @code{make} for updating files to be
|
||
published. The project property list is scoped into this call as the
|
||
variable @code{project-plist}.
|
||
@item @code{:completion-function}
|
||
@tab Function or list of functions called after finishing the publishing
|
||
process, for example, to change permissions of the resulting files. The
|
||
project property list is scoped into this call as the variable
|
||
@code{project-plist}.
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
@noindent
|
||
|
||
@node Selecting files, Publishing action, Sources and destinations, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Selecting files
|
||
@cindex files, selecting for publishing
|
||
|
||
By default, all files with extension @file{.org} in the base directory
|
||
are considered part of the project. This can be modified by setting the
|
||
properties
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
|
||
@item @code{:base-extension}
|
||
@tab Extension (without the dot!) of source files. This actually is a
|
||
regular expression. Set this to the symbol @code{any} if you want to get all
|
||
files in @code{:base-directory}, even without extension.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:exclude}
|
||
@tab Regular expression to match file names that should not be
|
||
published, even though they have been selected on the basis of their
|
||
extension.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:include}
|
||
@tab List of files to be included regardless of @code{:base-extension}
|
||
and @code{:exclude}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:recursive}
|
||
@tab non-@code{nil} means, check base-directory recursively for files to publish.
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
@node Publishing action, Publishing options, Selecting files, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Publishing action
|
||
@cindex action, for publishing
|
||
|
||
Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory and
|
||
possibly transformed in the process. The default transformation is to export
|
||
Org files as HTML files, and this is done by the function
|
||
@code{org-html-publish-to-html}, which calls the HTML exporter (@pxref{HTML
|
||
export}). But you also can publish your content as PDF files using
|
||
@code{org-latex-publish-to-pdf} or as @code{ascii}, @code{Texinfo}, etc.,
|
||
using the corresponding functions.
|
||
|
||
If you want to publish the Org file as an @code{.org} file but with the
|
||
@i{archived}, @i{commented} and @i{tag-excluded} trees removed, use the
|
||
function @code{org-org-publish-to-org}. This will produce @file{file.org}
|
||
and put it in the publishing directory. If you want a htmlized version of
|
||
this file, set the parameter @code{:htmlized-source} to @code{t}, it will
|
||
produce @file{file.org.html} in the publishing directory@footnote{If the
|
||
publishing directory is the same than the source directory, @file{file.org}
|
||
will be exported as @file{file.org.org}, so probably don't want to do this.}.
|
||
|
||
Other files like images only need to be copied to the publishing destination.
|
||
For this you can use @code{org-publish-attachment}. For non-org files, you
|
||
always need to specify the publishing function:
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
|
||
@item @code{:publishing-function}
|
||
@tab Function executing the publication of a file. This may also be a
|
||
list of functions, which will all be called in turn.
|
||
@item @code{:htmlized-source}
|
||
@tab non-@code{nil} means, publish htmlized source.
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
The function must accept three arguments: a property list containing at least
|
||
a @code{:publishing-directory} property, the name of the file to be published
|
||
and the path to the publishing directory of the output file. It should take
|
||
the specified file, make the necessary transformation (if any) and place the
|
||
result into the destination folder.
|
||
|
||
@node Publishing options, Publishing links, Publishing action, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Options for the exporters
|
||
@cindex options, for publishing
|
||
|
||
The property list can be used to set many export options for the exporters.
|
||
In most cases, these properties correspond to user variables in Org. The
|
||
first table below lists these properties along with the variable they belong
|
||
to. The second table list HTML specific properties. See the documentation
|
||
string of these options for details.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-display-custom-times
|
||
@vindex org-export-default-language
|
||
@vindex org-export-exclude-tags
|
||
@vindex org-export-headline-levels
|
||
@vindex org-export-preserve-breaks
|
||
@vindex org-export-publishing-directory
|
||
@vindex org-export-select-tags
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-author
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-creator
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-drawers
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-email
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-emphasize
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-fixed-width
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-footnotes
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-latex
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-planning
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-priority
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-section-numbers
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-special-strings
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-sub-superscripts
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-tables
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-tags
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-tasks
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-timestamps
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-toc
|
||
@vindex org-export-with-todo-keywords
|
||
@vindex user-mail-address
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.32 0.68
|
||
@item @code{:archived-trees} @tab @code{org-export-with-archived-trees}
|
||
@item @code{:exclude-tags} @tab @code{org-export-exclude-tags}
|
||
@item @code{:headline-levels} @tab @code{org-export-headline-levels}
|
||
@item @code{:language} @tab @code{org-export-default-language}
|
||
@item @code{:preserve-breaks} @tab @code{org-export-preserve-breaks}
|
||
@item @code{:section-numbers} @tab @code{org-export-with-section-numbers}
|
||
@item @code{:select-tags} @tab @code{org-export-select-tags}
|
||
@item @code{:with-author} @tab @code{org-export-with-author}
|
||
@item @code{:with-creator} @tab @code{org-export-with-creator}
|
||
@item @code{:with-drawers} @tab @code{org-export-with-drawers}
|
||
@item @code{:with-email} @tab @code{org-export-with-email}
|
||
@item @code{:with-emphasize} @tab @code{org-export-with-emphasize}
|
||
@item @code{:with-fixed-width} @tab @code{org-export-with-fixed-width}
|
||
@item @code{:with-footnotes} @tab @code{org-export-with-footnotes}
|
||
@item @code{:with-latex} @tab @code{org-export-with-latex}
|
||
@item @code{:with-planning} @tab @code{org-export-with-planning}
|
||
@item @code{:with-priority} @tab @code{org-export-with-priority}
|
||
@item @code{:with-special-strings} @tab @code{org-export-with-special-strings}
|
||
@item @code{:with-sub-superscript} @tab @code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}
|
||
@item @code{:with-tables} @tab @code{org-export-with-tables}
|
||
@item @code{:with-tags} @tab @code{org-export-with-tags}
|
||
@item @code{:with-tasks} @tab @code{org-export-with-tasks}
|
||
@item @code{:with-timestamps} @tab @code{org-export-with-timestamps}
|
||
@item @code{:with-toc} @tab @code{org-export-with-toc}
|
||
@item @code{:with-todo-keywords} @tab @code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-html-doctype
|
||
@vindex org-html-container-element
|
||
@vindex org-html-html5-fancy
|
||
@vindex org-html-xml-declaration
|
||
@vindex org-html-link-up
|
||
@vindex org-html-link-home
|
||
@vindex org-html-link-org-files-as-html
|
||
@vindex org-html-link-use-abs-url
|
||
@vindex org-html-head
|
||
@vindex org-html-head-extra
|
||
@vindex org-html-inline-images
|
||
@vindex org-html-extension
|
||
@vindex org-html-preamble
|
||
@vindex org-html-postamble
|
||
@vindex org-html-table-default-attributes
|
||
@vindex org-html-table-row-tags
|
||
@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style
|
||
@vindex org-html-head-include-scripts
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.32 0.68
|
||
@item @code{:html-doctype} @tab @code{org-html-doctype}
|
||
@item @code{:html-container} @tab @code{org-html-container-element}
|
||
@item @code{:html-html5-fancy} @tab @code{org-html-html5-fancy}
|
||
@item @code{:html-xml-declaration} @tab @code{org-html-xml-declaration}
|
||
@item @code{:html-link-up} @tab @code{org-html-link-up}
|
||
@item @code{:html-link-home} @tab @code{org-html-link-home}
|
||
@item @code{:html-link-org-as-html} @tab @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html}
|
||
@item @code{:html-link-use-abs-url} @tab @code{org-html-link-use-abs-url}
|
||
@item @code{:html-head} @tab @code{org-html-head}
|
||
@item @code{:html-head-extra} @tab @code{org-html-head-extra}
|
||
@item @code{:html-inline-images} @tab @code{org-html-inline-images}
|
||
@item @code{:html-extension} @tab @code{org-html-extension}
|
||
@item @code{:html-preamble} @tab @code{org-html-preamble}
|
||
@item @code{:html-postamble} @tab @code{org-html-postamble}
|
||
@item @code{:html-table-attributes} @tab @code{org-html-table-default-attributes}
|
||
@item @code{:html-table-row-tags} @tab @code{org-html-table-row-tags}
|
||
@item @code{:html-head-include-default-style} @tab @code{org-html-head-include-default-style}
|
||
@item @code{:html-head-include-scripts} @tab @code{org-html-head-include-scripts}
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
Most of the @code{org-export-with-*} variables have the same effect in each
|
||
exporter.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-publish-project-alist
|
||
When a property is given a value in @code{org-publish-project-alist}, its
|
||
setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable (if any)
|
||
during publishing. Options set within a file (@pxref{Export settings}),
|
||
however, override everything.
|
||
|
||
@node Publishing links, Sitemap, Publishing options, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Links between published files
|
||
@cindex links, publishing
|
||
|
||
To create a link from one Org file to another, you would use something like
|
||
@samp{[[file:foo.org][The foo]]} or simply @samp{file:foo.org.}
|
||
(@pxref{Hyperlinks}). When published, this link becomes a link to
|
||
@file{foo.html}. You can thus interlink the pages of your "org web" project
|
||
and the links will work as expected when you publish them to HTML@. If you
|
||
also publish the Org source file and want to link to it, use an @code{http:}
|
||
link instead of a @code{file:} link, because @code{file:} links are converted
|
||
to link to the corresponding @file{html} file.
|
||
|
||
You may also link to related files, such as images. Provided you are careful
|
||
with relative file names, and provided you have also configured Org to upload
|
||
the related files, these links will work too. See @ref{Complex example}, for
|
||
an example of this usage.
|
||
|
||
@node Sitemap, Generating an index, Publishing links, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Generating a sitemap
|
||
@cindex sitemap, of published pages
|
||
|
||
The following properties may be used to control publishing of
|
||
a map of files for a given project.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.35 0.65
|
||
@item @code{:auto-sitemap}
|
||
@tab When non-@code{nil}, publish a sitemap during @code{org-publish-current-project}
|
||
or @code{org-publish-all}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-filename}
|
||
@tab Filename for output of sitemap. Defaults to @file{sitemap.org} (which
|
||
becomes @file{sitemap.html}).
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-title}
|
||
@tab Title of sitemap page. Defaults to name of file.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-function}
|
||
@tab Plug-in function to use for generation of the sitemap.
|
||
Defaults to @code{org-publish-org-sitemap}, which generates a plain list
|
||
of links to all files in the project.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-sort-folders}
|
||
@tab Where folders should appear in the sitemap. Set this to @code{first}
|
||
(default) or @code{last} to display folders first or last,
|
||
respectively. Any other value will mix files and folders.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-sort-files}
|
||
@tab How the files are sorted in the site map. Set this to
|
||
@code{alphabetically} (default), @code{chronologically} or
|
||
@code{anti-chronologically}. @code{chronologically} sorts the files with
|
||
older date first while @code{anti-chronologically} sorts the files with newer
|
||
date first. @code{alphabetically} sorts the files alphabetically. The date of
|
||
a file is retrieved with @code{org-publish-find-date}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-ignore-case}
|
||
@tab Should sorting be case-sensitive? Default @code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-file-entry-format}
|
||
@tab With this option one can tell how a sitemap's entry is formatted in the
|
||
sitemap. This is a format string with some escape sequences: @code{%t} stands
|
||
for the title of the file, @code{%a} stands for the author of the file and
|
||
@code{%d} stands for the date of the file. The date is retrieved with the
|
||
@code{org-publish-find-date} function and formatted with
|
||
@code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format}. Default @code{%t}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-date-format}
|
||
@tab Format string for the @code{format-time-string} function that tells how
|
||
a sitemap entry's date is to be formatted. This property bypasses
|
||
@code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format} which defaults to @code{%Y-%m-%d}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{:sitemap-sans-extension}
|
||
@tab When non-@code{nil}, remove filenames' extensions from the generated sitemap.
|
||
Useful to have cool URIs (see @uref{http://www.w3.org/Provider/Style/URI}).
|
||
Defaults to @code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
@node Generating an index, , Sitemap, Configuration
|
||
@subsection Generating an index
|
||
@cindex index, in a publishing project
|
||
|
||
Org mode can generate an index across the files of a publishing project.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
|
||
@item @code{:makeindex}
|
||
@tab When non-@code{nil}, generate in index in the file @file{theindex.org} and
|
||
publish it as @file{theindex.html}.
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
The file will be created when first publishing a project with the
|
||
@code{:makeindex} set. The file only contains a statement @code{#+INCLUDE:
|
||
"theindex.inc"}. You can then build around this include statement by adding
|
||
a title, style information, etc.
|
||
|
||
@node Uploading files, Sample configuration, Configuration, Publishing
|
||
@section Uploading files
|
||
@cindex rsync
|
||
@cindex unison
|
||
|
||
For those people already utilizing third party sync tools such as
|
||
@command{rsync} or @command{unison}, it might be preferable not to use the built in
|
||
@i{remote} publishing facilities of Org mode which rely heavily on
|
||
Tramp. Tramp, while very useful and powerful, tends not to be
|
||
so efficient for multiple file transfer and has been known to cause problems
|
||
under heavy usage.
|
||
|
||
Specialized synchronization utilities offer several advantages. In addition
|
||
to timestamp comparison, they also do content and permissions/attribute
|
||
checks. For this reason you might prefer to publish your web to a local
|
||
directory (possibly even @i{in place} with your Org files) and then use
|
||
@file{unison} or @file{rsync} to do the synchronization with the remote host.
|
||
|
||
Since Unison (for example) can be configured as to which files to transfer to
|
||
a certain remote destination, it can greatly simplify the project publishing
|
||
definition. Simply keep all files in the correct location, process your Org
|
||
files with @code{org-publish} and let the synchronization tool do the rest.
|
||
You do not need, in this scenario, to include attachments such as @file{jpg},
|
||
@file{css} or @file{gif} files in the project definition since the 3rd party
|
||
tool syncs them.
|
||
|
||
Publishing to a local directory is also much faster than to a remote one, so
|
||
that you can afford more easily to republish entire projects. If you set
|
||
@code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag} to @code{nil}, you gain the main
|
||
benefit of re-including any changed external files such as source example
|
||
files you might include with @code{#+INCLUDE:}. The timestamp mechanism in
|
||
Org is not smart enough to detect if included files have been modified.
|
||
|
||
@node Sample configuration, Triggering publication, Uploading files, Publishing
|
||
@section Sample configuration
|
||
|
||
Below we provide two example configurations. The first one is a simple
|
||
project publishing only a set of Org files. The second example is
|
||
more complex, with a multi-component project.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Simple example:: One-component publishing
|
||
* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Simple example, Complex example, Sample configuration, Sample configuration
|
||
@subsection Example: simple publishing configuration
|
||
|
||
This example publishes a set of Org files to the @file{public_html}
|
||
directory on the local machine.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-publish-project-alist
|
||
'(("org"
|
||
:base-directory "~/org/"
|
||
:publishing-directory "~/public_html"
|
||
:section-numbers nil
|
||
:with-toc nil
|
||
:html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
|
||
href=\"../other/mystyle.css\"
|
||
type=\"text/css\"/>")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node Complex example, , Simple example, Sample configuration
|
||
@subsection Example: complex publishing configuration
|
||
|
||
This more complicated example publishes an entire website, including
|
||
Org files converted to HTML, image files, Emacs Lisp source code, and
|
||
style sheets. The publishing directory is remote and private files are
|
||
excluded.
|
||
|
||
To ensure that links are preserved, care should be taken to replicate
|
||
your directory structure on the web server, and to use relative file
|
||
paths. For example, if your Org files are kept in @file{~/org} and your
|
||
publishable images in @file{~/images}, you would link to an image with
|
||
@c
|
||
@example
|
||
file:../images/myimage.png
|
||
@end example
|
||
@c
|
||
On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the
|
||
same. You can accomplish this by setting up an "images" folder in the
|
||
right place on the web server, and publishing images to it.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-publish-project-alist
|
||
'(("orgfiles"
|
||
:base-directory "~/org/"
|
||
:base-extension "org"
|
||
:publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/notebook/"
|
||
:publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
|
||
:exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp
|
||
:headline-levels 3
|
||
:section-numbers nil
|
||
:with-toc nil
|
||
:html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
|
||
href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" type=\"text/css\"/>"
|
||
:html-preamble t)
|
||
|
||
("images"
|
||
:base-directory "~/images/"
|
||
:base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png"
|
||
:publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/images/"
|
||
:publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
|
||
|
||
("other"
|
||
:base-directory "~/other/"
|
||
:base-extension "css\\|el"
|
||
:publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/other/"
|
||
:publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
|
||
("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other"))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node Triggering publication, , Sample configuration, Publishing
|
||
@section Triggering publication
|
||
|
||
Once properly configured, Org can publish with the following commands:
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e P x,org-publish}
|
||
Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong to it.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e P p,org-publish-current-project}
|
||
Publish the project containing the current file.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e P f,org-publish-current-file}
|
||
Publish only the current file.
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-e P a,org-publish-all}
|
||
Publish every project.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-publish-use-timestamps-flag
|
||
Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed. The above functions
|
||
normally only publish changed files. You can override this and force
|
||
publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument to any of the commands
|
||
above, or by customizing the variable @code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag}.
|
||
This may be necessary in particular if files include other files via
|
||
@code{#+SETUPFILE:} or @code{#+INCLUDE:}.
|
||
|
||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||
@comment Working With Source Code, Miscellaneous, Publishing, Top
|
||
|
||
@node Working With Source Code, Miscellaneous, Publishing, Top
|
||
@chapter Working with source code
|
||
@cindex Schulte, Eric
|
||
@cindex Davison, Dan
|
||
@cindex source code, working with
|
||
|
||
Source code can be included in Org mode documents using a @samp{src} block,
|
||
e.g.:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
|
||
(defun org-xor (a b)
|
||
"Exclusive or."
|
||
(if a (not b) b))
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Org mode provides a number of features for working with live source code,
|
||
including editing of code blocks in their native major-mode, evaluation of
|
||
code blocks, converting code blocks into source files (known as @dfn{tangling}
|
||
in literate programming), and exporting code blocks and their
|
||
results in several formats. This functionality was contributed by Eric
|
||
Schulte and Dan Davison, and was originally named Org-babel.
|
||
|
||
The following sections describe Org mode's code block handling facilities.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Structure of code blocks:: Code block syntax described
|
||
* Editing source code:: Language major-mode editing
|
||
* Exporting code blocks:: Export contents and/or results
|
||
* Extracting source code:: Create pure source code files
|
||
* Evaluating code blocks:: Place results of evaluation in the Org mode buffer
|
||
* Library of Babel:: Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks
|
||
* Languages:: List of supported code block languages
|
||
* Header arguments:: Configure code block functionality
|
||
* Results of evaluation:: How evaluation results are handled
|
||
* Noweb reference syntax:: Literate programming in Org mode
|
||
* Key bindings and useful functions:: Work quickly with code blocks
|
||
* Batch execution:: Call functions from the command line
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||
@comment Structure of code blocks, Editing source code, Working With Source Code, Working With Source Code
|
||
|
||
@node Structure of code blocks, Editing source code, Working With Source Code, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Structure of code blocks
|
||
@cindex code block, structure
|
||
@cindex source code, block structure
|
||
@cindex #+NAME
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN_SRC
|
||
|
||
Live code blocks can be specified with a @samp{src} block or
|
||
inline.@footnote{Note that @samp{src} blocks may be inserted using Org mode's
|
||
@ref{Easy Templates} system} The structure of a @samp{src} block is
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: <name>
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC <language> <switches> <header arguments>
|
||
<body>
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The @code{#+NAME:} line is optional, and can be used to name the code
|
||
block. Live code blocks require that a language be specified on the
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN_SRC} line. Switches and header arguments are optional.
|
||
@cindex source code, inline
|
||
|
||
Live code blocks can also be specified inline using
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
src_<language>@{<body>@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
src_<language>[<header arguments>]@{<body>@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item <#+NAME: name>
|
||
This line associates a name with the code block. This is similar to the
|
||
@code{#+NAME: Name} lines that can be used to name tables in Org mode
|
||
files. Referencing the name of a code block makes it possible to evaluate
|
||
the block from other places in the file, from other files, or from Org mode
|
||
table formulas (see @ref{The spreadsheet}). Names are assumed to be unique
|
||
and the behavior of Org mode when two or more blocks share the same name is
|
||
undefined.
|
||
@cindex #+NAME
|
||
@item <language>
|
||
The language of the code in the block (see @ref{Languages}).
|
||
@cindex source code, language
|
||
@item <switches>
|
||
Optional switches control code block export (see the discussion of switches in
|
||
@ref{Literal examples})
|
||
@cindex source code, switches
|
||
@item <header arguments>
|
||
Optional header arguments control many aspects of evaluation, export and
|
||
tangling of code blocks (see @ref{Header arguments}).
|
||
Header arguments can also be set on a per-buffer or per-subtree
|
||
basis using properties.
|
||
@item source code, header arguments
|
||
@item <body>
|
||
Source code in the specified language.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||
@comment Editing source code, Exporting code blocks, Structure of code blocks, Working With Source Code
|
||
|
||
@node Editing source code, Exporting code blocks, Structure of code blocks, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Editing source code
|
||
@cindex code block, editing
|
||
@cindex source code, editing
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay
|
||
@vindex org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save
|
||
@kindex C-c '
|
||
Use @kbd{C-c '} to edit the current code block. This brings up a language
|
||
major-mode edit buffer containing the body of the code block. Manually
|
||
saving this buffer with @key{C-x C-s} will write the contents back to the Org
|
||
buffer. You can also set @code{org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay} to save the
|
||
base buffer after some idle delay, or @code{org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save}
|
||
to auto-save this buffer into a separate file using @code{auto-save-mode}.
|
||
Use @kbd{C-c '} again to exit.
|
||
|
||
The @code{org-src-mode} minor mode will be active in the edit buffer. The
|
||
following variables can be used to configure the behavior of the edit
|
||
buffer. See also the customization group @code{org-edit-structure} for
|
||
further configuration options.
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item org-src-lang-modes
|
||
If an Emacs major-mode named @code{<lang>-mode} exists, where
|
||
@code{<lang>} is the language named in the header line of the code block,
|
||
then the edit buffer will be placed in that major-mode. This variable
|
||
can be used to map arbitrary language names to existing major modes.
|
||
@item org-src-window-setup
|
||
Controls the way Emacs windows are rearranged when the edit buffer is created.
|
||
@item org-src-preserve-indentation
|
||
By default, the value is @code{nil}, which means that when code blocks are
|
||
evaluated during export or tangled, they are re-inserted into the code block,
|
||
which may replace sequences of spaces with tab characters. When non-nil,
|
||
whitespace in code blocks will be preserved during export or tangling,
|
||
exactly as it appears. This variable is especially useful for tangling
|
||
languages such as Python, in which whitespace indentation in the output is
|
||
critical.
|
||
@item org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer
|
||
By default, Org will ask before returning to an open edit buffer. Set this
|
||
variable to @code{nil} to switch without asking.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
To turn on native code fontification in the @emph{Org} buffer, configure the
|
||
variable @code{org-src-fontify-natively}.
|
||
|
||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||
@comment Exporting code blocks, Extracting source code, Editing source code, Working With Source Code
|
||
|
||
@node Exporting code blocks, Extracting source code, Editing source code, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Exporting code blocks
|
||
@cindex code block, exporting
|
||
@cindex source code, exporting
|
||
|
||
It is possible to export the @emph{code} of code blocks, the @emph{results}
|
||
of code block evaluation, @emph{both} the code and the results of code block
|
||
evaluation, or @emph{none}. For most languages, the default exports code.
|
||
However, for some languages (e.g., @code{ditaa}) the default exports the
|
||
results of code block evaluation. For information on exporting code block
|
||
bodies, see @ref{Literal examples}.
|
||
|
||
The @code{:exports} header argument can be used to specify export
|
||
behavior:
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Header arguments:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :exports code
|
||
The default in most languages. The body of the code block is exported, as
|
||
described in @ref{Literal examples}.
|
||
@item :exports results
|
||
The code block will be evaluated and the results will be placed in the
|
||
Org mode buffer for export, either updating previous results of the code
|
||
block located anywhere in the buffer or, if no previous results exist,
|
||
placing the results immediately after the code block. The body of the code
|
||
block will not be exported.
|
||
@item :exports both
|
||
Both the code block and its results will be exported.
|
||
@item :exports none
|
||
Neither the code block nor its results will be exported.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
It is possible to inhibit the evaluation of code blocks during export.
|
||
Setting the @code{org-export-babel-evaluate} variable to @code{nil} will
|
||
ensure that no code blocks are evaluated as part of the export process. This
|
||
can be useful in situations where potentially untrusted Org mode files are
|
||
exported in an automated fashion, for example when Org mode is used as the
|
||
markup language for a wiki. It is also possible to set this variable to
|
||
@code{'inline-only}. In that case, only inline code blocks will be
|
||
evaluated, in order to insert their results. Non-inline code blocks are
|
||
assumed to have their results already inserted in the buffer by manual
|
||
evaluation. This setting is useful to avoid expensive recalculations during
|
||
export, not to provide security.
|
||
|
||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||
@comment Extracting source code, Evaluating code blocks, Exporting code blocks, Working With Source Code
|
||
@node Extracting source code, Evaluating code blocks, Exporting code blocks, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Extracting source code
|
||
@cindex tangling
|
||
@cindex source code, extracting
|
||
@cindex code block, extracting source code
|
||
|
||
Creating pure source code files by extracting code from source blocks is
|
||
referred to as ``tangling''---a term adopted from the literate programming
|
||
community. During ``tangling'' of code blocks their bodies are expanded
|
||
using @code{org-babel-expand-src-block} which can expand both variable and
|
||
``noweb'' style references (see @ref{Noweb reference syntax}).
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Header arguments
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :tangle no
|
||
The default. The code block is not included in the tangled output.
|
||
@item :tangle yes
|
||
Include the code block in the tangled output. The output file name is the
|
||
name of the org file with the extension @samp{.org} replaced by the extension
|
||
for the block language.
|
||
@item :tangle filename
|
||
Include the code block in the tangled output to file @samp{filename}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v t
|
||
@subsubheading Functions
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item org-babel-tangle
|
||
Tangle the current file. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v t}.
|
||
|
||
With prefix argument only tangle the current code block.
|
||
@item org-babel-tangle-file
|
||
Choose a file to tangle. Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v f}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Hooks
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item org-babel-post-tangle-hook
|
||
This hook is run from within code files tangled by @code{org-babel-tangle}.
|
||
Example applications could include post-processing, compilation or evaluation
|
||
of tangled code files.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Jumping between code and Org
|
||
|
||
When tangling code from an Org-mode buffer to a source code file, you'll
|
||
frequently find yourself viewing the file of tangled source code (e.g., many
|
||
debuggers point to lines of the source code file). It is useful to be able
|
||
to navigate from the tangled source to the Org-mode buffer from which the
|
||
code originated.
|
||
|
||
The @code{org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org} function provides this jumping from
|
||
code to Org-mode functionality. Two header arguments are required for
|
||
jumping to work, first the @code{padline} (@ref{padline}) option must be set
|
||
to true (the default setting), second the @code{comments} (@ref{comments})
|
||
header argument must be set to @code{links}, which will insert comments into
|
||
the source code buffer which point back to the original Org-mode file.
|
||
|
||
@node Evaluating code blocks, Library of Babel, Extracting source code, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Evaluating code blocks
|
||
@cindex code block, evaluating
|
||
@cindex source code, evaluating
|
||
@cindex #+RESULTS
|
||
|
||
Code blocks can be evaluated@footnote{Whenever code is evaluated there is a
|
||
potential for that code to do harm. Org mode provides safeguards to ensure
|
||
that code is only evaluated after explicit confirmation from the user. For
|
||
information on these safeguards (and on how to disable them) see @ref{Code
|
||
evaluation security}.} and the results of evaluation optionally placed in the
|
||
Org mode buffer. The results of evaluation are placed following a line that
|
||
begins by default with @code{#+RESULTS} and optionally a cache identifier
|
||
and/or the name of the evaluated code block. The default value of
|
||
@code{#+RESULTS} can be changed with the customizable variable
|
||
@code{org-babel-results-keyword}.
|
||
|
||
By default, the evaluation facility is only enabled for Lisp code blocks
|
||
specified as @code{emacs-lisp}. However, source code blocks in many languages
|
||
can be evaluated within Org mode (see @ref{Languages} for a list of supported
|
||
languages and @ref{Structure of code blocks} for information on the syntax
|
||
used to define a code block).
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
There are a number of ways to evaluate code blocks. The simplest is to press
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-v e} with the point on a code block@footnote{The
|
||
option @code{org-babel-no-eval-on-ctrl-c-ctrl-c} can be used to remove code
|
||
evaluation from the @kbd{C-c C-c} key binding.}. This will call the
|
||
@code{org-babel-execute-src-block} function to evaluate the block and insert
|
||
its results into the Org mode buffer.
|
||
@cindex #+CALL
|
||
|
||
It is also possible to evaluate named code blocks from anywhere in an Org
|
||
mode buffer or an Org mode table. Live code blocks located in the current
|
||
Org mode buffer or in the ``Library of Babel'' (see @ref{Library of Babel})
|
||
can be executed. Named code blocks can be executed with a separate
|
||
@code{#+CALL:} line or inline within a block of text.
|
||
|
||
The syntax of the @code{#+CALL:} line is
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CALL: <name>(<arguments>)
|
||
#+CALL: <name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>) <end header arguments>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The syntax for inline evaluation of named code blocks is
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
... call_<name>(<arguments>) ...
|
||
... call_<name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>)[<end header arguments>] ...
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item <name>
|
||
The name of the code block to be evaluated (see @ref{Structure of code blocks}).
|
||
@item <arguments>
|
||
Arguments specified in this section will be passed to the code block. These
|
||
arguments use standard function call syntax, rather than
|
||
header argument syntax. For example, a @code{#+CALL:} line that passes the
|
||
number four to a code block named @code{double}, which declares the header
|
||
argument @code{:var n=2}, would be written as @code{#+CALL: double(n=4)}.
|
||
@item <inside header arguments>
|
||
Inside header arguments are passed through and applied to the named code
|
||
block. These arguments use header argument syntax rather than standard
|
||
function call syntax. Inside header arguments affect how the code block is
|
||
evaluated. For example, @code{[:results output]} will collect the results of
|
||
everything printed to @code{STDOUT} during execution of the code block.
|
||
@item <end header arguments>
|
||
End header arguments are applied to the calling instance and do not affect
|
||
evaluation of the named code block. They affect how the results are
|
||
incorporated into the Org mode buffer and how the call line is exported. For
|
||
example, @code{:results html} will insert the results of the call line
|
||
evaluation in the Org buffer, wrapped in a @code{BEGIN_HTML:} block.
|
||
|
||
For more examples of passing header arguments to @code{#+CALL:} lines see
|
||
@ref{Header arguments in function calls}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Library of Babel, Languages, Evaluating code blocks, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Library of Babel
|
||
@cindex babel, library of
|
||
@cindex source code, library
|
||
@cindex code block, library
|
||
|
||
The ``Library of Babel'' consists of code blocks that can be called from any
|
||
Org mode file. Code blocks defined in the ``Library of Babel'' can be called
|
||
remotely as if they were in the current Org mode buffer (see @ref{Evaluating
|
||
code blocks} for information on the syntax of remote code block evaluation).
|
||
|
||
|
||
The central repository of code blocks in the ``Library of Babel'' is housed
|
||
in an Org mode file located in the @samp{contrib} directory of Org mode.
|
||
|
||
Users can add code blocks they believe to be generally useful to their
|
||
``Library of Babel.'' The code blocks can be stored in any Org mode file and
|
||
then loaded into the library with @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v i
|
||
Code blocks located in any Org mode file can be loaded into the ``Library of
|
||
Babel'' with the @code{org-babel-lob-ingest} function, bound to @kbd{C-c C-v
|
||
i}.
|
||
|
||
@node Languages, Header arguments, Library of Babel, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Languages
|
||
@cindex babel, languages
|
||
@cindex source code, languages
|
||
@cindex code block, languages
|
||
|
||
Code blocks in the following languages are supported.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.28 0.3 0.22 0.2
|
||
@item @b{Language} @tab @b{Identifier} @tab @b{Language} @tab @b{Identifier}
|
||
@item Asymptote @tab asymptote @tab Awk @tab awk
|
||
@item Emacs Calc @tab calc @tab C @tab C
|
||
@item C++ @tab C++ @tab Clojure @tab clojure
|
||
@item CSS @tab css @tab ditaa @tab ditaa
|
||
@item Graphviz @tab dot @tab Emacs Lisp @tab emacs-lisp
|
||
@item gnuplot @tab gnuplot @tab Haskell @tab haskell
|
||
@item Java @tab java @tab @tab
|
||
@item Javascript @tab js @tab LaTeX @tab latex
|
||
@item Ledger @tab ledger @tab Lisp @tab lisp
|
||
@item Lilypond @tab lilypond @tab MATLAB @tab matlab
|
||
@item Mscgen @tab mscgen @tab Objective Caml @tab ocaml
|
||
@item Octave @tab octave @tab Org mode @tab org
|
||
@item Oz @tab oz @tab Perl @tab perl
|
||
@item Plantuml @tab plantuml @tab Python @tab python
|
||
@item R @tab R @tab Ruby @tab ruby
|
||
@item Sass @tab sass @tab Scheme @tab scheme
|
||
@item GNU Screen @tab screen @tab shell @tab sh
|
||
@item SQL @tab sql @tab SQLite @tab sqlite
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
Language-specific documentation is available for some languages. If
|
||
available, it can be found at
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/languages.html}.
|
||
|
||
The option @code{org-babel-load-languages} controls which languages are
|
||
enabled for evaluation (by default only @code{emacs-lisp} is enabled). This
|
||
variable can be set using the customization interface or by adding code like
|
||
the following to your emacs configuration.
|
||
|
||
@quotation
|
||
The following disables @code{emacs-lisp} evaluation and enables evaluation of
|
||
@code{R} code blocks.
|
||
@end quotation
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(org-babel-do-load-languages
|
||
'org-babel-load-languages
|
||
'((emacs-lisp . nil)
|
||
(R . t)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
It is also possible to enable support for a language by loading the related
|
||
elisp file with @code{require}.
|
||
|
||
@quotation
|
||
The following adds support for evaluating @code{clojure} code blocks.
|
||
@end quotation
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(require 'ob-clojure)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node Header arguments, Results of evaluation, Languages, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Header arguments
|
||
@cindex code block, header arguments
|
||
@cindex source code, block header arguments
|
||
|
||
Code block functionality can be configured with header arguments. This
|
||
section provides an overview of the use of header arguments, and then
|
||
describes each header argument in detail.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Using header arguments:: Different ways to set header arguments
|
||
* Specific header arguments:: List of header arguments
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Using header arguments, Specific header arguments, Header arguments, Header arguments
|
||
@subsection Using header arguments
|
||
|
||
The values of header arguments can be set in several way. When the header
|
||
arguments in each layer have been determined, they are combined in order from
|
||
the first, least specific (having the lowest priority) up to the last, most
|
||
specific (having the highest priority). A header argument with a higher
|
||
priority replaces the same header argument specified at lower priority.
|
||
@menu
|
||
* System-wide header arguments:: Set global default values
|
||
* Language-specific header arguments:: Set default values by language
|
||
* Header arguments in Org mode properties:: Set default values for a buffer or heading
|
||
* Language-specific header arguments in Org mode properties:: Set language-specific default values for a buffer or heading
|
||
* Code block specific header arguments:: The most common way to set values
|
||
* Header arguments in function calls:: The most specific level
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node System-wide header arguments, Language-specific header arguments, Using header arguments, Using header arguments
|
||
@subsubheading System-wide header arguments
|
||
@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
|
||
System-wide values of header arguments can be specified by adapting the
|
||
@code{org-babel-default-header-args} variable:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
:session => "none"
|
||
:results => "replace"
|
||
:exports => "code"
|
||
:cache => "no"
|
||
:noweb => "no"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
For example, the following example could be used to set the default value of
|
||
@code{:noweb} header arguments to @code{yes}. This would have the effect of
|
||
expanding @code{:noweb} references by default when evaluating source code
|
||
blocks.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-babel-default-header-args
|
||
(cons '(:noweb . "yes")
|
||
(assq-delete-all :noweb org-babel-default-header-args)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node Language-specific header arguments, Header arguments in Org mode properties, System-wide header arguments, Using header arguments
|
||
@subsubheading Language-specific header arguments
|
||
Each language can define its own set of default header arguments in variable
|
||
@code{org-babel-default-header-args:<lang>}, where @code{<lang>} is the name
|
||
of the language. See the language-specific documentation available online at
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel}.
|
||
|
||
@node Header arguments in Org mode properties, Language-specific header arguments in Org mode properties, Language-specific header arguments, Using header arguments
|
||
@subsubheading Header arguments in Org mode properties
|
||
|
||
Buffer-wide header arguments may be specified as properties through the use
|
||
of @code{#+PROPERTY:} lines placed anywhere in an Org mode file (see
|
||
@ref{Property syntax}).
|
||
|
||
For example the following would set @code{session} to @code{*R*} (only for R
|
||
code blocks), and @code{results} to @code{silent} for every code block in the
|
||
buffer, ensuring that all execution took place in the same session, and no
|
||
results would be inserted into the buffer.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+PROPERTY: header-args:R :session *R*
|
||
#+PROPERTY: header-args :results silent
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Header arguments read from Org mode properties can also be set on a
|
||
per-subtree basis using property drawers (see @ref{Property syntax}).
|
||
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
|
||
When properties are used to set default header arguments, they are always
|
||
looked up with inheritance, regardless of the value of
|
||
@code{org-use-property-inheritance}. Properties are evaluated as seen by the
|
||
outermost call or source block.@footnote{The deprecated syntax for default
|
||
header argument properties, using the name of the header argument as a
|
||
property name directly, evaluates the property as seen by the corresponding
|
||
source block definition. This behavior has been kept for backwards
|
||
compatibility.}
|
||
|
||
In the following example the value of
|
||
the @code{:cache} header argument will default to @code{yes} in all code
|
||
blocks in the subtree rooted at the following heading:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* outline header
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:header-args: :cache yes
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c C-x p
|
||
@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
|
||
Properties defined in this way override the properties set in
|
||
@code{org-babel-default-header-args} and are applied for all activated
|
||
languages. It is convenient to use the @code{org-set-property} function
|
||
bound to @kbd{C-c C-x p} to set properties in Org mode documents.
|
||
|
||
@node Language-specific header arguments in Org mode properties, Code block specific header arguments, Header arguments in Org mode properties, Using header arguments
|
||
@subsubheading Language-specific header arguments in Org mode properties
|
||
|
||
Language-specific header arguments are also read from properties
|
||
@code{header-args:<lang>} where @code{<lang>} is the name of the language
|
||
targeted. As an example
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
* Heading
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:header-args:clojure: :session *clojure-1*
|
||
:header-args:R: :session *R*
|
||
:END:
|
||
** Subheading
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:header-args:clojure: :session *clojure-2*
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
would independently set a default session header argument for R and clojure
|
||
for calls and source blocks under subtree ``Heading'' and change to a
|
||
different clojure setting for evaluations under subtree ``Subheading'', while
|
||
the R session is inherited from ``Heading'' and therefore unchanged.
|
||
|
||
@node Code block specific header arguments, Header arguments in function calls, Language-specific header arguments in Org mode properties, Using header arguments
|
||
@subsubheading Code block specific header arguments
|
||
|
||
The most common way to assign values to header arguments is at the
|
||
code block level. This can be done by listing a sequence of header
|
||
arguments and their values as part of the @code{#+BEGIN_SRC} line.
|
||
Properties set in this way override both the values of
|
||
@code{org-babel-default-header-args} and header arguments specified as
|
||
properties. In the following example, the @code{:results} header argument
|
||
is set to @code{silent}, meaning the results of execution will not be
|
||
inserted in the buffer, and the @code{:exports} header argument is set to
|
||
@code{code}, meaning only the body of the code block will be
|
||
preserved on export to HTML or @LaTeX{}.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: factorial
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC haskell :results silent :exports code :var n=0
|
||
fac 0 = 1
|
||
fac n = n * fac (n-1)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
Similarly, it is possible to set header arguments for inline code blocks
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
src_haskell[:exports both]@{fac 5@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Code block header arguments can span multiple lines using @code{#+HEADER:} or
|
||
@code{#+HEADERS:} lines preceding a code block or nested between the
|
||
@code{#+NAME:} line and the @code{#+BEGIN_SRC} line of a named code block.
|
||
@cindex #+HEADER:
|
||
@cindex #+HEADERS:
|
||
|
||
Multi-line header arguments on an un-named code block:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+HEADERS: :var data1=1
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data2=2
|
||
(message "data1:%S, data2:%S" data1 data2)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
: data1:1, data2:2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Multi-line header arguments on a named code block:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: named-block
|
||
#+HEADER: :var data=2
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
|
||
(message "data:%S" data)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: named-block
|
||
: data:2
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Header arguments in function calls, , Code block specific header arguments, Using header arguments
|
||
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
|
||
@subsubheading Header arguments in function calls
|
||
|
||
At the most specific level, header arguments for ``Library of Babel'' or
|
||
@code{#+CALL:} lines can be set as shown in the two examples below. For more
|
||
information on the structure of @code{#+CALL:} lines see @ref{Evaluating code
|
||
blocks}.
|
||
|
||
The following will apply the @code{:exports results} header argument to the
|
||
evaluation of the @code{#+CALL:} line.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CALL: factorial(n=5) :exports results
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The following will apply the @code{:session special} header argument to the
|
||
evaluation of the @code{factorial} code block.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+CALL: factorial[:session special](n=5)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Specific header arguments, , Using header arguments, Header arguments
|
||
@subsection Specific header arguments
|
||
Header arguments consist of an initial colon followed by the name of the
|
||
argument in lowercase letters. The following header arguments are defined:
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* var:: Pass arguments to code blocks
|
||
* results:: Specify the type of results and how they will
|
||
be collected and handled
|
||
* file:: Specify a path for file output
|
||
* file-desc:: Specify a description for file results
|
||
* dir:: Specify the default (possibly remote)
|
||
directory for code block execution
|
||
* exports:: Export code and/or results
|
||
* tangle:: Toggle tangling and specify file name
|
||
* mkdirp:: Toggle creation of parent directories of target
|
||
files during tangling
|
||
* comments:: Toggle insertion of comments in tangled
|
||
code files
|
||
* padline:: Control insertion of padding lines in tangled
|
||
code files
|
||
* no-expand:: Turn off variable assignment and noweb
|
||
expansion during tangling
|
||
* session:: Preserve the state of code evaluation
|
||
* noweb:: Toggle expansion of noweb references
|
||
* noweb-ref:: Specify block's noweb reference resolution target
|
||
* noweb-sep:: String used to separate noweb references
|
||
* cache:: Avoid re-evaluating unchanged code blocks
|
||
* sep:: Delimiter for writing tabular results outside Org
|
||
* hlines:: Handle horizontal lines in tables
|
||
* colnames:: Handle column names in tables
|
||
* rownames:: Handle row names in tables
|
||
* shebang:: Make tangled files executable
|
||
* tangle-mode:: Set permission of tangled files
|
||
* eval:: Limit evaluation of specific code blocks
|
||
* wrap:: Mark source block evaluation results
|
||
* post:: Post processing of code block results
|
||
* prologue:: Text to prepend to code block body
|
||
* epilogue:: Text to append to code block body
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
Additional header arguments are defined on a language-specific basis, see
|
||
@ref{Languages}.
|
||
|
||
@node var, results, Specific header arguments, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:var}
|
||
The @code{:var} header argument is used to pass arguments to code blocks.
|
||
The specifics of how arguments are included in a code block vary by language;
|
||
these are addressed in the language-specific documentation. However, the
|
||
syntax used to specify arguments is the same across all languages. In every
|
||
case, variables require a default value when they are declared.
|
||
|
||
The values passed to arguments can either be literal values, references, or
|
||
Emacs Lisp code (see @ref{var, Emacs Lisp evaluation of variables}).
|
||
References include anything in the Org mode file that takes a @code{#+NAME:}
|
||
or @code{#+RESULTS:} line: tables, lists, @code{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE} blocks,
|
||
other code blocks and the results of other code blocks.
|
||
|
||
Note: When a reference is made to another code block, the referenced block
|
||
will be evaluated unless it has current cached results (see @ref{cache}).
|
||
|
||
Argument values can be indexed in a manner similar to arrays (see @ref{var,
|
||
Indexable variable values}).
|
||
|
||
The following syntax is used to pass arguments to code blocks using the
|
||
@code{:var} header argument.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
:var name=assign
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The argument, @code{assign}, can either be a literal value, such as a string
|
||
@samp{"string"} or a number @samp{9}, or a reference to a table, a list, a
|
||
literal example, another code block (with or without arguments), or the
|
||
results of evaluating another code block.
|
||
|
||
Here are examples of passing values by reference:
|
||
|
||
@table @dfn
|
||
|
||
@item table
|
||
an Org mode table named with either a @code{#+NAME:} line
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: example-table
|
||
| 1 |
|
||
| 2 |
|
||
| 3 |
|
||
| 4 |
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: table-length
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var table=example-table
|
||
(length table)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: table-length
|
||
: 4
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item list
|
||
a simple list named with a @code{#+NAME:} line (note that nesting is not
|
||
carried through to the source code block)
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: example-list
|
||
- simple
|
||
- not
|
||
- nested
|
||
- list
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=example-list
|
||
(print x)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
| simple | list |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item code block without arguments
|
||
a code block name (from the example above), as assigned by @code{#+NAME:},
|
||
optionally followed by parentheses
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var length=table-length()
|
||
(* 2 length)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
: 8
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item code block with arguments
|
||
a code block name, as assigned by @code{#+NAME:}, followed by parentheses and
|
||
optional arguments passed within the parentheses following the
|
||
code block name using standard function call syntax
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: double
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=8
|
||
(* 2 input)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: double
|
||
: 16
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: squared
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=double(input=1)
|
||
(* input input)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: squared
|
||
: 4
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item literal example
|
||
a literal example block named with a @code{#+NAME:} line
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: literal-example
|
||
#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
|
||
A literal example
|
||
on two lines
|
||
#+END_EXAMPLE
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: read-literal-example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=literal-example
|
||
(concatenate 'string x " for you.")
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: read-literal-example
|
||
: A literal example
|
||
: on two lines for you.
|
||
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Indexable variable values
|
||
It is possible to reference portions of variable values by ``indexing'' into
|
||
the variables. Indexes are 0 based with negative values counting back from
|
||
the end. If an index is separated by @code{,}s then each subsequent section
|
||
will index into the next deepest nesting or dimension of the value. Note
|
||
that this indexing occurs @emph{before} other table related header arguments
|
||
like @code{:hlines}, @code{:colnames} and @code{:rownames} are applied. The
|
||
following example assigns the last cell of the first row the table
|
||
@code{example-table} to the variable @code{data}:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: example-table
|
||
| 1 | a |
|
||
| 2 | b |
|
||
| 3 | c |
|
||
| 4 | d |
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[0,-1]
|
||
data
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
: a
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Ranges of variable values can be referenced using two integers separated by a
|
||
@code{:}, in which case the entire inclusive range is referenced. For
|
||
example the following assigns the middle three rows of @code{example-table}
|
||
to @code{data}.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: example-table
|
||
| 1 | a |
|
||
| 2 | b |
|
||
| 3 | c |
|
||
| 4 | d |
|
||
| 5 | 3 |
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[1:3]
|
||
data
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
| 2 | b |
|
||
| 3 | c |
|
||
| 4 | d |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Additionally, an empty index, or the single character @code{*}, are both
|
||
interpreted to mean the entire range and as such are equivalent to
|
||
@code{0:-1}, as shown in the following example in which the entire first
|
||
column is referenced.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: example-table
|
||
| 1 | a |
|
||
| 2 | b |
|
||
| 3 | c |
|
||
| 4 | d |
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[,0]
|
||
data
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
It is possible to index into the results of code blocks as well as tables.
|
||
Any number of dimensions can be indexed. Dimensions are separated from one
|
||
another by commas, as shown in the following example.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: 3D
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
|
||
'(((1 2 3) (4 5 6) (7 8 9))
|
||
((10 11 12) (13 14 15) (16 17 18))
|
||
((19 20 21) (22 23 24) (25 26 27)))
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=3D[1,,1]
|
||
data
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
| 11 | 14 | 17 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Emacs Lisp evaluation of variables
|
||
|
||
Emacs lisp code can be used to initialize variable values. When a variable
|
||
value starts with @code{(}, @code{[}, @code{'} or @code{`} it will be
|
||
evaluated as Emacs Lisp and the result of the evaluation will be assigned as
|
||
the variable value. The following example demonstrates use of this
|
||
evaluation to reliably pass the file-name of the Org mode buffer to a code
|
||
block---note that evaluation of header arguments is guaranteed to take place
|
||
in the original Org mode file, while there is no such guarantee for
|
||
evaluation of the code block body.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var filename=(buffer-file-name) :exports both
|
||
wc -w $filename
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Note that values read from tables and lists will not be evaluated as
|
||
Emacs Lisp, as shown in the following example.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: table
|
||
| (a b c) |
|
||
|
||
#+HEADERS: :var data=table[0,0]
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC perl
|
||
$data
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
: (a b c)
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node results, file, var, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:results}
|
||
|
||
There are four classes of @code{:results} header argument. Only one option
|
||
per class may be supplied per code block.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
@b{collection} header arguments specify how the results should be collected
|
||
from the code block
|
||
@item
|
||
@b{type} header arguments specify what type of result the code block will
|
||
return---which has implications for how they will be processed before
|
||
insertion into the Org mode buffer
|
||
@item
|
||
@b{format} header arguments specify what type of result the code block will
|
||
return---which has implications for how they will be inserted into the
|
||
Org mode buffer
|
||
@item
|
||
@b{handling} header arguments specify how the results of evaluating the code
|
||
block should be handled.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Collection
|
||
The following options are mutually exclusive, and specify how the results
|
||
should be collected from the code block.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{value}
|
||
This is the default. The result is the value of the last statement in the
|
||
code block. This header argument places the evaluation in functional
|
||
mode. Note that in some languages, e.g., Python, use of this result type
|
||
requires that a @code{return} statement be included in the body of the source
|
||
code block. E.g., @code{:results value}.
|
||
@item @code{output}
|
||
The result is the collection of everything printed to STDOUT during the
|
||
execution of the code block. This header argument places the
|
||
evaluation in scripting mode. E.g., @code{:results output}.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Type
|
||
|
||
The following options are mutually exclusive and specify what type of results
|
||
the code block will return. By default, results are inserted as either a
|
||
table or scalar depending on their value.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{table}, @code{vector}
|
||
The results should be interpreted as an Org mode table. If a single value is
|
||
returned, it will be converted into a table with one row and one column.
|
||
E.g., @code{:results value table}.
|
||
@item @code{list}
|
||
The results should be interpreted as an Org mode list. If a single scalar
|
||
value is returned it will be converted into a list with only one element.
|
||
@item @code{scalar}, @code{verbatim}
|
||
The results should be interpreted literally---they will not be
|
||
converted into a table. The results will be inserted into the Org mode
|
||
buffer as quoted text. E.g., @code{:results value verbatim}.
|
||
@item @code{file}
|
||
The results will be interpreted as the path to a file, and will be inserted
|
||
into the Org mode buffer as a file link. E.g., @code{:results value file}.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Format
|
||
|
||
The following options are mutually exclusive and specify what type of results
|
||
the code block will return. By default, results are inserted according to the
|
||
type as specified above.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{raw}
|
||
The results are interpreted as raw Org mode code and are inserted directly
|
||
into the buffer. If the results look like a table they will be aligned as
|
||
such by Org mode. E.g., @code{:results value raw}.
|
||
@item @code{org}
|
||
The results are will be enclosed in a @code{BEGIN_SRC org} block.
|
||
They are not comma-escaped by default but they will be if you hit @kbd{TAB}
|
||
in the block and/or if you export the file. E.g., @code{:results value org}.
|
||
@item @code{html}
|
||
Results are assumed to be HTML and will be enclosed in a @code{BEGIN_HTML}
|
||
block. E.g., @code{:results value html}.
|
||
@item @code{latex}
|
||
Results assumed to be @LaTeX{} and are enclosed in a @code{BEGIN_LaTeX} block.
|
||
E.g., @code{:results value latex}.
|
||
@item @code{code}
|
||
Result are assumed to be parsable code and are enclosed in a code block.
|
||
E.g., @code{:results value code}.
|
||
@item @code{pp}
|
||
The result is converted to pretty-printed code and is enclosed in a code
|
||
block. This option currently supports Emacs Lisp, Python, and Ruby. E.g.,
|
||
@code{:results value pp}.
|
||
@item @code{drawer}
|
||
The result is wrapped in a RESULTS drawer. This can be useful for
|
||
inserting @code{raw} or @code{org} syntax results in such a way that their
|
||
extent is known and they can be automatically removed or replaced.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Handling
|
||
The following results options indicate what happens with the
|
||
results once they are collected.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{silent}
|
||
The results will be echoed in the minibuffer but will not be inserted into
|
||
the Org mode buffer. E.g., @code{:results output silent}.
|
||
@item @code{replace}
|
||
The default value. Any existing results will be removed, and the new results
|
||
will be inserted into the Org mode buffer in their place. E.g.,
|
||
@code{:results output replace}.
|
||
@item @code{append}
|
||
If there are pre-existing results of the code block then the new results will
|
||
be appended to the existing results. Otherwise the new results will be
|
||
inserted as with @code{replace}.
|
||
@item @code{prepend}
|
||
If there are pre-existing results of the code block then the new results will
|
||
be prepended to the existing results. Otherwise the new results will be
|
||
inserted as with @code{replace}.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node file, file-desc, results, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:file}
|
||
|
||
The header argument @code{:file} is used to specify an external file in which
|
||
to save code block results. After code block evaluation an Org mode style
|
||
@code{[[file:]]} link (see @ref{Link format}) to the file will be inserted
|
||
into the Org mode buffer. Some languages including R, gnuplot, dot, and
|
||
ditaa provide special handling of the @code{:file} header argument
|
||
automatically wrapping the code block body in the boilerplate code required
|
||
to save output to the specified file. This is often useful for saving
|
||
graphical output of a code block to the specified file.
|
||
|
||
The argument to @code{:file} should be either a string specifying the path to
|
||
a file, or a list of two strings in which case the first element of the list
|
||
should be the path to a file and the second a description for the link.
|
||
|
||
@node file-desc, dir, file, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:file-desc}
|
||
|
||
The value of the @code{:file-desc} header argument is used to provide a
|
||
description for file code block results which are inserted as Org mode links
|
||
(see @ref{Link format}). If the @code{:file-desc} header argument is given
|
||
with no value the link path will be placed in both the ``link'' and the
|
||
``description'' portion of the Org mode link.
|
||
|
||
@node dir, exports, file-desc, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:dir} and remote execution
|
||
|
||
While the @code{:file} header argument can be used to specify the path to the
|
||
output file, @code{:dir} specifies the default directory during code block
|
||
execution. If it is absent, then the directory associated with the current
|
||
buffer is used. In other words, supplying @code{:dir path} temporarily has
|
||
the same effect as changing the current directory with @kbd{M-x cd path RET}, and
|
||
then not supplying @code{:dir}. Under the surface, @code{:dir} simply sets
|
||
the value of the Emacs variable @code{default-directory}.
|
||
|
||
When using @code{:dir}, you should supply a relative path for file output
|
||
(e.g., @code{:file myfile.jpg} or @code{:file results/myfile.jpg}) in which
|
||
case that path will be interpreted relative to the default directory.
|
||
|
||
In other words, if you want your plot to go into a folder called @file{Work}
|
||
in your home directory, you could use
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC R :file myplot.png :dir ~/Work
|
||
matplot(matrix(rnorm(100), 10), type="l")
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Remote execution
|
||
A directory on a remote machine can be specified using tramp file syntax, in
|
||
which case the code will be evaluated on the remote machine. An example is
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC R :file plot.png :dir /dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:
|
||
plot(1:10, main=system("hostname", intern=TRUE))
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Text results will be returned to the local Org mode buffer as usual, and file
|
||
output will be created on the remote machine with relative paths interpreted
|
||
relative to the remote directory. An Org mode link to the remote file will be
|
||
created.
|
||
|
||
So, in the above example a plot will be created on the remote machine,
|
||
and a link of the following form will be inserted in the org buffer:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
[[file:/scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:/home/dand/plot.png][plot.png]]
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Most of this functionality follows immediately from the fact that @code{:dir}
|
||
sets the value of the Emacs variable @code{default-directory}, thanks to
|
||
tramp. Those using XEmacs, or GNU Emacs prior to version 23 may need to
|
||
install tramp separately in order for these features to work correctly.
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Further points
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
If @code{:dir} is used in conjunction with @code{:session}, although it will
|
||
determine the starting directory for a new session as expected, no attempt is
|
||
currently made to alter the directory associated with an existing session.
|
||
@item
|
||
@code{:dir} should typically not be used to create files during export with
|
||
@code{:exports results} or @code{:exports both}. The reason is that, in order
|
||
to retain portability of exported material between machines, during export
|
||
links inserted into the buffer will @emph{not} be expanded against @code{default
|
||
directory}. Therefore, if @code{default-directory} is altered using
|
||
@code{:dir}, it is probable that the file will be created in a location to
|
||
which the link does not point.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node exports, tangle, dir, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:exports}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:exports} header argument specifies what should be included in HTML
|
||
or @LaTeX{} exports of the Org mode file.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{code}
|
||
The default. The body of code is included into the exported file. E.g.,
|
||
@code{:exports code}.
|
||
@item @code{results}
|
||
The result of evaluating the code is included in the exported file. E.g.,
|
||
@code{:exports results}.
|
||
@item @code{both}
|
||
Both the code and results are included in the exported file. E.g.,
|
||
@code{:exports both}.
|
||
@item @code{none}
|
||
Nothing is included in the exported file. E.g., @code{:exports none}.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node tangle, mkdirp, exports, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:tangle}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:tangle} header argument specifies whether or not the code
|
||
block should be included in tangled extraction of source code files.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{tangle}
|
||
The code block is exported to a source code file named after the full path
|
||
(including the directory) and file name (w/o extension) of the Org mode file.
|
||
E.g., @code{:tangle yes}.
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
The default. The code block is not exported to a source code file.
|
||
E.g., @code{:tangle no}.
|
||
@item other
|
||
Any other string passed to the @code{:tangle} header argument is interpreted
|
||
as a path (directory and file name relative to the directory of the Org mode
|
||
file) to which the block will be exported. E.g., @code{:tangle path}.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node mkdirp, comments, tangle, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:mkdirp}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:mkdirp} header argument can be used to create parent directories
|
||
of tangled files when missing. This can be set to @code{yes} to enable
|
||
directory creation or to @code{no} to inhibit directory creation.
|
||
|
||
@node comments, padline, mkdirp, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:comments}
|
||
By default code blocks are tangled to source-code files without any insertion
|
||
of comments beyond those which may already exist in the body of the code
|
||
block. The @code{:comments} header argument can be set as follows to control
|
||
the insertion of extra comments into the tangled code file.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
The default. No extra comments are inserted during tangling.
|
||
@item @code{link}
|
||
The code block is wrapped in comments which contain pointers back to the
|
||
original Org file from which the code was tangled.
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
A synonym for ``link'' to maintain backwards compatibility.
|
||
@item @code{org}
|
||
Include text from the Org mode file as a comment.
|
||
The text is picked from the leading context of the tangled code and is
|
||
limited by the nearest headline or source block as the case may be.
|
||
@item @code{both}
|
||
Turns on both the ``link'' and ``org'' comment options.
|
||
@item @code{noweb}
|
||
Turns on the ``link'' comment option, and additionally wraps expanded noweb
|
||
references in the code block body in link comments.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node padline, no-expand, comments, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:padline}
|
||
Control in insertion of padding lines around code block bodies in tangled
|
||
code files. The default value is @code{yes} which results in insertion of
|
||
newlines before and after each tangled code block. The following arguments
|
||
are accepted.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
Insert newlines before and after each code block body in tangled code files.
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
Do not insert any newline padding in tangled output.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node no-expand, session, padline, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:no-expand}
|
||
|
||
By default, code blocks are expanded with @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
|
||
during tangling. This has the effect of assigning values to variables
|
||
specified with @code{:var} (see @ref{var}), and of replacing ``noweb''
|
||
references (see @ref{Noweb reference syntax}) with their targets. The
|
||
@code{:no-expand} header argument can be used to turn off this behavior.
|
||
|
||
@node session, noweb, no-expand, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:session}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:session} header argument starts a session for an interpreted
|
||
language where state is preserved.
|
||
|
||
By default, a session is not started.
|
||
|
||
A string passed to the @code{:session} header argument will give the session
|
||
a name. This makes it possible to run concurrent sessions for each
|
||
interpreted language.
|
||
|
||
@node noweb, noweb-ref, session, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:noweb}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:noweb} header argument controls expansion of ``noweb'' syntax
|
||
references (see @ref{Noweb reference syntax}) when the code block is
|
||
evaluated, tangled, or exported. The @code{:noweb} header argument can have
|
||
one of the five values: @code{no}, @code{yes}, @code{tangle}, or
|
||
@code{no-export} @code{strip-export}.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
The default. ``Noweb'' syntax references in the body of the code block will
|
||
not be expanded before the code block is evaluated, tangled or exported.
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
``Noweb'' syntax references in the body of the code block will be
|
||
expanded before the code block is evaluated, tangled or exported.
|
||
@item @code{tangle}
|
||
``Noweb'' syntax references in the body of the code block will be expanded
|
||
before the code block is tangled. However, ``noweb'' syntax references will
|
||
not be expanded when the code block is evaluated or exported.
|
||
@item @code{no-export}
|
||
``Noweb'' syntax references in the body of the code block will be expanded
|
||
before the block is evaluated or tangled. However, ``noweb'' syntax
|
||
references will not be expanded when the code block is exported.
|
||
@item @code{strip-export}
|
||
``Noweb'' syntax references in the body of the code block will be expanded
|
||
before the block is evaluated or tangled. However, ``noweb'' syntax
|
||
references will be removed when the code block is exported.
|
||
@item @code{eval}
|
||
``Noweb'' syntax references in the body of the code block will only be
|
||
expanded before the block is evaluated.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@subsubheading Noweb prefix lines
|
||
Noweb insertions are now placed behind the line prefix of the
|
||
@code{<<reference>>}.
|
||
This behavior is illustrated in the following example. Because the
|
||
@code{<<example>>} noweb reference appears behind the SQL comment syntax,
|
||
each line of the expanded noweb reference will be commented.
|
||
|
||
This code block:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
-- <<example>>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
expands to:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
-- this is the
|
||
-- multi-line body of example
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Note that noweb replacement text that does not contain any newlines will not
|
||
be affected by this change, so it is still possible to use inline noweb
|
||
references.
|
||
|
||
@node noweb-ref, noweb-sep, noweb, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:noweb-ref}
|
||
When expanding ``noweb'' style references the bodies of all code block with
|
||
@emph{either} a block name matching the reference name @emph{or} a
|
||
@code{:noweb-ref} header argument matching the reference name will be
|
||
concatenated together to form the replacement text.
|
||
|
||
By setting this header argument at the sub-tree or file level, simple code
|
||
block concatenation may be achieved. For example, when tangling the
|
||
following Org mode file, the bodies of code blocks will be concatenated into
|
||
the resulting pure code file@footnote{(The example needs property inheritance
|
||
to be turned on for the @code{noweb-ref} property, see @ref{Property
|
||
inheritance}).}.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC sh :tangle yes :noweb yes :shebang #!/bin/sh
|
||
<<fullest-disk>>
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
* the mount point of the fullest disk
|
||
:PROPERTIES:
|
||
:noweb-ref: fullest-disk
|
||
:END:
|
||
|
||
** query all mounted disks
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC sh
|
||
df \
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
** strip the header row
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC sh
|
||
|sed '1d' \
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
** sort by the percent full
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC sh
|
||
|awk '@{print $5 " " $6@}'|sort -n |tail -1 \
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
** extract the mount point
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC sh
|
||
|awk '@{print $2@}'
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The @code{:noweb-sep} (see @ref{noweb-sep}) header argument holds the string
|
||
used to separate accumulate noweb references like those above. By default a
|
||
newline is used.
|
||
|
||
@node noweb-sep, cache, noweb-ref, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:noweb-sep}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:noweb-sep} header argument holds the string used to separate
|
||
accumulate noweb references (see @ref{noweb-ref}). By default a newline is
|
||
used.
|
||
|
||
@node cache, sep, noweb-sep, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:cache}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:cache} header argument controls the use of in-buffer caching of
|
||
the results of evaluating code blocks. It can be used to avoid re-evaluating
|
||
unchanged code blocks. Note that the @code{:cache} header argument will not
|
||
attempt to cache results when the @code{:session} header argument is used,
|
||
because the results of the code block execution may be stored in the session
|
||
outside of the Org mode buffer. The @code{:cache} header argument can have
|
||
one of two values: @code{yes} or @code{no}.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
The default. No caching takes place, and the code block will be evaluated
|
||
every time it is called.
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
Every time the code block is run a SHA1 hash of the code and arguments
|
||
passed to the block will be generated. This hash is packed into the
|
||
@code{#+RESULTS:} line and will be checked on subsequent
|
||
executions of the code block. If the code block has not
|
||
changed since the last time it was evaluated, it will not be re-evaluated.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
Code block caches notice if the value of a variable argument
|
||
to the code block has changed. If this is the case, the cache is
|
||
invalidated and the code block is re-run. In the following example,
|
||
@code{caller} will not be re-run unless the results of @code{random} have
|
||
changed since it was last run.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: random
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC R :cache yes
|
||
runif(1)
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS[a2a72cd647ad44515fab62e144796432793d68e1]: random
|
||
0.4659510825295
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: caller
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=random :cache yes
|
||
x
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS[bec9c8724e397d5df3b696502df3ed7892fc4f5f]: caller
|
||
0.254227238707244
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node sep, hlines, cache, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:sep}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:sep} header argument can be used to control the delimiter used
|
||
when writing tabular results out to files external to Org mode. This is used
|
||
either when opening tabular results of a code block by calling the
|
||
@code{org-open-at-point} function bound to @kbd{C-c C-o} on the code block,
|
||
or when writing code block results to an external file (see @ref{file})
|
||
header argument.
|
||
|
||
By default, when @code{:sep} is not specified output tables are tab
|
||
delimited.
|
||
|
||
@node hlines, colnames, sep, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:hlines}
|
||
|
||
Tables are frequently represented with one or more horizontal lines, or
|
||
hlines. The @code{:hlines} argument to a code block accepts the
|
||
values @code{yes} or @code{no}, with a default value of @code{no}.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
Strips horizontal lines from the input table. In most languages this is the
|
||
desired effect because an @code{hline} symbol is interpreted as an unbound
|
||
variable and raises an error. Setting @code{:hlines no} or relying on the
|
||
default value yields the following results.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: many-cols
|
||
| a | b | c |
|
||
|---+---+---|
|
||
| d | e | f |
|
||
|---+---+---|
|
||
| g | h | i |
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: echo-table
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols
|
||
return tab
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: echo-table
|
||
| a | b | c |
|
||
| d | e | f |
|
||
| g | h | i |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
Leaves hlines in the table. Setting @code{:hlines yes} has this effect.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: many-cols
|
||
| a | b | c |
|
||
|---+---+---|
|
||
| d | e | f |
|
||
|---+---+---|
|
||
| g | h | i |
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: echo-table
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines yes
|
||
return tab
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: echo-table
|
||
| a | b | c |
|
||
|---+---+---|
|
||
| d | e | f |
|
||
|---+---+---|
|
||
| g | h | i |
|
||
@end example
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node colnames, rownames, hlines, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:colnames}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:colnames} header argument accepts the values @code{yes},
|
||
@code{no}, or @code{nil} for unassigned. The default value is @code{nil}.
|
||
Note that the behavior of the @code{:colnames} header argument may differ
|
||
across languages.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{nil}
|
||
If an input table looks like it has column names
|
||
(because its second row is an hline), then the column
|
||
names will be removed from the table before
|
||
processing, then reapplied to the results.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: less-cols
|
||
| a |
|
||
|---|
|
||
| b |
|
||
| c |
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: echo-table-again
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=less-cols
|
||
return [[val + '*' for val in row] for row in tab]
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: echo-table-again
|
||
| a |
|
||
|----|
|
||
| b* |
|
||
| c* |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Please note that column names are not removed before the table is indexed
|
||
using variable indexing @xref{var, Indexable variable values}.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
No column name pre-processing takes place
|
||
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
Column names are removed and reapplied as with @code{nil} even if the table
|
||
does not ``look like'' it has column names (i.e., the second row is not an
|
||
hline)
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node rownames, shebang, colnames, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:rownames}
|
||
|
||
The @code{:rownames} header argument can take on the values @code{yes} or
|
||
@code{no}, with a default value of @code{no}. Note that Emacs Lisp code
|
||
blocks ignore the @code{:rownames} header argument entirely given the ease
|
||
with which tables with row names may be handled directly in Emacs Lisp.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item @code{no}
|
||
No row name pre-processing will take place.
|
||
|
||
@item @code{yes}
|
||
The first column of the table is removed from the table before processing,
|
||
and is then reapplied to the results.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+NAME: with-rownames
|
||
| one | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
|
||
| two | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
|
||
|
||
#+NAME: echo-table-once-again
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=with-rownames :rownames yes
|
||
return [[val + 10 for val in row] for row in tab]
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS: echo-table-once-again
|
||
| one | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 |
|
||
| two | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 |
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Please note that row names are not removed before the table is indexed using
|
||
variable indexing @xref{var, Indexable variable values}.
|
||
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node shebang, tangle-mode, rownames, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:shebang}
|
||
|
||
Setting the @code{:shebang} header argument to a string value
|
||
(e.g., @code{:shebang "#!/bin/bash"}) causes the string to be inserted as the
|
||
first line of any tangled file holding the code block, and the file
|
||
permissions of the tangled file are set to make it executable.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node tangle-mode, eval, shebang, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:tangle-mode}
|
||
|
||
The @code{tangle-mode} header argument controls the permission set on tangled
|
||
files. The value of this header argument will be passed to
|
||
@code{set-file-modes}. For example, to set a tangled file as read only use
|
||
@code{:tangle-mode (identity #o444)}, or to set a tangled file as executable
|
||
use @code{:tangle-mode (identity #o755)}. Blocks with @code{shebang}
|
||
(@ref{shebang}) header arguments will automatically be made executable unless
|
||
the @code{tangle-mode} header argument is also used. The behavior is
|
||
undefined if multiple code blocks with different values for the
|
||
@code{tangle-mode} header argument are tangled to the same file.
|
||
|
||
@node eval, wrap, tangle-mode, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:eval}
|
||
The @code{:eval} header argument can be used to limit the evaluation of
|
||
specific code blocks. The @code{:eval} header argument can be useful for
|
||
protecting against the evaluation of dangerous code blocks or to ensure that
|
||
evaluation will require a query regardless of the value of the
|
||
@code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate} variable. The possible values of
|
||
@code{:eval} and their effects are shown below.
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item never or no
|
||
The code block will not be evaluated under any circumstances.
|
||
@item query
|
||
Evaluation of the code block will require a query.
|
||
@item never-export or no-export
|
||
The code block will not be evaluated during export but may still be called
|
||
interactively.
|
||
@item query-export
|
||
Evaluation of the code block during export will require a query.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
If this header argument is not set then evaluation is determined by the value
|
||
of the @code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate} variable see @ref{Code evaluation
|
||
security}.
|
||
|
||
@node wrap, post, eval, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:wrap}
|
||
The @code{:wrap} header argument is used to mark the results of source block
|
||
evaluation. The header argument can be passed a string that will be appended
|
||
to @code{#+BEGIN_} and @code{#+END_}, which will then be used to wrap the
|
||
results. If not string is specified then the results will be wrapped in a
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN/END_RESULTS} block.
|
||
|
||
@node post, prologue, wrap, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:post}
|
||
The @code{:post} header argument is used to post-process the results of a
|
||
code block execution. When a post argument is given, the results of the code
|
||
block will temporarily be bound to the @code{*this*} variable. This variable
|
||
may then be included in header argument forms such as those used in @ref{var}
|
||
header argument specifications allowing passing of results to other code
|
||
blocks, or direct execution via Emacs Lisp.
|
||
|
||
The following example illustrates the usage of the @code{:post} header
|
||
argument.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+name: attr_wrap
|
||
#+begin_src sh :var data="" :var width="\\textwidth" :results output
|
||
echo "#+ATTR_LATEX :width $width"
|
||
echo "$data"
|
||
#+end_src
|
||
|
||
#+header: :file /tmp/it.png
|
||
#+begin_src dot :post attr_wrap(width="5cm", data=*this*) :results drawer
|
||
digraph@{
|
||
a -> b;
|
||
b -> c;
|
||
c -> a;
|
||
@}
|
||
#+end_src
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
:RESULTS:
|
||
#+ATTR_LATEX :width 5cm
|
||
[[file:/tmp/it.png]]
|
||
:END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node prologue, epilogue, post, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:prologue}
|
||
The value of the @code{prologue} header argument will be prepended to the
|
||
code block body before execution. For example, @code{:prologue "reset"} may
|
||
be used to reset a gnuplot session before execution of a particular code
|
||
block, or the following configuration may be used to do this for all gnuplot
|
||
code blocks. Also see @ref{epilogue}.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-to-list 'org-babel-default-header-args:gnuplot
|
||
'((:prologue . "reset")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node epilogue, , prologue, Specific header arguments
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:epilogue}
|
||
The value of the @code{epilogue} header argument will be appended to the code
|
||
block body before execution. Also see @ref{prologue}.
|
||
|
||
@node Results of evaluation, Noweb reference syntax, Header arguments, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Results of evaluation
|
||
@cindex code block, results of evaluation
|
||
@cindex source code, results of evaluation
|
||
|
||
The way in which results are handled depends on whether a session is invoked,
|
||
as well as on whether @code{:results value} or @code{:results output} is
|
||
used. The following table shows the table possibilities. For a full listing
|
||
of the possible results header arguments see @ref{results}.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.26 0.33 0.41
|
||
@item @tab @b{Non-session} @tab @b{Session}
|
||
@item @code{:results value} @tab value of last expression @tab value of last expression
|
||
@item @code{:results output} @tab contents of STDOUT @tab concatenation of interpreter output
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
Note: With @code{:results value}, the result in both @code{:session} and
|
||
non-session is returned to Org mode as a table (a one- or two-dimensional
|
||
vector of strings or numbers) when appropriate.
|
||
|
||
@subsection Non-session
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:results value}
|
||
This is the default. Internally, the value is obtained by wrapping the code
|
||
in a function definition in the external language, and evaluating that
|
||
function. Therefore, code should be written as if it were the body of such a
|
||
function. In particular, note that Python does not automatically return a
|
||
value from a function unless a @code{return} statement is present, and so a
|
||
@samp{return} statement will usually be required in Python.
|
||
|
||
This is the only one of the four evaluation contexts in which the code is
|
||
automatically wrapped in a function definition.
|
||
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:results output}
|
||
The code is passed to the interpreter as an external process, and the
|
||
contents of the standard output stream are returned as text. (In certain
|
||
languages this also contains the error output stream; this is an area for
|
||
future work.)
|
||
|
||
@subsection Session
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:results value}
|
||
The code is passed to an interpreter running as an interactive Emacs inferior
|
||
process. Only languages which provide tools for interactive evaluation of
|
||
code have session support, so some language (e.g., C and ditaa) do not
|
||
support the @code{:session} header argument, and in other languages (e.g.,
|
||
Python and Haskell) which have limitations on the code which may be entered
|
||
into interactive sessions, those limitations apply to the code in code blocks
|
||
using the @code{:session} header argument as well.
|
||
|
||
Unless the @code{:results output} option is supplied (see below) the result
|
||
returned is the result of the last evaluation performed by the
|
||
interpreter. (This is obtained in a language-specific manner: the value of
|
||
the variable @code{_} in Python and Ruby, and the value of @code{.Last.value}
|
||
in R).
|
||
|
||
@subsubsection @code{:results output}
|
||
The code is passed to the interpreter running as an interactive Emacs
|
||
inferior process. The result returned is the concatenation of the sequence of
|
||
(text) output from the interactive interpreter. Notice that this is not
|
||
necessarily the same as what would be sent to @code{STDOUT} if the same code
|
||
were passed to a non-interactive interpreter running as an external
|
||
process. For example, compare the following two blocks:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output
|
||
print "hello"
|
||
2
|
||
print "bye"
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
: hello
|
||
: bye
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
In non-session mode, the ``2'' is not printed and does not appear.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN_SRC python :results output :session
|
||
print "hello"
|
||
2
|
||
print "bye"
|
||
#+END_SRC
|
||
|
||
#+RESULTS:
|
||
: hello
|
||
: 2
|
||
: bye
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
But in @code{:session} mode, the interactive interpreter receives input ``2''
|
||
and prints out its value, ``2''. (Indeed, the other print statements are
|
||
unnecessary here).
|
||
|
||
@node Noweb reference syntax, Key bindings and useful functions, Results of evaluation, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Noweb reference syntax
|
||
@cindex code block, noweb reference
|
||
@cindex syntax, noweb
|
||
@cindex source code, noweb reference
|
||
|
||
The ``noweb'' (see @uref{http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/}) Literate
|
||
Programming system allows named blocks of code to be referenced by using the
|
||
familiar Noweb syntax:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
<<code-block-name>>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
When a code block is tangled or evaluated, whether or not ``noweb''
|
||
references are expanded depends upon the value of the @code{:noweb} header
|
||
argument. If @code{:noweb yes}, then a Noweb reference is expanded before
|
||
evaluation. If @code{:noweb no}, the default, then the reference is not
|
||
expanded before evaluation. See the @ref{noweb-ref} header argument for
|
||
a more flexible way to resolve noweb references.
|
||
|
||
It is possible to include the @emph{results} of a code block rather than the
|
||
body. This is done by appending parenthesis to the code block name which may
|
||
optionally contain arguments to the code block as shown below.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
<<code-block-name(optional arguments)>>
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Note: the default value, @code{:noweb no}, was chosen to ensure that
|
||
correct code is not broken in a language, such as Ruby, where
|
||
@code{<<arg>>} is a syntactically valid construct. If @code{<<arg>>} is not
|
||
syntactically valid in languages that you use, then please consider setting
|
||
the default value.
|
||
|
||
Note: if noweb tangling is slow in large Org mode files consider setting the
|
||
@code{org-babel-use-quick-and-dirty-noweb-expansion} variable to @code{t}.
|
||
This will result in faster noweb reference resolution at the expense of not
|
||
correctly resolving inherited values of the @code{:noweb-ref} header
|
||
argument.
|
||
|
||
@node Key bindings and useful functions, Batch execution, Noweb reference syntax, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Key bindings and useful functions
|
||
@cindex code block, key bindings
|
||
|
||
Many common Org mode key sequences are re-bound depending on
|
||
the context.
|
||
|
||
Within a code block, the following key bindings
|
||
are active:
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-c} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-src-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-o
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-o} @tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
|
||
@kindex M-up
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{up}} @tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
|
||
@kindex M-down
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{down}} @tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session}
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
In an Org mode buffer, the following key bindings are active:
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.45 0.55
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v p
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-p
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v p} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-p} @tab @code{org-babel-previous-src-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v n
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-n
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v n} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-n} @tab @code{org-babel-next-src-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v e
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-e
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v e} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-e} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-maybe}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v o
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-o
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v o} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-o} @tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v v
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-v
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v v} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-v} @tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v u
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-u
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v u} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-u} @tab @code{org-babel-goto-src-block-head}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v g
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-g
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v g} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-g} @tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-src-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v r
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-r
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v r} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-r} @tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-result}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v b
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-b
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v b} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-b} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v s
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-s
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v s} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-s} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v d
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-d
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v d} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-d} @tab @code{org-babel-demarcate-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v t
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-t
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v t} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-t} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v f
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-f
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v f} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-f} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v c
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-c
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v c} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-c} @tab @code{org-babel-check-src-block}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v j
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-j
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v j} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-j} @tab @code{org-babel-insert-header-arg}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v l
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-l
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v l} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-l} @tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v i
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-i
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v i} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-i} @tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v I
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-I
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v I} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-I} @tab @code{org-babel-view-src-block-info}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v z
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-z
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v z} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-z} @tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v a
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-a
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v a} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-a} @tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v h
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-h
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v h} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-h} @tab @code{org-babel-describe-bindings}
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v x
|
||
@kindex C-c C-v C-x
|
||
@item @kbd{C-c C-v x} @ @ @r{or} @ @ @kbd{C-c C-v C-x} @tab @code{org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer}
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
@c When possible these keybindings were extended to work when the control key is
|
||
@c kept pressed, resulting in the following additional keybindings.
|
||
|
||
@c @multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.75
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-a} @tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-b} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-f} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-l} @tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-p} @tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-s} @tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-t} @tab @code{org-babel-tangle}
|
||
@c @item @kbd{C-c C-v C-z} @tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session}
|
||
@c @end multitable
|
||
|
||
@node Batch execution, , Key bindings and useful functions, Working With Source Code
|
||
@section Batch execution
|
||
@cindex code block, batch execution
|
||
@cindex source code, batch execution
|
||
|
||
It is possible to call functions from the command line. This shell
|
||
script calls @code{org-babel-tangle} on every one of its arguments.
|
||
|
||
Be sure to adjust the paths to fit your system.
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#!/bin/sh
|
||
# -*- mode: shell-script -*-
|
||
#
|
||
# tangle files with org-mode
|
||
#
|
||
DIR=`pwd`
|
||
FILES=""
|
||
|
||
# wrap each argument in the code required to call tangle on it
|
||
for i in $@@; do
|
||
FILES="$FILES \"$i\""
|
||
done
|
||
|
||
emacs -Q --batch \
|
||
--eval "(progn
|
||
(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name \"~/src/org/lisp/\"))
|
||
(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name \"~/src/org/contrib/lisp/\" t))
|
||
(require 'org)(require 'org-exp)(require 'ob)(require 'ob-tangle)
|
||
(mapc (lambda (file)
|
||
(find-file (expand-file-name file \"$DIR\"))
|
||
(org-babel-tangle)
|
||
(kill-buffer)) '($FILES)))" 2>&1 |grep tangled
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Miscellaneous, Hacking, Working With Source Code, Top
|
||
@chapter Miscellaneous
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Completion:: M-TAB knows what you need
|
||
* Easy Templates:: Quick insertion of structural elements
|
||
* Speed keys:: Electric commands at the beginning of a headline
|
||
* Code evaluation security:: Org mode files evaluate inline code
|
||
* Customization:: Adapting Org to your taste
|
||
* In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS
|
||
* The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c
|
||
* Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline
|
||
* TTY keys:: Using Org on a tty
|
||
* Interaction:: Other Emacs packages
|
||
* org-crypt:: Encrypting Org files
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Completion, Easy Templates, Miscellaneous, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Completion
|
||
@cindex completion, of @TeX{} symbols
|
||
@cindex completion, of TODO keywords
|
||
@cindex completion, of dictionary words
|
||
@cindex completion, of option keywords
|
||
@cindex completion, of tags
|
||
@cindex completion, of property keys
|
||
@cindex completion, of link abbreviations
|
||
@cindex @TeX{} symbol completion
|
||
@cindex TODO keywords completion
|
||
@cindex dictionary word completion
|
||
@cindex option keyword completion
|
||
@cindex tag completion
|
||
@cindex link abbreviations, completion of
|
||
|
||
Emacs would not be Emacs without completion, and Org mode uses it whenever it
|
||
makes sense. If you prefer an @i{iswitchb}- or @i{ido}-like interface for
|
||
some of the completion prompts, you can specify your preference by setting at
|
||
most one of the variables @code{org-completion-use-iswitchb}
|
||
@code{org-completion-use-ido}.
|
||
|
||
Org supports in-buffer completion. This type of completion does
|
||
not make use of the minibuffer. You simply type a few letters into
|
||
the buffer and use the key to complete text right there.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex M-@key{TAB}
|
||
@item M-@key{TAB}
|
||
Complete word at point
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
At the beginning of a headline, complete TODO keywords.
|
||
@item
|
||
After @samp{\}, complete @TeX{} symbols supported by the exporter.
|
||
@item
|
||
After @samp{*}, complete headlines in the current buffer so that they
|
||
can be used in search links like @samp{[[*find this headline]]}.
|
||
@item
|
||
After @samp{:} in a headline, complete tags. The list of tags is taken
|
||
from the variable @code{org-tag-alist} (possibly set through the
|
||
@samp{#+TAGS} in-buffer option, @pxref{Setting tags}), or it is created
|
||
dynamically from all tags used in the current buffer.
|
||
@item
|
||
After @samp{:} and not in a headline, complete property keys. The list
|
||
of keys is constructed dynamically from all keys used in the current
|
||
buffer.
|
||
@item
|
||
After @samp{[}, complete link abbreviations (@pxref{Link abbreviations}).
|
||
@item
|
||
After @samp{#+}, complete the special keywords like @samp{TYP_TODO} or
|
||
@samp{OPTIONS} which set file-specific options for Org mode. When the
|
||
option keyword is already complete, pressing @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} again
|
||
will insert example settings for this keyword.
|
||
@item
|
||
In the line after @samp{#+STARTUP: }, complete startup keywords,
|
||
i.e., valid keys for this line.
|
||
@item
|
||
Elsewhere, complete dictionary words using Ispell.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Easy Templates, Speed keys, Completion, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Easy Templates
|
||
@cindex template insertion
|
||
@cindex insertion, of templates
|
||
|
||
Org mode supports insertion of empty structural elements (like
|
||
@code{#+BEGIN_SRC} and @code{#+END_SRC} pairs) with just a few key
|
||
strokes. This is achieved through a native template expansion mechanism.
|
||
Note that Emacs has several other template mechanisms which could be used in
|
||
a similar way, for example @file{yasnippet}.
|
||
|
||
To insert a structural element, type a @samp{<}, followed by a template
|
||
selector and @kbd{@key{TAB}}. Completion takes effect only when the above
|
||
keystrokes are typed on a line by itself.
|
||
|
||
The following template selectors are currently supported.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9
|
||
@item @kbd{s} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_SRC ... #+END_SRC}
|
||
@item @kbd{e} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE ... #+END_EXAMPLE}
|
||
@item @kbd{q} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_QUOTE ... #+END_QUOTE}
|
||
@item @kbd{v} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_VERSE ... #+END_VERSE}
|
||
@item @kbd{c} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_CENTER ... #+END_CENTER}
|
||
@item @kbd{l} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_LaTeX ... #+END_LaTeX}
|
||
@item @kbd{L} @tab @code{#+LaTeX:}
|
||
@item @kbd{h} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_HTML ... #+END_HTML}
|
||
@item @kbd{H} @tab @code{#+HTML:}
|
||
@item @kbd{a} @tab @code{#+BEGIN_ASCII ... #+END_ASCII}
|
||
@item @kbd{A} @tab @code{#+ASCII:}
|
||
@item @kbd{i} @tab @code{#+INDEX:} line
|
||
@item @kbd{I} @tab @code{#+INCLUDE:} line
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
For example, on an empty line, typing "<e" and then pressing TAB, will expand
|
||
into a complete EXAMPLE template.
|
||
|
||
You can install additional templates by customizing the variable
|
||
@code{org-structure-template-alist}. See the docstring of the variable for
|
||
additional details.
|
||
|
||
@node Speed keys, Code evaluation security, Easy Templates, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Speed keys
|
||
@cindex speed keys
|
||
@vindex org-use-speed-commands
|
||
@vindex org-speed-commands-user
|
||
|
||
Single keys can be made to execute commands when the cursor is at the
|
||
beginning of a headline, i.e., before the first star. Configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-use-speed-commands} to activate this feature. There is a
|
||
pre-defined list of commands, and you can add more such commands using the
|
||
variable @code{org-speed-commands-user}. Speed keys do not only speed up
|
||
navigation and other commands, but they also provide an alternative way to
|
||
execute commands bound to keys that are not or not easily available on a TTY,
|
||
or on a small mobile device with a limited keyboard.
|
||
|
||
To see which commands are available, activate the feature and press @kbd{?}
|
||
with the cursor at the beginning of a headline.
|
||
|
||
@node Code evaluation security, Customization, Speed keys, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Code evaluation and security issues
|
||
|
||
Org provides tools to work with the code snippets, including evaluating them.
|
||
|
||
Running code on your machine always comes with a security risk. Badly
|
||
written or malicious code can be executed on purpose or by accident. Org has
|
||
default settings which will only evaluate such code if you give explicit
|
||
permission to do so, and as a casual user of these features you should leave
|
||
these precautions intact.
|
||
|
||
For people who regularly work with such code, the confirmation prompts can
|
||
become annoying, and you might want to turn them off. This can be done, but
|
||
you must be aware of the risks that are involved.
|
||
|
||
Code evaluation can happen under the following circumstances:
|
||
|
||
@table @i
|
||
@item Source code blocks
|
||
Source code blocks can be evaluated during export, or when pressing @kbd{C-c
|
||
C-c} in the block. The most important thing to realize here is that Org mode
|
||
files which contain code snippets are, in a certain sense, like executable
|
||
files. So you should accept them and load them into Emacs only from trusted
|
||
sources---just like you would do with a program you install on your computer.
|
||
|
||
Make sure you know what you are doing before customizing the variables
|
||
which take off the default security brakes.
|
||
|
||
@defopt org-confirm-babel-evaluate
|
||
When t (the default), the user is asked before every code block evaluation.
|
||
When @code{nil}, the user is not asked. When set to a function, it is called with
|
||
two arguments (language and body of the code block) and should return t to
|
||
ask and @code{nil} not to ask.
|
||
@end defopt
|
||
|
||
For example, here is how to execute "ditaa" code (which is considered safe)
|
||
without asking:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(defun my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate (lang body)
|
||
(not (string= lang "ditaa"))) ; don't ask for ditaa
|
||
(setq org-confirm-babel-evaluate 'my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@item Following @code{shell} and @code{elisp} links
|
||
Org has two link types that can directly evaluate code (@pxref{External
|
||
links}). These links can be problematic because the code to be evaluated is
|
||
not visible.
|
||
|
||
@defopt org-confirm-shell-link-function
|
||
Function to queries user about shell link execution.
|
||
@end defopt
|
||
@defopt org-confirm-elisp-link-function
|
||
Functions to query user for Emacs Lisp link execution.
|
||
@end defopt
|
||
|
||
@item Formulas in tables
|
||
Formulas in tables (@pxref{The spreadsheet}) are code that is evaluated
|
||
either by the @i{calc} interpreter, or by the @i{Emacs Lisp} interpreter.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Customization, In-buffer settings, Code evaluation security, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Customization
|
||
@cindex customization
|
||
@cindex options, for customization
|
||
@cindex variables, for customization
|
||
|
||
There are more than 500 variables that can be used to customize
|
||
Org. For the sake of compactness of the manual, I am not
|
||
describing the variables here. A structured overview of customization
|
||
variables is available with @kbd{M-x org-customize RET}. Or select
|
||
@code{Browse Org Group} from the @code{Org->Customization} menu. Many
|
||
settings can also be activated on a per-file basis, by putting special
|
||
lines into the buffer (@pxref{In-buffer settings}).
|
||
|
||
@node In-buffer settings, The very busy C-c C-c key, Customization, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Summary of in-buffer settings
|
||
@cindex in-buffer settings
|
||
@cindex special keywords
|
||
|
||
Org mode uses special lines in the buffer to define settings on a
|
||
per-file basis. These lines start with a @samp{#+} followed by a
|
||
keyword, a colon, and then individual words defining a setting. Several
|
||
setting words can be in the same line, but you can also have multiple
|
||
lines for the keyword. While these settings are described throughout
|
||
the manual, here is a summary. After changing any of those lines in the
|
||
buffer, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with the cursor still in the line to
|
||
activate the changes immediately. Otherwise they become effective only
|
||
when the file is visited again in a new Emacs session.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-archive-location
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@item #+ARCHIVE: %s_done::
|
||
This line sets the archive location for the agenda file. It applies for
|
||
all subsequent lines until the next @samp{#+ARCHIVE} line, or the end
|
||
of the file. The first such line also applies to any entries before it.
|
||
The corresponding variable is @code{org-archive-location}.
|
||
@item #+CATEGORY:
|
||
This line sets the category for the agenda file. The category applies
|
||
for all subsequent lines until the next @samp{#+CATEGORY} line, or the
|
||
end of the file. The first such line also applies to any entries before it.
|
||
@item #+COLUMNS: %25ITEM ...
|
||
@cindex property, COLUMNS
|
||
Set the default format for columns view. This format applies when
|
||
columns view is invoked in locations where no @code{COLUMNS} property
|
||
applies.
|
||
@item #+CONSTANTS: name1=value1 ...
|
||
@vindex org-table-formula-constants
|
||
@vindex org-table-formula
|
||
Set file-local values for constants to be used in table formulas. This
|
||
line sets the local variable @code{org-table-formula-constants-local}.
|
||
The global version of this variable is
|
||
@code{org-table-formula-constants}.
|
||
@item #+FILETAGS: :tag1:tag2:tag3:
|
||
Set tags that can be inherited by any entry in the file, including the
|
||
top-level entries.
|
||
@item #+DRAWERS: NAME1 ...
|
||
@vindex org-drawers
|
||
Set the file-local set of additional drawers. The corresponding global
|
||
variable is @code{org-drawers}.
|
||
@item #+LINK: linkword replace
|
||
@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist
|
||
These lines (several are allowed) specify link abbreviations.
|
||
@xref{Link abbreviations}. The corresponding variable is
|
||
@code{org-link-abbrev-alist}.
|
||
@item #+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default
|
||
@vindex org-highest-priority
|
||
@vindex org-lowest-priority
|
||
@vindex org-default-priority
|
||
This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. All three
|
||
must be either letters A--Z or numbers 0--9. The highest priority must
|
||
have a lower ASCII number than the lowest priority.
|
||
@item #+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value
|
||
This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the current
|
||
buffer, most useful for specifying the allowed values of a property.
|
||
@cindex #+SETUPFILE
|
||
@item #+SETUPFILE: file
|
||
This line defines a file that holds more in-buffer setup. Normally this is
|
||
entirely ignored. Only when the buffer is parsed for option-setting lines
|
||
(i.e., when starting Org mode for a file, when pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} in a
|
||
settings line, or when exporting), then the contents of this file are parsed
|
||
as if they had been included in the buffer. In particular, the file can be
|
||
any other Org mode file with internal setup. You can visit the file the
|
||
cursor is in the line with @kbd{C-c '}.
|
||
@item #+STARTUP:
|
||
@cindex #+STARTUP
|
||
This line sets options to be used at startup of Org mode, when an
|
||
Org file is being visited.
|
||
|
||
The first set of options deals with the initial visibility of the outline
|
||
tree. The corresponding variable for global default settings is
|
||
@code{org-startup-folded}, with a default value @code{t}, which means
|
||
@code{overview}.
|
||
@vindex org-startup-folded
|
||
@cindex @code{overview}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{content}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{showall}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{showeverything}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
overview @r{top-level headlines only}
|
||
content @r{all headlines}
|
||
showall @r{no folding of any entries}
|
||
showeverything @r{show even drawer contents}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-startup-indented
|
||
@cindex @code{indent}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{noindent}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
Dynamic virtual indentation is controlled by the variable
|
||
@code{org-startup-indented}@footnote{Emacs 23 and Org mode 6.29 are required}
|
||
@example
|
||
indent @r{start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned on}
|
||
noindent @r{start with @code{org-indent-mode} turned off}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
|
||
Then there are options for aligning tables upon visiting a file. This
|
||
is useful in files containing narrowed table columns. The corresponding
|
||
variable is @code{org-startup-align-all-tables}, with a default value
|
||
@code{nil}.
|
||
@cindex @code{align}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{noalign}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
align @r{align all tables}
|
||
noalign @r{don't align tables on startup}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images
|
||
When visiting a file, inline images can be automatically displayed. The
|
||
corresponding variable is @code{org-startup-with-inline-images}, with a
|
||
default value @code{nil} to avoid delays when visiting a file.
|
||
@cindex @code{inlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{noinlineimages}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
inlineimages @r{show inline images}
|
||
noinlineimages @r{don't show inline images on startup}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-startup-with-latex-preview
|
||
When visiting a file, @LaTeX{} fragments can be converted to images
|
||
automatically. The variable @code{org-startup-with-latex-preview} which
|
||
controls this behavior, is set to @code{nil} by default to avoid delays on
|
||
startup.
|
||
@cindex @code{latexpreview}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nolatexpreview}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
latexpreview @r{preview @LaTeX{} fragments}
|
||
nolatexpreview @r{don't preview @LaTeX{} fragments}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-log-done
|
||
@vindex org-log-note-clock-out
|
||
@vindex org-log-repeat
|
||
Logging the closing and reopening of TODO items and clock intervals can be
|
||
configured using these options (see variables @code{org-log-done},
|
||
@code{org-log-note-clock-out} and @code{org-log-repeat})
|
||
@cindex @code{logdone}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{lognotedone}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologdone}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{lognoteclock-out}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nolognoteclock-out}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{logrepeat}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{lognoterepeat}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologrepeat}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{logreschedule}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{lognotereschedule}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologreschedule}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{logredeadline}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{lognoteredeadline}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologredeadline}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{logrefile}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{lognoterefile}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologrefile}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{logdrawer}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologdrawer}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{logstatesreversed}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nologstatesreversed}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
logdone @r{record a timestamp when an item is marked DONE}
|
||
lognotedone @r{record timestamp and a note when DONE}
|
||
nologdone @r{don't record when items are marked DONE}
|
||
logrepeat @r{record a time when reinstating a repeating item}
|
||
lognoterepeat @r{record a note when reinstating a repeating item}
|
||
nologrepeat @r{do not record when reinstating repeating item}
|
||
lognoteclock-out @r{record a note when clocking out}
|
||
nolognoteclock-out @r{don't record a note when clocking out}
|
||
logreschedule @r{record a timestamp when scheduling time changes}
|
||
lognotereschedule @r{record a note when scheduling time changes}
|
||
nologreschedule @r{do not record when a scheduling date changes}
|
||
logredeadline @r{record a timestamp when deadline changes}
|
||
lognoteredeadline @r{record a note when deadline changes}
|
||
nologredeadline @r{do not record when a deadline date changes}
|
||
logrefile @r{record a timestamp when refiling}
|
||
lognoterefile @r{record a note when refiling}
|
||
nologrefile @r{do not record when refiling}
|
||
logdrawer @r{store log into drawer}
|
||
nologdrawer @r{store log outside of drawer}
|
||
logstatesreversed @r{reverse the order of states notes}
|
||
nologstatesreversed @r{do not reverse the order of states notes}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-hide-leading-stars
|
||
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
|
||
Here are the options for hiding leading stars in outline headings, and for
|
||
indenting outlines. The corresponding variables are
|
||
@code{org-hide-leading-stars} and @code{org-odd-levels-only}, both with a
|
||
default setting @code{nil} (meaning @code{showstars} and @code{oddeven}).
|
||
@cindex @code{hidestars}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{showstars}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{odd}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{even}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
hidestars @r{make all but one of the stars starting a headline invisible.}
|
||
showstars @r{show all stars starting a headline}
|
||
indent @r{virtual indentation according to outline level}
|
||
noindent @r{no virtual indentation according to outline level}
|
||
odd @r{allow only odd outline levels (1,3,...)}
|
||
oddeven @r{allow all outline levels}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-put-time-stamp-overlays
|
||
@vindex org-time-stamp-overlay-formats
|
||
To turn on custom format overlays over timestamps (variables
|
||
@code{org-put-time-stamp-overlays} and
|
||
@code{org-time-stamp-overlay-formats}), use
|
||
@cindex @code{customtime}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
customtime @r{overlay custom time format}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex constants-unit-system
|
||
The following options influence the table spreadsheet (variable
|
||
@code{constants-unit-system}).
|
||
@cindex @code{constcgs}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{constSI}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
constcgs @r{@file{constants.el} should use the c-g-s unit system}
|
||
constSI @r{@file{constants.el} should use the SI unit system}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-define-inline
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-auto-label
|
||
@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust
|
||
To influence footnote settings, use the following keywords. The
|
||
corresponding variables are @code{org-footnote-define-inline},
|
||
@code{org-footnote-auto-label}, and @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.
|
||
@cindex @code{fninline}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nofninline}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{fnlocal}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{fnprompt}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{fnauto}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{fnconfirm}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{fnplain}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{fnadjust}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nofnadjust}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
fninline @r{define footnotes inline}
|
||
fnnoinline @r{define footnotes in separate section}
|
||
fnlocal @r{define footnotes near first reference, but not inline}
|
||
fnprompt @r{prompt for footnote labels}
|
||
fnauto @r{create @code{[fn:1]}-like labels automatically (default)}
|
||
fnconfirm @r{offer automatic label for editing or confirmation}
|
||
fnplain @r{create @code{[1]}-like labels automatically}
|
||
fnadjust @r{automatically renumber and sort footnotes}
|
||
nofnadjust @r{do not renumber and sort automatically}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex org-hide-block-startup
|
||
To hide blocks on startup, use these keywords. The corresponding variable is
|
||
@code{org-hide-block-startup}.
|
||
@cindex @code{hideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{nohideblocks}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
hideblocks @r{Hide all begin/end blocks on startup}
|
||
nohideblocks @r{Do not hide blocks on startup}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@cindex org-pretty-entities
|
||
The display of entities as UTF-8 characters is governed by the variable
|
||
@code{org-pretty-entities} and the keywords
|
||
@cindex @code{entitiespretty}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@cindex @code{entitiesplain}, STARTUP keyword
|
||
@example
|
||
entitiespretty @r{Show entities as UTF-8 characters where possible}
|
||
entitiesplain @r{Leave entities plain}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@item #+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2)
|
||
@vindex org-tag-alist
|
||
These lines (several such lines are allowed) specify the valid tags in
|
||
this file, and (potentially) the corresponding @emph{fast tag selection}
|
||
keys. The corresponding variable is @code{org-tag-alist}.
|
||
@cindex #+TBLFM
|
||
@item #+TBLFM:
|
||
This line contains the formulas for the table directly above the line.
|
||
|
||
Table can have multiple lines containing @samp{#+TBLFM:}. Note
|
||
that only the first line of @samp{#+TBLFM:} will be applied when
|
||
you recalculate the table. For more details see @ref{Using
|
||
multiple #+TBLFM lines} in @ref{Editing and debugging formulas}.
|
||
|
||
@item #+TITLE:, #+AUTHOR:, #+EMAIL:, #+LANGUAGE:, #+DATE:,
|
||
@itemx #+OPTIONS:, #+BIND:,
|
||
@itemx #+DESCRIPTION:, #+KEYWORDS:,
|
||
@itemx #+LaTeX_HEADER:, #+LaTeX_HEADER_EXTRA:,
|
||
@itemx #+HTML_HEAD:, #+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA:, #+HTML_LINK_UP:, #+HTML_LINK_HOME:,
|
||
@itemx #+SELECT_TAGS:, #+EXCLUDE_TAGS:
|
||
These lines provide settings for exporting files. For more details see
|
||
@ref{Export settings}.
|
||
@item #+TODO: #+SEQ_TODO: #+TYP_TODO:
|
||
@vindex org-todo-keywords
|
||
These lines set the TODO keywords and their interpretation in the
|
||
current file. The corresponding variable is @code{org-todo-keywords}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node The very busy C-c C-c key, Clean view, In-buffer settings, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section The very busy C-c C-c key
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@cindex C-c C-c, overview
|
||
|
||
The key @kbd{C-c C-c} has many purposes in Org, which are all
|
||
mentioned scattered throughout this manual. One specific function of
|
||
this key is to add @emph{tags} to a headline (@pxref{Tags}). In many
|
||
other circumstances it means something like @emph{``Hey Org, look
|
||
here and update according to what you see here''}. Here is a summary of
|
||
what this means in different contexts.
|
||
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
If there are highlights in the buffer from the creation of a sparse
|
||
tree, or from clock display, remove these highlights.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is in one of the special @code{#+KEYWORD} lines, this
|
||
triggers scanning the buffer for these lines and updating the
|
||
information.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is inside a table, realign the table. This command
|
||
works even if the automatic table editor has been turned off.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is on a @code{#+TBLFM} line, re-apply the formulas to
|
||
the entire table.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the current buffer is a capture buffer, close the note and file it.
|
||
With a prefix argument, file it, without further interaction, to the
|
||
default location.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is on a @code{<<<target>>>}, update radio targets and
|
||
corresponding links in this buffer.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is in a property line or at the start or end of a property
|
||
drawer, offer property commands.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is at a footnote reference, go to the corresponding
|
||
definition, and @emph{vice versa}.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is on a statistics cookie, update it.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the status
|
||
of the checkbox.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is on a numbered item in a plain list, renumber the
|
||
ordered list.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is on the @code{#+BEGIN} line of a dynamic block, the
|
||
block is updated.
|
||
@item
|
||
If the cursor is at a timestamp, fix the day name in the timestamp.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node Clean view, TTY keys, The very busy C-c C-c key, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section A cleaner outline view
|
||
@cindex hiding leading stars
|
||
@cindex dynamic indentation
|
||
@cindex odd-levels-only outlines
|
||
@cindex clean outline view
|
||
|
||
Some people find it noisy and distracting that the Org headlines start with a
|
||
potentially large number of stars, and that text below the headlines is not
|
||
indented. While this is no problem when writing a @emph{book-like} document
|
||
where the outline headings are really section headings, in a more
|
||
@emph{list-oriented} outline, indented structure is a lot cleaner:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
* Top level headline | * Top level headline
|
||
** Second level | * Second level
|
||
*** 3rd level | * 3rd level
|
||
some text | some text
|
||
*** 3rd level | * 3rd level
|
||
more text | more text
|
||
* Another top level headline | * Another top level headline
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
|
||
If you are using at least Emacs 23.2@footnote{Emacs 23.1 can actually crash
|
||
with @code{org-indent-mode}} and version 6.29 of Org, this kind of view can
|
||
be achieved dynamically at display time using @code{org-indent-mode}. In
|
||
this minor mode, all lines are prefixed for display with the necessary amount
|
||
of space@footnote{@code{org-indent-mode} also sets the @code{wrap-prefix}
|
||
property, such that @code{visual-line-mode} (or purely setting
|
||
@code{word-wrap}) wraps long lines (including headlines) correctly indented.
|
||
}. Also headlines are prefixed with additional stars, so that the amount of
|
||
indentation shifts by two@footnote{See the variable
|
||
@code{org-indent-indentation-per-level}.} spaces per level. All headline
|
||
stars but the last one are made invisible using the @code{org-hide}
|
||
face@footnote{Turning on @code{org-indent-mode} sets
|
||
@code{org-hide-leading-stars} to @code{t} and @code{org-adapt-indentation} to
|
||
@code{nil}.}; see below under @samp{2.} for more information on how this
|
||
works. You can turn on @code{org-indent-mode} for all files by customizing
|
||
the variable @code{org-startup-indented}, or you can turn it on for
|
||
individual files using
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: indent
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If you want a similar effect in an earlier version of Emacs and/or Org, or if
|
||
you want the indentation to be hard space characters so that the plain text
|
||
file looks as similar as possible to the Emacs display, Org supports you in
|
||
the following way:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
@emph{Indentation of text below headlines}@*
|
||
You may indent text below each headline to make the left boundary line up
|
||
with the headline, like
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
*** 3rd level
|
||
more text, now indented
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-adapt-indentation
|
||
Org supports this with paragraph filling, line wrapping, and structure
|
||
editing@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-adapt-indentation}.},
|
||
preserving or adapting the indentation as appropriate.
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-hide-leading-stars
|
||
@emph{Hiding leading stars}@* You can modify the display in such a way that
|
||
all leading stars become invisible. To do this in a global way, configure
|
||
the variable @code{org-hide-leading-stars} or change this on a per-file basis
|
||
with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: hidestars
|
||
#+STARTUP: showstars
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
With hidden stars, the tree becomes:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
@group
|
||
* Top level headline
|
||
* Second level
|
||
* 3rd level
|
||
...
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex org-hide @r{(face)}
|
||
The leading stars are not truly replaced by whitespace, they are only
|
||
fontified with the face @code{org-hide} that uses the background color as
|
||
font color. If you are not using either white or black background, you may
|
||
have to customize this face to get the wanted effect. Another possibility is
|
||
to set this font such that the extra stars are @i{almost} invisible, for
|
||
example using the color @code{grey90} on a white background.
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
|
||
Things become cleaner still if you skip all the even levels and use only odd
|
||
levels 1, 3, 5..., effectively adding two stars to go from one outline level
|
||
to the next@footnote{When you need to specify a level for a property search
|
||
or refile targets, @samp{LEVEL=2} will correspond to 3 stars, etc.}. In this
|
||
way we get the outline view shown at the beginning of this section. In order
|
||
to make the structure editing and export commands handle this convention
|
||
correctly, configure the variable @code{org-odd-levels-only}, or set this on
|
||
a per-file basis with one of the following lines:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+STARTUP: odd
|
||
#+STARTUP: oddeven
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
You can convert an Org file from single-star-per-level to the
|
||
double-star-per-level convention with @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-odd-levels
|
||
RET} in that file. The reverse operation is @kbd{M-x
|
||
org-convert-to-oddeven-levels}.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@node TTY keys, Interaction, Clean view, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Using Org on a tty
|
||
@cindex tty key bindings
|
||
|
||
Because Org contains a large number of commands, by default many of
|
||
Org's core commands are bound to keys that are generally not
|
||
accessible on a tty, such as the cursor keys (@key{left}, @key{right},
|
||
@key{up}, @key{down}), @key{TAB} and @key{RET}, in particular when used
|
||
together with modifiers like @key{Meta} and/or @key{Shift}. To access
|
||
these commands on a tty when special keys are unavailable, the following
|
||
alternative bindings can be used. The tty bindings below will likely be
|
||
more cumbersome; you may find for some of the bindings below that a
|
||
customized workaround suits you better. For example, changing a timestamp
|
||
is really only fun with @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} keys, whereas on a
|
||
tty you would rather use @kbd{C-c .} to re-insert the timestamp.
|
||
|
||
@multitable @columnfractions 0.15 0.2 0.1 0.2
|
||
@item @b{Default} @tab @b{Alternative 1} @tab @b{Speed key} @tab @b{Alternative 2}
|
||
@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} @tab @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}} @tab @kbd{C} @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x l} @tab @kbd{l} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{left}}
|
||
@item @kbd{M-S-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x L} @tab @kbd{L} @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x r} @tab @kbd{r} @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{right}}
|
||
@item @kbd{M-S-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x R} @tab @kbd{R} @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{up}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x u} @tab @kbd{ } @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{up}}
|
||
@item @kbd{M-S-@key{up}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x U} @tab @kbd{U} @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{down}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x d} @tab @kbd{ } @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{down}}
|
||
@item @kbd{M-S-@key{down}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x D} @tab @kbd{D} @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x c} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x m} @tab @kbd{ } @tab @kbd{@key{Esc} @key{RET}}
|
||
@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x M} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{S-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{left}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{S-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{right}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{S-@key{up}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{up}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{S-@key{down}} @tab @kbd{C-c @key{down}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{C-S-@key{left}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{left}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@item @kbd{C-S-@key{right}} @tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{right}} @tab @kbd{ } @tab
|
||
@end multitable
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Interaction, org-crypt, TTY keys, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section Interaction with other packages
|
||
@cindex packages, interaction with other
|
||
Org lives in the world of GNU Emacs and interacts in various ways
|
||
with other code out there.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Cooperation:: Packages Org cooperates with
|
||
* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Cooperation, Conflicts, Interaction, Interaction
|
||
@subsection Packages that Org cooperates with
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
@cindex @file{calc.el}
|
||
@cindex Gillespie, Dave
|
||
@item @file{calc.el} by Dave Gillespie
|
||
Org uses the Calc package for implementing spreadsheet
|
||
functionality in its tables (@pxref{The spreadsheet}). Org
|
||
checks for the availability of Calc by looking for the function
|
||
@code{calc-eval} which will have been autoloaded during setup if Calc has
|
||
been installed properly. As of Emacs 22, Calc is part of the Emacs
|
||
distribution. Another possibility for interaction between the two
|
||
packages is using Calc for embedded calculations. @xref{Embedded Mode,
|
||
, Embedded Mode, calc, GNU Emacs Calc Manual}.
|
||
@item @file{constants.el} by Carsten Dominik
|
||
@cindex @file{constants.el}
|
||
@cindex Dominik, Carsten
|
||
@vindex org-table-formula-constants
|
||
In a table formula (@pxref{The spreadsheet}), it is possible to use
|
||
names for natural constants or units. Instead of defining your own
|
||
constants in the variable @code{org-table-formula-constants}, install
|
||
the @file{constants} package which defines a large number of constants
|
||
and units, and lets you use unit prefixes like @samp{M} for
|
||
@samp{Mega}, etc. You will need version 2.0 of this package, available
|
||
at @url{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools}. Org checks for
|
||
the function @code{constants-get}, which has to be autoloaded in your
|
||
setup. See the installation instructions in the file
|
||
@file{constants.el}.
|
||
@item @file{cdlatex.el} by Carsten Dominik
|
||
@cindex @file{cdlatex.el}
|
||
@cindex Dominik, Carsten
|
||
Org mode can make use of the CD@LaTeX{} package to efficiently enter
|
||
@LaTeX{} fragments into Org files. See @ref{CDLaTeX mode}.
|
||
@item @file{imenu.el} by Ake Stenhoff and Lars Lindberg
|
||
@cindex @file{imenu.el}
|
||
Imenu allows menu access to an index of items in a file. Org mode
|
||
supports Imenu---all you need to do to get the index is the following:
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
|
||
(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Imenu")))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@vindex org-imenu-depth
|
||
By default the index is two levels deep---you can modify the depth using
|
||
the option @code{org-imenu-depth}.
|
||
@item @file{remember.el} by John Wiegley
|
||
@cindex @file{remember.el}
|
||
@cindex Wiegley, John
|
||
Org used to use this package for capture, but no longer does.
|
||
@item @file{speedbar.el} by Eric M. Ludlam
|
||
@cindex @file{speedbar.el}
|
||
@cindex Ludlam, Eric M.
|
||
Speedbar is a package that creates a special frame displaying files and
|
||
index items in files. Org mode supports Speedbar and allows you to
|
||
drill into Org files directly from the Speedbar. It also allows you to
|
||
restrict the scope of agenda commands to a file or a subtree by using
|
||
the command @kbd{<} in the Speedbar frame.
|
||
@cindex @file{table.el}
|
||
@item @file{table.el} by Takaaki Ota
|
||
@kindex C-c C-c
|
||
@cindex table editor, @file{table.el}
|
||
@cindex @file{table.el}
|
||
@cindex Ota, Takaaki
|
||
|
||
Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and row-spanning,
|
||
and alignment can be created using the Emacs table package by Takaaki Ota
|
||
(@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/table}, and also part of Emacs 22).
|
||
Org mode will recognize these tables and export them properly. Because of
|
||
interference with other Org mode functionality, you unfortunately cannot edit
|
||
these tables directly in the buffer. Instead, you need to use the command
|
||
@kbd{C-c '} to edit them, similar to source code snippets.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ',org-edit-special}
|
||
Edit a @file{table.el} table. Works when the cursor is in a table.el table.
|
||
@c
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c ~,org-table-create-with-table.el}
|
||
Insert a @file{table.el} table. If there is already a table at point, this
|
||
command converts it between the @file{table.el} format and the Org mode
|
||
format. See the documentation string of the command
|
||
@code{org-convert-table} for the restrictions under which this is
|
||
possible.
|
||
@end table
|
||
@file{table.el} is part of Emacs since Emacs 22.
|
||
@item @file{footnote.el} by Steven L. Baur
|
||
@cindex @file{footnote.el}
|
||
@cindex Baur, Steven L.
|
||
Org mode recognizes numerical footnotes as provided by this package.
|
||
However, Org mode also has its own footnote support (@pxref{Footnotes}),
|
||
which makes using @file{footnote.el} unnecessary.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Conflicts, , Cooperation, Interaction
|
||
@subsection Packages that lead to conflicts with Org mode
|
||
|
||
@table @asis
|
||
|
||
@cindex @code{shift-selection-mode}
|
||
@vindex org-support-shift-select
|
||
In Emacs 23, @code{shift-selection-mode} is on by default, meaning that
|
||
cursor motions combined with the shift key should start or enlarge regions.
|
||
This conflicts with the use of @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} commands in Org to change
|
||
timestamps, TODO keywords, priorities, and item bullet types if the cursor is
|
||
at such a location. By default, @kbd{S-@key{cursor}} commands outside
|
||
special contexts don't do anything, but you can customize the variable
|
||
@code{org-support-shift-select}. Org mode then tries to accommodate shift
|
||
selection by (i) using it outside of the special contexts where special
|
||
commands apply, and by (ii) extending an existing active region even if the
|
||
cursor moves across a special context.
|
||
|
||
@item @file{CUA.el} by Kim. F. Storm
|
||
@cindex @file{CUA.el}
|
||
@cindex Storm, Kim. F.
|
||
@vindex org-replace-disputed-keys
|
||
Key bindings in Org conflict with the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys used by CUA mode
|
||
(as well as @code{pc-select-mode} and @code{s-region-mode}) to select and extend the
|
||
region. In fact, Emacs 23 has this built-in in the form of
|
||
@code{shift-selection-mode}, see previous paragraph. If you are using Emacs
|
||
23, you probably don't want to use another package for this purpose. However,
|
||
if you prefer to leave these keys to a different package while working in
|
||
Org mode, configure the variable @code{org-replace-disputed-keys}. When set,
|
||
Org will move the following key bindings in Org files, and in the agenda
|
||
buffer (but not during date selection).
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
S-UP @result{} M-p S-DOWN @result{} M-n
|
||
S-LEFT @result{} M-- S-RIGHT @result{} M-+
|
||
C-S-LEFT @result{} M-S-- C-S-RIGHT @result{} M-S-+
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-disputed-keys
|
||
Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember. If you want
|
||
to have other replacement keys, look at the variable
|
||
@code{org-disputed-keys}.
|
||
|
||
@item @file{ecomplete.el} by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen @email{larsi@@gnus.org}
|
||
@cindex @file{ecomplete.el}
|
||
|
||
Ecomplete provides ``electric'' address completion in address header
|
||
lines in message buffers. Sadly Orgtbl mode cuts ecompletes power
|
||
supply: No completion happens when Orgtbl mode is enabled in message
|
||
buffers while entering text in address header lines. If one wants to
|
||
use ecomplete one should @emph{not} follow the advice to automagically
|
||
turn on Orgtbl mode in message buffers (see @ref{Orgtbl mode}), but
|
||
instead---after filling in the message headers---turn on Orgtbl mode
|
||
manually when needed in the messages body.
|
||
|
||
@item @file{filladapt.el} by Kyle Jones
|
||
@cindex @file{filladapt.el}
|
||
|
||
Org mode tries to do the right thing when filling paragraphs, list items and
|
||
other elements. Many users reported they had problems using both
|
||
@file{filladapt.el} and Org mode, so a safe thing to do is to disable it like
|
||
this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-off-filladapt-mode)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@item @file{yasnippet.el}
|
||
@cindex @file{yasnippet.el}
|
||
The way Org mode binds the @key{TAB} key (binding to @code{[tab]} instead of
|
||
@code{"\t"}) overrules YASnippet's access to this key. The following code
|
||
fixed this problem:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
|
||
(lambda ()
|
||
(org-set-local 'yas/trigger-key [tab])
|
||
(define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field-or-maybe-expand)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The latest version of yasnippet doesn't play well with Org mode. If the
|
||
above code does not fix the conflict, start by defining the following
|
||
function:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(defun yas/org-very-safe-expand ()
|
||
(let ((yas/fallback-behavior 'return-nil)) (yas/expand)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Then, tell Org mode what to do with the new function:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
|
||
(lambda ()
|
||
(make-variable-buffer-local 'yas/trigger-key)
|
||
(setq yas/trigger-key [tab])
|
||
(add-to-list 'org-tab-first-hook 'yas/org-very-safe-expand)
|
||
(define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field)))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@item @file{windmove.el} by Hovav Shacham
|
||
@cindex @file{windmove.el}
|
||
This package also uses the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, so everything written
|
||
in the paragraph above about CUA mode also applies here. If you want make
|
||
the windmove function active in locations where Org mode does not have
|
||
special functionality on @kbd{S-@key{cursor}}, add this to your
|
||
configuration:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
;; Make windmove work in org-mode:
|
||
(add-hook 'org-shiftup-final-hook 'windmove-up)
|
||
(add-hook 'org-shiftleft-final-hook 'windmove-left)
|
||
(add-hook 'org-shiftdown-final-hook 'windmove-down)
|
||
(add-hook 'org-shiftright-final-hook 'windmove-right)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@item @file{viper.el} by Michael Kifer
|
||
@cindex @file{viper.el}
|
||
@kindex C-c /
|
||
Viper uses @kbd{C-c /} and therefore makes this key not access the
|
||
corresponding Org mode command @code{org-sparse-tree}. You need to find
|
||
another key for this command, or override the key in
|
||
@code{viper-vi-global-user-map} with
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(define-key viper-vi-global-user-map "C-c /" 'org-sparse-tree)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node org-crypt, , Interaction, Miscellaneous
|
||
@section org-crypt.el
|
||
@cindex @file{org-crypt.el}
|
||
@cindex @code{org-decrypt-entry}
|
||
|
||
Org-crypt will encrypt the text of an entry, but not the headline, or
|
||
properties. Org-crypt uses the Emacs EasyPG library to encrypt and decrypt
|
||
files.
|
||
|
||
Any text below a headline that has a @samp{:crypt:} tag will be automatically
|
||
be encrypted when the file is saved. If you want to use a different tag just
|
||
customize the @code{org-crypt-tag-matcher} setting.
|
||
|
||
To use org-crypt it is suggested that you have the following in your
|
||
@file{.emacs}:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(require 'org-crypt)
|
||
(org-crypt-use-before-save-magic)
|
||
(setq org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance (quote ("crypt")))
|
||
|
||
(setq org-crypt-key nil)
|
||
;; GPG key to use for encryption
|
||
;; Either the Key ID or set to nil to use symmetric encryption.
|
||
|
||
(setq auto-save-default nil)
|
||
;; Auto-saving does not cooperate with org-crypt.el: so you need
|
||
;; to turn it off if you plan to use org-crypt.el quite often.
|
||
;; Otherwise, you'll get an (annoying) message each time you
|
||
;; start Org.
|
||
|
||
;; To turn it off only locally, you can insert this:
|
||
;;
|
||
;; # -*- buffer-auto-save-file-name: nil; -*-
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Excluding the crypt tag from inheritance prevents already encrypted text
|
||
being encrypted again.
|
||
|
||
@node Hacking, MobileOrg, Miscellaneous, Top
|
||
@appendix Hacking
|
||
@cindex hacking
|
||
|
||
This appendix covers some aspects where users can extend the functionality of
|
||
Org.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Hooks:: How to reach into Org's internals
|
||
* Add-on packages:: Available extensions
|
||
* Adding hyperlink types:: New custom link types
|
||
* Adding export back-ends:: How to write new export back-ends
|
||
* Context-sensitive commands:: How to add functionality to such commands
|
||
* Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for @LaTeX{} and other programs
|
||
* Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks
|
||
* Special agenda views:: Customized views
|
||
* Speeding up your agendas:: Tips on how to speed up your agendas
|
||
* Extracting agenda information:: Post-processing of agenda information
|
||
* Using the property API:: Writing programs that use entry properties
|
||
* Using the mapping API:: Mapping over all or selected entries
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Hooks, Add-on packages, Hacking, Hacking
|
||
@section Hooks
|
||
@cindex hooks
|
||
|
||
Org has a large number of hook variables that can be used to add
|
||
functionality. This appendix about hacking is going to illustrate the
|
||
use of some of them. A complete list of all hooks with documentation is
|
||
maintained by the Worg project and can be found at
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-configs/org-hooks.php}.
|
||
|
||
@node Add-on packages, Adding hyperlink types, Hooks, Hacking
|
||
@section Add-on packages
|
||
@cindex add-on packages
|
||
|
||
A large number of add-on packages have been written by various authors.
|
||
|
||
These packages are not part of Emacs, but they are distributed as contributed
|
||
packages with the separate release available at @uref{http://orgmode.org}.
|
||
See the @file{contrib/README} file in the source code directory for a list of
|
||
contributed files. You may also find some more information on the Worg page:
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/}.
|
||
|
||
@node Adding hyperlink types, Adding export back-ends, Add-on packages, Hacking
|
||
@section Adding hyperlink types
|
||
@cindex hyperlinks, adding new types
|
||
|
||
Org has a large number of hyperlink types built-in
|
||
(@pxref{Hyperlinks}). If you would like to add new link types, Org
|
||
provides an interface for doing so. Let's look at an example file,
|
||
@file{org-man.el}, that will add support for creating links like
|
||
@samp{[[man:printf][The printf manpage]]} to show Unix manual pages inside
|
||
Emacs:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
;;; org-man.el - Support for links to manpages in Org
|
||
|
||
(require 'org)
|
||
|
||
(org-add-link-type "man" 'org-man-open)
|
||
(add-hook 'org-store-link-functions 'org-man-store-link)
|
||
|
||
(defcustom org-man-command 'man
|
||
"The Emacs command to be used to display a man page."
|
||
:group 'org-link
|
||
:type '(choice (const man) (const woman)))
|
||
|
||
(defun org-man-open (path)
|
||
"Visit the manpage on PATH.
|
||
PATH should be a topic that can be thrown at the man command."
|
||
(funcall org-man-command path))
|
||
|
||
(defun org-man-store-link ()
|
||
"Store a link to a manpage."
|
||
(when (memq major-mode '(Man-mode woman-mode))
|
||
;; This is a man page, we do make this link
|
||
(let* ((page (org-man-get-page-name))
|
||
(link (concat "man:" page))
|
||
(description (format "Manpage for %s" page)))
|
||
(org-store-link-props
|
||
:type "man"
|
||
:link link
|
||
:description description))))
|
||
|
||
(defun org-man-get-page-name ()
|
||
"Extract the page name from the buffer name."
|
||
;; This works for both `Man-mode' and `woman-mode'.
|
||
(if (string-match " \\(\\S-+\\)\\*" (buffer-name))
|
||
(match-string 1 (buffer-name))
|
||
(error "Cannot create link to this man page")))
|
||
|
||
(provide 'org-man)
|
||
|
||
;;; org-man.el ends here
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
You would activate this new link type in @file{.emacs} with
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(require 'org-man)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Let's go through the file and see what it does.
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
It does @code{(require 'org)} to make sure that @file{org.el} has been
|
||
loaded.
|
||
@item
|
||
The next line calls @code{org-add-link-type} to define a new link type
|
||
with prefix @samp{man}. The call also contains the name of a function
|
||
that will be called to follow such a link.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-store-link-functions
|
||
The next line adds a function to @code{org-store-link-functions}, in
|
||
order to allow the command @kbd{C-c l} to record a useful link in a
|
||
buffer displaying a man page.
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
The rest of the file defines the necessary variables and functions.
|
||
First there is a customization variable that determines which Emacs
|
||
command should be used to display man pages. There are two options,
|
||
@code{man} and @code{woman}. Then the function to follow a link is
|
||
defined. It gets the link path as an argument---in this case the link
|
||
path is just a topic for the manual command. The function calls the
|
||
value of @code{org-man-command} to display the man page.
|
||
|
||
Finally the function @code{org-man-store-link} is defined. When you try
|
||
to store a link with @kbd{C-c l}, this function will be called to
|
||
try to make a link. The function must first decide if it is supposed to
|
||
create the link for this buffer type; we do this by checking the value
|
||
of the variable @code{major-mode}. If not, the function must exit and
|
||
return the value @code{nil}. If yes, the link is created by getting the
|
||
manual topic from the buffer name and prefixing it with the string
|
||
@samp{man:}. Then it must call the command @code{org-store-link-props}
|
||
and set the @code{:type} and @code{:link} properties. Optionally you
|
||
can also set the @code{:description} property to provide a default for
|
||
the link description when the link is later inserted into an Org
|
||
buffer with @kbd{C-c C-l}.
|
||
|
||
When it makes sense for your new link type, you may also define a function
|
||
@code{org-PREFIX-complete-link} that implements special (e.g., completion)
|
||
support for inserting such a link with @kbd{C-c C-l}. Such a function should
|
||
not accept any arguments, and return the full link with prefix.
|
||
|
||
@node Adding export back-ends, Context-sensitive commands, Adding hyperlink types, Hacking
|
||
@section Adding export back-ends
|
||
@cindex Export, writing back-ends
|
||
|
||
Org 8.0 comes with a completely rewritten export engine which makes it easy
|
||
to write new export back-ends, either from scratch, or from deriving them
|
||
from existing ones.
|
||
|
||
Your two entry points are respectively @code{org-export-define-backend} and
|
||
@code{org-export-define-derived-backend}. To grok these functions, you
|
||
should first have a look at @file{ox-latex.el} (for how to define a new
|
||
back-end from scratch) and @file{ox-beamer.el} (for how to derive a new
|
||
back-end from an existing one.
|
||
|
||
When creating a new back-end from scratch, the basic idea is to set the name
|
||
of the back-end (as a symbol) and an an alist of elements and export
|
||
functions. On top of this, you will need to set additional keywords like
|
||
@code{:menu-entry} (to display the back-end in the export dispatcher),
|
||
@code{:export-block} (to specify what blocks should not be exported by this
|
||
back-end), and @code{:options-alist} (to let the user set export options that
|
||
are specific to this back-end.)
|
||
|
||
Deriving a new back-end is similar, except that you need to set
|
||
@code{:translate-alist} to an alist of export functions that should be used
|
||
instead of the parent back-end functions.
|
||
|
||
For a complete reference documentation, see
|
||
@url{http://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-export-reference.html, the Org Export
|
||
Reference on Worg}.
|
||
|
||
@node Context-sensitive commands, Tables in arbitrary syntax, Adding export back-ends, Hacking
|
||
@section Context-sensitive commands
|
||
@cindex context-sensitive commands, hooks
|
||
@cindex add-ons, context-sensitive commands
|
||
@vindex org-ctrl-c-ctrl-c-hook
|
||
|
||
Org has several commands that act differently depending on context. The most
|
||
important example is the @kbd{C-c C-c} (@pxref{The very busy C-c C-c key}).
|
||
Also the @kbd{M-cursor} and @kbd{M-S-cursor} keys have this property.
|
||
|
||
Add-ons can tap into this functionality by providing a function that detects
|
||
special context for that add-on and executes functionality appropriate for
|
||
the context. Here is an example from Dan Davison's @file{org-R.el} which
|
||
allows you to evaluate commands based on the @file{R} programming language
|
||
@footnote{@file{org-R.el} has been replaced by the Org mode functionality
|
||
described in @ref{Working With Source Code} and is now obsolete.}. For this
|
||
package, special contexts are lines that start with @code{#+R:} or
|
||
@code{#+RR:}.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(defun org-R-apply-maybe ()
|
||
"Detect if this is context for org-R and execute R commands."
|
||
(if (save-excursion
|
||
(beginning-of-line 1)
|
||
(looking-at "#\\+RR?:"))
|
||
(progn (call-interactively 'org-R-apply)
|
||
t) ;; to signal that we took action
|
||
nil)) ;; to signal that we did not
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'org-ctrl-c-ctrl-c-hook 'org-R-apply-maybe)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The function first checks if the cursor is in such a line. If that is the
|
||
case, @code{org-R-apply} is called and the function returns @code{t} to
|
||
signal that action was taken, and @kbd{C-c C-c} will stop looking for other
|
||
contexts. If the function finds it should do nothing locally, it returns
|
||
@code{nil} so that other, similar functions can have a try.
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Tables in arbitrary syntax, Dynamic blocks, Context-sensitive commands, Hacking
|
||
@section Tables and lists in arbitrary syntax
|
||
@cindex tables, in other modes
|
||
@cindex lists, in other modes
|
||
@cindex Orgtbl mode
|
||
|
||
Since Orgtbl mode can be used as a minor mode in arbitrary buffers, a
|
||
frequent feature request has been to make it work with native tables in
|
||
specific languages, for example @LaTeX{}. However, this is extremely
|
||
hard to do in a general way, would lead to a customization nightmare,
|
||
and would take away much of the simplicity of the Orgtbl mode table
|
||
editor.
|
||
|
||
This appendix describes a different approach. We keep the Orgtbl mode
|
||
table in its native format (the @i{source table}), and use a custom
|
||
function to @i{translate} the table to the correct syntax, and to
|
||
@i{install} it in the right location (the @i{target table}). This puts
|
||
the burden of writing conversion functions on the user, but it allows
|
||
for a very flexible system.
|
||
|
||
Bastien added the ability to do the same with lists, in Orgstruct mode. You
|
||
can use Org's facilities to edit and structure lists by turning
|
||
@code{orgstruct-mode} on, then locally exporting such lists in another format
|
||
(HTML, @LaTeX{} or Texinfo.)
|
||
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving radio tables
|
||
* A @LaTeX{} example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial
|
||
* Translator functions:: Copy and modify
|
||
* Radio lists:: Sending and receiving lists
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Radio tables, A @LaTeX{} example, Tables in arbitrary syntax, Tables in arbitrary syntax
|
||
@subsection Radio tables
|
||
@cindex radio tables
|
||
|
||
To define the location of the target table, you first need to create two
|
||
lines that are comments in the current mode, but contain magic words
|
||
@code{BEGIN/END RECEIVE ORGTBL} for Orgtbl mode to find. Orgtbl mode will
|
||
insert the translated table between these lines, replacing whatever was there
|
||
before. For example in C mode where comments are between @code{/* ... */}:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
/* BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
|
||
/* END RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Just above the source table, we put a special line that tells
|
||
Orgtbl mode how to translate this table and where to install it. For
|
||
example:
|
||
@cindex #+ORGTBL
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments...
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@code{table_name} is the reference name for the table that is also used
|
||
in the receiver lines. @code{translation_function} is the Lisp function
|
||
that does the translation. Furthermore, the line can contain a list of
|
||
arguments (alternating key and value) at the end. The arguments will be
|
||
passed as a property list to the translation function for
|
||
interpretation. A few standard parameters are already recognized and
|
||
acted upon before the translation function is called:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :skip N
|
||
Skip the first N lines of the table. Hlines do count as separate lines for
|
||
this parameter!
|
||
|
||
@item :skipcols (n1 n2 ...)
|
||
List of columns that should be skipped. If the table has a column with
|
||
calculation marks, that column is automatically discarded as well.
|
||
Please note that the translator function sees the table @emph{after} the
|
||
removal of these columns, the function never knows that there have been
|
||
additional columns.
|
||
|
||
@item :no-escape t
|
||
When non-@code{nil}, do not escape special characters @code{&%#_^} when exporting
|
||
the table. The default value is @code{nil}.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The one problem remaining is how to keep the source table in the buffer
|
||
without disturbing the normal workings of the file, for example during
|
||
compilation of a C file or processing of a @LaTeX{} file. There are a
|
||
number of different solutions:
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
@item
|
||
The table could be placed in a block comment if that is supported by the
|
||
language. For example, in C mode you could wrap the table between
|
||
@samp{/*} and @samp{*/} lines.
|
||
@item
|
||
Sometimes it is possible to put the table after some kind of @i{END}
|
||
statement, for example @samp{\bye} in @TeX{} and @samp{\end@{document@}}
|
||
in @LaTeX{}.
|
||
@item
|
||
You can just comment the table line-by-line whenever you want to process
|
||
the file, and uncomment it whenever you need to edit the table. This
|
||
only sounds tedious---the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-toggle-comment RET}
|
||
makes this comment-toggling very easy, in particular if you bind it to a
|
||
key.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
@node A @LaTeX{} example, Translator functions, Radio tables, Tables in arbitrary syntax
|
||
@subsection A @LaTeX{} example of radio tables
|
||
@cindex @LaTeX{}, and Orgtbl mode
|
||
|
||
The best way to wrap the source table in @LaTeX{} is to use the
|
||
@code{comment} environment provided by @file{comment.sty}. It has to be
|
||
activated by placing @code{\usepackage@{comment@}} into the document
|
||
header. Orgtbl mode can insert a radio table skeleton@footnote{By
|
||
default this works only for @LaTeX{}, HTML, and Texinfo. Configure the
|
||
variable @code{orgtbl-radio-table-templates} to install templates for other
|
||
modes.} with the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-insert-radio-table RET}. You will
|
||
be prompted for a table name, let's say we use @samp{salesfigures}. You
|
||
will then get the following template:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ORGTBL, SEND
|
||
@example
|
||
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
|
||
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
|
||
\begin@{comment@}
|
||
#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex
|
||
| | |
|
||
\end@{comment@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
@vindex @LaTeX{}-verbatim-environments
|
||
The @code{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line tells Orgtbl mode to use the function
|
||
@code{orgtbl-to-latex} to convert the table into @LaTeX{} and to put it
|
||
into the receiver location with name @code{salesfigures}. You may now
|
||
fill in the table---feel free to use the spreadsheet features@footnote{If
|
||
the @samp{#+TBLFM} line contains an odd number of dollar characters,
|
||
this may cause problems with font-lock in @LaTeX{} mode. As shown in the
|
||
example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside the
|
||
@code{comment} environment that is used to balance the dollar
|
||
expressions. If you are using AUC@TeX{} with the font-latex library, a
|
||
much better solution is to add the @code{comment} environment to the
|
||
variable @code{LaTeX-verbatim-environments}.}:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
|
||
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
|
||
\begin@{comment@}
|
||
#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex
|
||
| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day |
|
||
|-------+------+---------+---------|
|
||
| Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 |
|
||
| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 |
|
||
| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 |
|
||
#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
|
||
% $ (optional extra dollar to keep font-lock happy, see footnote)
|
||
\end@{comment@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
When you are done, press @kbd{C-c C-c} in the table to get the converted
|
||
table inserted between the two marker lines.
|
||
|
||
Now let's assume you want to make the table header by hand, because you
|
||
want to control how columns are aligned, etc. In this case we make sure
|
||
that the table translator skips the first 2 lines of the source
|
||
table, and tell the command to work as a @i{splice}, i.e., to not produce
|
||
header and footer commands of the target table:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
\begin@{tabular@}@{lrrr@}
|
||
Month & \multicolumn@{1@}@{c@}@{Days@} & Nr.\ sold & per day\\
|
||
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
|
||
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
|
||
\end@{tabular@}
|
||
%
|
||
\begin@{comment@}
|
||
#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex :splice t :skip 2
|
||
| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day |
|
||
|-------+------+---------+---------|
|
||
| Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 |
|
||
| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 |
|
||
| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 |
|
||
#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
|
||
\end@{comment@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
The @LaTeX{} translator function @code{orgtbl-to-latex} is already part of
|
||
Orgtbl mode. It uses a @code{tabular} environment to typeset the table
|
||
and marks horizontal lines with @code{\hline}. Furthermore, it
|
||
interprets the following parameters (see also @pxref{Translator functions}):
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item :splice nil/t
|
||
When set to t, return only table body lines, don't wrap them into a
|
||
tabular environment. Default is @code{nil}.
|
||
|
||
@item :fmt fmt
|
||
A format to be used to wrap each field, it should contain @code{%s} for the
|
||
original field value. For example, to wrap each field value in dollars,
|
||
you could use @code{:fmt "$%s$"}. This may also be a property list with
|
||
column numbers and formats, for example @code{:fmt (2 "$%s$" 4 "%s\\%%")}.
|
||
A function of one argument can be used in place of the strings; the
|
||
function must return a formatted string.
|
||
|
||
@item :efmt efmt
|
||
Use this format to print numbers with exponentials. The format should
|
||
have @code{%s} twice for inserting mantissa and exponent, for example
|
||
@code{"%s\\times10^@{%s@}"}. The default is @code{"%s\\,(%s)"}. This
|
||
may also be a property list with column numbers and formats, for example
|
||
@code{:efmt (2 "$%s\\times10^@{%s@}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^@{%s@}$")}. After
|
||
@code{efmt} has been applied to a value, @code{fmt} will also be
|
||
applied. Similar to @code{fmt}, functions of two arguments can be
|
||
supplied instead of strings.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@node Translator functions, Radio lists, A @LaTeX{} example, Tables in arbitrary syntax
|
||
@subsection Translator functions
|
||
@cindex HTML, and Orgtbl mode
|
||
@cindex translator function
|
||
|
||
Orgtbl mode has several translator functions built-in: @code{orgtbl-to-csv}
|
||
(comma-separated values), @code{orgtbl-to-tsv} (TAB-separated values)
|
||
@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-html}, and @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}.
|
||
Except for @code{orgtbl-to-html}@footnote{The HTML translator uses the same
|
||
code that produces tables during HTML export.}, these all use a generic
|
||
translator, @code{orgtbl-to-generic}. For example, @code{orgtbl-to-latex}
|
||
itself is a very short function that computes the column definitions for the
|
||
@code{tabular} environment, defines a few field and line separators and then
|
||
hands processing over to the generic translator. Here is the entire code:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
@group
|
||
(defun orgtbl-to-latex (table params)
|
||
"Convert the Orgtbl mode TABLE to LaTeX."
|
||
(let* ((alignment (mapconcat (lambda (x) (if x "r" "l"))
|
||
org-table-last-alignment ""))
|
||
(params2
|
||
(list
|
||
:tstart (concat "\\begin@{tabular@}@{" alignment "@}")
|
||
:tend "\\end@{tabular@}"
|
||
:lstart "" :lend " \\\\" :sep " & "
|
||
:efmt "%s\\,(%s)" :hline "\\hline")))
|
||
(orgtbl-to-generic table (org-combine-plists params2 params))))
|
||
@end group
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
As you can see, the properties passed into the function (variable
|
||
@var{PARAMS}) are combined with the ones newly defined in the function
|
||
(variable @var{PARAMS2}). The ones passed into the function (i.e., the
|
||
ones set by the @samp{ORGTBL SEND} line) take precedence. So if you
|
||
would like to use the @LaTeX{} translator, but wanted the line endings to
|
||
be @samp{\\[2mm]} instead of the default @samp{\\}, you could just
|
||
overrule the default with
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-latex :lend " \\\\[2mm]"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
For a new language, you can either write your own converter function in
|
||
analogy with the @LaTeX{} translator, or you can use the generic function
|
||
directly. For example, if you have a language where a table is started
|
||
with @samp{!BTBL!}, ended with @samp{!ETBL!}, and where table lines are
|
||
started with @samp{!BL!}, ended with @samp{!EL!}, and where the field
|
||
separator is a TAB, you could call the generic translator like this (on
|
||
a single line!):
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-generic :tstart "!BTBL!" :tend "!ETBL!"
|
||
:lstart "!BL! " :lend " !EL!" :sep "\t"
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Please check the documentation string of the function
|
||
@code{orgtbl-to-generic} for a full list of parameters understood by
|
||
that function, and remember that you can pass each of them into
|
||
@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, and any other function
|
||
using the generic function.
|
||
|
||
Of course you can also write a completely new function doing complicated
|
||
things the generic translator cannot do. A translator function takes
|
||
two arguments. The first argument is the table, a list of lines, each
|
||
line either the symbol @code{hline} or a list of fields. The second
|
||
argument is the property list containing all parameters specified in the
|
||
@samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line. The function must return a single string
|
||
containing the formatted table. If you write a generally useful
|
||
translator, please post it on @email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org} so that
|
||
others can benefit from your work.
|
||
|
||
@node Radio lists, , Translator functions, Tables in arbitrary syntax
|
||
@subsection Radio lists
|
||
@cindex radio lists
|
||
@cindex org-list-insert-radio-list
|
||
|
||
Sending and receiving radio lists works exactly the same way as sending and
|
||
receiving radio tables (@pxref{Radio tables}). As for radio tables, you can
|
||
insert radio list templates in HTML, @LaTeX{} and Texinfo modes by calling
|
||
@code{org-list-insert-radio-list}.
|
||
|
||
Here are the differences with radio tables:
|
||
|
||
@itemize @minus
|
||
@item
|
||
Orgstruct mode must be active.
|
||
@item
|
||
Use the @code{ORGLST} keyword instead of @code{ORGTBL}.
|
||
@item
|
||
The available translation functions for radio lists don't take
|
||
parameters.
|
||
@item
|
||
@kbd{C-c C-c} will work when pressed on the first item of the list.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
Here is a @LaTeX{} example. Let's say that you have this in your
|
||
@LaTeX{} file:
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+ORGLST
|
||
@example
|
||
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGLST to-buy
|
||
% END RECEIVE ORGLST to-buy
|
||
\begin@{comment@}
|
||
#+ORGLST: SEND to-buy org-list-to-latex
|
||
- a new house
|
||
- a new computer
|
||
+ a new keyboard
|
||
+ a new mouse
|
||
- a new life
|
||
\end@{comment@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} on @code{a new house} and will insert the converted
|
||
@LaTeX{} list between the two marker lines.
|
||
|
||
@node Dynamic blocks, Special agenda views, Tables in arbitrary syntax, Hacking
|
||
@section Dynamic blocks
|
||
@cindex dynamic blocks
|
||
|
||
Org documents can contain @emph{dynamic blocks}. These are
|
||
specially marked regions that are updated by some user-written function.
|
||
A good example for such a block is the clock table inserted by the
|
||
command @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} (@pxref{Clocking work time}).
|
||
|
||
Dynamic blocks are enclosed by a BEGIN-END structure that assigns a name
|
||
to the block and can also specify parameters for the function producing
|
||
the content of the block.
|
||
|
||
@cindex #+BEGIN:dynamic block
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: myblock :parameter1 value1 :parameter2 value2 ...
|
||
|
||
#+END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
Dynamic blocks are updated with the following commands
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@orgcmd{C-c C-x C-u,org-dblock-update}
|
||
Update dynamic block at point.
|
||
@orgkey{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
|
||
Update all dynamic blocks in the current file.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Updating a dynamic block means to remove all the text between BEGIN and
|
||
END, parse the BEGIN line for parameters and then call the specific
|
||
writer function for this block to insert the new content. If you want
|
||
to use the original content in the writer function, you can use the
|
||
extra parameter @code{:content}.
|
||
|
||
For a block with name @code{myblock}, the writer function is
|
||
@code{org-dblock-write:myblock} with as only parameter a property list
|
||
with the parameters given in the begin line. Here is a trivial example
|
||
of a block that keeps track of when the block update function was last
|
||
run:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#+BEGIN: block-update-time :format "on %m/%d/%Y at %H:%M"
|
||
|
||
#+END:
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The corresponding block writer function could look like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(defun org-dblock-write:block-update-time (params)
|
||
(let ((fmt (or (plist-get params :format) "%d. %m. %Y")))
|
||
(insert "Last block update at: "
|
||
(format-time-string fmt))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
If you want to make sure that all dynamic blocks are always up-to-date,
|
||
you could add the function @code{org-update-all-dblocks} to a hook, for
|
||
example @code{before-save-hook}. @code{org-update-all-dblocks} is
|
||
written in a way such that it does nothing in buffers that are not in
|
||
@code{org-mode}.
|
||
|
||
You can narrow the current buffer to the current dynamic block (like any
|
||
other block) with @code{org-narrow-to-block}.
|
||
|
||
@node Special agenda views, Speeding up your agendas, Dynamic blocks, Hacking
|
||
@section Special agenda views
|
||
@cindex agenda views, user-defined
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function-global
|
||
Org provides a special hook that can be used to narrow down the selection
|
||
made by these agenda views: @code{agenda}, @code{agenda*}@footnote{The
|
||
@code{agenda*} view is the same than @code{agenda} except that it only
|
||
considers @emph{appointments}, i.e., scheduled and deadline items that have a
|
||
time specification @code{[h]h:mm} in their time-stamps.}, @code{todo},
|
||
@code{alltodo}, @code{tags}, @code{tags-todo}, @code{tags-tree}. You may
|
||
specify a function that is used at each match to verify if the match should
|
||
indeed be part of the agenda view, and if not, how much should be skipped.
|
||
You can specify a global condition that will be applied to all agenda views,
|
||
this condition would be stored in the variable
|
||
@code{org-agenda-skip-function-global}. More commonly, such a definition is
|
||
applied only to specific custom searches, using
|
||
@code{org-agenda-skip-function}.
|
||
|
||
Let's say you want to produce a list of projects that contain a WAITING
|
||
tag anywhere in the project tree. Let's further assume that you have
|
||
marked all tree headings that define a project with the TODO keyword
|
||
PROJECT@. In this case you would run a TODO search for the keyword
|
||
PROJECT, but skip the match unless there is a WAITING tag anywhere in
|
||
the subtree belonging to the project line.
|
||
|
||
To achieve this, you must write a function that searches the subtree for
|
||
the tag. If the tag is found, the function must return @code{nil} to
|
||
indicate that this match should not be skipped. If there is no such
|
||
tag, return the location of the end of the subtree, to indicate that
|
||
search should continue from there.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(defun my-skip-unless-waiting ()
|
||
"Skip trees that are not waiting"
|
||
(let ((subtree-end (save-excursion (org-end-of-subtree t))))
|
||
(if (re-search-forward ":waiting:" subtree-end t)
|
||
nil ; tag found, do not skip
|
||
subtree-end))) ; tag not found, continue after end of subtree
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Now you may use this function in an agenda custom command, for example
|
||
like this:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(org-add-agenda-custom-command
|
||
'("b" todo "PROJECT"
|
||
((org-agenda-skip-function 'my-skip-unless-waiting)
|
||
(org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: "))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-overriding-header
|
||
Note that this also binds @code{org-agenda-overriding-header} to get a
|
||
meaningful header in the agenda view.
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-odd-levels-only
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
|
||
A general way to create custom searches is to base them on a search for
|
||
entries with a certain level limit. If you want to study all entries with
|
||
your custom search function, simply do a search for
|
||
@samp{LEVEL>0}@footnote{Note that, when using @code{org-odd-levels-only}, a
|
||
level number corresponds to order in the hierarchy, not to the number of
|
||
stars.}, and then use @code{org-agenda-skip-function} to select the entries
|
||
you really want to have.
|
||
|
||
You may also put a Lisp form into @code{org-agenda-skip-function}. In
|
||
particular, you may use the functions @code{org-agenda-skip-entry-if}
|
||
and @code{org-agenda-skip-subtree-if} in this form, for example:
|
||
|
||
@table @code
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled)
|
||
Skip current entry if it has been scheduled.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notscheduled)
|
||
Skip current entry if it has not been scheduled.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'deadline)
|
||
Skip current entry if it has a deadline.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled 'deadline)
|
||
Skip current entry if it has a deadline, or if it is scheduled.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo '("TODO" "WAITING"))
|
||
Skip current entry if the TODO keyword is TODO or WAITING.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo 'done)
|
||
Skip current entry if the TODO keyword marks a DONE state.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'timestamp)
|
||
Skip current entry if it has any timestamp, may also be deadline or scheduled.
|
||
@anchor{x-agenda-skip-entry-regexp}
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'regexp "regular expression")
|
||
Skip current entry if the regular expression matches in the entry.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notregexp "regular expression")
|
||
Skip current entry unless the regular expression matches.
|
||
@item (org-agenda-skip-subtree-if 'regexp "regular expression")
|
||
Same as above, but check and skip the entire subtree.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
Therefore we could also have written the search for WAITING projects
|
||
like this, even without defining a special function:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(org-add-agenda-custom-command
|
||
'("b" todo "PROJECT"
|
||
((org-agenda-skip-function '(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if
|
||
'regexp ":waiting:"))
|
||
(org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: "))))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node Speeding up your agendas, Extracting agenda information, Special agenda views, Hacking
|
||
@section Speeding up your agendas
|
||
@cindex agenda views, optimization
|
||
|
||
When your Org files grow in both number and size, agenda commands may start
|
||
to become slow. Below are some tips on how to speed up the agenda commands.
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
Reduce the number of Org agenda files: this will reduce the slowness caused
|
||
by accessing a hard drive.
|
||
@item
|
||
Reduce the number of DONE and archived headlines: this way the agenda does
|
||
not need to skip them.
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
|
||
Inhibit the dimming of blocked tasks:
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks nil)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-startup-folded
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-inhibit-startup
|
||
Inhibit agenda files startup options:
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-inhibit-startup nil)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@item
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance
|
||
Disable tag inheritance in agenda:
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance nil)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
You can set these options for specific agenda views only. See the docstrings
|
||
of these variables for details on why they affect the agenda generation, and
|
||
this @uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/agenda-optimization.html, dedicated Worg
|
||
page} for further explanations.
|
||
|
||
@node Extracting agenda information, Using the property API, Speeding up your agendas, Hacking
|
||
@section Extracting agenda information
|
||
@cindex agenda, pipe
|
||
@cindex Scripts, for agenda processing
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
|
||
Org provides commands to access agenda information for the command
|
||
line in Emacs batch mode. This extracted information can be sent
|
||
directly to a printer, or it can be read by a program that does further
|
||
processing of the data. The first of these commands is the function
|
||
@code{org-batch-agenda}, that produces an agenda view and sends it as
|
||
ASCII text to STDOUT@. The command takes a single string as parameter.
|
||
If the string has length 1, it is used as a key to one of the commands
|
||
you have configured in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}, basically any
|
||
key you can use after @kbd{C-c a}. For example, to directly print the
|
||
current TODO list, you could use
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda "t")' | lpr
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
If the parameter is a string with 2 or more characters, it is used as a
|
||
tags/TODO match string. For example, to print your local shopping list
|
||
(all items with the tag @samp{shop}, but excluding the tag
|
||
@samp{NewYork}), you could use
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \
|
||
-eval '(org-batch-agenda "+shop-NewYork")' | lpr
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
You may also modify parameters on the fly like this:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \
|
||
-eval '(org-batch-agenda "a" \
|
||
org-agenda-span (quote month) \
|
||
org-agenda-include-diary nil \
|
||
org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
|
||
| lpr
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
which will produce a 30-day agenda, fully restricted to the Org file
|
||
@file{~/org/projects.org}, not even including the diary.
|
||
|
||
If you want to process the agenda data in more sophisticated ways, you
|
||
can use the command @code{org-batch-agenda-csv} to get a comma-separated
|
||
list of values for each agenda item. Each line in the output will
|
||
contain a number of fields separated by commas. The fields in a line
|
||
are:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
category @r{The category of the item}
|
||
head @r{The headline, without TODO keyword, TAGS and PRIORITY}
|
||
type @r{The type of the agenda entry, can be}
|
||
todo @r{selected in TODO match}
|
||
tagsmatch @r{selected in tags match}
|
||
diary @r{imported from diary}
|
||
deadline @r{a deadline}
|
||
scheduled @r{scheduled}
|
||
timestamp @r{appointment, selected by timestamp}
|
||
closed @r{entry was closed on date}
|
||
upcoming-deadline @r{warning about nearing deadline}
|
||
past-scheduled @r{forwarded scheduled item}
|
||
block @r{entry has date block including date}
|
||
todo @r{The TODO keyword, if any}
|
||
tags @r{All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons}
|
||
date @r{The relevant date, like 2007-2-14}
|
||
time @r{The time, like 15:00-16:50}
|
||
extra @r{String with extra planning info}
|
||
priority-l @r{The priority letter if any was given}
|
||
priority-n @r{The computed numerical priority}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@noindent
|
||
Time and date will only be given if a timestamp (or deadline/scheduled)
|
||
led to the selection of the item.
|
||
|
||
A CSV list like this is very easy to use in a post-processing script.
|
||
For example, here is a Perl program that gets the TODO list from
|
||
Emacs/Org and prints all the items, preceded by a checkbox:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
#!/usr/bin/perl
|
||
|
||
# define the Emacs command to run
|
||
$cmd = "emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda-csv \"t\")'";
|
||
|
||
# run it and capture the output
|
||
$agenda = qx@{$cmd 2>/dev/null@};
|
||
|
||
# loop over all lines
|
||
foreach $line (split(/\n/,$agenda)) @{
|
||
# get the individual values
|
||
($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra,
|
||
$priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line);
|
||
# process and print
|
||
print "[ ] $head\n";
|
||
@}
|
||
@end example
|
||
|
||
@node Using the property API, Using the mapping API, Extracting agenda information, Hacking
|
||
@section Using the property API
|
||
@cindex API, for properties
|
||
@cindex properties, API
|
||
|
||
Here is a description of the functions that can be used to work with
|
||
properties.
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-properties &optional pom which
|
||
Get all properties of the entry at point-or-marker POM.@*
|
||
This includes the TODO keyword, the tags, time strings for deadline,
|
||
scheduled, and clocking, and any additional properties defined in the
|
||
entry. The return value is an alist. Keys may occur multiple times
|
||
if the property key was used several times.@*
|
||
POM may also be @code{nil}, in which case the current entry is used.
|
||
If WHICH is @code{nil} or @code{all}, get all properties. If WHICH is
|
||
@code{special} or @code{standard}, only get that subclass.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
|
||
@findex org-insert-property-drawer
|
||
@defun org-entry-get pom property &optional inherit
|
||
Get value of @code{PROPERTY} for entry at point-or-marker @code{POM}@. By default,
|
||
this only looks at properties defined locally in the entry. If @code{INHERIT}
|
||
is non-@code{nil} and the entry does not have the property, then also check
|
||
higher levels of the hierarchy. If @code{INHERIT} is the symbol
|
||
@code{selective}, use inheritance if and only if the setting of
|
||
@code{org-use-property-inheritance} selects @code{PROPERTY} for inheritance.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-delete pom property
|
||
Delete the property @code{PROPERTY} from entry at point-or-marker POM.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-put pom property value
|
||
Set @code{PROPERTY} to @code{VALUE} for entry at point-or-marker POM.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-buffer-property-keys &optional include-specials
|
||
Get all property keys in the current buffer.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-insert-property-drawer
|
||
Insert a property drawer for the current entry. Also
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-put-multivalued-property pom property &rest values
|
||
Set @code{PROPERTY} at point-or-marker @code{POM} to @code{VALUES}@.
|
||
@code{VALUES} should be a list of strings. They will be concatenated, with
|
||
spaces as separators.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-get-multivalued-property pom property
|
||
Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
|
||
list of values and return the values as a list of strings.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-add-to-multivalued-property pom property value
|
||
Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
|
||
list of values and make sure that @code{VALUE} is in this list.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-remove-from-multivalued-property pom property value
|
||
Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
|
||
list of values and make sure that @code{VALUE} is @emph{not} in this list.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-entry-member-in-multivalued-property pom property value
|
||
Treat the value of the property @code{PROPERTY} as a whitespace-separated
|
||
list of values and check if @code{VALUE} is in this list.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defopt org-property-allowed-value-functions
|
||
Hook for functions supplying allowed values for a specific property.
|
||
The functions must take a single argument, the name of the property, and
|
||
return a flat list of allowed values. If @samp{:ETC} is one of
|
||
the values, use the values as completion help, but allow also other values
|
||
to be entered. The functions must return @code{nil} if they are not
|
||
responsible for this property.
|
||
@end defopt
|
||
|
||
@node Using the mapping API, , Using the property API, Hacking
|
||
@section Using the mapping API
|
||
@cindex API, for mapping
|
||
@cindex mapping entries, API
|
||
|
||
Org has sophisticated mapping capabilities to find all entries satisfying
|
||
certain criteria. Internally, this functionality is used to produce agenda
|
||
views, but there is also an API that can be used to execute arbitrary
|
||
functions for each or selected entries. The main entry point for this API
|
||
is:
|
||
|
||
@defun org-map-entries func &optional match scope &rest skip
|
||
Call @code{FUNC} at each headline selected by @code{MATCH} in @code{SCOPE}.
|
||
|
||
@code{FUNC} is a function or a Lisp form. The function will be called
|
||
without arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the
|
||
headline. The return values of all calls to the function will be collected
|
||
and returned as a list.
|
||
|
||
The call to @code{FUNC} will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so
|
||
@code{FUNC} does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor
|
||
will be moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
|
||
processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some circumstances,
|
||
this may not produce the wanted results. For example, if you have removed
|
||
(e.g., archived) the current (sub)tree it could mean that the next entry will
|
||
be skipped entirely. In such cases, you can specify the position from where
|
||
search should continue by making @code{FUNC} set the variable
|
||
@code{org-map-continue-from} to the desired buffer position.
|
||
|
||
@code{MATCH} is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda match
|
||
view. Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered
|
||
during the iteration. When @code{MATCH} is @code{nil} or @code{t}, all
|
||
headlines will be visited by the iteration.
|
||
|
||
@code{SCOPE} determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
|
||
|
||
@example
|
||
nil @r{the current buffer, respecting the restriction if any}
|
||
tree @r{the subtree started with the entry at point}
|
||
region @r{The entries within the active region, if any}
|
||
file @r{the current buffer, without restriction}
|
||
file-with-archives
|
||
@r{the current buffer, and any archives associated with it}
|
||
agenda @r{all agenda files}
|
||
agenda-with-archives
|
||
@r{all agenda files with any archive files associated with them}
|
||
(file1 file2 ...)
|
||
@r{if this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@noindent
|
||
The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
|
||
the scanner. The following items can be given here:
|
||
|
||
@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
|
||
@example
|
||
archive @r{skip trees with the archive tag}
|
||
comment @r{skip trees with the COMMENT keyword}
|
||
function or Lisp form
|
||
@r{will be used as value for @code{org-agenda-skip-function},}
|
||
@r{so whenever the function returns t, FUNC}
|
||
@r{will not be called for that entry and search will}
|
||
@r{continue from the point where the function leaves it}
|
||
@end example
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
The function given to that mapping routine can really do anything you like.
|
||
It can use the property API (@pxref{Using the property API}) to gather more
|
||
information about the entry, or in order to change metadata in the entry.
|
||
Here are a couple of functions that might be handy:
|
||
|
||
@defun org-todo &optional arg
|
||
Change the TODO state of the entry. See the docstring of the functions for
|
||
the many possible values for the argument @code{ARG}.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-priority &optional action
|
||
Change the priority of the entry. See the docstring of this function for the
|
||
possible values for @code{ACTION}.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-toggle-tag tag &optional onoff
|
||
Toggle the tag @code{TAG} in the current entry. Setting @code{ONOFF} to
|
||
either @code{on} or @code{off} will not toggle tag, but ensure that it is
|
||
either on or off.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-promote
|
||
Promote the current entry.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
@defun org-demote
|
||
Demote the current entry.
|
||
@end defun
|
||
|
||
Here is a simple example that will turn all entries in the current file with
|
||
a tag @code{TOMORROW} into TODO entries with the keyword @code{UPCOMING}.
|
||
Entries in comment trees and in archive trees will be ignored.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(org-map-entries
|
||
'(org-todo "UPCOMING")
|
||
"+TOMORROW" 'file 'archive 'comment)
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
The following example counts the number of entries with TODO keyword
|
||
@code{WAITING}, in all agenda files.
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(length (org-map-entries t "/+WAITING" 'agenda))
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
@node MobileOrg, History and Acknowledgments, Hacking, Top
|
||
@appendix MobileOrg
|
||
@cindex iPhone
|
||
@cindex MobileOrg
|
||
|
||
@i{MobileOrg} is the name of the mobile companion app for Org mode, currently
|
||
available for iOS and for Android. @i{MobileOrg} offers offline viewing and
|
||
capture support for an Org mode system rooted on a ``real'' computer. It
|
||
does also allow you to record changes to existing entries. The
|
||
@uref{https://github.com/MobileOrg/, iOS implementation} for the
|
||
@i{iPhone/iPod Touch/iPad} series of devices, was started by Richard Moreland
|
||
and is now in the hands Sean Escriva. Android users should check out
|
||
@uref{http://wiki.github.com/matburt/mobileorg-android/, MobileOrg Android}
|
||
by Matt Jones. The two implementations are not identical but offer similar
|
||
features.
|
||
|
||
This appendix describes the support Org has for creating agenda views in a
|
||
format that can be displayed by @i{MobileOrg}, and for integrating notes
|
||
captured and changes made by @i{MobileOrg} into the main system.
|
||
|
||
For changing tags and TODO states in MobileOrg, you should have set up the
|
||
customization variables @code{org-todo-keywords} and @code{org-tag-alist} to
|
||
cover all important tags and TODO keywords, even if individual files use only
|
||
part of these. MobileOrg will also offer you states and tags set up with
|
||
in-buffer settings, but it will understand the logistics of TODO state
|
||
@i{sets} (@pxref{Per-file keywords}) and @i{mutually exclusive} tags
|
||
(@pxref{Setting tags}) only for those set in these variables.
|
||
|
||
@menu
|
||
* Setting up the staging area:: Where to interact with the mobile device
|
||
* Pushing to MobileOrg:: Uploading Org files and agendas
|
||
* Pulling from MobileOrg:: Integrating captured and flagged items
|
||
@end menu
|
||
|
||
@node Setting up the staging area, Pushing to MobileOrg, MobileOrg, MobileOrg
|
||
@section Setting up the staging area
|
||
|
||
MobileOrg needs to interact with Emacs through a directory on a server. If you
|
||
are using a public server, you should consider to encrypt the files that are
|
||
uploaded to the server. This can be done with Org mode 7.02 and with
|
||
@i{MobileOrg 1.5} (iPhone version), and you need an @file{openssl}
|
||
installation on your system. To turn on encryption, set a password in
|
||
@i{MobileOrg} and, on the Emacs side, configure the variable
|
||
@code{org-mobile-use-encryption}@footnote{If you can safely store the
|
||
password in your Emacs setup, you might also want to configure
|
||
@code{org-mobile-encryption-password}. Please read the docstring of that
|
||
variable. Note that encryption will apply only to the contents of the
|
||
@file{.org} files. The file names themselves will remain visible.}.
|
||
|
||
The easiest way to create that directory is to use a free
|
||
@uref{http://dropbox.com,Dropbox.com} account@footnote{If you cannot use
|
||
Dropbox, or if your version of MobileOrg does not support it, you can use a
|
||
webdav server. For more information, check out the documentation of MobileOrg and also this
|
||
@uref{http://orgmode.org/worg/org-faq.html#mobileorg_webdav, FAQ entry}.}.
|
||
When MobileOrg first connects to your Dropbox, it will create a directory
|
||
@i{MobileOrg} inside the Dropbox. After the directory has been created, tell
|
||
Emacs about it:
|
||
|
||
@lisp
|
||
(setq org-mobile-directory "~/Dropbox/MobileOrg")
|
||
@end lisp
|
||
|
||
Org mode has commands to put files for @i{MobileOrg} into that directory,
|
||
and to read captured notes from there.
|
||
|
||
@node Pushing to MobileOrg, Pulling from MobileOrg, Setting up the staging area, MobileOrg
|
||
@section Pushing to MobileOrg
|
||
|
||
This operation copies all files currently listed in @code{org-mobile-files}
|
||
to the directory @code{org-mobile-directory}. By default this list contains
|
||
all agenda files (as listed in @code{org-agenda-files}), but additional files
|
||
can be included by customizing @code{org-mobile-files}. File names will be
|
||
staged with paths relative to @code{org-directory}, so all files should be
|
||
inside this directory@footnote{Symbolic links in @code{org-directory} need to
|
||
have the same name than their targets.}.
|
||
|
||
The push operation also creates a special Org file @file{agendas.org} with
|
||
all custom agenda view defined by the user@footnote{While creating the
|
||
agendas, Org mode will force ID properties on all referenced entries, so that
|
||
these entries can be uniquely identified if @i{MobileOrg} flags them for
|
||
further action. If you do not want to get these properties in so many
|
||
entries, you can set the variable @code{org-mobile-force-id-on-agenda-items}
|
||
to @code{nil}. Org mode will then rely on outline paths, in the hope that
|
||
these will be unique enough.}.
|
||
|
||
Finally, Org writes the file @file{index.org}, containing links to all other
|
||
files. @i{MobileOrg} first reads this file from the server, and then
|
||
downloads all agendas and Org files listed in it. To speed up the download,
|
||
MobileOrg will only read files whose checksums@footnote{Checksums are stored
|
||
automatically in the file @file{checksums.dat}} have changed.
|
||
|
||
@node Pulling from MobileOrg, , Pushing to MobileOrg, MobileOrg
|
||
@section Pulling from MobileOrg
|
||
|
||
When @i{MobileOrg} synchronizes with the server, it not only pulls the Org
|
||
files for viewing. It also appends captured entries and pointers to flagged
|
||
and changed entries to the file @file{mobileorg.org} on the server. Org has
|
||
a @emph{pull} operation that integrates this information into an inbox file
|
||
and operates on the pointers to flagged entries. Here is how it works:
|
||
|
||
@enumerate
|
||
@item
|
||
Org moves all entries found in
|
||
@file{mobileorg.org}@footnote{@file{mobileorg.org} will be empty after this
|
||
operation.} and appends them to the file pointed to by the variable
|
||
@code{org-mobile-inbox-for-pull}. Each captured entry and each editing event
|
||
will be a top-level entry in the inbox file.
|
||
@item
|
||
After moving the entries, Org will attempt to implement the changes made in
|
||
@i{MobileOrg}. Some changes are applied directly and without user
|
||
interaction. Examples are all changes to tags, TODO state, headline and body
|
||
text that can be cleanly applied. Entries that have been flagged for further
|
||
action will receive a tag @code{:FLAGGED:}, so that they can be easily found
|
||
again. When there is a problem finding an entry or applying the change, the
|
||
pointer entry will remain in the inbox and will be marked with an error
|
||
message. You need to later resolve these issues by hand.
|
||
@item
|
||
Org will then generate an agenda view with all flagged entries. The user
|
||
should then go through these entries and do whatever actions are necessary.
|
||
If a note has been stored while flagging an entry in @i{MobileOrg}, that note
|
||
will be displayed in the echo area when the cursor is on the corresponding
|
||
agenda line.
|
||
|
||
@table @kbd
|
||
@kindex ?
|
||
@item ?
|
||
Pressing @kbd{?} in that special agenda will display the full flagging note in
|
||
another window and also push it onto the kill ring. So you could use @kbd{?
|
||
z C-y C-c C-c} to store that flagging note as a normal note in the entry.
|
||
Pressing @kbd{?} twice in succession will offer to remove the
|
||
@code{:FLAGGED:} tag along with the recorded flagging note (which is stored
|
||
in a property). In this way you indicate that the intended processing for
|
||
this flagged entry is finished.
|
||
@end table
|
||
@end enumerate
|
||
|
||
@kindex C-c a ?
|
||
If you are not able to process all flagged entries directly, you can always
|
||
return to this agenda view@footnote{Note, however, that there is a subtle
|
||
difference. The view created automatically by @kbd{M-x org-mobile-pull RET}
|
||
is guaranteed to search all files that have been addressed by the last pull.
|
||
This might include a file that is not currently in your list of agenda files.
|
||
If you later use @kbd{C-c a ?} to regenerate the view, only the current
|
||
agenda files will be searched.} using @kbd{C-c a ?}.
|
||
|
||
@node History and Acknowledgments, GNU Free Documentation License, MobileOrg, Top
|
||
@appendix History and acknowledgments
|
||
@cindex acknowledgments
|
||
@cindex history
|
||
@cindex thanks
|
||
|
||
@section From Carsten
|
||
|
||
Org was born in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface of the Emacs
|
||
Outline mode. I was trying to organize my notes and projects, and using
|
||
Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go. However, having to remember eleven
|
||
different commands with two or three keys per command, only to hide and show
|
||
parts of the outline tree, that seemed entirely unacceptable to me. Also,
|
||
when using outlines to take notes, I constantly wanted to restructure the
|
||
tree, organizing it parallel to my thoughts and plans. @emph{Visibility
|
||
cycling} and @emph{structure editing} were originally implemented in the
|
||
package @file{outline-magic.el}, but quickly moved to the more general
|
||
@file{org.el}. As this environment became comfortable for project planning,
|
||
the next step was adding @emph{TODO entries}, basic @emph{timestamps}, and
|
||
@emph{table support}. These areas highlighted the two main goals that Org
|
||
still has today: to be a new, outline-based, plain text mode with innovative
|
||
and intuitive editing features, and to incorporate project planning
|
||
functionality directly into a notes file.
|
||
|
||
Since the first release, literally thousands of emails to me or to
|
||
@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org} have provided a constant stream of bug
|
||
reports, feedback, new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code.
|
||
Many thanks to everyone who has helped to improve this package. I am
|
||
trying to keep here a list of the people who had significant influence
|
||
in shaping one or more aspects of Org. The list may not be
|
||
complete, if I have forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and
|
||
let me know.
|
||
|
||
Before I get to this list, a few special mentions are in order:
|
||
|
||
@table @i
|
||
@item Bastien Guerry
|
||
Bastien has written a large number of extensions to Org (most of them
|
||
integrated into the core by now), including the @LaTeX{} exporter and the plain
|
||
list parser. His support during the early days, when he basically acted as
|
||
co-maintainer, was central to the success of this project. Bastien also
|
||
invented Worg, helped establishing the Web presence of Org, and sponsored
|
||
hosting costs for the orgmode.org website.
|
||
@item Eric Schulte and Dan Davison
|
||
Eric and Dan are jointly responsible for the Org-babel system, which turns
|
||
Org into a multi-language environment for evaluating code and doing literate
|
||
programming and reproducible research.
|
||
@item John Wiegley
|
||
John has contributed a number of great ideas and patches directly to Org,
|
||
including the attachment system (@file{org-attach.el}), integration with
|
||
Apple Mail (@file{org-mac-message.el}), hierarchical dependencies of TODO
|
||
items, habit tracking (@file{org-habits.el}), and encryption
|
||
(@file{org-crypt.el}). Also, the capture system is really an extended copy
|
||
of his great @file{remember.el}.
|
||
@item Sebastian Rose
|
||
Without Sebastian, the HTML/XHTML publishing of Org would be the pitiful work
|
||
of an ignorant amateur. Sebastian has pushed this part of Org onto a much
|
||
higher level. He also wrote @file{org-info.js}, a Java script for displaying
|
||
web pages derived from Org using an Info-like or a folding interface with
|
||
single-key navigation.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
@noindent See below for the full list of contributions! Again, please
|
||
let me know what I am missing here!
|
||
|
||
@section From Bastien
|
||
|
||
I (Bastien) have been maintaining Org since January 2011. This appendix
|
||
would not be complete without adding a few more acknowledgements and thanks
|
||
to Carsten's ones above.
|
||
|
||
I am first grateful to Carsten for his trust while handing me over the
|
||
maintainership of Org. His unremitting support is what really helped me
|
||
getting more confident over time, with both the community and the code.
|
||
|
||
When I took over maintainership, I knew I would have to make Org more
|
||
collaborative than ever, as I would have to rely on people that are more
|
||
knowledgeable than I am on many parts of the code. Here is a list of the
|
||
persons I could rely on, they should really be considered co-maintainers,
|
||
either of the code or the community:
|
||
|
||
@table @i
|
||
@item Eric Schulte
|
||
Eric is maintaining the Babel parts of Org. His reactivity here kept me away
|
||
from worrying about possible bugs here and let me focus on other parts.
|
||
|
||
@item Nicolas Goaziou
|
||
Nicolas is maintaining the consistency of the deepest parts of Org. His
|
||
work on @file{org-element.el} and @file{ox.el} has been outstanding, and
|
||
opened the doors for many new ideas and features. He rewrote many of the
|
||
old exporters to use the new export engine, and helped with documenting
|
||
this major change. More importantly (if that's possible), he has been more
|
||
than reliable during all the work done for Org 8.0, and always very
|
||
reactive on the mailing list.
|
||
|
||
@item Achim Gratz
|
||
Achim rewrote the building process of Org, turning some @emph{ad hoc} tools
|
||
into a flexible and conceptually clean process. He patiently coped with the
|
||
many hiccups that such a change can create for users.
|
||
|
||
@item Nick Dokos
|
||
The Org mode mailing list would not be such a nice place without Nick, who
|
||
patiently helped users so many times. It is impossible to overestimate such
|
||
a great help, and the list would not be so active without him.
|
||
@end table
|
||
|
||
I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to be
|
||
fair when shortlisting a few of them, but Org's history would not be
|
||
complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual.
|
||
|
||
@section List of contributions
|
||
|
||
@itemize @bullet
|
||
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Russel Adams} came up with the idea for drawers.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Suvayu Ali} has steadily helped on the mailing list, providing useful
|
||
feedback on many features and several patches.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Luis Anaya} wrote @file{ox-man.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Thomas Baumann} wrote @file{org-bbdb.el} and @file{org-mhe.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Michael Brand} helped by reporting many bugs and testing many features.
|
||
He also implemented the distinction between empty fields and 0-value fields
|
||
in Org's spreadsheets.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Christophe Bataillon} created the great unicorn logo that we use on the
|
||
Org mode website.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Alex Bochannek} provided a patch for rounding timestamps.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jan Böcker} wrote @file{org-docview.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Brad Bozarth} showed how to pull RSS feed data into Org mode files.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Tom Breton} wrote @file{org-choose.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Charles Cave}'s suggestion sparked the implementation of templates
|
||
for Remember, which are now templates for capture.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Pavel Chalmoviansky} influenced the agenda treatment of items with
|
||
specified time.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Gregory Chernov} patched support for Lisp forms into table
|
||
calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by porting
|
||
@file{nouline.el} to XEmacs.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Sacha Chua} suggested copying some linking code from Planner.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Toby S. Cubitt} contributed to the code for clock formats.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Baoqiu Cui} contributed the DocBook exporter. It has been deleted from
|
||
Org 8.0: you can now export to Texinfo and export the @file{.texi} file to
|
||
DocBook using @code{makeinfo}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Eddward DeVilla} proposed and tested checkbox statistics. He also
|
||
came up with the idea of properties, and that there should be an API for
|
||
them.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Nick Dokos} tracked down several nasty bugs.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Kees Dullemond} used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so
|
||
inspired some of the early development, including HTML export. He also
|
||
asked for a way to narrow wide table columns.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jason Dunsmore} has been maintaining the Org-Mode server at Rackspace for
|
||
several years now. He also sponsored the hosting costs until Rackspace
|
||
started to host us for free.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Thomas S. Dye} contributed documentation on Worg and helped integrating
|
||
the Org-Babel documentation into the manual.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Christian Egli} converted the documentation into Texinfo format, inspired
|
||
the agenda, patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter, and wrote
|
||
@file{org-taskjuggler.el}, which has been rewritten by Nicolas Goaziou as
|
||
@file{ox-taskjuggler.el} for Org 8.0.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{David Emery} provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported
|
||
HTML agendas.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Sean Escriva} took over MobileOrg development on the iPhone platform.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Nic Ferrier} contributed mailcap and XOXO support.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Miguel A. Figueroa-Villanueva} implemented hierarchical checkboxes.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{John Foerch} figured out how to make incremental search show context
|
||
around a match in a hidden outline tree.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Raimar Finken} wrote @file{org-git-line.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Mikael Fornius} works as a mailing list moderator.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Austin Frank} works as a mailing list moderator.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Eric Fraga} drove the development of BEAMER export with ideas and
|
||
testing.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Barry Gidden} did proofreading the manual in preparation for the book
|
||
publication through Network Theory Ltd.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Niels Giesen} had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Nicolas Goaziou} rewrote much of the plain list code. He also wrote
|
||
@file{org-element.el} and @file{org-export.el}, which was a huge step forward
|
||
in implementing a clean framework for Org exporters.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Kai Grossjohann} pointed out key-binding conflicts with other packages.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Brian Gough} of Network Theory Ltd publishes the Org mode manual as a
|
||
book.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Bernt Hansen} has driven much of the support for auto-repeating tasks,
|
||
task state change logging, and the clocktable. His clear explanations have
|
||
been critical when we started to adopt the Git version control system.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Manuel Hermenegildo} has contributed various ideas, small fixes and
|
||
patches.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Phil Jackson} wrote @file{org-irc.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Scott Jaderholm} proposed footnotes, control over whitespace between
|
||
folded entries, and column view for properties.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Matt Jones} wrote @i{MobileOrg Android}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Tokuya Kameshima} wrote @file{org-wl.el} and @file{org-mew.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jonathan Leech-Pepin} wrote @file{ox-texinfo.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Shidai Liu} ("Leo") asked for embedded @LaTeX{} and tested it. He also
|
||
provided frequent feedback and some patches.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Matt Lundin} has proposed last-row references for table formulas and named
|
||
invisible anchors. He has also worked a lot on the FAQ.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{David Maus} wrote @file{org-atom.el}, maintains the issues file for Org,
|
||
and is a prolific contributor on the mailing list with competent replies,
|
||
small fixes and patches.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jason F. McBrayer} suggested agenda export to CSV format.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Max Mikhanosha} came up with the idea of refiling and sticky agendas.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Dmitri Minaev} sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file
|
||
basis.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Stefan Monnier} provided a patch to keep the Emacs-Lisp compiler
|
||
happy.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Richard Moreland} wrote @i{MobileOrg} for the iPhone.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Rick Moynihan} proposed allowing multiple TODO sequences in a file
|
||
and being able to quickly restrict the agenda to a subtree.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Todd Neal} provided patches for links to Info files and Elisp forms.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Greg Newman} refreshed the unicorn logo into its current form.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Tim O'Callaghan} suggested in-file links, search options for general
|
||
file links, and TAGS.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Osamu Okano} wrote @file{orgcard2ref.pl}, a Perl program to create a text
|
||
version of the reference card.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Takeshi Okano} translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial
|
||
into Japanese.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Oliver Oppitz} suggested multi-state TODO items.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Scott Otterson} sparked the introduction of descriptive text for
|
||
links, among other things.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Pete Phillips} helped during the development of the TAGS feature, and
|
||
provided frequent feedback.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Francesco Pizzolante} provided patches that helped speeding up the agenda
|
||
generation.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Martin Pohlack} provided the code snippet to bundle character insertion
|
||
into bundles of 20 for undo.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Rackspace.com} is hosting our website for free. Thank you Rackspace!
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{T.V. Raman} reported bugs and suggested improvements.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Matthias Rempe} (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality
|
||
control.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Paul Rivier} provided the basic implementation of named footnotes. He
|
||
also acted as mailing list moderator for some time.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Kevin Rogers} contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Frank Ruell} solved the mystery of the @code{keymapp nil} bug, a
|
||
conflict with @file{allout.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jason Riedy} generalized the send-receive mechanism for Orgtbl tables with
|
||
extensive patches.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Philip Rooke} created the Org reference card, provided lots
|
||
of feedback, developed and applied standards to the Org documentation.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Christian Schlauer} proposed angular brackets around links, among
|
||
other things.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Christopher Schmidt} reworked @code{orgstruct-mode} so that users can
|
||
enjoy folding in non-org buffers by using Org headlines in comments.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Paul Sexton} wrote @file{org-ctags.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
Linking to VM/BBDB/Gnus was first inspired by @i{Tom Shannon}'s
|
||
@file{organizer-mode.el}.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Ilya Shlyakhter} proposed the Archive Sibling, line numbering in literal
|
||
examples, and remote highlighting for referenced code lines.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Stathis Sideris} wrote the @file{ditaa.jar} ASCII to PNG converter that is
|
||
now packaged into Org's @file{contrib} directory.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Daniel Sinder} came up with the idea of internal archiving by locking
|
||
subtrees.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Dale Smith} proposed link abbreviations.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{James TD Smith} has contributed a large number of patches for useful
|
||
tweaks and features.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Adam Spiers} asked for global linking commands, inspired the link
|
||
extension system, added support for mairix, and proposed the mapping API.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Ulf Stegemann} created the table to translate special symbols to HTML,
|
||
@LaTeX{}, UTF-8, Latin-1 and ASCII.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Andy Stewart} contributed code to @file{org-w3m.el}, to copy HTML content
|
||
with links transformation to Org syntax.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{David O'Toole} wrote @file{org-publish.el} and drafted the manual
|
||
chapter about publishing.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jambunathan K} contributed the ODT exporter and rewrote the HTML exporter.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Sebastien Vauban} reported many issues with @LaTeX{} and BEAMER export and
|
||
enabled source code highlighting in Gnus.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Stefan Vollmar} organized a video-recorded talk at the
|
||
Max-Planck-Institute for Neurology. He also inspired the creation of a
|
||
concept index for HTML export.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Jürgen Vollmer} contributed code generating the table of contents
|
||
in HTML output.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Samuel Wales} has provided important feedback and bug reports.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Chris Wallace} provided a patch implementing the @samp{QUOTE}
|
||
keyword.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{David Wainberg} suggested archiving, and improvements to the linking
|
||
system.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Carsten Wimmer} suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in
|
||
linking to Gnus.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Roland Winkler} requested additional key bindings to make Org
|
||
work on a tty.
|
||
@item
|
||
@i{Piotr Zielinski} wrote @file{org-mouse.el}, proposed agenda blocks
|
||
and contributed various ideas and code snippets.
|
||
@end itemize
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node GNU Free Documentation License, Main Index, History and Acknowledgments, Top
|
||
@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
|
||
@include doclicense.texi
|
||
|
||
|
||
@node Main Index, Key Index, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
|
||
@unnumbered Concept index
|
||
|
||
@printindex cp
|
||
|
||
@node Key Index, Command and Function Index, Main Index, Top
|
||
@unnumbered Key index
|
||
|
||
@printindex ky
|
||
|
||
@node Command and Function Index, Variable Index, Key Index, Top
|
||
@unnumbered Command and function index
|
||
|
||
@printindex fn
|
||
|
||
@node Variable Index, , Command and Function Index, Top
|
||
@unnumbered Variable index
|
||
|
||
This is not a complete index of variables and faces, only the ones that are
|
||
mentioned in the manual. For a more complete list, use @kbd{M-x
|
||
org-customize @key{RET}} and then click yourself through the tree.
|
||
|
||
@printindex vr
|
||
|
||
@bye
|
||
|
||
@c Local variables:
|
||
@c fill-column: 77
|
||
@c indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||
@c paragraph-start: "\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|^@x?org\\(key\\|cmd\\)\\|\f\\|[ ]*$"
|
||
@c paragraph-separate: "\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|^@x?org\\(key\\|cmd\\)\\|[ \f]*$"
|
||
@c End:
|
||
|
||
|
||
@c LocalWords: webdavhost pre
|